Contract - Prota, Inc - 5/12/2022 CITY OF ROUND ROCK
UTILITIES AND ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES
�µ
ProjectROUND ROCK TEXA5
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves
February 2
Prepared By: 7
Allen Woelke, P.F.
i R N
Vice President
CDMSmith„ Inc. & Mp(?Y�RYYb�,kyRyy...N{N{/N/Nq.�.,.yN�YNCbNb�yY*b
9430 Research Blvd b .. Y .bYNNN.
APPROVED BY ST
Suite 1-2.00 ; c543ea�
C1 T�"-.III JN Ek Austin, TX 75759 SrQNA
(512) 346-1100 14-
LS022— 4 rr "N"M31'E Firm Re#;istratiar� Na F-3043
No Text
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SectionQ!Lse�rition No. of Pages
00020 Notice to Bidders I
00100 Instructions to Bidders 4
Exhibit A 1
00200 Bid Bond 5
00300 Bid Form 4
00410 Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience 8
00500 Agreement 5
Attachment A 1
00600 Insurance& Construction Bond Forms
Performance & Payment Bond Instructions I
Insurance Instructions 1
00610 Performance Bond 2
00620 Payment Bond 5
00650 Certificate of Liability Insurance 2
00700 General Conditions 44
00800 Supplemental General Conditions 1
00900 Special Conditions 5
01000 Technical Specifications 4
Attachment A 476
02000 Plans, Details and Notes I
Included as a separate document.
8-20�6 COHIC11B
00090665
No Text
00020 NOTICE TO BIDDERS
No Text
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
Pursuant to the provisions of Texas Government Code,Section 2269.101, it is the intention
of the City of Round Rock to select a prime contractor by using the Competitive Bidding Method
for the construction of the Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves as generally described
herein.
Scaled bids addressed to Kaitlyn Saucedo,City of Round Rock, Utilities & Environmental
Services, 3400 Sunrise Road,Round Rock, TX 78665, for furnishing all labor, material, and
equipment and performing all work required for the project titled, Water Treatment Plant
Pressure Control Valves (project includes the addition of two (2)pressure control valves,vaults,
and associated piping to the City of Round Rock Water Treatment Plant,), will be received until
March 10th, 2022, at 10 a.m., then publicly opened and read aloud at the same address. Bid
envelopes shall state the date and time of bid and "Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control
Valves." Bids must also be ace " included
in Section 410 of the Project Manual.No bids may be withdrawn after the scheduled opening time.
Any bids received after the scheduled bid opening time will be returned unopened.
Bids must be submitted on City of Round Rock bid forms and must be accompanied by an
acceptable bid security as outlined in the Instructions to Bidders, payable to the City of Round
Rock,Texas, equal to five percent (5°,'O)of the total bid amount, Plans, Bid Forms, Specifications,
and Instructions to Bidders may be obtained at roundrocktexa, gov/solicitatio s. Bidders shall be
responsible for printing or obtaining prints of the aforementioned documents as necessary.
For questions, please contact the City's Project Manager, Kaitlyn Saucedo, 512-21 -'7076.
In case of ambiguity,duplication,or obscurity in the bids,the City of Round Rock reserves
the right to construe the meaning thereof, The City of Round Rock further reserves the right to
reject any or all bids and to waive any informalities and irregularities in the bids received.
The successful bidder will be expected to execute the City of Round Rock's standard
contract and to furnish performance and payment bonds, all as described in the bid documents.
Contractors and subcontractors shall pay to laborers,workmen,and mechanics the prevailing wage
rates as determined by the City of Round Rock,
A non-mandatory Pre-Bid Conference will be held at 3400 Sunrise Road, Round Rock,Texas, on
March 3rd, 2022, at 10 a.m.
Publish Dates:
Round Rock Leader:
2/24/2022
3/3/2022
PfluLyerville Pflag:
2/23/2022
3/112022
00020 0,2,0M Nwwc uw Bidders
0019309: Page I
No Text
00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
No Text
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
I Prior to submitting any bid, bidders are required to read all drawings (plans), specifications,
and all other Project Manual and/or Contract Documents carefully; to inform themselves by
their independent research, test and investigation of the difficulties to be encountered and
judge for themselves of the accessibility of the Work and all attending circumstances
affecting the cost of doing the Work and the time required for its completion and obtain all
information required to make a bid.The aforementioned documents may only be obtained
from the City's website at the following web address: round rocktexa"LID'ov/Sol iCitations.
Bidders shall be responsible for printing or obtaining prints of the aforementioned
documents as necessary.
2. Should the bidder find discrepancies in, or omissions from the drawings (plans),
specifications,or other Project Manual and/or Contract Documents, or should he be in doubt
as to their meaning, he should notify at once the City and obtain clarification or addendum
prior to submitting any bid. Any addenda issued will be posted with the documents at the
web address mentioned in I above no later than two business days prior tote Bid
Opening Date. Prior to submitting a bid, the bidder is responsible for determining if
any addenda have been issued and for following any instructions required in any
addenda issued.
1 It shall be the responsibility of the bidder to see that his bid is received at the place and
time named in the Notice to Bidders in the Project Manual. Bids received after the
scheduled opening time will be returned unopened,
4. Bids shall be submitted in scaled envelopes plainly marked "Scaled Bid" and showing the
name of the project, the job number if applicable, and the opening date and time.
S. Bidders shall be responsible for submitting a copy of the City's Bid Form, Bid and
Form, and Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience from the Project Manual
documents posted at the web address as described in I above.
6. Bids shall be accompanied by a bid security consisting of a certified cashier's check in an
amount not less than five percent (51/°�) of the total maximum bid price, payable without
recourse to the City of Round Rock, or a bid bond in the same amount from a reliable surety
company, as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract and execute performance
and payment bonds,as stipulated by item 16 below,within ten(10)days after notice of award
of contract to him. Bid securities must be submitted in the same scaled envelope with the
bid. Bids submitted without a bid security may not be considered at the sole discretion of the
City.
Page I
00 100 1"2021
00426497
7. If awarded the bid, bidder must submit Form 1295 on the Texas Ethics Commission
(TEC)Website at httns://www.ethics.state.tx.us/whatsnew/elf info for 19 .htm and
submit the signed Form 1295 to the City Clerk atwhiitee( ',,rouE&Qghj xas. ov within
ten(10) business days of notification of the award. Instructions for completing a Form
1295 are attached as Exhibit"A"to the Instructions to Bidders.
8. No conditional bids will be accepted.
9. A bidder wishing to withdraw his submitted sealed bid prior to the scheduled bid opening
time must do so by presenting in person a written request signed by an authorized
representative of the bidder to a City employee at the location for which sealed bids are to
be addressed. No telephone, facsimile, or email requests will be accepted. The City will
expend the time and effort that the City in its sole discretion determines is necessary to
investigate the authenticity of a request before complying with a request. The City shall in
its sole discretion determine if the City will comply with a request and the City shall not be
held liable for not complying with a request. If the City does not comply with a request, the
request shall automatically become null and void,
10. A bidder wishing to revise his sealed bid after submittal but before the scheduled bid opening
time must first withdraw his bid as provided for in the Instructions to Bidders and then submit
a sealed bid in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. No revisions to a bid will be
allowed after the scheduled bid opening time. The bidder shall be responsible for ensuring
the amount of the bid security is as specified in the Instructions to Bidders.
11. All bid securities will be returned to the respective bidders within twenty-five(25)days after
bids are opened, except those which the City elects to hold until the successful bidder has
executed the Agreement. Thereafter, all remaining securities, including security of the
successful bidder, will be returned within sixty (60)days.
12. Until the award of the contract, the City reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to
waive technicalities; to advertise for new bids; or to do the work otherwise when the best
interest of the City will be thereby promoted.
13. In case of ambiguity or lack of clarity in the statement of prices in the bids,the City reserves
the right to consider the most favorable analysis thereof, or to reject the bid. Unreasonable
and/or unbalanced prices submitted in a bid may result in rejection of such bid or other bids.
14. Award of the contract, if awarded, will be made based upon the criteria set forth in Section
2269.055 of the Texas Government Code. In determining the award of a contract under
Chapter 2269, the City may consider; 1) the price; 2) the bidder's experience; 3)the quality
of the bidder's goods or services;4)the impact on the ability of the City to comply with rules
relating to historically underutilized business; 5) the bidder's safety record; 6) the bidder's
proposed personnel;7)whether the bidder's financial capability is appropriate to the size and
scope of the project;and 8)any other relevant factor specifically listed in the request for bids.
Page 2
00100 2.21721 Instructions to Bidders
00426487
15. Award of the contract, if awarded, will be made within sixty (60) days after opening of the
bids, and no bidder may withdraw his bid within said sixty (60)day period of time unless a
prior award is made. A Notice to Proceed will be issued within sixty(60) days after contract
Execution Date as defined in the General Conditions,
16. Within ten (10)days after written notification of award of the contract, the successful bidder
must furnish a performance bond and a payment bond in the amount of one hundred percent
(100"/"�) of the total Contract Amount. Said performance bond and payment bond shall be
from an approved surety company holding a pcn-nit from the State of Texas, indicating it is
authorized and admitted to write surety bonds in this state. In the event the bond exceeds
$100,000.00, the surety must also (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States
secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under
federal law; or(2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of$100,000.00 from
a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in this state and is the holder of a
certificate of authority frorn the United States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety
or reinsurer on obligations permitted or required under federal law.
In detennining whether the surety or reinsurer holds a valid certificate of authority, the City
may rely on the list of companies holding certificates of authority as published in the Federal
Register covering the date oil which the bond is to be executed,
17. Failure to execute the Agreement within ten (10) days of written notification of award or
failure to furnish the performance bond and payment bond as required by item 15 above,
shall be just cause for the annulment of the award. In case of annulment of the award, the bid
security shall become the property of the City, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages.
18. No contract shall be binding upon the City until it has been signed by its Mayor after having
been duly authorized to do so by the City Council,
19, The Contractor shall not commence Work under the Agreement until he has furnished
certification of all insurance required and such has been approved by the City, nor shall the
Contractor allow any Subcontractor to commence work oil his subcontract until proof of all
similar insurance that is required of the subcontractor has been furnished and approved. The
Contractor's insurer shall use the certificate of insurance form included in the bid documents
or the standard ACORD form.
20. If the bidder's insurance company is authorized, pursuant to its agreement with bidder, to
arrange for the replacement of a loss, rather than by making a cash payment directly to the
City, the insurance company must furnish or have furnished by bidder, a performance bond
in accordance with Section 2253.02 1(b), Texas Government Code, and a payment bond in
accordance with Section 2253.021(c).
21. Any quantities given in any portion of the Bid Documents, including the drawings (plans),
are estimates only, and the actual amount of work required may differ somewhat from the
Page 3
00400 2-202 d Instructions to Badders
00420487
ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,That the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY,a corporation of the State of New York,the
COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, a corporation of the Stare of lllinois, and the FIDELITY AND
DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND a corporation of the State of Illinois(heroin collectively called the"Companies"),by Robert D.Murray.
Vice President,in pursuance of authority granted by Article V,Section 8,of the By Laws of said Companies,which arc set forth on the reverse side
hercofand arc hereby certified to be in full farce and effect on the date hereof,do hereby nominate,constitute,and appoint Peter
PINCOFFS,Barbara A. SHAMARD,Chris BR.ANDT, Rob BRIDGES,John S. BURNS, Jr.,George S.
SYKES,JR.,Todd DAVIS and Christina SCOTT,of Austin,Texas,its Iruc and lawful agent and Attorney-in-Fact. to make,
execute,seal and deliver,for, and on its behalf as surety,and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings,and the execution of
such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents,shall be as binding upon said Companies,as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes,
as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
at its office in New York, New York, the regularly elected offccrs of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY
COMPANY at its office in Owings Mills,Maryland., and the regularly elected officers of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF
MARYLAND at its office in Owings Mitts, Marytand.,in their own proper persons.The said Vice President does hereby certify that the extract set
forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article V.Section 8,of the By Laws of said Companies and is now in force.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice-President has hereunto subscribed his/her names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said
ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY,COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY,and FIDELITY
AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND,this 19th day of August A D 2020
ATTEST:
ZURICH ANIERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
COLONIAL AM1IERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
1}1: PCobert D.Murray
Vice President
vy e
BY: Liavvn B.BroWn
Secreiar.v
State of Maryland
County of Bald"Were
On this 19th day of August. 2020.before the subscirlicr,a Ncaary Public of the State of Maryland,duly commissioned and qualified,Robert D.
Murroy,Vice President and Down E.Brown,Secretary of the Companiesto me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who
executed the procdrrig rnstromort,and acknowledged the execution of same.and being,by me duly swom,deposedt and saiih,that he she is the said olficcrof
the Company aforesaid,and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument arc the Corporate Seals of said Companies,and that the said Corporate Seals and
the signature as such olToccr were duly affixed and subscribed to the said nsstrurnent by the authority and dtrccuon or the said Corporations.
IN TFSTIMONY Wilf REOF,i have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above wnuen
•191YYft
yyut�m%��w",ypr�d
/ c,e4
' =rt.„, CorssianceA.Dunn,Notary Public
"'AI;i%isrv.�` My Commission Expires:July 9,202,1
elrearaN"`'
Residen ge t of Surety�
Signarmu
'Ir
Barbara Sharnard
Printed Name
Street Address
/G,»
City,State,Zip
00200 4-2020 Nd Bond
00443,638
BID BOND
THE STATE OF TEXAS
§ KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS;
COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON §
That Prota,Inc. of the City of .. Austin County
of Trot State of TQM as Principal, and
Fidelity and De"it Company of Maryland authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on
bonds for principals,are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF ROUND RUCK,TEXAS("Owner"),
in the penal sum of Five Percent(5%)of the total amount of the Bid of the Principal submitted to the Owner,
for the Work described below;for the payment whereof,well and truly to be made,and the said Principal
and Surety do herby bind themselves and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns,
jointly and severally,as follows:
In no case shall the liability of the Surety hereunder exceed the sum of( ten i.er m of";,reatest
amount bid .Dollars IS t0 ..... . ..........:
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that,whereas,the Principal has submitted
the above-referenced Bid to the Owner, for construction of the Work under the "Specifications for
Construction of Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves
for which Bids are....to. .. ...,be opened at the office of Owner on the . _II)th ® daa
y of
March 20 22 �
NOW,THEREFORE,if the Principal is awarded the Contract,and within the time and manner required
under the"Instructions to Bidders,"after the prescribed forms arc presented to her/him for signature,enters
into a written Agreement substantially in the form contained in the Bid Documents,in accordance with the
Bid,and files the two(2)bonds with the Owner,one to guarantee faithful performance and the other to
guarantee payment for labor and materials,then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise,it shall be
and remain in full force and effect.
If, however,Pnncipal fails to enter into a written Agreement with the Owner in accordance with the
Bid or Principal and Surety fail to timely deliver to Owner the performance and payment bonds required
by the Bid Documents,Surety within five(5)business days after receipt of written demand from Owner
shall pay to Owner the full penal sum of this Bid Bond,subject to the limitation described herein.
In the event that suit is brought upon this Bond by the Owner and judgment is recovered,said Surety
shall pay all costs incurred by the Owner in such suit,including a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by
the Court.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed this instrument on this the
day of the month of M&Ch 202.
Fideiilp aru3 OpPo5i1 Comm«iny_af Mrylande
Pri ipaI Surety
M�
„ f
Printe Prints
By. By.
Titley Title: N.. r
Address' 4805 s Road Address 3WO E Palm Vail Blvd 5te..3...
Austink TX 78665
TX 78734 Round Rock
002004 2020 Pap:w Bid Hovid
00443638
00200 BID BOND
No Text
15, Award of the contract, if awarded, will be made within sixty (60) days after opening of the
bids, and no bidder may withdraw his bid within said sixty (60)day period of time unless a
prior award is made, A Notice to Proceed will be issued within sixty (60)days after contract
Execution Date as defined in the General Conditions.
16. Within ten(10)days after written notification of award of the contract, the successful bidder
must furnish a performance bond and a payment bond in the amount of one hundred percent
(1000,"o) of the total Contract Amount, Said perfon-nance bond and payment bond shall be
from an approved surety company holding a pen-nit from the State of Texas, indicating it is
authorized and admitted to write surety bonds in this state. In the event the bond exceeds
$100,000.00, the surety must also (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States
secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under
federal law; or(2)have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of$100,000.00 from
a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in this state and is the holder of a
certificate of authority from the United States secretary of tire treasury to qualify as a surety
or reinsurer on obligations permitted or required under federal law.
In determining whether the surety or reinsurer holds a valid certificate of authority, the City
may rely on the list of companies holding certificates of authority as published in the Federal
Register covering the date on which the bond is to be executed.
17. Failure to execute the Agreement within ten (10) days of written notification of award or
failure to furnish the performance bond and payment bond as required by item 15 above,
shall be just cause for the annulment of the award. In case of annulmentof the award,the bid
security shall become the property of the City, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages.
I& No contract shall be binding upon the City until it has been signed by its Mayor after having
been duly authorized to do so by the City Council.
19. The Contractor shall riot commence Work Linder the Agreement until he has furnished
certification of all insurance required and such has been approved by the City, nor shall the
Contractor allow any Subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until proof of all
similar insurance that is required of the subcontractor has been furnished and approved. The
Contractor's insurer shall use the certificate of insurance form included in the bid docurnents
or the standard ACORD form.
20. If the bidder's insurance company is authorized, pursuant to its agreement with bidder, to
arrange for the replacement of a loss, rather than by making a cash payment directly to the
City, the insurance company must furnish or have furnished by bidder, a performance bond
in accordance with Section 2253.02 1(b), Texas Government Code, and a payment bond in
accordance with Section 2253.021(c).
21. Any quantities given in any portion of the Bid Documents, including the drawings (plans),
are estimates only, and the actual amount of work required may differ somewhat from the
Page 3
001 W 2-2021 Instnictions to Bidders
00426487
estimates. The basis for payment shall be the actual amount of work done and/or material
furnished as specified in the General Conditions.
22, Bids shall be submitted on a separated contract basis. No Texas sales tax shall be included
in the prices bid for materials consumed or incorporated into the Work.This contract is issued
by an organization which is qualified for exemption pursuant to the provisions of Section
151.309(5) of the Texas Tax Code. The City will issue an exemption certificate to the
Contractor. The Contractor must then issue a resale certificate to the material supplier for
materials purchased. The Contractor must have a valid sales tax permit in order to issue a
resale certificate.
Upon obtaining consumable materials, the Contractor will issue a resale certificate in lieu of
payment of sales tax,and the following conditions shall be observed;
1) The Contractor will transfer title of consumable, but not incorporated, materials to the
City at the time and point of receipt by the Contractor;
2) The Contractor will be paid for these consumable materials by the City as soon as
practicable.Payment will not be made directly but considered subsidiary to the pertinent
bid item. The Contractor's monthly estimate will state that the estimate includes
consumables that were received during the month covered by the estimate;and
3) The designated representative of the City must be notified as soon as possible of the
receipt of these materials so that an inspection can be made by the representative.Where
practical, the materials will be labeled as the property of the City.
23. The Contractor, after execution of the contract and pursuant to Internal Revenue Service
(IRS) regulations, shall furnish its Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) to the City. The
Contractor shall provide the appropriate information on a W-9 form (which can be provided
by the City upon request). This form shall be submitted directly to the City's Accounts
Payable Department to ensure security of the information.
24. If the Bid Form includes Add and/or Deduct Alternate bid items and/or otherwise provides
for Alternate bids, the City will determine whether to select or not select one or more of the
Add and/or Deduct Alternate bid items and/or Alternate bids at the City's sole discretion and
for its greatest advantage. If the City selects any Add and/or Deduct Alternate bid items, the
total bid amount will be determined by adding the amount of the selected Add Altemate(s)
to, and deducting the amount of the selected Deduct Alternate(s) from the Base Bid or the
selected Alternate bid.
Page 4
00100 2-2021 Instructions to Bidders
00426487
EXHIBIT 66A99
FORM 1295 INSTRUCTIONS
Pursuant to Section 2252.90 of the Texas Government Code, as of January 1,2016, any business entity entering
into a contract with a local government that requires approval of the governing body must submit a disclosure of
interested parties (Form 1295) to the local government prior to the execution of the contract. The Texas Ethics
Commission (TEC) has created an electronic filing application for business entities to submit the required
information and generate the required fon-n. The City of Round Rock may not enter into a contract that
requires the approval of the City Council until the business entity files a For 1295 with the City Clerk.
Please follow the instructions below to file your Form 1295 with the TEC and the City of Round Rock:
• Upon being notified of bid award,the award recipient("business entity")must go to the following websitc:
htt,lis:y',,'wwwl,lclthilcls.stlalt,el.ltx,u,s,"filillillrlig,li,qR ,,P2,Siatid follow the login instructions on the website application to
complete a Form 1295,
✓ If this is a business entity's first time logging on to the website application,the business entity must
create a Username and Password and then follow the application's instructions to complete a Form 1295,
V The City does not have a Contract ID Number System. Please insert 000000 and the 2EQj�gct name. in this
box. Do not put the resolution number of the initial agreement if this is a supplemental agreement-only
put the project name.
v" Even if a business entity has no interested parties, Form 1295 still must be completed using the website
application and filed with the City Clerk. Please note that therc are very few instances that a business will
not havc an interested artics, Visit theTEC's,F � definition of an interested party.
y---------- �,p
,agg,for the
If a business is publicly traded,they are exempt from having to complete a Form 1295. Please e-mail the
City Clerk stating such.
• The business entity MUST print and sign the completed Form 1295 once it has been accepted by the TEC
and no longer has DRAFTstamped on it,
V The signed Form 1295 must be scanned and e-mailed directly to the City Clerk at
tpspinks(a roundrocktexasy,,rav as soon as it is completed. DO NOT send the form back to the
Purchasing Department, Project Manager, or mail it with signed original agreements/contracts.
The City Clerk only has 30 days from receipt to acknowledge the form in the TEC system. If you do not
return it to the City Clerk promptly,and the 30 days has expired when she receives it, you WILL have to
complete another one.
A new Form 1295 is required for each contract a business entity enters into with the City of Round Rock,
including Supplementais, Amendments,and Change Orders,
A Form 1295 cannot be handwritten It must be completed electronically through the TEC website
application
If you have any questions regarding the process of filing Fenn 1295 with the City,please contact:
Meagan Spinks,City Clerk
Phone: (512)218-6644
E mail-, u�iispiruks,L�;rotin(li�ocktcxas,,,aov
If you have questions regarding the actual form or the online filing application,please visit the T ECs FAQ
page: http,.,,-,,;'%vw%v eth ic s,state.I x.us�resource sf,
A s.1. _Lgra[p!,Z�pjjp
Q
Remsed W/27 2021 M,Spnks Page t of t
No Text
a
ZURICH
Texas Important Notice
IMPORTANT NOTICE AVISO IMPORTANTE
To obtain information or make a complaint: Para obtener informaci6n o pars presentar una quee:
You may call Zurich Norlh America's toll-free telephone Usted puede liamar at n6mero,do tel6fono gratuito do
number for Information or to make a complaint at: Zurich North America's para obtener informacl6n o para
1-800-382-2150 pre tar una queja at:
1-800-382-2150
You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to
obtain information on companies,coverages,rights,or listed puede comun`carse con el Departamento do So-
complaints at: guros do Texas Para obtener Informacl6n sobre com-
1-800-252-3439 pahlas,robe urns,derechos,o quejas al:
1-800-252-3439
You may write the Texas Department of
Insurance: list ed puede escribir at Departamento
P.O. Box 149104 do Seguros de Texas a:
Austin,TX 78714-9104 P.O. Box 149104
Fax: (512)490-1007 Austin,TX 78714-9104
Web: www.tdi.texas gov Fax:(612)490-1007
E-mail:ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas,gov Sitio web: www.tdi.texas.gov
E-mail: ConsumerProtecfion@tdi.texas.gov
PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES:
Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or DISPUTAS POR PRIMAS DE SEGUROS 0
about a claim, you should contact the company first. If RECLAMACIONES:
the dispute is not resolved,you may contact the Texas Si tiene una dispute relacionada con su prima de saguro
Department of Insurance, o con una reclarnaci6n, usted dabs comunicarse con la
comparlia primero. Si la disputa no as resuella, usted
ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: puede comunicarse con at Departamento de Seguros de
This notice is for information only and does not become Texas.
a part or condition of the attached document
ADJUNTE ESTE AVISO A SU P6LIZA: Este aviso es,
solament e para prop6sitos informativos y no se con
-
vierte an parts o en condicl6n,del documento adjunto.
U-GU-296-E(06115)
Page I of 9
No Text
00300 BID FORM
No Text
DID-LUM
Round Rock Water Treatment Plant Improvements-Pressure Control Globe
PROJECT NAME: Valves
PROJECT LOCAT`ION: Round Rock,Texas
O%WER: City of Round Rock,Texas
DATE:
Gentlemen:
Pursuant to the foregoing Notice to Bidders and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned bidder hereby
proposes to do all the Work, to furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools,
materials, insurance and miscellaneous items,to complete all the Work on which he bids as provided by the
attached Bid Documents,and as shown on the plans for the construction of
Round Rock Water Treatment Plant Improvements-Pressure Control Globe Valves
and binds himself on acceptance of this bid to execute the Agreement and bond for completing said or
within the time stated, for the following prices,to wit:
Any addenda issued will be posted with the Project Manual and/or Contract Documents on the
City's website at ni'll 1 1, 1 1 1 Al, !I' i 11:11,1�tion by the close of business on
Prior to submitting a bid, the bidder is responsible for determining if any
addenda have been issued and for following any instructions in any addenda issued.
Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda by listing Addendum"number"and"date",
01 _ March 8,2022
Bid Approx. to Description
Item Rtit it rind Written Unit Price it Price Amount
Bonding, Insurance,Mobilization,
and Demobilization. Move-in
related expenses not to exceed 51`0
of total bid,
complete in place per La
for dollars
and,_Zg" cents. 19 142-oo '79,142.00
00300-9-20B5 Pe8e I of 3 Bid Forin
BASE BID
Bid Approx. .Item Description
Item f uantit Unit and'Written Unit Price Unit Price Amount
2. M LE Trench Safety Plan and
Implementation,as required for all
excavations deeper than five feet,
complete in place as detailed and
specified.
complete in place per LF
for dollars
and__ _-cents. i A4.,O oo
2 I5 Pressure Control Globe Valves
(Cla•Val)and associated erasion
control,tree protection,trench
safety plan,trenching,valve
vaults,gate valves,blowoff
valves, piping,fittings,FCAs,
restraints,tapping sleeves and
valves,electrical,instrumentation,
controls,connections,testing,
disinfection,grading,paving,sod,
landscape restoration,repair of all
damaged existing facilities and
utilities,driveway repair,and
appurtenances required to
complete the scope of work as
defined in the bid documents.
in Tete in i er Lam",
fo� � a.tnz ,r ,��i�c4-ydol.airs°CG
ands °vc. cents. { «a0 t
00300-9-20B Page 2 of 3 Bid Form
RAMM&
Bid Approx. Item Description
Item.—22—anti( —Unit Ind Written Unit Price it Price Amount
4 1 Control Panels USA Inc. controls
programming and installation as
detailed and specified. Contractor
to include any profit and overhead
for this line item with other bid
items.
J6LC.4AC092M$=1ctein lace per Lj
for
A44.3 3 0,dollars
and 0 cents. $ 8433000 $ 84330-00
La Allowance to be used for
additional site improvements,
landscaping and miscellaneous
modifications,only if approved by
Owner.
complete in place per La
25,000 dollars
and y 0 cents, $ 2500000 $ 25000.00
010300-9-201kS Page 3 of 3 Bid Form
TOTAL BASE BID(Items 1 thru 5
Materials; 544,2xo.oo
All Other Charges:
* Total:
*Note:This total must be the same amount as shown above for"Total Base Bid"
If this bid is accepted,the undersigned agrees to execute the Agreement and provide necessary bonds and
insurance certification as per the Instructions to Bidders.
The undersigned certifies that the bid prices contained in the bid have been carefully checked and are
submitted as correct and final The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and may waive any
informalities or technicalities.
Jespc ally Submi
P.Q.Box 342495ure
_Mich 1e Bar Austin,TX 78734
Print Name Address
CEO $42.535-2555
Title Telephone
Prota,Inc.
Name of Firm /
3/912022
Date Secretary, if Bidder is a
Corporation
00200-9-2015 Page l of 1 Bid Form
00410 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S SAFETY
EXPERIENCE
Page 1
00,410,8.2014 Simemew of Bidder's Safety Expenence
00090654
No Text
ntract
Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience Section 00410
Bidder must submit a signed Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience form with his Bid; failure
to do so will constitute an incomplete Bid that may be rejected. In order to make a responsive
Bid, Bidder must provide evidence that it meets minimum OSHA construction safety program
requirements, has not been fined by OSHA for any willful safety violations in the past three
years, and has a lost time injury rate that doesn't exceed the limits established below. All
questions must be answered and data given must be clear and comprehensive, If necessary,
questions may be answered on separate attached sheets.
Company Name: Prota,Inc,
Address: P.0, Box 342195,Austin,TX 78734 Phone: 512-535-2555
Completed by: Michelle Borg -Date: 3/9/2022
1. Does the company have a written construction Safety program? (RlYes [3 No
2. Does the company conduct construction safety inspections? Elyes []No
3. Does the company have an active construction safety-training program? OYes 0 No
4, Has the company been fined by OSHA for any willful safety violations in the post (3Yes EJ No
three years?
5. Does the company have a lost time injury rate of 7.8 for SIC 15,or 7,6 for SIC 16, 0Yes 2 No
or less over the past three years?
Attach the company's OSHA 2001300 logs for the past three years.
6. Does the company or affected subcontractors have competent persons in the
following Areas?
A. Scaffolding [3 Yes No ON/A
B. Excavation E)Yes No [)N/A
C. Cranes [ Yes ONo El WA
D� Electrical 8 Yes DNo 0 N/A
E. Fall Protection [a Yes No []N'A
F, Confined Spaces E5 Yes ®No [3 N/A
I hereby certify that t above information is true and correct.
Signature , Title Michelle Borg, CEO
...........
Page 1
00410 8.2014 Statement of Bidder's Safen Expenence
00090654
fit
fit
fill
oca It I
Ills a
NJ 0i 0 0
-�i�Vfl I
fit
Hit
els
RNMv
a
mom
ANA Bid. 1011
POD
Lo
U.
... .................... n �9 0G n8
OSHA's Form 300A mw.o ) Year
Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses
bY Ful g .~M'S ID Maw ow Log
OD
Loa OW w
Wnacam
ft OQL�See 29 CFR Pad TWs c€
Cky A
ToW number of TbW number of ToW numbcr of 1w number of
dmft cases V.A 4M cas=withjob Other recordable
zwzy
fr5sm trms&rarresvictian zases 5 (A&,
OR
$ (c. y
Tool number efdris rway TbWx;umbcr*fdarofJw
from work
0
a%ry hare
I
Tof...
{1}injuries 4 pniwninp
[ I
{6}Hming 3 ,
(2)Side ifincon
a"owwwawy~grew re6pawy I toApig 20 of Cho yaw ftft�Ow VaWOO�JDY 00 INKS,
a cv, o 0
Egli
sig
0 �a
Qp
o
all
� .
1, 4 4 1 1, 4 4 �
e Ilia
.. 0 0 0 C3 0 w
0
fill I f1b
jib
aj
till.
LC
�,
to
OSHA-s Form 301 pmtecU V*vxftervloW of empbyees to the eMM
Injury and Illness Incident Report gP-La='0*-&r*m-00"'s bem""
a-4 heath peoses- 000speft-0
'INS 1107 aw Imam IMMew Rqwt is 0M of the
fim form yoo must ED t when awork-
related
;� t#
€SS or 1 tap tt
LheIegof am the Amtru
aceompanymg stwwory,these forms help the car 15$ ANIM 0
employer p a picuum of the exwnt
of WGFk4Cb1Cd madenm A t t 3
"Wdhm 7 cakndar days afiff you recerve 40 00.bi.4a®t® a
budder vb*
mformawa a recordable vmrk rchaed xqyMor t
AlDrus has oomrred.you must EM out tho fwm or an
or other reports may be acaqMthk
Tobe conidered an equivaka form, aat
7 ribadrute murt the' a ,
26ta for on this form doodOrd anvem lovda am elm,
A=Ydkng t*Public Law 91-596 and 29 CM
1904,0SHNs rcomikeeping ndc,you MUSE keep
tho form on Sk fbr 5 ycars IbRowing the year to
which . t it
If you Deed addidona ODPKS of a
may Photocopy aw use as many as you Dec&
sma
17) s
"4rsb&-
QW0.ftd by JkCL� Clark C3
Me Office Nl;ara Ecr
rame 5j 2 15 Do. t lc} tt
OSHA
' o, Year _L
Surnrnary of Wbik-Related Injuries and Illnesses
&jwnwypag%own w
° I'rola,I nc
r 4&i I o;>Rd Bid,R. a PO Box 342195
1 nundw of Tow ymniber of munber off )
tdo Contracior
`F
1 5 2 3} Q
of
_41'.5
i
Toal number of
...
(1)I 9 Po—inp lmufy dw I to the bmcfmy
M Meating
I ill a
Ca
eta
IE:
a a
lilt lilt
lilt
lit
qfti3
to«, 0 Q :1 1% �:o �.ro
Minutes of Corporate Meeting
of Board of Directors
of
Prntn Inr
A meeting of the Board of Directors of the above-captioned Corporation was held on May 20,
2022 at the Corporate Office.
There where present the following:
Michelle Borg
Cornelius Tamboer
being all members of the Board of Directors.
The meeting was called to order by Cornelius Tamboer,
It was moved,seconded and unanimously resolved that Michelle Borg as Chief Executive
Officer be authorized to sign on the behalf of the Corporation all contracts and
documentation required for the City of Round Rock"Round Rock Water Treatment Plant
Improvements-Pressure Control Globe Valves"project.There being no other business to
come before the meeting it was adjourned upon a motion duty made,seconded and
unanimously carried.
Secretary
Attest:
B+Ertl of Directors
I hereby certify that this document is one of the two originals(The other being kept in
the Corporate Record Book).The sole purpose of the document is the authorization of
Michelle Borg to sign on behalf of the corporation the mentioned documentation.
Cornelius"I"amboer°
Secretary
May 20,2022
No Text
00500 AGREEMENT
No Text
Standard Form of Agreement: Section 00500
City of Round Rock, Texas
Standard Form of Agreement between
QLvner and Contractor
AGREEMENT made as of the (1)day of J.U.LsJCin the year 20
.....................- c 2z
BETWEEN the Owner City of Round Rock,Texas(hereafter"Owner"or"City")
221 East Main Street
Round Rock,Texas 78664
and the Contractor Prota.Inc. ("Contractor")
P.O.Box 342195
Austin,TX 78734
The Project is described as: Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves
The Engineer is; CDM Smith,Inc.
Allen Woelke,P.E.,Vice President
9430 Research Blvd, Suite 1-200.Austin.TX 78-759
(512)346-1100
For and in consideration of the mutual terms, conditions and covenants of this Agreement and all
accompanying documents between Owner and Contractor, the receipt and sufficienc3 of iN hick are hereby
acknowledged..Owner and Contractor agree as follows:
ARTICLE I THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement,Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and
other Conditions),Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement,other documents
listed in this Agreement and Modcations issued after execution of this Agreement;these form the Contract,and are
as full),a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein.The Contract represents the entire
and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations or agreements,
either written or oral.An enumeration of the Contract Documents,other than Modifications,appears in Article 7,
ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT
Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents,except to the extent specifically
indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others.
00500 4-2020 Page I of 5 Standard Form of Agreement
00443647
No Text
ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT;DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION; DATE OF
FINAL COMPLETION
3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a different date is stated
below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a Notice to Proceed issued by Owner.
3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured front the date delineated in the Notice to Proceed.
3.3 Contractor shall continence Work within ten (j�O calendar days
from the date delineated in the Notice to Proceed,
3.4 Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the items of Work listed on Attachment A to this
Agreement no later than two hundred _C100 )calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed,
and Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work no later than
two huqd�fort,five (_245 )calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed,subject to
adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents,
3.5 If Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof) on or before the
date(s)specified for Substantial Completion in the Agreement,Contractor shall pay to Owner,as liquidated damages,
the sum of one thousand and No/100
Dollars($-!-O-0-0,,0-_0 for each calendar day that Substantial Completion is delayed after the date(s)
specified for Substantial Completion. It is hereby agreed that the liquidated damages to which Owner is entitled
hereunder are a reasonable forecast of just compensation for the harm that would be caused by Contractor's failure to
achieve Substantial Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof)on or before the date(s)specified for Substantial
Completion in the Agreement and is not a penalty. It is agreed that the harm that would be caused by such failure,
which includes loss of expected use of the Project areas,provision of alternative storage facilities and rescheduling of
moving and occupancy dates, is one that is incapable or very difficult of accurate estimation, It is hereby agreed that
if Substantial Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof)is not achieved on or before thirty(30)days after the
date(s) specified for Substantial Completion in the Agreement, the Owner shall have the option to either collect
liquidated damages as set forth herein or to thereafter rely on its remedies under the Contract Documents and at law
and in equity, including without limitation, the recovery of actual damages. The date(s) specified for Substantial
Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof)in the Agreement shall be subject to adjustment as provided in the
Contract Documents,
3.6 Contractor shall achieve Final Completion of the entire Work no later than
(_275.._ )calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed,
ARTICLE 4 CONTRACTSUM
4.1 Owner shall pay Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for Contractor's full and complete performance
of the Work and all of Contractor's obligations under this Agreement. The Contract Sum shall be
One million fire hundred ions a ei ht thousand ei ht hundred six seven dollars and no cents
($ 1,598,867.00 subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents.
4.2 Does the Contract Sum include alternates which are described in the Bid Form?
No X Yes .I -
f),es,please provide details below.
.......................................----................ ........................ ---------------
........................................................... .............
----------------------- .............. ............
00%) 4-2020 Page 2 of 5 Standard 1'onu of reeinent
00443647
No Text
ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS
5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS
5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to Engineer and Owner by Contractor.and Certificates for
Payment issued by Engineer and not disputed by Owner and/or Owner's tender.Owner shall make progress payments
on account of the Contract Sum to Contractor as provided below, in Article 14 of the General Conditions, and
elsewhere in the Contract Documents,
5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of
the month,
5.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is received by Engineer and Owner,, and Engineer issues a
Certificate of Payment not later than the tenth(10th)day of a month, Owner shall make payment to Contractor of
amounts approved by the Owner not later than the tenth(10th)day of the next month. If an Application for Payment
is received by Engineer and Owner after the application date fixed above,payment shall be made by Owner not later
than one month after the Engineer issues a Certificate for Payment.The ChN,ner shall not have an), obligation to pay
any amount covered by the Engineer's Certificate for Payment that is disputed by the Owner.
5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by Contractor
in accordance with the Contract Documents,The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the
various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to
substantiate its accuracy as Engineer and Owner may require.This schedule,unless objected to by Engineer or Ovner,
shall be used as a basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment.
5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall warrant the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the
end of the period covered by the Application for Payment.
5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents. the amount of each progress payment shall be
computed as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions.
5.1.7 Except with Owner's prior written approval, Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for
materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site.
5.2 FINAL PAYMENT
5.2.1 Final payment constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by Owner to
Contractor when:
11 Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for Contractor's responsibility to correct Work.
and to satisfy other requirements, if any,which extend beyond final payment;and
.2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by Engineer and approved by the Owner.
5.2.2 Owner's final payment to Contractor shall be made no later than thirty (30) days after the issuance of
Engineer's final Certificate for Payment, In no event shall final payment be required to be made prior to thirty(30)
days after all Work on the Contract has been fully performed,Defects in the Work discovered prior to final payment
shall be treated as non-conlonning Work and shall be corrected by Contractor prior to final payment,and shall not be
treated as warranty items,
ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION
6.1 The Contract may be terminated by Owneror Contractoras provided in Article 15 of the General Conditions.
00500 4.2020, Page 3 of 5 standard Fonii of Agreement
00443647
No Text
6.2 The Work may be suspended by Owner as provided in Article 15 of the General Conditions,
ARTICLE 7 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
7.1 The Contract Documents,except for Modifications issued after execution of this Ag mens,are enumerated
as folloii s:
7.1.1 The Agreement is this executed version of the City, of Round Rock, Texas Standard Form of Agreement
between Owner and Contractor,as modified,
7.1.2 The General Conditions are the "City of Round Rock Contract Forms 00700," General Conditions, as
modified.
7.1.3 The Supplementary'.Special,and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual
dated Februan,2022
7.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated Februan,2022
7.1.5 The Drawings.if any,are those contained in the Project Manual dated_ Februan,2022
7.1.6 The Insurance&Construction Bond Forms of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated
Februar),2022
7.1.7 The Notice to Bidders,Instructions to Bidders,Bid Form.and Addenda,if any,.are those contained in the
Project Manual dated February 2022
7.1.8 If this Agreement covers construction involving federal funds, thereby requiring inclusion of mandated
contract clauses, such federally required clauses are those contained in the "City, of Round Rock Contract Forms
03000,"Federally Required Contract Clauses,as modified.
7.1.9 Other documents,if any.forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows:
00500-Attachment A.0 1 000-Attachment A
ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
8.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of am, document, the reference refers to that
provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents.
8.2 Owner's representative is: Kaitivn Saucedo.Engineer Associate
3400 Sunrise Road,Round Rock,TX 78665
ksaucedw&roundrocktexas.gov
(512)218-7076
8.3 Contractor's representative is: Hector Brace(512)992-7200
errtrith Flores fµ515 375-2770
itifo(a-),t)rotaconstruction.coin
8.4 Neither Owner's nor Contractor's representative shall be changed without ten(10)days'%�ritten notice to the
other party.
00.500 4-2020 Page 4 of 5 Standard Fon rk of greeiwwnt
00443647
No Text
8.5 Waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall not constitute waiver of any subsequent breach,
8.6 Owner agrees to pay Contractor from available funds for satisfactory performance of this Agreement in
accordance with the bid or proposal submitted therefor,subject to proper additions and deductions.all as provided in
the General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, and Special Conditions of this Agreement, and N ner agrees to
make payments on account thereof as provided therein. Lack of funds shall render this Agreement null and void to
the extent funds are not available. This Agreement is a conunitment of City of Round Rock's current revenues only.
8.7 Although this Agreement is drawn by Owner,both parties hereto expressly agree and assert that,in the event
of any dispute over its meaning or application.this Agreement shall be interpreted reasonably and fairly,and neither
more strongly for nor against either party.
8.8 This Agreement shall be enforceable in Round Rock,Texas, and if legal action is necessary by either party
with respect to the enforcement of any or all of the terms or conditions herein,exclusive venue for same shall lie in
Williamson County. Texas. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws and
court decisions of the State of Texas.
8.9 Both parties hereby expressly agree that no claims or disputes between the parties arising out of or relating
to this Agreement or a breach thereof shall be decided by an arbitration proceeding,including without limitation,any
proceeding under the Federal Arbitration Act(9 USC Section 1-14)or any applicable state arbitration statute.
8.10 The parties, by execution of this Agreement, bind themselves, their heirs, successors, assigns, and legal
representatives for the full and faithful performance of the terms and provisions hereof.
This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first written above and is executed in at least two(2)
original copies, of which one is to be delivered to Owner,
OWNER CONTRACTOR
CITY OF UND R T XAS mm
UNDR
..........
............... ......
Printed Natne, Printed Name
Title
Date SignNed:..
Date Signed:
ATTEST:
City, Clerk.
FORQVY, PPROVEDAS' OFORM.
City Atto tto
00500 4-2020 Page 5 of 5 Siandird goon of%prtenievit
000 443647
No Text
00500 Attachment
No Text
Attachment A
The contractor shall obtain Substantial Completion, within 200 calendar days of the Notice to
Proceed, of the northern pressure control valve,vault,and associated 10" pipeline(see Shect 7),
This work is located near the northernmost 1.5 million-gallon clearwell of the Water Treatment
Plant. The valve, vault, and associated 10"pipeline should be substantially completed prior to
the rest of the project.
Page I
No Text
00600 INSURANCE AND
CONSTRUCTION BOND FORMS
No Text
BONDS AND INSURANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Instruction Sheet
1, Insurance Company must be licensed by State of Texas.
2. Agent signing bonds must be licensed in Texas.
Agent signing bonds must have Power of Attorney on behalf of insurance
company.
4. If Agent signing bonds has Power of Attorney, but not licensed in Texas, then the
bond must be counter-signed by Texas local recordin �aent.
ALL THE ABOVE INFORMATION CAN BE FOUND AT
TexaLftartnaent of Insurance website
5. Make sure the dollar amount on both Performance and Payment Bonds match the
amount of the Agreement & Bid Form Sheet.
6. Both Performance and Payment Bonds should be signed by Authorized Person. If
the contractor is a corporation, then it should be signed by the President or the
Vice-President. If the contractor is not incorporated, then it may be signed by the
Owner. Please state the title of the authorized person.
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE
Instruction Sheet
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE FORM
The City of Round Rock's Certificate of Liability Insurance form provided herein or a standard
ACORD form.
2. PRODUCER and INSURED- Please list name,address,phone number and e-mail.
3. COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE — TDI number required. The TDI number can be
obtained from the Texas Dept of Insurance Website: ht ;//www,,tdi,state,tx,us,`. - Company Lookup.
Note:Exception to this rule. In certain instances where there is unusual risks involved,Surplus Lines Insurance
Carriers can be used.Below are the guidelines:
a. Insurance Company does not have to be"licensed in Texas",but
they do have to be"LUX_ible for a Texas license."
Please verify with the Texas Dept of Insurance
Website:h(!p:,;,;www.tdi state.1x,u%f. ,,Company Lookup
b. Policy has to be written by licensed surplus lines Aaent.
Also verify with the Texas Dept of Insurance
Website:jh tp,/,,www.tdrstate.tx usJ-Agent Lookup
4. TYPES OF INSURANCE COVERAGE.—
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT: Please double check the General Conditions and the
Supplemental General Conditions for the types and amounts of insurance required. The
Supplemental General Conditions usually state the following:
a. Business Automobile Liability Insurance
b. Workers'Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance
C. Commercial General Liability Insurance
d. Builders' Risk Insurance (Generally required for all "vertical"construction. Check with
Project Manager for requirements.)
FOR ALL OTHER CONTRACTS, PLEASE REFER TO THE INSURANCE
SECTION FOR TYPE OF INSURANCE REQUIRED. (For example Engineering
Service Contracts usually require"professional liability insurance".)
S. EFFECTIVE DATE& EXPIRATION DATE
Please make sure dates are current.
6. City of Round Rock must be listed on the Certificate of Insurance as an additional insured (except
Workers Compensation and Builders Risk).
T Certificate must indicate that the insurance Company must give the City of Round Rock notice of
any changes,cancellation ,etc. at least thirty (30)days prior to date of change,
8. Make sure Certificate is signed by an Agent Licensed in the State of Texas, this can also be
found on the
BOND NO PRF9396803
PAYMENTBOND
THE STATE OF TEXAS §
§ KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON §
That Prptn Inc. of the City of Austin
County of,Travis and State of Texas as Principal, and
Fidelity and Deposit Comp under the laws of the State of Texas to act
p ,4qy_9f MAalapo�, authorized
as Surety on Bonds for Principals,are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF ROUND ROCK,
TEXAS (OWNER), and all subcontractors, workers, laborers, mechanics and suppliers as their
interest may appear, all of whom shall have the right to sue upon this bond, in the penal sum of
One million five hundred hundred sixtysqvendollars and no cents
............
Dollars($ 1,59 t Es7 Ofl —--)forthe payment whereof,well and truly be made the said
Principal and Surely bind themselves and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and
assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents:
WHEREAS,the Principal has ante dint certain written Agreement with the Owner,dated the
day of...._, " , 20 22 to which Agreement is hereby referred to
and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein consisting of:
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves
.................... .....................---,.................................. .......
............... ...........................................................................................................................
.......... .............
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said
Principal shall welt and truly pay all subcontractors, workers, laborers, mechanics, and suppliers,
all monies to them owing by said Principals for subcontracts,work, labor,equipment, supplies and
materials done and furnished for the construction of the improvements of said Agreement, then
this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of'Chapter 2253,
Texas Government Code, as arnended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of'said Chapter 2253 to the same extent as if it were copied at
length herein,
Page 1
00620 04 2020 Paymem Bmid
M437699
No Text
PAYMENT BOND (continued)
Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the Agreement, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans,
specifications or drawings accompanying the sarne shall in anywise affect its obligation on this
bond,and it does hereby waive notice of any such change,extension of time,alteration or addition
to the terrns of the contract,or to the work to be performed thereunder.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this Instrument
this., day of 20_22'
Prota, Inc. Fidelity and Deposit Company of'Mgyland
Pi ipal Surety
it e., Barbara A. Sh rd
P Tame Printed Name
................
By:
T4 Title: Attompy-11n-Fact,
,-1...................
Ad 'rens: P. 0. Box 342195 Address.
..................................................... -Palm yallcy'-'Rlyo,'$tq,
Austin T7873 .. ....... Round Rock, TX 78665
h
CY
)0
Resideni iftqf Surety:
Signature
Barbara A. Shamard
Printed Nai e
3500 E Palm Val
Street Address
Round.Rock:,,TX 78665
City, State&Zip Code
Page 2
00620V2020 Paynx w Bond
00090656
�r v
A
BOND NO PRF9396803
PERFORMANCE BOND
THE STATE OF "TEXAS §
§ KNOW ALL ICY T ESE PRESENTS:
COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON
That Prcita,.[no....... , of the City of Austin,TX 78756
....... ...
County of Travis m_ , and State of Texas, ,as Principal,and
Fidelity and De�lasit Com pan of Ma authorized under the law of the_._
y State of Texas to act as surety
on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF ROUNDROCK,TEXAS
(Owner), to the penal !gum of one aniHion Iivc hundred ninety cight thma sand eight hundred sixty scam dollars and no cents
........
.._.w......,
Dollars (S_11.,15198,867.00 for the mme the payent whereof, well and truly to be adsaid
Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and
assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents:
WHEREAS,IFAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written Agreement with the Owner dated the
day of..... 20,22_to which the Agreement is hereby referred to
and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein consisting of:
.....—.1111..........---- 1-11111. ,,, "I'll–,W-11"allt-elr-,LrgatrMnY P , Pm !Ar e CPiAl al Ya,lv es
MOW, THEREFORE, TETE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said
Principal shall faithfully perform said Agreement and shall, in all respects, duly and faithfully
observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions and agreements in and by said
Agreement, agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, including but
not limited to, the repair of any and all defects in said work occasioned by and resulting from
defects in materials furnished by or workmanship of,the Principal in performing the'fork covered
by said Agreement and occurring within a period of twelve (12) months from the date of Final
Completion and all other covenants and conditions, according to the true intent and meaning of
said Agreement and the Plans and Specifications hereto annexed,then this obligation shall be void;
otherwise to remain in full force and effect;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER,ER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253,
Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of said Chapter 2253 to the sarne extent as if it were copied at
length herein.
Mage 1
006 10 4 2020 Pa^r ormaunce Band
0044309
No Text
PERFORMANCE BOND(continued)
Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the Agreement, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the Plans,
Specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in anywise affect its obligation on this
bond,and it does hereby waive notice of any such change,extension of time,alteration or addition
to the terms of the Agreement,or to the work to be performed thereunder.
If Principal fails to faithfully perform said Agreement, Surety, after receipt of written notice of
Principal's default,shall perforin all of Principal's duties and obligations under the Agreement. If,
within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice frorn Owner, Surety does not commence to
complete the obligations of Principal with a contractor acceptable to Owner and diligently
complete the performance of the Principal's duties and obligations, Owner shall have the right but
not the obligation to have the duties and obligations of Principal performed. In such event,Surety
shall pay to Owner,upon demand, all costs,expenses and damages sustained by Owner as a result
of Principal's failure to perform its duties and obligations under the Agreement up to the
full sum of this Performance Bond, plus all costs and expenses, including
attorney's fees and expert and consultant fees incurred by Owner to enforce its rights under this
Performance Bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument
this ...... .............day of.................... > 20 22
Prota, [tic. Fidelity and Dep
,gsilC,orplta,nY,ofMary,land
r Pr,lnci al Surety
r n c' a'
Barbara A. Sh rd
Printed Name
By By:
fit c-
'fit
1 c: Title: AttgTite -1n Fact
Addr ss.- P, O. Box 342195 Address 0 Palm
ss. P' o - '-Valley Blvd,Ste 3
Austin,TX 78734
Resident A ni" f Surety:
n
Signature
Barbara ALaniard,aard
' �4ra A.
Printed Nam
3500 E Palin alley Blvd, Ste 3
Street Address
Round Rock, TX 78665
City, State& Zip Code
Page 2
NMI 0 4 2020 PM'winancc Bond
(10443639
No Text
ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY
FIDELITY AND DEPOSITCOMPANY OF MARYLAND
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW AIA,MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY,as corporation of the State of New York,the
COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, a corporation of the Store of Illinois, and the FIDELITY AND
DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND a corporation of the State of Illinois(hereon collectively called the"Companies"),by Robert D.Murray,
Vice President,in pursuance of authority granted by Article V,Section 8,of the By-Laws of said Companies,which are set forth on the reverse side
hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof, do hereby nominate, constitute,and appoint Peter
PINCOFFS, Barbara A. SHAMARD,Chris BRANDT, Rob BRIDGES, John S. BURNS,Jr.,George S.
SYKES, JR., Todd DAVIS and Christina SCOTT,of Austin,Texas,its trite and lawful agent and Attorney-in-Fact, to make,
execute,seal and deliver,for, and on its behalf as surety,and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings,and the execution of
such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents,shall he as binding upon said Companies,as fully and amply, to all intcras and purposes,
as ifilicy had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
at its of in New York, New York., the regularly elected officers of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY
COMPANY at its office in Owings Mills,Maryland., and the regularly elected officers of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSITCOMPANY OF
MARYLAND at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland.,in their own proper persons.The said Vice President does hereby certify that the extract set
forth on the reverse side hereof is true copy of'Articic V, Section 8,of the By-Laws of said Companies and is now in force.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice-president has hereunto subscribed his her names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said
ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY,COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY,and FIDELITY
AND DEPOSITCOMPANY OF MARYLAND,this 191h day of August A.D.2020.
ZURICH AMEXICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
COLONIAL ANIFRICAN CASUAt.'ry AND SUREWCOMPANY
FIDELITY AND DEPosi r comPANN,(icr MARYLAND
hj,: Robert L), .. ..........
Vice President
Bv:
Set's elw_c'
State of Maryland
Cou city or Baltimore
On thus I%h day of Arigust,202CD. befrue the subsenkii,a Notary Pubhc of the Suire,of Maryland,difly coircaussioncd and quifified,Robert D.
Murray,Vice Presideno and Dawn E,Brown,Secretary of ulna:Conipaunc ,w nic personally known tcc be chc 4cdividuals and olficem&scrobed ul acrd'who
cxecured the preceding,uunstrnturncunt,and acknowledged die executron of sanic,and being b�y one duty sworn,dcNowth jrcd saah,that he she 4s the said orficerof
4a:Company nfbresand,and chat the scall affixed to the preceding instrunicni:are the Corporate Seals ofsaid Conipannes.and that dic salad Conoratc Scafs and
the sigruakne as such officer were d0y affixed acid subsorcbed to Ote said criscrurnent by dw auchonty and dnrection of'gic said Corliorafiore,
1NTE$TfMONN'WfI11'R11T()F,I lncc Urea-enntowj my hand and affixed army OfflicW Seat chc Clay acid year first above micien
..........................
Conslarccc A.Duccn,Nwary Public
'4
M 4,"ononission rxprres:July 9,2023
No Text
EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANIES
"Article V,Section 8,Attorneys-in-Fac. The Chief Lxccutive Officer,the President,orany Executive Vice President or Vice['resident
may, by written instrument under the attested corporate seal, appoint attorneys-in-fact with authority to execute bonds, policies,
recognizanccs,stipulations, undcrtakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Company, and may authonze,any officer or any such
attorney in fact to affix(lie corporate seal thereto,and may with or without cause modify of"revoke any such appointment or authority at any
tome."
CERTIFICATE
1, the undersigned, Vice President of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, the COLONIAL AMERICAN
(.'ASUALTY AND SVRETY COMPANY, and the FID1,11TY AND DEPOSITCOMPANY OF MARYLAND,do hereby certify that the
foregoing Power ol"Attorney is still in full force and of on the date of this certificate„arid I do torther certify that Article V,Section 8,of
the bly.Laws of the Companies is still in force
This Power of'Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimfle under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of
Directors ofthe ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duty called and held on the 15th day ol'December 1998,
RESOLVED: "That the signature of the President or a View;President and the attesting signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
and the Seal of the Cornpany may be affixed by facsimile on any Power of Atiomcy..Any such Power or any certificate thereorbearing Such
facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company."
This Power of'Attorney and Cerfificatc may be signed by Ricsunfle under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of
Directors ofthc COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and field on(lie 5th day of May,
094,and the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSITCOMPANY OF MARYLAND at a mecting
duly called and held on the 10th(lay of-May, 1990
RESOLVED: "That the fiacsinule or mechanically reproduced seat of the company and fircsimile or mechanically,reproduced signature
of any Vivo-President, Secretary,or Assistant Secretary of the Company,whether made heretofore or licreaher,wherever appearing upon a
certified copy of any power oraitorney issued by the Company,shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect
as though manually affixed
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto subscribed any namc and affixed the corporate seals of thesaid Companies,
this IRM day of m.y 7021
Bnan M,[lodges,Vice President
TO REPORT A CLAIM WITH REGARD TO A SURETY BOND,PLEASE SUBMIT A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION
OF THE CLAIM INCLUDING THE PRINCIPAL ON THE BOND,THE BOND NUMBER,AND YOUR CONTACT`
INFORMATION TO:
Zurich Surety laims
1299 Zurich Way
Schauinburp
IL 601961'r 1056
---------- trp
................................I..........
800-6264577
r
ZURICH
Texas Important Notice
IMPORTANT NOTICE AVIS O IMPORTANTE
To obtain information or make a complaint' Para obtener informaci6n o pare presenter una queja:
You may call Zurich North America's toll-free telephone Usted puede Ilamar al n6mero de tel6fono gratuito de
number for information or to make a complaint at: Zurich North America's para obtener informaci6n o pare
1-800-382-2160 presenter una queja al:
1-800-382-2150
You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to
obtain information on companies,coverages, rights, or Usted puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Se-
complaints
e-
complaints at: gurus de Texas pare obtener informaci6n sobre com-
1-800-252-3439 pahlas,coberturas,derechos, o quejas at:
1.800-252-3439
You may write the Texas Department of
Insurance: Usted puede escribir al Departamento
P,O. Box 149104 de Seguros de Texas a:
Austin,TX 78714-9104 P.O. Box 149104
Fax: (512)490-1007 Austin,TX 78714-9104
Web: www.tdi.texas.gov Fax:(512)490-1007
E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov Sitio web: www.tdi.texas.gov
E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov
PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES:
Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or IS UT POR PRIMAS DE SEGUROS 0
about a claim,you should contact the company first. If REDL AMACIONPS;
the dispute is not resolved,YOU may contact the Texas Si fiene una disputa relacionada con su prima de seguro
Department of Insurance. o con una reclamaci6n, usted debe comunicarse con [a
compahla primero. Si la dispute no es resuelta, usted
ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de
This notice is for information only and does not become Texas.
a part or condition of the attached document,
ADJUNTE ESTE AVIS O A SU P6LIZA: Este aviso es
solamente pare prop6silos informativos y no se con-
vierte en parte o en condici6n del documento adjunto,
U-GUI-296-E(06/15)
Page I of I
�I � I�
PROTINCO2C
DATE(MWDDtmy)
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE.,, ...._.-._..........".....""......w..._.."..-........_._
............................. 6/1812022
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER,THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER,
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed,
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement, A statement on
this certificate does not confer rights to the cerifficate holder In lieu of such endorsem
PRODUCER CT Lesa May,CIC
INSUPJCATXInsurance Services Inc JAI'c NNE.� X
9900 Great Hills Trail Dr,Suite 226W E.,, 61�2 �8 1-�366 C No 8661 52-931�1
.......................................................
Austin,TX 78759 _Les_a_May.@L 1�S!U RICA.com
1NAQR0JPk AFFORDING COVERAGE
............................................................................ INSURER A:FCC I Incur ance Co 10178
----------— Col -----------
INSURED INSURER B:
_ .._.____.____________________v___
Prota,Inc. 1q RER.!C.:................................................................ ——----------------------------
P.0.Box 342196 j9WftR D
Austin,TX 79734 INSURER E,
INSURER F
COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER, ———-------------— REVISION NUM§gEL
.................
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWTHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OFA CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT VATH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN AYHAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
"Rik..................................................- ADDL SUER .... . M.._...............................
IMAD VVVOL POLICY EFF POLICY EXP
TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER LIMITS
A CO—MM-L*-R-'C-�-A--LGEN F-"R'A-L-LIABILI—TY 1,000,00
CLAM&MADE OCCUR CPPI00077172 4/2812022 4/2812023 DAMAGE TO RENTED 100,00
MED EXP An one ptg�w 5,00
.-RER92t�6LA-&CZ�L!NJURY S 1,000,00
-GEN't AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLICS PER GENERALAqGREGATE 2,000,00
i 1� LOC X0,00
POLICY EL1!Q9kQLq t�QP G G
---99L _A-
H R:
1-07T-Iul-�D-Ryl—XI . ............................................
A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY (COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT. ...... 1,000,00
- D......................
ANYAUTO CA100077174 4120/2022 412812023gqj���Lzamqol
OWNED SCHEDULED _
AUTOS ONLY AUTOS -kQ21LYINJURY Per aceoderR
X00
GE
MRS ONLY 'A6%%M
A UMBRELLA LIAROCCUR - 6,000,00
i k-Agt!_�-CURR
EXCESS LIAO CLAIMS-MADE UM8100077176 412012022 41281202361000,00
AGGREGATE
RETENTIONS 0
A WORKERS COMPENSATION z:=OIH.
AND EMPLOY RV LIABILITY
ANY PROPRIETORIPARTNER/EXECUTIVE
YIN WC0100077176 412812022 4/2812023 1,000,00
i E L EACH A
K'AWM I NIA —L CODENT
EXCLUDE(
EL DISEASE.EA EMPLOYEE 1,000,00
Iles,describe under
1,000,00
2FSC_RIPTLO_N_Ofk�glIATLONSbt�M__ E L DISEASE-PO IC ---
--—-——----------------------------- Y LIET _t.......
.....................................I
DESCRIPTION OF OPERAT ONSI LOCATIONS I VEHICLES(ACORD 1101,Addrdonal Remarks Schoduki.may be,attached If more space Is requires)
Ic
Project,,Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves
COMPLETE CERTIFICATE HOLDER/ADDITIONAL INSURED TO READ:
City of Round Rock
SEE ATTACHED ACORD 101
CERTIFICATE HOLDER CAN-EL T N
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
City of Round Rock ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS,
221 East Main Street
Round Rock,TX 78664 -------------
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
tt
-------------------------- e -----------
ACORD 28(2016103) X31988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. Ali rights reserved
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
No Text
AGENCY CUSTOMER ID:PROTINCO2C LMA
LOC#: 1
ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULEPage 1..of 1
...........................-,.,,,,,,,,,.,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,...............,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,„,,,,,,,,,..............."I'l”"I'll""I'll'll"I'll"I'll",'ll"I'll"I'll'll""I'll""I'll""I"....,_-,---,..-.
__.,.,�.,..—------ ---------------------------- ........................_,�-.,,�-,. ..,.-,-__.. .a
AGENCY NAMED INSURED
NSURICA TX Insurance Services,Inc. P.0..lox*U2196
POLICY NUMBER _Austin,TX 78734
Travis
"EE PAGE 1
CARRIER NAIL CDDE
. . ................................................
EE PAGE 1 SEE P 1 EFFECCTIVEDATE°
_....... o...................................... ..�... .............. ---------------.. �.....-...-.-_ '„ ......................................... ..
ADDITIONAL REMARKS
THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM,
FORM NUMBER; -AgQRQ26„ FORM TITLE: Certificate o1 Llabitlt I sur ar�ce,,_ ...
Description of OperationslLocationsNehicles:
Project.Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves
COMPLETE CERTIFICATE HOLDER/ADDITIONAL INSURED TO READ:
City of Round Rock
-The General Liability policy includes a blanket automatic additional insured endorsement that provides additional Insured status
for On-Going&Completed Operations with Primary and Noncontributory wording to the certificate holder only when there Is a
written contract between the named insured and the certificate holder that requires such status.
-The Automobile policy includes a blanket automatic additional Insured endorsement that provides additional Insured status to the
certificate holder only when there is a written contract between the named Insured and the certificate holder that requires such
status.
-The General Liability,Automobile and Workers Compensation policies Include a blanket waiver of subrogation endorsement that
provides this feature only when there is a written contract between the named Insured and the certificate holder that requires it.
-The policies include an endorsement providing that 30 day notice of cancellation will be furnished to the certificate holder.
W ...... .....................................................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................._-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_
ACORD 101 (2008101) 02008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
The ACORO name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
No Text
00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS
No Text
City of Round Rock Contract Forms
General Conditions Section 00700
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL.CON I"TI NS
fficle paq(,)
Number& T"Idle !Number
1. DEFINITIONS.. ............ . 2
2 PRELIMINARY R"W MAT"TERS....... ....... . . . .. .... ......... .. .... ... 5
S. CONTRAC'T`CCC FR`TS: INTENT,AMENDING,REUSE..... . ........ ... ................ .......... ...................a"
4. AVAILABILITY OF II NM SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL
L
CCNC TIONSo REFF;RFNCF POINTS .......... .......... . .................. .. ..................... .......5
S. CONTRACTOR'S RFSR i SIfflU "1IF'S .. 16
7'. OTHER WORK , 24
S. OWNER'S RESRC,RSII ISI II S........... .......... ........... . ................. . ........,.,.. ....,..,, .. .....,._ , .._....... .....25
S. ENGINEER/ARCHITECT'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION . .. ........ 26
'10. CHARGES IN 1" WWC R 27
11. CHANGE OF CONTRACT AMOUNT ... .... 28
12, CHANGE OFCOR'T`R G1TIMES..... 31
13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS,AND CORRECTION
OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK, 3
14 PAYMENTS,ro C(;YNmA TOR.AND COI PLE'TION 15
15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION- _ 39
16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION— -41
17' RIGHTTOAUONT ..... . ... ............. .......... ......... .. ...... ...... . . ......
18, MIISCEL.IANEOUS ... ...,. . ... ... .. .. . . .... 3
00700 04-2020 Page 1 General Conditions
00443641
GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE I -DEFINITIONS
Whenever used inthese General CmndidonmorintheothevCnntrac Documents,the term printed with initial capital
letters o, all capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, will have the meaning indicated in the
definitions below or as defined in these General Conditions or other Contract Documents:
1.1 Addenda -VVhtten or graphic instruments issued prior tmthe receipt of Proposals nrthe opening of Bids
that clarify, correct orchange the proposal orbidding requirements o/the Contract Documents.
1.2 Agreement-Prescribed form, referenced omSection OU5OO.
1-3 Alternative Dispute Resolution-TheprooeasbywhichmdimputedC|mimmabe settled ifthe OWNER and
the CONTRACTOR cannot reach anagreement between themselves,es an alternative to litigation.
1.4 Bid 'Proposal ofbidder on prescribed forms setting forth prices for performing the Work described in the
Contract Documents.
1.5The advertisement or invitation for bids, instructions to bidders,the bid form,the Contract
Documents and Addenda.
1.6 Any day ofthe week; modays being excepted. Work onSaturdays, Sundays,and/or Legal
Holidays shall only be conducted with prior express written consent of the OWNER.
1,7 written directive tothe CONTRACTOR, signed bythe OWNER, ordering achange in
the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Amount or Contract Time, or both. A
Change Directive may be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order A Change
Directive does not change the Contract Amount mrContract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the
change directed or documented by a Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order,
1.8 agreements entered into between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER
authorizing an addition,deletion,or revision to the Contract,issued on or after the Execution Date of the Agreement
and within the Contract term,
1.9 Avvritten demand seeking, as a matter pfright, adjustment or interpretation of Contract tenns,
payment ofmoney, extension o[time orother relief with respect tothe terms ofthe Contract.
1.10 The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the OWNER and the
CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work, asevidenced bythe Contract Documents.
1.11 Contract Amount'The amount payable bythe OWNER tothe CONTRACTOR for completion ofthe Work
inaccordance with the Contract Documents.
1.12 Contract Documents — Includes the Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, AAnoernonL General
Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions, Special Condidonm, Speoifioatmne, Project Manual, Drawingo,
Addenda and Change Orders.
1.13 Contract Time-The number ofdays allowed for completion oftheVVorkosdefined by theContract.When
any periodi referred hoindays, itwill bocomputed hoemc|udethe first and include the last day ofsuch period. A
day oftwenty-four(24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight will constitute oday,
1.14 CONTRACTOR - The individum|, firm, oorpondion, or other business entity with whom the OWNER has
entered into the Contract.
00700 04-2020 Page 2 General Conditions
1.15 Drawings - Those portions of the Contract Documents which are graphic representations of the scope,
extent and character of the Work to be furnished and performed by the CONTRACTOR and which have been
approved by the OWNER. Drawings may include plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams,
Shop Drawings are not Drawings as so defined.
1.16 Enaineer/ArchitectAE/A) - The OWNER's design professional identified as such in the Agreement. The
titles of"Architect/Engineer,""Architect"and"Engineer'used in the Contract Documents shall be read the same as
Engineer/Architect {E/A). Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual or agency
relationship between E/A and the CONTRACTOR.
1.17 Equal -The terms"equal"or"approved equal"shall have the same meaning.
118 Execution Date-Date of last signature of the parties to the Agreement.
1.19 Field Order - A written order issued by Owner's Representative which orders minor changes in the Work
and which does not involve a change in the Contract Amount or the Contract Time.
1.20 Final Acceptance—The stage in the Contract process when, in the OWNER's opinion, Final Completion of
the Work has been attained and a Certificate of Acceptance approved by the OWNER is issued.
1.21 Final Completion -The stage in the progress of the Work when, in the OWNER's opinion, the entire Work
has been completed,the CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, and the
OWNER is processing or has made final payment to the CONTRACTOR, as evidenced by a Certificate of
Acceptance approved by the OWNER.
1,22 Inspector-The authorized representative of any regulatory agency that has jurisdiction over any portion of
the Work.
1.23 LftggLU2!jdW
1.23.1 The following are recognized by the OWNER:
Holiday Date Observed
New Year's Day January I
Martin Luther King, Jr.'s Birthday Third Monday in January
President's Day Third Monday in February
Memorial Day Last Monday in May
Independence Day July 4
Labor Day First Monday in September
Veteran's Day November 11
Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November
Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving
Christmas Eve December 24
Christmas Day December 25
00700 04-2020 Page 3 General Conditions
1.23.2 If a Legal Holiday falls on Saturday, it will be observed on the preceding Friday. If a Legal Holiday falls on
Sunday, it will be observed on the following Monday.
1.23.3 If Christmas Eve falls on a Saturday or a Sunday,the preceding Friday is observed as the Christmas Eve
holiday.
1.23.4 If Christmas Day falls on a Saturday or a Sunday, the following Monday is observed as the Christmas Day
holiday.
1.24 Milestones-A significant event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion
date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work.
1.25 Notice to Proceed - A Written Notice given by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR notifying the
CONTRACTOR to commence the Work and which may also fix the date on which the Contract Times will commence
to run and on which the CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract
Documents.
1.28 OWNER—The City of Round Rock,Texas,a municipal corporation, home-rule city and political subdivision
organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, acting through the City Manager or his/her designee,
officers, agents or employees to administer design and construction of the Project.
1.27 Owner's Representative-The designated representative of the OWNER.
1.28 Partial Occupancy or Use- Use by the OWNER of a partially completed part of the Work for the purpose
for which it is intended(or a related purpose)prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work.
1.29 Proiect -The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be
the whole,or a part,as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
1.30 Proiect Manual - That portion of the Contract Documents which may include the following: introductory
information; bidding requirements, Contract forms and General and Supplemental General Conditions; General
Requirements; Specifications; Drawings; Project Safety Manual;and Addenda.
1.31 Proposal—Proposal of Offeror,on prescribed forms setting forth prices for performing the Work described
in the Contract Documents.
1.32 Proposal Documents—The advertisement or invitation for Proposals, Instruction to Offerors, the Proposal
form,the Contract Documents and Addenda.
1.33 Resident Project Representative-The authorized representative of E/A who may be assigned to the site
or any part thereof.
1.34 Shop Drawings -All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data or information which are
specifically prepared or assembled by or for the CONTRACTOR and submitted by the CONTRACTOR as required
by the Contract Documents.
1.35 Specifications -Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions as
applied to the Work, which set forth to the CONTRACTOR, in detail, the requirements which must be met by all
materials,equipment, construction systems, standards,workmanship,equipment and services in order to render a
completed and useful project.
1.38 Substantial Completion - The stage in the progress of the Work when the Work, or designated portions
thereof, may still require minor modifications or adjustments but,in the OWNER's opinion,the Work has progressed
to the point such that all parts of the Work under consideration are fully operational and the beneficial use and
occupancy of which can be assumed by the Owner, as evidenced by a Certificate of Substantial Completion
approved by the OWNER.
00700 04-2020 Page 4 General Conditions
1.37 Subcontractor-An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR for the
performance of a part of the Work.
138 Sub-subcontractor-A person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor or a Sub-
subcontractor of any tier to perform a portion of the Work.
1.39 Superintendent - The representative of the CONTRACTOR authorized in writing to receive and fulfill
instructions from Owner's Representative, and who shall supervise and direct construction of the Work.
1.40 Supplemental General Conditions-The part of the Contract Documents which either amends or
supplements the General Conditions. All General Conditions which are not so amended or so supplemented shall
be considered as remaining in full force and effect.
1.41 Supplier-An individual or entity having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor
or Sub-subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the CONTRACTOR or
any Subcontractor.
1.42 Time Extension Re ue�st-An approved request for time extension on a form acceptable to the OWNER.
1.43 Work-The entire completed construction, or the various separately identifiable parts thereof, required to
be furnished under the Contract Documents.
1.44 Working Day - Any day of the week, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or Legal Holidays, in which
conditions not underthe CONTRACTOR's control will permit work for at least seven(7)hours of the Working Times.
Upon authorization by the Owner's Representative, work on Saturdays, Sundays and/or Legal Holidays may be
allowed and, in that event,a Working Day will be counted for each such day.
1.45 Working Times —Times of day(s) during which work may be performed. Unless authorized by Owner's
Representative, all Work shall be performed between 7:00 a.m. and 6M p.m. on weekdays and, if previously
authorized as provided for in paragraph 1.44 or paragraph 1.6 herein, as applicable, between 9:00 a.m. and 6:00
p.m, on Saturdays, Sundays or Legal Holidays. When the CONTRACTOR has been authorized to perform Work
during hours outside Working Times, such hours shall be considered time worked on Working Day contracts.
Notwithstanding the preceding, emergency work may be done without prior permission only as provided in
paragraph 6.11.5 herein.
1.46 Written Notice-Written communication between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, Written Notice shall
be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to Owner's Representative or to the CONTRACTOR's
duly authorized representative, or if such Written Notice is delivered to or sent by registered or certified mail to the
attention of Owners Representative or to the CONTRACTOR's duly authorized representative at the last business
address known to the party giving notice.
ARTICLE 2-PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.1 Delivery of Agreement, Bonds,Insurance,and Other Documentation:
Within ten (10)Calendar Days after written notification of award of Contract,the CONTRACTOR shall deliver to the
OWNER signed Agreement, Bond(s), Insurance Certificate(s) and other documentation required for execution of
the Contract.
2.2 Copies of Documents:
The OWNER shall furnish to the CONTRACTOR two (2) copies of the Contract Documents unless otherwise
specified.
00700 04-2020 Page 5 General Conditions
2.3 Commencement pfContract Times; Notice ho Proceed:
The ContractTime(a) commence on the date indicated in the Agreement nrhlthe Notice hz Proceed. Notice to
Proceed will be given at any time within sixty(60)Calendar Days after the Execution Date of the Agreement,unless
extended bywritten agreement cf the parties.
2.4 Before Starting Construction:
2.4,1 NoWork shall bedone atthe site prior Vuthe pnaconm|mm%ionconference without the OVVNER`oapproval.
Before undertaking each part ofthe Work, the CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract
Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. The
CONTRACTOR shall promptly rt in writing to C)wme/o Representative any cmnOiot, er/or, ambiguity
discrepancy which the CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain o written interpretation or clarification from
Owner's Representative before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. The CONTRACTOR shall heliable to
the OWNER for failure horeport any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents of which
the CONTRACTOR knew orreasonably should have known.
2'4.2 TheCONTRACTORahaUsubm|tthehzUmwing(oC)wne/sRepreaentativcforneiewandappnuve|no|aher
than the pnaoonstmctiunconference:
.i m preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (number of days or dates) for starting and
completing the various stages of the VVork, including any Milestones specified in the Contract
Documen|m, identifying when all Subcontractors will be utilized, and taking into consideration any
limitations onWorking Hours;
.2 a preliminary schedule ofShop Drawing and sample submittals;
3 epreliminary schedule nfvalues for all cf the Work,subdivided into component parts insufficient detail
to serve asthe basis for progress payments durin truction.Such prices will include an appropriate
amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. The preliminary schedule mfvalues
submitted bythe CONTRACTOR should include a reasonable estimation of value of each item included
and shall not contain disproportionate values assigned toany item oritems;
.4 aletter designating CONTRACTOR's Superintendent;
.5 aletter from the CONTRACTOR and Subcontnaoor(s) listing any salaried specialists;
.6 if applicable, a letter designating the "Competent Person(s)" on general safety and trench safety
measures;
.7 if applicable, a\nenmh safety system plan;
'8 if applicable, a plan illustrating proposed locations of temporary facilities;
.9 if app|iceb|e, a traffic control plan;
.10 acompleted Non-Use ofAsbestos Affidavit(Prior hmConstmcikon); and
.11 if applicable, a letter designating the Texas Registered Professional Land Surveyor for layout of the
Work.
2'5 Pw*constrm«t|omCmmwemoncm:
Prior to commencement of Work at the site,a preconstruction conference attended by the CONTRACTOR,Owner's
Representative and others will beheld.
00700 04~2020 Page 6 General Conditions
2.6 Initially Acceptable Schedules:
Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain approval of Owner's
Representative on final versions of the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.4.2 before the first
progress payment will be made to the CONTRACTOR. The progress schedule must provide for an orderly
progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and Contract Times. Acceptance of the
schedule by Owners Representative will neither impose on Owner's Representative responsibility for the
sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve the CONTRACTOR from the
CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor, The CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawings and sample
submissions must provide an arrangement agreeable to the parties for reviewing and processing the required
submittals.
2.7 Electronic Transmittals:
2,7,1 Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents,the OWNER, E/A, and CONTRACTOR
may transmit, and shall except, Project-related correspondence,texts,data,documents,drawings,information,and
graphics, including but not limited to Shop Drawings and other submittals,in electronic media or digital format,either
directly, or through access to a secure Project website,
2.7.2 When transmitting items in electronic media or digital format, the transmitting party makes no
representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of the items resulting from the recipient's use
of software application packages,operating systems,or computer hardware differing from those used in the drafting
or transmittal of the items.
ARTICLE 3 -COT RAglDOC UKgNjaLNTENT AMEN2!NG FUSE
3.1 Intent:
3.1.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all information necessary for the proper execution and
completion of the Work by the CONTRACTOR. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required
by one shall be as binding as if required by all. In cases of disagreement, the following order of precedence shall
govern (top item receiving priority of interpretation):
Change Orders
Modifications to the Contract Documents made after the Execution Date
Signed Agreement
Addenda to the Contract Documents
Special Conditions
Supplemental General Conditions
General Conditions
Other Bidding Requirements and Contract Forms
Special Provisions to the Standard Technical Specifications
Special Specifications
Standard Technical Specifications
Drawings(figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions)
Project Safety manual, if applicable
3.1.2 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,words which have well-known technical or construction
industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings.
12 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies:
Prior to commencing the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall review the Contract Documents for the purpose of
discovering any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents. If, at any time, the
CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between
the Contract Documents and any provisions of any such law or regulation applicable to the performance of the Work
00700 04-2020 Page 7 General Conditions
or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or instructions of any Supplier, the CONTRACTOR shall
immediately report it to Owners Representative in writing,and the CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work
affected thereby until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the
methods indicated in paragraph 3.3.1 or paragraph 3.3.2. The CONTRACTOR shall be liable to the OWNER for
failure to report any such conflict,error,ambiguity or discrepancy of which the CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably
should have known.
3.3 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents:
3.3.1 The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions,deletions and revisions in the Work or
to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways:
.1 Change Order.
.2 Change Directive.
3.3.2 In addition,the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented,and minor variations and
deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways:
.1 Field Order.
.2 Review of a Shop Drawing or sample.
.3 Written interpretation or clarification.
3.4 Reuse of Documents Prohibited:
The CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing
any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with the OWNER: (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or
ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents(or copies of any thereof)prepared by
or bearing the seal of E/A or E/A's consultants, and(ii)shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other
documents or copies on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of the OWNER and
E/A.
ARTICLE 4-AVAILABILITY OF LANDS:SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS:REFERENCE POINTS
4.1 Availability of Lands:
The OWNER shall furnish,as indicated in the Contract Documents, all required rights to use the lands upon which
the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are
designated for the use of the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of
general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which the CONTRACTOR will have to
comply in performing the Work.Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will
be obtained and paid for by the OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If the OWNER
fails to furnish these lands, rights-of-way or easements in a timely manner,the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim
for adjustments in the Contract Times. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto
that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment.
4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions:
4.2.1 The CONTRACTOR hereby covenants that it has examined the site of the proposed Work and is familiar
with all of the conditions surrounding construction of the Project, having conducted all inquiries, tests and
investigations deemed necessary and proper. Unless the CONTRACTOR,prior to the execution of the Agreement,
has notified the OWNER in writing of any condition of the site of the proposed Work that would adversely impact
00700 04-2020 Page 8 General Conditions
the performance of the Work by the CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR covenants that there are no conditions at the
site of the proposed work which would adversely impact the performance of Work by the CONTRACTOR.
4.2.2 If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical
conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or(2)unknown physical conditions
of an unusual nature, that differ materially from those normally encountered in the type of work being performed
under this Contract, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions
are disturbed and in no event later than seven (7) calendar days after first observance of the conditions. Owner's
Representative will promptly investigate such conditions with E/A and, if they differ materially and cause an increase
or decrease in the CONTRACTOR's cost of,or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, OWNER will
consider an equitable adjustment in the Contract Amount or Contract Time, or both, If Owner's Representative
determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents
and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the CONTRACTOR shall be notified in writing, stating
the reasons. Any disputes arising from Owner's Representative's determination shall be resolved in accordance
with Article 16,
4.2.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract,the CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the
location and protection of any and all public lines and utility customer service lines in the Work area. For the
purposes of this section,"public lines"means the utility distribution and supply system within public rights-of-way or
easements, and "utility customer service lines"(service) means any utility line connecting a utility customer to the
utility distribution system. Generally, existing service connections within right-of-way or easements are not shown
on the Drawings, The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER and"One Call"and exercise due care to locate and
to mark, uncover or otherwise protect all such lines in the construction zone and any of the CONTRACTOR's work
or storage areas. The CONTRACTOR's obligation hereunder shall be primary and nondelegable. The
CONTRACTOR shall indemnify or reimburse the OWNER for such expenses or costs(including fines that may be
levied against the OWNER) that may result from unauthorized or accidental damage to all public lines and utility
customer service lines in the Work area.The OWNER reserves the right to repair such damage the CONTRACTOR
may cause, at the CONTRACTOR's expense.
4.2.4 The CONTRACTOR shall take reasonable precaution to avoid disturbing primitive records and antiquities
of archaeological, paleontological or historical significance. No objects of this nature shall be disturbed without
written permission of the OWNER and the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection. When such objects are
uncovered unexpectedly, the CONTRACTOR shall stop all Work in close proximity and notify Owner's
Representative and the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection of their presence and shall not disturb them
until written permission and permit to do so is granted.All primitive rights and antiquities uncovered on the OWNER's
property shall remain property of the State of Texas,the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection conforming to
the Texas Natural Resources Code, If it is determined by the OWNER, in consultation with the Texas Department
of Antiquities Protection,that exploration or excavation of primitive records or antiquities on Project site is necessary
to avoid loss,the CONTRACTOR shall cooperate in salvage work attendant to preservation. If the Work stoppage
or salvage work causes an increase in the CONTRACTOR's cost of,or time required for,performance of the Work,
the Contract Amount and/or Contract Time may be equitably adjusted,
4.3 Reference Points:
Unless otherwise specified, the OWNER will furnish all reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, and
control points which,in the OWNER's opinion,are suitable for laying out the Work. Such benchmarks and reference
points will be placed at intervals not to exceed 1,500 feet
All reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments and control points shall be carefully preserved by the
CONTRACTOR by use of flags, laths or other appropriate measures and, in case of destruction or removal by the
CONTRACTOR or its employees, such reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, and control points shall
be replaced by a Registered Professional Land Surveyor at the CONTRACTOR's expense. When reference points,
benchmarks, survey monuments, or control points are in conflict with the Work, then reestablishment will be the
OWNER's responsibility during or upon completion of the Work,
4.4 Hazardous Materials:
00700 04-2020 Page 9 General Conditions
4.4.1 The OWNER shall be responsible for any hazardous material uncovered or revealed at the site which was
not shown, indicated or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may
present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. The
CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify Owner's Representative of any suspected hazardous materials
encountered before or during performance of the Work and shall take all necessary precautions to avoid further
disturbance of the materials.
4.4.2 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any hazardous materials brought to the site by the
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Suppliers or anyone else for whom the CONTRACTOR is responsible.
4.4.3 No asbestos-containing materials shall be incorporated into the Work or brought on the Project site without
prior approval of the OWNER.
4.4.4 TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL
INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS OWNER,AND ITS COUNCIL MEMBERS, EMPLOYEES,AGENTS,AND
CONSULTANTS FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT
NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, AND OTHER
PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS)ARISING
OUT OF OR RELATING TO FAILURE TO CONTROL, CONTAIN OR REMOVE A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
BROUGHT TO THE SITE BY CONTRACTOR OR BY ANYONE FOR WHOM CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE,
OR TO A HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION CREATED BY CONTRACTOR OR BY ANYONE FOR
WHOM CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE.
ARTICLE 5-BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.1 Surety and Insurance Companies:
All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents shall be obtained from solvent surety or insurance
companies that are duly licensed by the State of Texas and authorized to issue bonds or insurance policies for the
limits and coverages required by the Contract Documents. The bonds shall be in a form acceptable to the OWNER
and shall be issued by a surety which complies with the requirements of Chapter 3503, Texas Insurance Code
(2005)and which is otherwise acceptable to the OWNER.
OWNER may require the surety to obtain reinsurance for any portion of the risk that exceeds 10%of the surety's
capital and surplus. For bonds exceeding $100,000, the surety must also hold a certificate of authority from the
U.S. Secretary of the Treasury or have obtained reinsurance from a reinsurer that is authorized as a reinsurer in
Texas and holds a certificate of authority from the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury.
5.2 Workers'Compensation Insurance Coverage:
5.2.1 Definitions:
.1 Certificate of coverage("certificate") -A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to
self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement showing statutory workers'
compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on the
Project,for the duration of the Project.
.2 Duration of the Project - includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the
CONTRACTOR's/person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the OWNER.
.3 Persons providing services on the Project ("subcontractor" herein) - includes all persons or entities
performing all or part of the services the CONTRACTOR has undertaken to perform on the Project,
regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the CONTRACTOR and regardless of
whether that person has employees. This includes, by way of illustration and not of limitation,
00700 04-2020 Page 10 General Conditions
independent contractors, Subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators,
employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services
on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or
materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project, "Services"does not
include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors,office supply deliveries, and
delivery of portable toilets.
5.21 The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll
amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code,
Section 401.011(44)for all employees of the CONTRACTOR providing services on the Project, for the duration of
the Project,
51.3 The OWNER will not execute the Contract prior to the CONTRACTOR providing all required certificates of
coverage,
5.2.4 If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage ends during the
duration of the Project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of
coverage with the OWNER showing that coverage has been extended.
5.2.5 The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each person providing services on the Project, and provide to the
OWNER:
.1 a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the OWNER will have
on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and
.2 no later than seven(7)days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR,a new certificate of coverage showing
extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during
the duration of the Project.
5.2.6 The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for
one(1)year thereafter.
5.2.7 The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery within ten (10)
days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known of any change that materially affects the provision of
coverage of any person providing services on the Project.
5.2.8 The CONTRACTOR shall post at its office or on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner
prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the
Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of
coverage.
5,2.9 The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on
a Project to:
.1 provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of
any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section
401.011(44)for all of its employees providing services on the Project,for the duration of the Project;
,2 provide to the CONTRACTOR, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of
coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services
on the Project, for the duration of the Project;
.3 provide the CONTRACTOR, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage
ends during the duration of the Project;
00700 04-2020 Page 11 General Conditions
.4 obtain from each other person with whom it contracts,and provide to the CONTRACTOR:
a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and
b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage
period,if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration
of the Project;
.5 retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one (1) year
thereafter;
.6 notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery within ten(10) days after the person
knew or should have known of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any
person providing services on the Project;and
.7 contractually require each person with whom it contracts,to perform as required by paragraphs 5.2.9.1
- 5.2.9.7, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing
services.
5.2.10 By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the
CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the CONTRACTOR who will provide services
on the Project will be covered by workers'compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage
will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts,and that all coverage agreements will
be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of
Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to
administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties,or other civil actions.
5.2.11 The CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of Contract by the
CONTRACTOR which entitles the OWNER to declare the Contract void if the CONTRACTOR does not remedy the
breach within ten(10)days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER.
5.3 Contractor Insurance Requirements:
For specific bond requirements and additional insurance requirements, refer to the Supplemental General
Conditions.
5.3.1.1 General Requirements:
.1 CONTRACTOR shall carry insurance in the types and amounts indicated below for the duration of
the Contract, which shall include items owned by OWNER in the care, custody and control of
CONTRACTOR prior to and during construction and warranty period.
.2 CONTRACTOR must complete and forward the required Certificates of Insurance to OWNER.
before the Contract is executed as verification of coverage required below. CONTRACTOR shall
not commence Work until the required insurance is obtained and until such insurance has been
reviewed by OWNER. Approval of insurance by OWNER shall not relieve or decrease the liability
of CONTRACTOR hereunder and shall not be construed to be a limitation of liability on the part of
CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR must also complete and forward the required Certificates of
Insurance to OWNER whenever a previously identified policy period has expired as verification of
continuing coverage.
.3 CONTRACTOR's insurance coverage is to be written by companies licensed to do business in the
State of Texas at the time the policies are issued and shall be written by companies with A.M. Best
ratings of B+VII or better, except for hazardous material insurance which shall be written by
companies with A.M. Best ratings of A-or better.
00700 04-2020 Page 12 General Conditions
.4 All endorsements naming the OWNER as additional insured, waivers, and notices of cancellation
endorsements as well as the Certificate of Insurance shall indicate: City of Round Rock, 221 E.
Main St., Round Rock, Texas 78664.
.5 The"other" insurance clause shall not apply to the OWNER where the OWNER is an additional
insured shown on any policy. It is intended that policies required in the Contract, covering both
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, shall be considered primary coverage as applicable.
.6 If insurance policies are not written for amounts specified below, CONTRACTOR shall carry
Umbrella or Excess Liability Insurance for any differences in amounts specified. If Excess Liability
Insurance is provided, it shall follow the form of the primary coverage.
.7 OWNER shall be entitled, upon request and without expense,to receive certified copies of policies
and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or
modification of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions except where policy
provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either of the parties hereto or the
underwriter on any such policies.
.8 OWNER reserves the right to review the insurance requirements set forth during the effective
period of this Contract and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage, limits, and
exclusions when deemed necessary and prudent by OWNER based upon changes in statutory law,
court decisions, the claims history of the industry or financial condition of the insurance company
as well as CONTRACTOR.
.9 CONTRACTOR shall not cause any insurance to be canceled nor permit any insurance to lapse
during the term of the Contract or as required in the Contract.
A0 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for premiums,deductibles and self-insured retentions, if any,
stated in policies. All deductibles or self-insured retentions shall be disclosed on the Certificate of
Insurance.
.11 CONTRACTOR shall provide OWNER thirty (30) days written notice of erosion of the aggregate
limits below occurrence limits for all applicable coverages indicted within the Contract.
.12 If OWNER-owned property is being transported or stored off-site by CONTRACTOR, then the
appropriate property policy will be endorsed for transit and storage in an amount sufficient to protect
OWNER's property.
A3 The insurance coverages required under this contract are required minimums and are not intended
to limit the responsibility or liability of CONTRACTOR.
5,11.2 Business Automobile Liability Insurance.
Provide coverage for all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles. The policy shall contain the following
endorsements in favor of OWNER:
a) Waiver of Subrogation endorsement TE 2046A;
b) 30 day Notice of Cancellation endorsement TE 0202A;and
c) Additional Insured endorsement TE 9901 B.
Provide coverage in the following types and amounts:
00700 04.2020 Page 13 General Conditions
.1 A minimum combined single limit of$500,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage.
Alternate acceptable limits are $250,000 bodily injury per person, $500,000 bodily injury per
occurrence and at least$100,000 property damage liability each accident.
5.3.1.3 Workers`Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance:
Coverage shall be consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers' Compensation Act
(Section 401). CONTRACTOR shall assure compliance with this Statute by submitting two(2)copies of
a standard certificate of coverage (e.g. ACCORD form) to Owner's Representative for every person
providing services on the Project as acceptable proof of coverage. The required Certificate of Insurance
must be presented as evidence of coverage for CONTRACTOR. Workers' Compensation Insurance
coverage written by the Texas Workers Compensation Fund is acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR's
policy shall apply to the State of Texas and include these endorsements in favor of OWNER:
a) Waiver of Subrogation,form WC 420304; and
b) 30 day Notice of Cancellation,form WC 420601.
The minimum policy limits for Employers'Liability Insurance coverage shall be as follows:
.1 $100,000 bodily injury per accident, $500,000 bodily injury by disease policy limit and $100,000
bodily injury by disease each employee.
5.3.1.4 Commercial General Liability Insurance.
The Policy shall contain the following provisions:
a) Blanket contractual liability coverage for liability assumed under the Contract and all contracts
relative to this Project.
b) Completed Operations/Products Liability for the duration of the warranty period.
c) Explosion, Collapse and underground (X,C&U)coverage.
d) Independent Contractors coverage.
e) Aggregate limits of insurance per project, endorsement CG 2503.
f) OWNER listed as an additional insured, endorsement CG 2010.
g) 30 day notice of cancellation in favor of OWNER,endorsement CG 0205.
h) Waiver of Transfer of Recovery Against Others in favor of OWNER,endorsement CG 2404.
Provide coverages A&B with minimum limits as follows:
.1 A combined bodily injury and property damage limit of$500,000 per occurrence.
5.3.1.5 Builders'Risk Insurance.
CONTRACTOR shall maintain Builders' Risk Insurance or Installation Insurance on an all risk physical
loss form in the Contract Amount. Coverage shall continue until the Work is accepted by OWNER.
OWNER shall be a loss payee on the policy. If off site storage is permitted,coverage shall include transit
and storage in an amount sufficient to protect property being transported or stored.
5.4 Bonds:
00700 04-2020 Page 14 General Conditions
5.4.1 General.
.1 Bonds, when required, shall be executed on forms furnished by or acceptable to OWNER. All
bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to
act.
.2 If the surety on any bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent
or its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements
of the preceding paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall within ten(10)days thereafter substitute another
bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER.
.3 When Performance Bonds and/or Payment Bonds are required,each shall be issued in an amount
of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Amount as security for the faithful performance
and/or payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. Performance
Bonds and Payment Bonds shall be issued by a solvent surety company authorized to do business
in the State of Texas, and shall meet any other requirements established by law or by OWNER
pursuant to applicable law. Any surety duly authorized to do business in Texas may write
Performance and Payment Bonds on a project without reinsurance to the limit of 10 percent of its
capital and surplus. Such a surety must reinsure any obligations over 10 percent.
.4 If CONTRACTOR has failed to obtain or maintain a required bond, OWNER may exclude the
CONTRACTOR from the site of the Project and exercise OWNER's suspension and/or termination
rights under the Contract Documents.
5.4.2 Performance Bond.
.1 If the Contract Amount exceeds $100,000, CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a
Performance Bond in the form set out by OWNER,
.2 If the Contract Amount exceeds $25,000 but is less than or equal to $100,000, CONTRACTOR
shall furnish OWNER with a Performance Bond in the form set out by OWNER, unless the original
Contract Time is 60 Calendar Days/40 Working Days or less, in which case CONTRACTOR can
agree to the following terms and conditions for payment in lieu of providing a Performance Bond:
no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until completion and acceptance of the Work by OWNER;
CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to receive 95%of the Contract Amount following Final Completion,
and the remaining 5%of the Contract Amount following the one year warranty period.
.3 If the Contract Amount is less than or equal to $25,000, CONTRACTOR will not be required to
furnish a Performance Bond; provided that no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until
completion and acceptance of the Work by OWNER under the following terms and conditions:
CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to receive 95%of the Contract Amount following Final Completion,
and the remaining 5%of the Contract Amount following the one year warranty period.
.4 If a Performance Bond is required to be furnished, it shall extend for the one year warranty period.
5.4.3 Payment Bond.
.1 If the Contract Amount exceeds $50,000, CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a Payment
Bond in the form set out by OWNER.
.2 If the Contract Amount is less than or equal to $50,000, CONTRACTOR will not be required to
furnish a Payment Bond; provided that no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until completion
and acceptance of the Work by OWNER under the terms and conditions specified in paragraph
5.421
00700 04.2020 Page 15 General Conditions
ARTICLE 6-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1 Supervision and Superintendence:
6.1.1 The CONTRACTOR shall supervise,inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently,devoting such
attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise directed by the OWNER in the Contract Documents, the
CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of
construction. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with
the Contract Documents.
6.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall have an English-speaking, competent Superintendent on the Work at all times
that work is in progress. Upon request of Owner's Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall present the resume
of the proposed Superintendent to Owner's Representative showing evidence of experience and successful
superintendence and direction of work of a similar scale and complexity. If, in the opinion of Owner's
Representative,the proposed Superintendent does not indicate sufficient experience in line with the Work, he/she
will not be allowed to be the designated Superintendent for the Work. The Superintendent shall not be replaced
without Written Notice to Owner's Representative. If the CONTRACTOR deems it necessary to replace the
Superintendent,the CONTRACTOR shall provide the necessary information for approval,as stated above,on the
proposed new Superintendent. A qualified substitute Superintendent may be designated in the event that the
designated Superintendent is temporarily away from the Work, but not to exceed a time limit acceptable to Owner's
Representative. The CONTRACTOR shall replace the Superintendent upon the OWNER's request in the event the
Superintendent is unable to perform to the OWNER's satisfaction. The Superintendent will be the CONTRACTOR's
representative on the Work and shall have the authority to act on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. All communications
given to the Superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Either the CONTRACTOR or the
Superintendent shall provide an emergency and home telephone number at which one or the other may be reached
if necessary when work is not in progress.
6.2 Labor,Materials and Equipment:
6.2.1 The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in performance of the
type of Work required under this Contract. The CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and their
employees may not use or possess any firearms, alcoholic or other intoxicating beverages, illegal drugs or
controlled substances while on the job or on the OWNER's property,nor may such workers be intoxicated, or under
the influence of alcohol or drugs,on the job. If the OWNER or Owner's Representative notifies the CONTRACTOR
that any worker is incompetent, disorderly or disobedient, has knowingly or repeatedly violated safety regulations,
has possessed any firearms, or has possessed or was under the influence of alcohol or drugs on the job, the
CONTRACTOR shall immediately remove such worker from performing Contract Work,and may not employ such
worker again on Contract Work without the OWNER's prior written consent. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times
maintain good discipline and order on or off the site in all matters pertaining to the Project. The CONTRACTOR
shall pay workers no less than the wage rates established in Section 00900,and maintain weekly payroll reports as
evidence thereof.
6.2.2 Unless otherwise specified, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, equipment, labor,
transportation,construction equipment and machinery,tools,appliances, fuel, power, light, heat,telephone,water,
sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,
performance, re-testing of defective work,start-up and completion of the Work.
6.2.3 All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new (including new products made of recycled
materials), except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Owner's Representative, the
CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (reports of required tests, manufacturer's certificates of
compliance with material requirements, mill reports, etc.) as to the kind, quantity and quality of materials and
equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and
conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier,except as otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents.
00700 04-2020 Page 16 General Conditions
6.2.4 Substitutes and"Approved Equal"Items:
6.2.4.1 Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using
the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to
establish the type,function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains words reading that
no like,equivalent or"approved equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of
other Suppliers may be submitted to Owner's Representative under the following circumstances:
.1 "Approved Equal": If, in the OWNER's sole discretion, an item of material or an item of equipment
proposed by the CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no
change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by the OWNER as an"approved equal"
item,in which case review of the proposed item may, in the OWNER's sole discretion,be accomplished
without compliance with some or all of the requirements for evaluation of proposed substitute items.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER with the documentation required for the OWNER to
make its determination.
.2 Substitute Items: If, in the OWNER's sole discretion, an item of material or an item of equipment
proposed by the CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an "approved equal" item under paragraph
6.2.4.1.1, then it will be considered a proposed substitute item. The CONTRACTOR shall submit
sufficient information to allow the OWNER to determine that the item of material or item of equipment
proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and a substitute therefor,
6.2.4.2 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or
procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, the
CONTRACTOR may with prior approval of the OWNER furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique,
sequence, or procedure of construction. The CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to Owner's
Representative to allow the OWNER, in the OWNER's sole discretion,to determine that the substitute proposed is
equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents.
6.2.4.3 OWNER's Evaluation: The OWNER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each
proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraph 6.2.4.1.1 and paragraph 6.2.4.1.2. The OWNER will be the sole
judge of acceptability. No"approved equal"or substitute shall be ordered, installed, or utilized until the OWNER's
review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or completion of the Shop Drawing review
procedure. The OWNER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish at the CONTRACTOR's expense a special
performance guarantee or other surety bond with respect to any"approved equal"or substitute. The OWNER shall
not be responsible for any delay due to review time for any"approved equal"or substitute.
6.2.4.4 CONTRACTOR's Expense: All data to be provided by the CONTRACTOR in support of any proposed
"approved equal"or substitute item will be at the CONTRACTOR's expense.
6.2.5 The CONTRACTOR agrees to assign to the OWNER any rights it may have to bring antitrust suits against
its Suppliers for overcharges on materials incorporated in the Project growing out of illegal price fixing agreements.
The CONTRACTOR further agrees to cooperate with the OWNER should the OWNER wish to prosecute suits
against Suppliers for illegal price fixing.
6.3 Progress Schedule:
Unless otherwise directed, the CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance
with paragraph 2.6 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below:
.1 The CONTRACTOR shall submit to Owner's Representative for acceptance proposed adjustments in
the progress schedule that will not change the Contract Times or Milestones. Such adjustments will
conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect.
00700 04-2020 Page 17 General Conditions
.2 Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times mMilestones shall
besubmitted inaccordance with the requirements ofArticle 12. Such adjustments may only bemade
byoChange Order o,Time Extension Request inaccordance with Article 12.
6'4 Concerning Subcontractors,Suppliers and Others:
6.4-1 Assignment: The CONTRACTOR agrees k»retain direct control ofand give direct attention huthe fulfillment
o*this Contract. The CONTRACTOR agrees npt to,byPower cfAttorney cr otherwise,assign said Contract without
the prior written consent ofthe OWNER.
6.4.2 Award of Subcontracts for Portions of the Work: The CONTRACTOR shall not employ anySubcontractor,
Supplier prother person cxorganization,vxhetharinbiaUyoramamubaditote. aQainotvvhumtheOVVNERmayhave
reasonable objection. The CONTRACTOR must provide the OWNER with a list of all Subcontractors, Suppliers,
or other persons or organizations it will use in the Work,and such list must be provided prior to the preconstruction
conference. Should the OWNER have objections,the OWNER will communicate such objections by Written Notice.
ifthe OWNER requires a change without good cause of any Subcontnaoor, person or organization previously
accepted by OWNER,the Contract Amount may be increased or decreased by the difference in the costoccasioned
byany such change, and anappropriate Change Order shall heissued. The CONTRACTOR shall not substitute
any Subcontractor, person or organization that has been accepted by the OWNER, unless the substitute has been
accepted imwriting bythe OWNER. Noacceptance bythe OWNER ofany Subcontractor,Supplier orother person
or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of the OWNER to reject defective Work.
0.4.3 The CONTRACTOR shall enter into written agreements with all Subcontractors and Suppliers which
specifically bind the Subcontractors orSuppliers tothe applicable terms and conditions ofthe Contract Documents
for the benefit pf the OWNER and E/A. The OWNER reserves the right hospecify that certain requirements shall
be adhered to by all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors as indicated in other portions of the Contract
Documents and these requirements shall bamade aportion nfthe agreement between the CONTRACTOR and
Subcontractor orSupplier.
6^4.4 The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to the OWNER for all acts and omissions of the
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a
direct or indirect contract with the CONTRACTOR just as the CONTRACTOR is responsible for the
C0NTRACTOR'eown acts and omissions. Nothing inthe Contract Documents shall create for the benefit mfany
such Subcontractor,Supplieror other person or organization any contractual relationship between the OWNER and
any such Subuontnactor. Supplier orother person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation om the part oy
the OWNER prE6Atppay ortosee tothe payment ofmnyamountsdueanysuchSuboontnsdor. Supp|ierorcdher
person or organization except as may otherwise be required by laws and regulations,
6,4.5 The CONTRACTOR ahmU be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations rfh ingorfumimh|nganyoftheVVorkundere
direct orindirect contract with the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors,Suppliers
and such other persons and organizations performing o,furnishing any ufthe Work tocommunicate with Owner's
Representative through the CONTRACTOR.
6,4.6 The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control the
CONTRACTOR in dividing or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade.
6'4.7 The CONTRACTOR shall pay each Subcontractor and Supplier their appropriate share of payments made
(othe CONTRACTOR not later than ten(18)Days after the CONTRACTOR'mreceipt ofpayment from the OWNER.
6.5 Patent Fees and Royalties:
6.5.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible at all times for compliance with applicable patents or copyrights
encompoaoing, in whole or in part, any desiQn, device, material, or process uh|ized, directly orindirectly, in the
performance nfthe Work orthe formulation nrpresentation ofits Bid.
00700 04^2020 Page 18 General Conditions
6.5.2 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide, prior to commencement of
Work hereunder and at all times during the performance of same, for lawful use of any design, device, material or
process covered by letters, patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the patentee, copyright holder, or
their duly authorized representative whether or not a particular design, device, material, or process is specified by
the OWNER.
6.5.3 The CONTRACTOR shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyright and shall
indemnify and save the OWNER harmless from any and all claims,costs, losses,expenses and damages(including
but not limited to attorney's fees and consultant fees),direct or indirect, arising with respect to the CONTRACTOR's
process in the formulation of its bid or the performance of the Work or otherwise arising in connection therewith.
The OWNER reserves the right to provide its own defense,with counsel of its own choosing,to any suit or claim of
infringement of any patent or copyright in which event the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and save harmless the
OWNER from all costs and expenses of such defense as well as satisfaction of all judgments entered against the
OWNER.
6.5.4 The OWNER shall have the right to stop the Work and/or terminate this Agreement at any time in the event
the CONTRACTOR fails to disclose to the OWNER that the CONTRACTOR's work methodology includes the use
of any infringing design,device, material or process.
6.6 Permits, Fees:
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplemental General Conditions, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for
all construction permits, licenses and fees required for prosecution of the Work.
OWNER will obtain and pay for the following permits, licenses and/or fees, if required:
.1 Site Development Permit.
1 Building Permit(s).
.3 Texas Department of Transportation permit for work in State rights-of-way.
.4 Railroad Utility License Agreement.
61 Laws and Regulations:
6.7.1 The CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all laws and regulations applicable to furnishing
and performing the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable laws and regulations, neither
the OWNER nor E/A shall be responsible for monitoring the CONTRACTOR's compliance with any laws and
regulations.
6.7.2 The CONTRACTOR shall plan and execute its operations in compliance with all applicable Federal, State
and local laws and regulations, including those concerning control and abatement of water pollution and prevention
and control of air pollution.
6.7.3 If the CONTRACTOR performs any Work that it is contrary to laws or regulations,then the CONTRACTOR
shall bear and shall indemnify, defend and hold OWNER harmless from all claims, costs, losses and damages
arising therefrom; however, it shall not be the CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to make certain that the
Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with laws and regulations, but this does not relieve the
CONTRACTOR of the CONTRACTOR's obligations under Article 3.
6.8 Taxes:
6.8.1 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by the
CONTRACTOR in accordance with the laws and regulations of the State of Texas,
00700 04-2020 Page 19 General Conditions
6.8.2 The OWNER is an exempt organization as defined by Chapter 11 of the Property Tax Code of Texas and
is thereby exempt from payment of Sales Tax under Chapter 151, Limited Use Sales, Excise and Use Tax, Texas
Tax Code, and Chapter 321, Texas Tax Code.
6.9 Use of Premises:
6.9.1 The CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment,the storage of materials and equipment and the
operations of workers to the site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and
other land and areas permitted by laws and regulations, rights-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not
unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. The
CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or
occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim
be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall
promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by dispute resolution proceeding
or at law. The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend)and hold harmless the OWNER, EIA, E/A's consultants and
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages
(including court costs and reasonable attorneys'fees) arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or
equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against the OWNER, EIA or any other party indemnified
hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon performance of the Work or failure to perform the Work.
6.9.2 During the progress of the Work and on a daily basis, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free
from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the
Work, the CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as
well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. The CONTRACTOR
shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by the OWNER at Substantial Completion of the Work. The
CONTRACTOR shall, at a minimum, restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the
Contact Documents.
6.9.3 The CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will
endanger the structure, nor shall the CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses
or pressures that will endanger it.
6.10 Record Documents:
The CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site,or other location acceptable to the OWNER, one(1)
record copy of all Drawings,Specifications,Addenda,Change Orders,Change Directives,Field Orders and written
interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.5) in good order and annotated to show all
changes made during construction. These record documents, together with all final samples and all final Shop
Drawings,will be available to the OWNER and E/A for reference during performance of the Work. Upon Substantial
Completion of the Work, these record documents, samples and Shop Drawings showing the final "as built"
construction of the Project shall be promptly delivered to Owner's Representative.
6.11 Safety and Protection:
6.11.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions
and programs in connection with the Work. Upon request,and prior to installation of measures,the CONTRACTOR
shall submit a site security and safety plan for approval by the OWNER. By reviewing the plan or making
recommendations or comments, the OWNER will not assume liability nor will the CONTRACTOR be relieved of
liability for damage, injury or loss. The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of and
shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:
.1 all persons on the Work site or who may be affected by the Work;
.2 all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the
site;and
00700 04-2020 Page 20 General Conditions
.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including but not limited to, trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,
pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and underground facilities not designated for removal,
relocation or replacement in the course of construction,
6.11.2 The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction for safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and
maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. The CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of
adjacent property and of underground facilities, and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them,
and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage,
injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.11.1.2 and paragraph 6.11.1.3 caused, directly or indirectly,
in whole or in part, by the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Supplier or any person or organization directly or
indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may
be responsible, shall be remedied by the CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of
Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of the OWNER, or E/A, or E/A's consultant or anyone
employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be responsible, and not attributable, directly
or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the faults or negligence of the CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them). The CONTRACTOR's duties and
responsibilities for safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and
Owner's Representative has issued a notice to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 14
that the Work is acceptable(except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion).
6.11.3 Safety Representative: The CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety
representative at the site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining
and supervising of safety precautions and programs. Upon request of the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall
provide certifications or other documentation of the safety representative's qualifications. At a minimum, the safety
representative shall have received the OSHA thirty (30) hour training and a certificate evidencing that the safety
representative has received such training within the last five (5) years shall be provided to the OWNER's
representative.
6.11.4 Hazard Communication Programs: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any
exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available
to or exchanged between or among employers at the site in accordance with laws and regulations,
6.11.5 Emergencies:
6.11.5.1 In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work at the site or adjacent thereto,
the CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from the OWNER or E/A, is obligated to act
reasonably to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss and to mitigate damage or loss to the Work, The
CONTRACTOR shall give Owner's Representative prompt written notice if the CONTRACTOR believes that any
significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby, If Owner's
Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by the
CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency,a Change Directive or Change Orderwill be issued to document
the consequences of such action; otherwise the OWNER will not be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's
emergency action.
6.11.5.2 Authorized agents of the CONTRACTOR shall respond immediately to call-out at any time of any day
or night when circumstances warrant the presence on Project site of the CONTRACTOR or its agent to protect the
Work or adjacent property from damage, restriction or limitation or to take such action or measures pertaining to
the Work as may be necessary to provide for the safety of the public, Should the CONTRACTOR and/or its agent
fail to respond and take action to alleviate such an emergency situation, the OWNER may direct other forces to
take action as necessary to remedy the emergency condition,and the OWNER will deduct any cost of such remedial
action from the funds due to the CONTRACTOR under this Contract.
6.111.53 In the event there is an accident involving injury to any individual on or near the Work, the
CONTRACTOR shall notify Owner's Representative within twenty-four (24) hours of the event and shall be
responsible for recording the location of the event and the circumstances surrounding the event through
00700 04-2020 Page 21 General Conditions
photographs, interviewing witnesses, obtaining medical reports and other documentation that describes the event.
Copies of such documentation shall be provided to Owner's Representative, for the OWNER's and E/A's records,
within forty-eight(48)hours of the event.
6.12 Continuing the Work:
The CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with the OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or
disagreements,except as the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR may agree in writing,
6.13 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee:
6.13.1 The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to the OWNER that all Work will be performed in a good and
workmanlike manner in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. The CONTRACTOR's
warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by:
A abuse, modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than the CONTRACTOR,
Subcontractors or Suppliers; or
.2 normal wear and tear under normal usage.
6.13.2 The CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in a good and workmanlike manner in
accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute acceptance of
Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of the CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents:
.1 observations by Owner's Representative and/or E/A;
.2 recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative;
.3 the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the OWNER to the
CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents;
.4 use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the OWNER;
.5 any acceptance by the OWNER or any failure to do so;
.6 any review of a Shop Drawing or sample submittal;
.7 any inspection,test or approval by others; or
8 any correction of defective Work by the OWNER.
.9 the failure of the OWNER, E/A or any other person or entity acting on behalf of the OWNER or E/A to
observe, detect or discover any defect in the Work or any non-conformance of the Work with any
requirement of the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claim or defense to any claim by the OWNER that any failure by the
OWNER, E/A, or any other person or entity acting on behalf of the OWNER or E/A to observe, detect or
discover any defect in the Work relieves or releases, in whole or in part, CONTRACTOR from any
obligations or responsibility for the correction of such defects or any other obligation of CONTRACTOR
under the Contract Documents.
6.14 Indemnification:
00700 04-2020 Page 22 General Conditions
6.14.1 TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BYLAW,AND IN ADDITION TO ANY OTHER OBLIGATIONS
OF CONTRACTOR UNDER THE CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE,CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND
AND HOLD HARMLESS OWNER, ITS COUNCIL MEMBERS , EMPLOYEES,AGENTS, AND CONSULTANTS
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE EPA (THE "INDEMNIFIED PARTIES" OR INDEMNIFIED PARTY",
FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS,ATTORNEYS, CONSULTANTS, EXPERTS AND
OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS)
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORTS, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER
SUCH CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES,AND DAMAGES ARE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PARTY BY THE ACTS,
ACTIONS, ERRORS OR OMISSIONS OF AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY.
BECAUSE OWNER IS A MUNICIPALITY,THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF SUBCHAPTER C OF CHAPTER
151 OF THE TEXAS INSURANCE CODE ("CHAPTER 151") DOES NOT APPLY TO THE OWNER. IF,
HOWEVER, ANY PROVISION OF CHAPTER 151 APPLIES TO THE OWNER, IT IS THE INTENT OF THE
OWNER THAT IF THE PROVISIONS OF CHAPTER 151 DO APPLY, NOTHING HEREIN SHALL IMPOSE ANY
REQUIREMENTS ON CONTRACTOR THAT ARE PROHIBITED BY CHAPTER 151 AND THAT ANY OF THE
PROVISIONS HEREOF THAT ARE NOT PROHIBITED BY CHAPTER 151 SHALL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE
AND EFFECT. ACCORDINGLY, IN THE EVENT THAT IN CONSTRUING AND INTERPRETING THE
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION OR, IF APPLICABLE, AN
ARBITRATOR, DETERMINES THAT CHAPTER 151 APPLIES TO THE OWNER, THEN THE COURT OR
ARBITRATOR SHALL REFORM THE PROVISIONS HEREOF SO AS TO COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 151 AND
SUCH REFORMATION SHALL NOT AFFECT THE VALIDITY OF ANY PROVISIONS HEREOF THAT ARE NOT
PROHIBITED BY CHAPTER 151.
6.14.2 The indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.14.1 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on
the amount or type of damages, or compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or any such
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers'compensation acts, disability benefit acts or
other employee benefit acts.
6.14.3 The obligations of the CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.14.1 shall not extend to the liability of the
OWNER, E/A, E/A's consultants, and their officers, directors, partners, employees or agents caused primarily by
negligent preparation of maps, drawings, surveys, designs or specifications upon which is placed the applicable
state-authorized design professional seal of the OWNER's, E/A's or E/A's consultant's officers,directors, partners,
employees or agents.
6.14.4 In the event the CONTRACTOR fails to follow the OWNER's directives concerning use of the site,
scheduling or course of construction, or engages in other conduct which proximately causes damage to property
based on inverse condemnation or otherwise, then and in that event, the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify the
OWNER against all costs resulting from such claims.
6.14.5 In the event the CONTRACTOR unreasonably delays progress of the work being done by others on the
site so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the
OWNER for such loss.
6.15 Survival of Obligations:
All representations, indemnifications,warranties and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance with
the Contract Documents,as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents,will survive final
payment,completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement.
6.16 Losses from Natural Causes:
Unless otherwise specified, all loss or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be
done or from action of the elements,floods or from unforeseeable circumstances in prosecution of the Work or from
00700 04-2020 Page 23 General Conditions
unueum}obstructions cndifficulties which may be encountered in prosecution ofthe Work, shall be sustained and
borne bythe CONTRACTOR at its own cost and expense.
6.17 Notice ofClaim:
Should the CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of anyerror, omission cxact of
the OWNER oroYany mfthe OVVNER's employees oragents orothers for whose acts the OWNER isliable,aClaim
will be made bmthe other party within thirty (30) calendardmys of the event giving rise to such injury or damage.
The provisions ufthis paragraph G17shaUnotbeoons\medaaa substitute for orowaiver uythe provisions ofany
applicable statute cflimitations,statute ofrepose, orany other provision cfthe Contract Documents.
6.18 Liquidated Damages:
At set forth in the Agreement,paragraph 1.2,the CONTRACTOR or its Surety shall be liable for Liquidated Damages
for the CONTRACTOR's failure to timely complete the Work or any portion thereof within the Contract Time. See
Supplemental Conditions for amount ofLiquidated Damages,
ARTICLE 7-OTHER WORK
T.1 The OWNER may perform other work related tothe Project odthe site hythe O\NNER'sown forces,cvlet
other contracts therefor, orhave other work performed byutility owners. If the CONTRACTOR believes that delay
or additional cosi is involved because of such action by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim as
provided in Article 11 or Article 12.
7.2 The CONTRACTOR shall afford other contractors who are in a contract with the OWNER and each utility
owner (and the OWNER, if the OWNER is performing the additional work with the OVVNER'o employees) proper
and safe access tothe she and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment
and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the CONTRACTOR mheU do all cuM|ng, fitting and patching of the
Work that may be required to make its mavano| parts come together properly and integrate with such other work.
The CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work ofothers hycutting, excavating orotherwise altering their work
and will only cut or o|hsr their work with the written consent of Owner's Representative and the other contractors
whose work will be affected. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remedy damage caused by the CONTRACTOR
tocompleted orpartially completed construction mrb»property cf the OWNER orseparate contractors.
7.3 |fthe proper execution orresults cf any part ofthe CONTRACTOR'mWork depends upon work performed
by others under this Article 7. the CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Owner's
Representative in writing any de|mym, defects ordeficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or
unsuitable for the proper execution and results of the CONTR4CTOR'a Work. The CONTRACTOR's failure to
report will constitute anacceptance cfsuch other work es fit and proper for integration with the OUNTRACTUR's
Work except for latent or non-apparent defects and deficiencies in such other work.
7.4 The OWNER shall provide for coordination of the activities of the OVVNER'e own hz#ee and of each
separate contractor with the Work of the CONTRACTOR, who shall cooperate with them. The CONTRACTOR
shall participate with other separate contractors and Owner's Representative in reviewing their construction
schedules when di/acted to do so. The CONTRACTOR shall make any revisions hothe construction schedule
deemed necessary after ajoint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the
schedules to be used by the CONTRACTOR, separate contractors and the OWNER until subsequently revised.
7.5 Unless otherwise stated henein, costs caused bydelays orby improperly timed activities ordefective
construction shall beborne bythe party responsible therefor.
7.6 |fCONTRACTOR damages,delays,disrupts orinterferes with the work ofany other contractor,orany utility
owner performing other work at or acUocerd to the site of the Project, through CQNTFOACTOR`m failure to take
reasonable and customary measures to avoid such impacts,or if any claim arising out of CONTRACTOR's actions.
00700 04^2020 Page 24 General Conditions
inactions or negligence in performance of the Work at or adjacent to the site of the Project is made by any such
other contractor or utility owner against CONTRACTOR, OWNER, or EIA, then CONTRACTOR shall (1)promptly
attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such other contractor or utility owner, or
otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law,and(2)INDEMNIFY AND
HOLD HARMLESS THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE EIA FROM AND
AGAINST ANY SUCH CLAIMS,AND AGAINST ALL COSTS,LOSSES,AND DAMAGES(INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO ALL FEES DCAHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, AND OTHER
PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT ORARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS)
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO SUCH DAMAGE, DELAY, DISRUPTION, OR INTERFERENCE.
ARTICLE 8-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
8.1 Prior to the start of construction, the OWNER will designate in writing a person or entity to act as Owner's
Representative during construction. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions,the OWNER shall
issue all communications to the CONTRACTOR through Owner's Representative.
81 The OWNER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for the
CONTRACTOR's means,methods,techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions
and programs incident thereto. The OWNER is not responsible for any failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with
laws and regulations applicable to furnishing or performing the Work. The OWNER is not responsible for the
CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Failure or
omission of the OWNER to discover, or object to or condemn any defective Work or material shall not release the
CONTRACTOR from the obligation to properly and fully perform the Contract.
8.3 The OWNER is not responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, or of any Subcontractor,
any Supplier,or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work.
8.4 Information or services under the OWNER's control shall be furnished by the OWNER with reasonable
promptness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work.
8.5 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of the OWNER enumerated herein and
especially those in respect to Article 4 (Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Reference
Points),Article 7(Other Work) and Article 14(Payments to the CONTRACTOR and Completion).
8.6 Notice of Claim:
Should the OWNER suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the
CONTRACTOR or of any of the CONTRACTOR's employees or agents or others for whose acts the
CONTRACTOR is liable, a notice of such injury or damage will be sent to the CONTRACTOR within thirty (30)
calendar days of the event giving rise to such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 8.6 shall not be
construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or statute of repose,
81 The OWNER is not responsible for the CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents. The failure or omission of the OWNER,EIA or any other person or entity
acting on behalf of the OWNER or the EIA to observe,detect,discover,or object to or condemn any defective Work
or material shall not release the CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's obligation to properly and fully perform the
Work pursuant to the Contract Documents. The OWNER shall not be responsible for the acts, errors or omissions
of the CONTRACTOR, or any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or entity performing or furnishing any of
the Work on behalf of the CONTRACTOR.
ARTICLE a-gNgINEER/ARCHITECT'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
9.1 E/A's Authority and Responsibilities:
9,11.1 The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of EIA during construction are set forth in the
Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of the OWNER and EIA, The assignment
00700 04-2020 Page 25 General Conditions
of any authority, duties or responsibilities to E/A under the Contract Documents,or under any agreement between
the OWNER and EIA, or any undertaking, exercise or performance thereof by E/A, is intended to be for the sole
and exclusive benefit of the OWNER and is not for the benefit of the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Sub-
subcontractor,Supplier,or any other person or organization,or for any surety or employee or agent of any of them.
9.1.2 E/A will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's
means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs
incident thereto. E/A is not responsible for any failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with laws and regulations
applicable to the furnishing or performing the Work. E/A is not responsible for the CONTRACTOR's failure to
perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Failure or omission of E/A to discover,or
object to or condemn any defective Work or material shall not release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to
properly and fully perform the Work.
9.1.3 E/A is not responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, or of any Subcontractor, any
Supplier,or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work.
9.1.4 If the OWNER so directs, E/A will review the final Application for Payment and accompanying
documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of
inspection,tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by Article 14,but only to determine
generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests
and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with,the Contract Documents.
9.1.5 The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.1 shall also apply to E/A's
Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants.
9.2 E/A as Owner's Representative:
9.2.1 E/A may be designated as Owner's Representative under paragraph 8.1.
9.3 Visits to Site:
If the OWNER so directs,E/A will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction
as is necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been
made and the quality of the various aspects of the CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information obtained
during such visits and observations, E/A will endeavor for the benefit of the OWNER to determine if the Work is
proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. EIA will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous
on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. E/A's efforts will be directed toward providing for
the OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. On
the basis of such visits and on-site observations, E/A will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the Work
and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defective Work. E/A's visits and on-site observations are subject
to all the limitations on E/A's authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.1.
9.4 Project Representative:
If the OWNER and E/A agree, E/A will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist E/A in providing more
continuous observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations of any such Resident Project
Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.1 and in the Supplemental General Conditions.
The OWNER may designate another representative or agent to represent the OWNER at the site who is not E/A,
E/A's consultant,agent or employee.
9.5 Clarifications and Interpretations:
E/A may determine that written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents (in
the form of drawings or otherwise) are necessary. Such written clarifications or interpretations will be consistent
with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents,will be issued with reasonable promptness
by Owner's Representative and will be binding on the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. If the OWNER or the
00700 04-2020 Page 26 General Conditions
CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Amount
or the Contract Times,the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or
Article 12.
9.6 Rejecting Defective Work:
E/A may recommend that the OWNER disapprove or reject Work which E/A believes to be defective, or believes
will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or will prejudice the integrity of the
design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 10-CHANGES IN THE WORK
10.1 Changes:
10.1.1 Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety,the OWNER,at anytime or from time to
time, may order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such changes in the Work will be authorized by
Change Order, Change Directive or Field Order.
10.1.2 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the
CONTRACTOR shall proceed promptly,unless otherwise provided in the Change Order,Change Directive or Field
Order.
10.1.3 The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Amount or an extension of the
Contract Times with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended,
modified and supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.3.1 and paragraph 3.3.2, except in the case of an
emergency as provided in paragraph 6.11.5 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.4.
10.1.4 Except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.11.5,a Change Order or Change Directive
is required before the CONTRACTOR commences any activities associated with a change in the Work which, in
the CONTRACTOR's opinion, will result in a change in the Contract Amount and/or Contract Times.
10.1.5 If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents
(including, but not limited to, Contract Amount or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be
given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each
applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
10.2 Change Orders:
10.2.1 The OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate written Change Orders covering:
A a change in the Work;
.2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Amount, if any" and
.3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any.
10.2.2 An executed Change Order shall represent the complete, equitable, and final amount of adjustment in the
Contract Amount and/or Contract Time owed to the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER as a result of the occurrence
or event causing the change in the Work encompassed by the Change Order.
10.3 Change Directives:
10.31 The OWNER may by written Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract,order changes in the Work
within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Amount
00700 04-2020 Page 27 General Conditions
and Contract Time being adjusted as necessary. A Change Directive shall be used in the absence of complete and
prompt agreement on the terms of a Change Order.
10.3.2 If the Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Amount,the adjustment shall be based
on the method provided for in paragraph 11.5.
10.3.3 A Change Directive shall be recorded later by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order.
10.3.4 Upon receipt of a Change Directive, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work
involved.
10.4 Field Order:
10.4.1 Owner's Representative may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract
Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Amount or the Contract Times and are compatible
with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents.
These shall be accomplished by written Field Order and shall be binding on the OWNER and on the CONTRACTOR
who shall perform the Work involved promptly.
10.4.2 If the CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order would require an adjustment in the Contract Amount
and/or Contract Times, the CONTRACTOR shall make written request to Owner's Representative for a Change
Order, Any request by the CONTRACTOR for an adjustment in Contract Amount and/or Contract Times shall be
made in writing prior to beginning the work covered by the Field Order.
10.5 No Damages for Delay:
Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall receive no compensation for
delays or hindrances to the Work. If delay is caused by specific orders given by the OWNER to stop Work for
reasons for which the CONTRACTOR is not responsible, or such delay is not caused by active interference in the
Work by OWNER for reasons for which the CONTRACTOR is not responsible, then such delay will entitle the
CONTRACTOR only to an equivalent extension of time,the CONTRACTOR's application for which shall, however,
be subject to approval of the OWNER No such extension of time shall release the CONTRACTOR or surety on its
performance bond from all the CONTRACTOR's obligations hereunder which shall remain in full force until
discharge of the Contract.
ARTICLE 11 -CHANGE OF CONTRACT AMOUNT
11.1 The Contract Amount is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount
payable by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents.
11.2 The original Contract Amount may not be increased by more than twenty-five percent(25%)and it may not
be decreased more than twenty-five percent(25%)without the consent of the CONTRACTOR to such decrease.
11.3 The Contract Amount shall only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an adjustment in the
Contract Amount shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party promptly
(but in no event later than thirty(30)calendar days)after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the Claim
and stating the general nature of the Claim. Notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data shall be
delivered within thirty(30)calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant,and shall represent
that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence
or event. If the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree,all Claims for adjustment in the Contract
Amount shall be determined as set out in Article 16.
11.4 Determination of Value of Work:
00700 04.2020 Page 28 General Conditions
11.4.1 The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract
Amount will be determined by one or more of the following methods:
J by application of unit prices contained in the Contract Documents to the quantities of the items involved.
.2 by a mutually agreed lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to
permit evaluation.
.3 by cost of Work plus the CONTRACTOR's fee for all overhead costs and profit(determined as provided
in paragraph 11.5).
11.4.2 Before using the method described in paragraph 11.4.1.3, the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR agree to
negotiate a Change Order using the methods identified in paragraph 11.4.1,1 and paragraph 11.4.1.2, as
appropriate,to determine the adjustment in the Contract Amount.
11.5 Cost of Work:
If neither of the methods defined in paragraph 11.4.1.1 or paragraph 11 AA.2 can be agreed upon before a change
in the Work is commenced which will result in an adjustment in the Contract Amount, the OWNER may issue a
Change Directive to the CONTRACTOR. If the OWNER elects to issue a Change Directive, CONTRACTOR shall
perform the Changed Work and payment will be made as follows:
A For all personnel, the CONTRACTOR will receive the rate or wage specified in the prevailing wage
rates established in Section 00900 for each hour that said personnel are actually engaged in such
Work, to which will be added an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the sum thereof as
compensation for the CONTRACTOR's and any affected Subcontractor's total overhead and profit. No
separate charge will be made by the CONTRACTOR for organization or overhead expenses, For the
cost of premiums on public liability insurance, workers' compensation insurance, social security and
unemployment insurance, an amount equal to fifty-five percent (55%) of the wages paid personnel,
excluding the twenty-five(25%)compensation provided above,will be paid to the CONTRACTOR. The
actual cost of the CONTRACTOR's bond(s) on the extra Work will be paid based on invoices from
surety. No charge for superintendence will be made unless considered necessary and ordered by the
OWNER.
.2 The CONTRACTOR will receive the actual cost, including freight charges, of the materials used on
such Work, to which costs will be added a sum equal to twenty-five percent (25%) thereof as
compensation for the CONTRACTOR's and any affected Subcontractor's total overhead and profit. In
case material invoices indicate a discount may be taken, the actual cost will be the invoice price minus
the discount
.3 For machinery,trucks, power tools, or other similar equipment agreed to be necessary by the OWNER
and the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER will allow the CONTRACTOR the rate as given in the latest
edition of the Associated General Contractors of America "Contractor's Equipment Cost Guide" as
published by Dataquest for each hour that said tools or equipment are in use on such work, which rate
includes the cost of fuel, lubricants and repairs. No additional compensation will be allowed on the
equipment for the CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit.
.4 The compensation, as herein provided for, shall be received by the CONTRACTOR and any affected
Subcontractor as payment in full for work done by Change Directive and will include use of small tools,
and total overhead expense and profit, The CONTRACTOR and the Owner's Representative shall
compare records of work done by Change Directive at the end of each day. Copies of these records
will be made upon forms provided for this purpose by the OWNER and signed by both Owner's
Representative and the CONTRACTOR, with one(1) copy being retained by the OWNER and one(1)
by the CONTRACTOR, Refusal by the CONTRACTOR to sign these records within two (2) working
days of presentation does not invalidate the accuracy of the record.
00700 04-2020 Page 29 General Conditions
11/6 Unit Price Work:
11'6.1 Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be unit price Work, initially the
Contract Amount will bedeemed hzinclude for all unit price work anamount equal tothe sum nfthe established
unit price for each separately identified item ofunit price work times the estimated quantity oYeach item aeindicated
in the Bid. The estimated quantities of items of unit price work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose
of comparison of Bids and determining on initial Contract Amount. Determinations of the actual quantities and
classifications of unit price work performed by the CONTRACTOR will be made by Owner's Representative.
Owner's Representative will review with the CONTRACTOR the preliminary determinations on such matters before
rendering awritten decision thereon(by recommendation cf anApplication for Payment or otherwise).
11.6.2 When "plan quantity"imindicated for abid item, the CONTRACTOR shall bepaid the amount specified in
the Contract Documents without any measurements.
11.6'3 Each unit price will be deemed toinclude onamount considered bythe CONTRACTOR tobeadequate tn
cover the CONTFD\CTOR'soverhead and profit for each separately identified item.
11.6.4 AMajor Item isany individual bid item|nthe Bid that has a total cost equal toorgreater than five
percent (594) of the original Contract Amount or $50.000. whichever is Qneoder, computed on the basis of bid
quantities and Contract unit prices.
11,6.5 The OWNER o/ the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Amount in
accordance with Article 11 if:
.i the actual quantity of any Major Item should become aamuch aatwenty percent(2096) more than or
twenty percent(2O96)less than inthe 8id� mr
.2 The CONTRACTOR presents proper documentation contesting the accuracy of"plan quantity," and
Owner's Representative verifies quantity and determines original quantity is in error byfive percent
(596)ormore.
11.6.6 Right hrVerify Information: The CONTRACTOR agrees that any designated representative ofthe OWNER
shall have the right to examine the CONTF0ACTOR's records to verify the accuracy and appropriateness of the
pricing data usedtoprice change proposals. Even after aChange Order Proposal has been approved, the
CONTRACTOR agrees that if the OWNER later determines the cost and pricing data submitted was inaccurate,
incomplete, not current ornot ivcompliance with the terms oithis Agreement regarding pricing m[change orders,
then onappropriate contract price reduction will bemade.
11,0.7 Pricing Information Requirements: The CONTRACTOR agrees toprovide and require all subcontractors
to provide a breakdown of allowable labor and labor burden cost information as outlined herein. This information
will beused toevaluate the potential cost pflabor and labor burden related tochange order work. |timintended
that this information represent an accurate estimate of the CONTRACT[>R's actual labor and labor burden cost
components. This information is not intended to establish fixed billing or change order pricing labor rates. However,
sdthe time change orders are priced the submitted cost data for labor rates may beused Loprice change order
work. The accuracy of any such agreed-upon labor cost components used to price change orders will be subject
tolater audit. Approved change order amounts may beadjusted later hocorrect the impact cfinaccurate labor cost
components ifthe agreed-upon labor cost components are determined tobeinaccurate.
ARTICLE 12-CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES
12-1 Working Day and Calendar Day Contracts:
12^1.1 The Contract Times (or Milestones) shall only be changed by Change Order orTime Extension Request
duty executed byboth the CONTRACTOR and Owner's Representative. Any claim for an adjustmentofthe
Contract Times(or Milestones)shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other
00700 04~2820 Page 30 General Conditions
party promptly(but in no event later than thirty (30)calendar days)after the start of the occurrence or event giving
rise to the delay and stating the general nature of the delay. Notice of the extent of the delay with supporting data
shall be delivered within thirty(30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant, and shall
represent that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which claimant is entitled as a result of said
occurrence or event. If the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree, all Claims for adjustment in
the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined as set out in Article 16. No Claim for an adjustment in the
Contract Times(or Milestones)will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph
12.1.2 When the CONTRACTOR is at fault and the OWNER stops the Work so that corrections in the Work can
be made by the CONTRACTOR, then no extension in time will be allowed.
12,1,3 When the CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times(or
Milestones)due to delay for which the CONTRACTOR is not responsible, an extension of the Contract Times(or
Milestones)in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay will be considered by OWNER. Any extension of
the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. However, adverse
weather shall not be considered justification for extension of Contract Times on Calendar Day contracts, except as
provided for in paragraph 12.2.
12.1.4 The OWNER will consider time extension requests and may grant the CONTRACTOR an extension of time
because of:
.1 Changes ordered in the Work which justify additional time.
.2 Failure of materials or products being at the Project site due to delays in transportation or failures of
Suppliers,for which the CONTRACTOR,a Subcontractor or a Supplier is not responsible. The request
for an extension of time shall be supported by a recitation of acts demonstrating that such delays were
beyond the control of the CONTRACTOR, a Subcontractor or a Supplier including but not limited to,
the CONTRACTOR's, the Subcontractor's or the Supplier's efforts to overcome such delays
documented as follows:
a) Copy of purchase order for delayed item(s) indicating date ordered by the
CONTRACTOR/Subcontractor and date purchase order received by Supplier.
b) If item(s) require Shop Drawings or other submittal information in accordance with the Contract
Documents, provide record of date submittal(s) forwarded to Owner's Representative, date
submittal(s)returned to the CONTRACTOR,and date submittal(s)forwarded to Supplier.
c) Copy of document(s) from Supplier, on Suppliers letterhead, indicating date(s) item(s) would be
ready for shipment and/or actual shipment date(s).
d) Copies of all correspondence between the CONTRACTOR/Subcontractor and Supplier indicating
the CONTRACTOR/Subcontractor's efforts to expedite item(s).
e) If item(s) are being purchased by a Subcontractor, provision of meeting notes, correspondence,
and the like which reflect the CONTRACTOR's efforts with the Subcontractor to expedite delivery
of the item(s).
.3 When acts of the OWNER, E/A, utility owners or other contractors employed by the OWNER delay
progress of work through no fault of the CONTRACTOR.
.4 When the CONTRACTOR is delayed by strikes, lockouts, fires, losses from natural causes, or other
unavoidable cause or causes beyond the CONTRACTOR's control.
12.2 Calendar Day Contracts:
00700 042020 Page 31 General Conditions
Under a Calendar Day Contract,the CONTRACTOR may also be granted an extension of time because of unusual
inclement weather that is beyond the normal weather expected for the Williamson and Travis Counties,Texas area.
Normal weather which prevents the CONTRACTOR from performing Work is expected during a Calendar Day
Contract,and is not a justification for an extension of time. The following delineates the number of days per month
for which,for purposes of Calendar Day Contracts,expected normal weather will prevent performance of Work;
January.......................... 7 days
February........................ 7 days
March........... ................. 7 days
April............................... 7 days
May................................ 8 days
June................................ 6 days
July.................. .............. 6 days
August........................... 5 days
September..................... 7 days
October.......................... 7 days
November..................... 7 days
December...................... 7 days
Days per month exceeding the number shown above may be credited as Rain Days if a Claim is made in accordance
with paragraph 12.1.1 and meets the following definition: a"Rain Day"is any day in which a weather event occurs
at the site and is sufficient to prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing units of Work critical to maintaining the
project schedule during the entire day.
ARTICLE 13 -TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; AND CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK
13.1 Notice of Defects:
Prompt notice of all defective Work of which the OWNER or E/A has actual knowledge will be given to the
CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected or corrected as provided for in Article 13.
13.2 Access to Work:
The OWNER, E/A, E/A's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of the OWNER, independent testing
laboratories and governmental agencies having jurisdiction will have unrestricted physical access to the Work site
for observing, inspecting and testing. The CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such
access, and advise them of the CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply
therewith as applicable.
13.3 Tests and Inspections:
13.3.1 The CONTRACTOR shall give timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections,tests or
approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests.
13.3.2 The OWNER shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all
inspections,tests or approvals required by the Contract Documents except:
.1 for inspections,tests or approvals covered by paragraph 13.3.3 below;
.2 for reinspecting or retesting defective Work; and
.3 as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents.
All testing laboratories shall be those selected by the OWNER.
00700 04.2020 Page 32 General Conditions
113.3 If laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work(or part thereof)specifically to
be inspected,tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, the CONTRACTOR
shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in
connection therewith and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. The
CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any
inspections, tests or approvals required for the OWNER's and E/A's review of materials or equipment to be
incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs or equipment submitted for review prior to the
CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work,
13.4 Uncovering Work:
13.4.1 If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by the
CONTRACTOR without concurrence of Owner's Representative, or if any Work is covered contrary to the written
request of Owner's Representative, it must, it requested by Owners Representative, be uncovered and recovered
at the CONTRACTOR's expense,
13.4.2 If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed, inspected
or tested, the CONTRACTOR shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or
testing that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found
that such Work is defective,the CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by,arising
out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory
replacement or reconstruction(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and
the OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Amount, and may make a Claim therefor
as provided in Article 11, If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed
an increase in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly
attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and
the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 and Article 12.
13.5 OWNER May Stop the Work:
113.5,11 If the Work is defective,or the CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials
or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the
Contract Documents,the OWNER may order the CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the
cause for such order has been eliminated; however,this right of the OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to
any duty on the part of the OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of the CONTRACTOR or any surety or other
party.
13,5.2 If the CONTRACTOR fails to correct defective Work or submit a satisfactory plan to take corrective action,
with procedure and time schedule, the OWNER may order the CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion
thereof,until cause for such order has been eliminated,or take any other action permitted by this Contract. A notice
to stop the Work, based on defects, shall not stop calendar or working days charged to the Project.
00700 04.2020 Page 33 General Conditions
13.6 Correction wrRemoval mfDefective Work:
If required by the OWNER,the CONTRACTOR shall promptly,as directed,either correct all defective Work,whether
ornot fabricated, installed o,completed, or, if the Work has been rejected byOwner's Representative, remove it
from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective.The CONTRACTOR shall correct or remove andreplace
dahsct|wa VVork, or submit u p|sm of action detailing how the deficiency will be cnrnmced, within the time frame
identified in the notice of defective Work. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages
caused by or resulting from such correction or removal(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement
ofwork m[otherm). including but not limited tnall consultant,engineering,expert and attorney's fees incurred bythe
OWNER as a result of such defective work or as necessary for OWNER to investigate such defective Work and/or
to determine the appropriate means or methods to address or correct such defective Work. The OWNER mhe||
have the right, in QVVNER'a sole discnaUon, to have the E/A orother consultant specify the means and methods
that will befollowed hmcorrect oraddress any defective Work. Ifthe OWNER specifies ameans ormethod bywhich
the defective Work will be addressed or corrected, the CONTRACTOR shall perform the specified work necessary
tnaddress orcorrect the defective Work otCONTRACTOR'esole cost and expense.
13.7 Warranty period:
13.7.1 If, at any time after the date ofSubstantial Completion orsuch longer period oftime asmay beprescribed
by laws or regulations or bythe terms ofany applicable special guaranteerequired bythe Contract Documents ar
byany specific provision ofthe Contract Documents, any Work iafound tobedefective, the CONTRACTOR shall
promptly,without cost hmthe OWNER and inaccordance with the C}VVNER'mwritten instructions:
(i) correct such defective VVork, or, if it has been rejected by the OVVNER, remove it from the site and
replace bwith Work that ienot defective, and
(ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting
therefrom.
If the CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such inshudions, or in an emergency where
delay would cause serious risk ofloss ordamage, the OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the
rejected Work removed and replaced,and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such
removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair orreplacement ofwork ofothers and all
consultant, expert and attorney's fees incurred by OWNER)will be paid by the CONTRACTOR.
13.7.2 In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before
Substantial Completion oyall the Work, thewanan(ypehodYorthsditemmeymtart torun from mnearlier date ifso
provided inthe Contract Documents and agreed tobyOWNER.
13.* OWNER May Correct Defective Work:
|fthe CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after Written Notice of the OWNER to correct defective Work,
ortoremove and replace rejected Work, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents, wrifthe CONTRACTOR fails to comply any other provision of the Contract Documents,
the OWNER may, after eve (7) calendar days' VVhtte Notice to the CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any
such deficiency, If, in the opinion of Owner's Representative, significant progress has not been made during this
seven(7)calendar day period to correct the deficiency,the OWNER may exercise any actions necessary to remedy
thedeficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph,the OWNER shall proceed expeditiously.
In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the OWNER may exclude the CONTRACTOR from all or
part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend the CONTRACTOR's services related
thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the OWNER has
paid the CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. The CONTRACTOR shall allow the OWNER, its agents
and employees,the OWNER's other contractors,E/A and E/A's consultants access to the site to enable the OWNER
to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or
sustained by the OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against the CONTRACTOR and
a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the
00700 04~2020 Page 34 General Conditions
Work. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement
of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of the CONT CTOR's defective
Work and any and all consultant,expert and attorneys fees incurred by OWNER as a result of OWNER's correction
of defective WORK. The CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times(orMilestones),
or claims of damage because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the
OWNER of the OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder.
13.9 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work„ OWNER prefers to accept it,
OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses„ and damages attributable to OWNER's
evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work, including but not limited to any expert, engineering
or other consultant's fees incurred by the OWNER to investigate such defective Work and/or to determine the
appropriate means or methods and work necessary to allow OWNER to accept the defective Work and
CONTRACTOR shall pay for all work required to be performed to allow OWNER to accept the defective Work and
any estimated costs, expenses and damages OWNER may sustain in the future as a result of accepting the
defective Work, including any diminution in value of the Project as a result of accepting the defective Work, If any
such acceptance occurs prior to final payment,the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to
the Work shall be incorporated in a Change Order. If the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the
Contract Price, then OWNER may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under the Contract
Documents. If the acceptance of defective Work occurs after final payment, CONTRACTOR shall pay to OWNER
the above described costs, expenses and damages incurred by OWNER as a result of OWNER"s acceptance of
defective Work.
ARTICLE 14-PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND gQMELETION
14.1 Application for Progress Payment:
14.1.1 Not more than once per month, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to Owner's Representative for review an
Application for Payment, in a form acceptable to the OWNER,filled out and signed by the CONTRACTOR covering
the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is
required by the Contract Documents or as required by OWNER.
14.1.2 Such applications shall not include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have
been properly authorized by Change Directives but not yet included in Change Orders.
14.1.3 Such applications shall not include requests for payment of amounts the CONTRACTOR does not intend
to pay to a Subcontractor or Supplier because of a dispute or other reason.
14.1.4 Owner will not pay for materials or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably
stored at the site or at another location. Payment will be made by Owner only for Work completed in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
14.1.5 Where the original Contract Amount is less than$400,000, the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the
total amount of approved Application for Payment, less ten percent(10%)of the amount thereof,which ten percent
(10%)will be retained until final payment, less all previous payments and less all sums that may be retained by the
OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. Where the original Contract Amount is$400,000 or more,the OWNER
will pay to the CONTRACTOR the total amount of approved Application for Payment, less five percent(5%)of the
amount thereof,which five percent(5%)will be retained until final payment, less all previous payments and less all
sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. In either case, if the Work is near
completion and delay occurs due to no fault or neglect of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may pay a portion of
the retained amount to the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER's option, may be relieved of the
obligation to complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due
under the Contract subject to the conditions stated under paragraph 15.2.
00700 04-2020 Page 35 General Conditions
14.1.6 Applications for Payment shall include the following documentation:
.1 updated progress schedule;
.2 monthly subcontractor report;and
.3 any other documentation required under the Supplemental General Conditions.
14.2 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title:
The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any
Application for Payment,whether incorporated in the Project or not,will pass to the OWNER not later than the time
of payment to the CONTRACTOR free and clear of all liens.
14.3 Review of Applications for Progress Payment:
14.3.1 Owner's Representative will,within seven (7)calendar days after receipt of each Application for Payment,
either indicate a recommendation for payment and forward the Application for processing by the OWNER,or return
the Application to the CONTRACTOR indicating Owner's Representative's reasons for refusing to recommend
payment. In the latter case,the CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application.
14.3.2 Owners Representative's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will
constitute a representation by Owner's Representative, based upon Owner's Representative's on-site observations
of the executed Work and on Owner's Representative's review of the Application for Payment and the
accompanying data and schedules,that to the best of Owners Representative's knowledge,information and belief:
.1 the Work has progressed to the point indicated; and
2 the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the
Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent
tests called for in the Contract Documents,to a final determination of quantities and classifications for
unit price Work,and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation).
14.3.3 By recommending any such payment, Owner's Representative will not thereby be deemed to have
represented that:
.1 inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work or that the Work has been
performed in accordance with the Contract Documents;
2 examination has been made to ascertain how or for what purpose the CONTRACTOR has used money
previously paid on account of the Contract Amount;
.3 the CONTRACTOR's construction means, methods,techniques, sequences or procedures have been
reviewed;or
.4 that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle the CONTRACTOR
to be paid additionally by the OWNER or entitle the OWNER to withhold payment to the
CONTRACTOR.
14.4 Decisions to Withhold Payment:
14.4.1 The OWNER may withhold or nullify the whole or part of any payment to such extent as may be necessary
on account of:
.1 defective Work not remedied;
00700 04-2020 Page 36 General Conditions
.2 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract
Amount;
.3 damage to the OWNER or another contractor;
A reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time,and that the unpaid
balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay:
.5 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit a schedule of values in accordance with the Contract
Documents;
.6 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit a submittal schedule in accordance with the Contract
Documents;
I failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit or update construction schedules in accordance with the
Contract Documents;
.8 failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain a record of changes on drawings and documents;
.9 failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain weekly payroll reports;
.10 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit monthly subcontractor reports;
,11 the CONTRACTOR's neglect or unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work, including failure to clean up;;
or
.12 failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with any provision of the Contract Documents.
.13 OWNER's disagreement with the recommendation of the Owner's Representative, provided the
OWNER has provided a Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR specifying the reasons why OWNER
does not agree with such recommendation.
14.4.2 When the above reasons for withholding payment are removed, the CONTRACTOR shall resubmit a
statement for the value of Work performed. Payment will be made within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of
approved Application for Payment.
14.5 Delayed Payments:
Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR of a sum named in any Application for Payment
with which OWNER agrees and has approved for payment within thirty(30)calendar days after the day on which
the OWNER received the mutually acceptable Application for Payment, then the OWNER will pay to the
CONTRACTOR, in addition to the sum shown as due by such Application for Payment, interest thereon at the rate
of one percent (1%) per month from date due until fully paid, which shall fully liquidate any injury to the
CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay in payment.
14.6 Arrears:
No money shall be paid by the OWNER upon any claim,debt,demand or account whatsoever, to any person,firm
or corporation who is in arrears to the OWNER; and the OWNER shall be entitled to counterclaim and offset against
any such debt, claim, demand or account so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt,claim,demand
or account, shall affect the right of the OWNER to so offset said amounts, and associated penalties and interest if
applicable, against the same.
04704 04-2020 Page 37 General Conditions
14.7 Substantial Completion:
14.7.1 M a Certificate ofOccupancy is required by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work, id
certificate shall be issued before the Work or any portion thereof is considered substantially complete. When the
CONTRACTOR considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the OWNER agrees to accept separately, is
substantially complete, the CONTRACTOR shall notify Owner's Representative and request a determination as to
whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If Owner's Representative does not
consider the Work substantially complete, Owner's Representative will notify the CONTRACTOR giving reasons
therefor. Failure on the OWNER's part to list a reason does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to
complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. After satisfactorily completing items identified by
Owner's Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall then submit another request for Owner's Representative to
determine substantial completion If Owners Representative considers the Work substantially complete, Owner's
Representative will prepare and deliver a certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of
Substantial Completion, shall include a punch list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment, shall
establish the time within which the CONTRACTOR shall finish the punch list,and shall establish responsibilities of
the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work,warranty and
insurance. Failure to include an item on the punch list does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to
complete all Work inaccordance with the Contract Documents. The certificate ofSubstantial Completion shall be
signed by the OWNERand the CONTRACTOR toevidence acceptance ufthe responsibilities assigned bothem in
such certificate.
14.7.2 The OWNER shall have the right to exclude the CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial
Completion, but the OWNER will allow the CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the
punch list.
14.8 Partial Utilization;
The OWNER, at the OVNER's sole option, shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or
partially completed portion of the Work regardless of the time for completing the entire Work. The OVVNER'm
exercise ofsuch use and possessionshall not beconstrued h»mean that the OWNER acknowledges that any part
of the Work mo possessed and used is substantially complete or that it is accepted by OVVNER,and the OWNER'o
exercise of such use and possession shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of its responsibility to complete all Work
inaccordance with the Contract Documents.
14.9 Final Inspection:
Upon Written Notice from the CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof icomplete, Owner's
Representative will make a final inspection with the CONTRACTOR and provide Written Notice of all particulars in
which this inspection reveals that the Work iaincomplete ordefective. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately take
such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
14.10 Final Application for Payment:
The CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments after
the CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections tothe satisfaction nfOwners Representative and delivered
the following documents:
,1 Three(3)complete operating and maintenance manuals, each containing maintenance and operating
instructions, schedules,guarantees, and other documentation required by the Contract Documents;
.2 Record documents(as provided inparagraph 8.1O);
.3 Consent of surety, if any, to final payment. If surety is not provided, complete and legally effective
releases orwaivers(satisfactory to the OWNER) oyall claims arising out oforfiled inconnection with
theVVork�
00700 04-2020 Page 38 General Conditions
.4 Certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Supplemental General Conditions will remain in
force after final payment and through any warranty period;
.5 Non-Use of Asbestos Affidavit(After Construction);and
.6 Any other documentation called for in the Contract Documents.
14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance:
14.11.1 If, on the basis of observation of the Work during construction, final inspection, and review of the final
Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's
Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and the CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the
Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will recommend the final Application for Payment
and thereby notify the OWNER. If the OWNER agrees with the recommendation of the Owner's Representative,
the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the balance due the CONTRACTOR under the terms of the Contract.
14.11.2 As Contract Time is measured to Final Completion, Owner's Representative will issue a letter of final
acceptance to the CONTRACTOR which establishes the Final Completion date and initiates any warranty period.
14.11.3 Final payment is considered to have taken place when the CONTRACTOR or any of its representatives
negotiates the OWNER's final payment check, whether labeled final or not, for cash or deposits check in any
financial institution for its monetary return.
14.12 Waiver of Claims:
The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute:
.1 a waiver of claims by the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled
claims, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract
Documents or the terms of any warranty specified therein, or from the CONTRACTOR's continuing
obligations under the Contract Documents; and
.2 a waiver of all claims by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER other than those previously made in
writing and still unsettled.
ARTICLE 15.SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work Without Cause and for Convenience:
At any time and without cause and for convenience,the OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for
a period of not more than ninety(90)calendar days by written agreement or by Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR
which will fix the date on which the Work will be resumed. The CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date
so fixed. The CONTRACTOR may be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract
Times,or both,directly attributable to any such suspension if the CONTRACTOR makes an approved Claim therefor
as provided in Article 11 and Article 12.
151 OWNER May Terminate Without Cause:
Upon seven(7)calendar days'Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR,the OWNER may,without cause and without
prejudice to any right or remedy of the OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, the
CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items):
.1 for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the
effective date of termination;
00700 04-2020 Page 39 General Conditions
.2 for all claims incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Suppliers, Subcontractors,and others,.
The CONTRACTOR agrees to negotiate in good faith with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others to
mitigate the OWNER's cost CONTRACTOR shall include in any subcontract or purchase order
language that provides that if the Agreement is terminated without cause, the Subcontractor and
Suppliers will only be paid for work performed or materials and equipment supplied and shall not have
any other claims against CONTRACTOR or OWNER;
CONTRACTOR shall not be paid for any profit or overhead for Work not completed.
15.3 OWNER May Terminate With Cause:
15.3.1 Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:
.1 if the CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents;
.2 if the CONTRACTOR disregards laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
.3 if the CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of Owner's Representative„
.4 if the CONTRACTOR makes fraudulent statements;
.5 if the CONTRACTOR fails to maintain a work force adequate to accomplish the Work within the
Contract Time;
.6 if the CONTRACTOR fails to make adequate progress and endangers successful completion of the
Contract;or
.7 if the CONTRACTOR otherwise violates any provisions of the Contract Documents;
The OWNER may,after giving the CONTRACTOR(and the surety, if any)seven(7)calendar days'Written Notice
termiinate the services of the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER,at its option, may proceed with negotiation with surety
for completion of the Work. Alternatively,the OWNER may under these circumstances exclude the CONTRACTOR
from the site and take possession of the Work (without liability to the CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion),
incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the OWNER has paid the
CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere,and finish the Work as the OWNER may deem expedient. In such
case the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid
balance of the Contract Amount exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the OWNER arising
out of or resulting from completing the Work,such excess will be paid to the CONTRACTOR. If such claims,costs,
losses and damage exceed such unpaid balance, the CONTRACTOR or surety shall pay the difference to the
OWNER.
15.3.2 Where the CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by the OWNER, the termination will not
affect any rights or remedies of the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR and surety then existing or which may
thereafter accrue, Any retention or payment of amounts due the CONTRACTOR by the OWNER will not release
the CONTRACTOR from liability. In the event the OWNER terminates the Contract with cause,the OWNER may
reject any and all bids submitted by the CONTRACTOR for up to three(3)years.
00700 44-2020 Page 40 General Conditions
15.4 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate:
If through no act or fault of the CONTRACTOR,the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety(90)calendar
days by the OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or (except during disputes) Owner's
Representative fails to forward for processing any mutually acceptable Application for Payment within thirty (30)
calendar days after it is submitted, or(except during disputes)the OWNER fails for sixty (60)calendar days after it
is submitted to pay the CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined by the OWNER to be due, then the
CONTRACTOR may, upon seven(7)calendar days'Written Notice to the OWNER,and provided the OWNER does
not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the OWNER
payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.2. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without
prejudice to any other right or remedy, if(except during disputes) Owner's Representative has failed to forward for
processing any mutually acceptable Application for Payment within thirty(30)calendar days after it is submitted, or
(except during disputes) the OWNER has failed for sixty (60) calendar days after it is submitted to pay the
CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined by the OWNER to be due, the CONTRACTOR may upon seven (7)
calendar days' Written Notice to the OWNER stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due the
CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.4 are not intended to preclude the
CONTRACTOR from making a Claim under Article 11 and Article 12 for an increase in Contract Amount or Contract
Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to the CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as permitted
by this paragraph.
ARTICLE 16-DISPUTE RESOLUTION
16.1 Filing of Claims:
16.1.1 Claims arising from the circumstances identified in paragraphs 3.2,41, 4.2.2,4.2.4,6.4.2, 6.11.52, 6.17,
7.5, 8.6,9.5, 10.4.2, 13.8, 15.1, 15.2, 15.3,or 15.4,or other occurrences or events,shall be made by Written Notice
delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party within thirty (30) calendar days after the start of the
occurrence or event giving rise to the Claim and stating the general nature of the Claim. Notice of the amount of
the Claim with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is
delivered by claimant and shall represent that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which claimant
is entitled.
16.1.2 Within thirty(30)calendar days of receipt of notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data,Owner's
Representative and the CONTRACTOR shall meet to discuss the Claim, after which an offer of settlement or
notification of no settlement offer will be made to claimant. If claimant is not satisfied with the proposal presented,
claimant shall have thirty(30)calendar days in which to:
.1 submit additional supporting data requested by the other party;
.2 modify the initial Claim; or
.3 request Alternative Dispute Resolution,
16.2 Alternative Dispute Resolution:
16.2.1 If a dispute exists concerning a Claim, the parties agree to use the following procedure prior to pursuing
any other available remedies. The OWNER reserves the right to include EIA as a party.
16.2.2 Negotiating with Previously Uninvolved Personnel: Either party may make a written request for a meeting
to be held between representatives of each party within fourteen (14) calendar days of the request or such later
period that the parties may agree to. Each party shall endeavor to include, at a minimum, one (1) previously
uninvolved senior level decision maker empowered to negotiate on behalf of their organization. The purpose of this
and subsequent meetings will be good faith negotiations of the matters constituting the dispute. Negotiations shall
be concluded within thirty(30)calendar days of the first meeting, unless mutually agreed otherwise This step may
00700 04-2020 Page 41 General Conditions
be waived by written agreement of both parties, in which event the parties may proceed directly to mediation as
described below.
16.2.3 Mediation:
16.2.3.1 If the procedure described in paragraph 16.2.2 proves unsuccessful or is waived pursuant to its terms,
the parties shall initiate the mediation process. The parties agree to select within thirty(30)calendar days one(1)
mediator trained in mediation skills, to assist with resolution of the dispute. The OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
agree to act in good faith in the selection of the mediator and to give consideration to qualified individuals nominated
to act as mediator. Nothing in this agreement prevents the parties from relying on the skills of a person who also
is trained in the subject matter of the dispute and/or a contract interpretation expert.
16.2.3.2 Mediation is a forum in which an impartial person, the mediator, facilitates communication between
parties to promote reconciliation, settlement, or understanding among them. The parties hereby agree that
mediation,at a minimum, shall provide for 1)conducting an on-site investigation, if appropriate,by the mediator for
fact-gathering purposes, 2) a meeting of all parties for the exchange of points of view and 3) separate meetings
between the mediator and each party to the dispute for the formulation of resolution alternatives. The parties agree
to participate in mediation in good faith for up to thirty(30)calendar days from the date of the first mediation session,
unless mutually agreed otherwise. Should the parties fail to reach a resolution of the dispute through mediation,
then each party is released to pursue other remedies available to them.
ARTICLE 17—RIGHT TO AUDIT
17.1 Right to Audit:
Whenever the OWNER enters into any type of contractual arrangement with the CONTRACTOR, then the
CONTRACTOR's "records" shall upon reasonable notice be open to inspection and subject to audit and/or
reproduction during normal business working hours. The OWNER's representative, or an outside representative
engaged by the OWNER, may perform such audits. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain all records relating to this
Agreement for four(4) years from the date of final payment under this Agreement, or until pending litigation has
been completely and fully resolved,whichever occurs later.
17.1.1 The OWNER shall have the exclusive right to examine the records of the CONTRACTOR. The term
"records"as referred to herein shall include any and all information,materials and data of every kind and character,
including without limitation records,books,papers,documents,contracts, schedules,commitments,arrangements,
notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers and memoranda, and any and all other agreements,
sources of information and matters that may, in the OWNER's judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any
matters, rights,duties or obligations under or covered by any contract document. Such records shall include(hard
copy, as well as computer-readable data if it can be made available),written policies and procedures,time sheets,
payroll registers, cancelled checks, personnel file data, correspondence, general ledger entries, and any other
record in the CONTRACTOR's possession which may have a bearing on matters of interest to the OWNER in
connection with the CONTRACTOR's dealings with the OWNER (ail of the foregoing are hereinafter referred to as
"records"). In addition,the CONTRACTOR shall permit interviews of employees as well as agents,representatives,
vendors, subcontractors and other third parties paid by the CONTRACTOR to the extent necessary to adequately
permit evaluation and verification of the following:
a) The CONTRACTOR's compliance with contract requirements;
b) The CONTRACTOR's compliance with the OWNER'S business ethics policies; and
c) If necessary, the extent of the Work performed by the CONTRACTOR at the time of contract
termination.
17.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall require all payees(examples of payees include subcontractors,insurance agents,
material suppliers, etc.) to comply with the provisions of this Article 17 by securing the requirements hereof in a
00700 042020 Page 42 General Conditions
written agreement between the CONTRACTOR and payee. Such requirements include a flow-down right of audit
provision in contracts with payees that also apply to subcontractors and sub-subcontractors,material suppliers,etc
The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate fully and shall require Related Parties and all of the CONTRACTOR's
subcontractors to cooperate fully in furnishing or in making available to the OWNER from time to time whenever
requested, in an expeditious manner, any and all such information, materials, and data.
17,11.3 The OWNER's authorized representative or designee shall have reasonable access to the CONTRACTOR's
facilities, shall be allowed to interview all current or former employees to discuss matters pertinent to the
performance of this Agreement, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct
audits in compliance with this Article 17,
17.1,4 If an audit inspection or examination in accordance with this Article 17 discloses overpricing or overcharges
of any nature by the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER in excess of one-half of one percent(.5%)of the total contract
billings, then the reasonable actual cost of the OWNER's audit shall be reimbursed to the OWNER by the
CONTRACTOR. Any adjustments and/or payments,which must be made as a result of any such audit or inspection
of the CONTRACTOR's invoices and/or records, shall be made within a reasonable amount of time(not to exceed
90 days)from presentation of the OWNER's findings to the CONTRACTOR.
17.1,5 The CONTRACTOR shall take reasonable actions to prevent any actions or conditions which could result
in a conflict with the OWNER's best interests. These obligations shall apply to the activities of the CONTRACTOR's
employees, agents, subcontractors, etc. in their dealings and relations with the OWNER's current and former
employees and their relatives. For example,the CONTRACTOR's employees,agents or subcontractors should not
make or provide to be made any employment, gifts, extravagant entertainment, payments, loans or other
considerations to the OWNER's representatives, employees or their relatives,
17.1.6 It is also understood and agreed by the CONTRACTOR that any solicitation of gifts or any other item of
value by anyone representing the OWNER is to be reported within two (2) business working days to the OWNER
at the following telephone number: 512-218-5401. Failure to report any such solicitations or offers shall be deemed
a material breach of contract entitling the OWNER to pursue damages resulting from the failure to comply with this
provision.
ARTICLE 18—MISCELLANEOLOgi
18.1 Venue:
In the event of any suit at law or in equity involving the Contract, venue shall be in Williamson County, Texas and
the laws of the state of Texas shall apply to Contract interpretation and enforcement.
18.2 Extent of Agreement:
This Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR and
supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral.
18.3 Cumulative Remedies:
The rights and remedies available to the parties are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of any rights and
remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by laws or regulations, by special
warranty or guarantees or by other provisions of the Contract Documents,and the provisions of this paragraph will
be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty,
obligation, right and remedy to which they apply.
00700 04-2020 Page 43 General Conditions
18.4 Severability:
If any word, phrase,clause, sentence or provision of the Contract, or the application of same to any person or set
of circumstances is for any reason held to be unconstitutional,invalid or unenforceable,that finding shall only effect
such word, phrase, clause, sentence or provision, and such finding shall not effect the remaining portions of this
Contract; this being the intent of the parties in entering into the Contract; and all provisions of the Contract are
declared to be severable for this purpose.
18.5 Independent Contractor
The Contract shall not be construed as creating an employer/employee relationship,a partnership,or a joint venture.
The CONTRACTOR's services shall be those of an independent contractor. The CONTRACTOR agrees and
understands that the Contract does not grant any rights or privileges established for employees of the OWNER.
18.6 Prohibition of Gratuities
The OWNER may, by Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR,terminate the Contract without liability if is determined
by the OWNER that gratuities were offered or given by the CONTRACTOR or any agent or representative of the
CONTRACTOR to any officer or employee of the OWNER with a view toward securing the Contract or securing
favorable treatment with respect to the awarding or amending or the making of any determinations with respect to
the performing of such Contract. In the event the Contract is terminated by the OWNER pursuant to this provision,
the OWNER shall be entitled, in addition to any other rights and remedies,to recover or withhold the amount of the
cost incurred by the CONTRACTOR in providing such gratuities.
18.7 Prohibition Against Personal Interest in Contracts
No officer,employee,independent consultant,or elected official of the OWNER,who is involved in the development,
evaluation, or decision-making process of the performance of any solicitation shall have a financial interest, direct
or indirect, in the Contract resulting from that solicitation. Any violation of this provision, with the knowledge,
expressed or implied,of the CONTRACTOR shall render the Contract voidable by the OWNER.
End of General Conditions
00700 04-2020 Page 44 General Conditions
00800 SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
No Text
Supplemental General Conditions Section 00800
SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS TO
AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES
The Supplemental General Conditions contained herein shall amend or supplement the General
Conditions, Section 00700,
ARTICLE I -DEFINITIONS
1,16 ED&Lineer/ArchitectLE/A
Add the following:
Name(Representative) Allen Woelke,_P.E.
Firm: CDM Smith Inc
Address: 9430 Research Blvd,,, Suite 1-200
City, State, Zip: lu
'AlsltliRjp
c ,7759. ... .. ............
Telephone: (512)346-1100
Facsimile: n/a
Email: W
1.27 Owners Re2resentative:
Add the following:
Name: Kaitivn Saucedo Title: En incer Associate
..................................................................................................................................................................................
Address: 0 Sunrise Road
City, State, Zip: Round Rock Texas 78665
Telephone: (512) 218-7076
Facsimile: n/a
Email: ksa�—ucedoocgroundrocktexas.Rov
ARTICLE 6-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
6AB Liquidated Damages
Add the following:
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IN THE AMOUNT OF
one thousand AND NO/100
DOLLARS $ 1000,00 PER DAY FOR EACH DAY BEYOND THE DATE
ESTABLISHED THEREFORTHATTHE CONTRACTOR FAILS TO ACHIEVE
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, AND FOR WHICH OWNER IS UNABLE TO UTILIZE
THE IMPROVEMENTS AND FACILITIES DUE TO THE FAILURE OF CONTRACTOR
TO HAVE ACHIEVED SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
CONTRACT.
END OF SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
Pagel
00900 W-2015 Supplernencd Genval Condmons
00090669
No Text
00900 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
No Text
SECTION 01-INFORMATION
01-01 COPIES OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED
The Agreement will be prepared in not less than two (2) (original signed) sets, Tile
OWNER will furnish to the CONTRACTOR one (1) copy of conforming Contract
Documents and Specifications unless otherwise requested,
01-02 GOVERNING CODES
All construction as provided for under the Contract Documents shall be governed by
any existing Resolutions,Codes and Ordinances,and any subsequent amendments or
revisions thereto as set forth by the O"ER,
01-03 LOCATION
The location of work shall be as set forth in the Notice to Bidders and as indicated in
the Contract Documents,
01-04 USAGE OF WATER
All water used during construction shall be provided by the OWNER and shall be
metered. The OWNER shall specify the location from which the CONTRACTOR is
to procure water,The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining a bulk water
permit from the OWNER and providing all apparatus necessary for procuring,storing,
transporting and using water during construction. The CONTRACTOR shall strive to
use no more water than reasonable to perform the work associated with this Contract
and shall avoid waste, The CONTRACTOR will be required to pay for all water used
if it is found that waste is occurring during construction.
SECTION 02-SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
02-01 CROSSING UTILITIES
Prior to commencing the Work associated with this Contract, it shall be the
CONTRACTOR's responsibility to make arrangements with the owners of utility
companies to uncover their particular utility lines or otherwise confirm their location.
Certain utility companies perform such services at their own expense,however,where
such is not the case, the CONTRACTOR will cause such work to be done at his own
expense.
02-02 UTILITY SERVICES FOR CONSTRUCTION
The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for providing its own utility services while
perfortning the Work associated with this Contract. Provision of said utility services
shall be subsidiary to the various bid items and no additional payment will be made for
this item.
009004-2020 Page I Special Conditions
00443643
02-03 WAGE RATES
Wage Rates(Information From Chapter 2258,Texas Government Code Title 10)
2288.021. Duty of Government Entity to Pay Prevailing Wage Rates
a. The State or any political subdivision of the State shall pay a worker employed
by it or on behalf of it:
(1) not less than the general prevailing rate of per them wages for work of
a similar character in the locality in which the work is performed; and
(2) not less than the general prevailing rate of per them wages for legal
holiday and overtime work.
b, Subsection (a)does not apply to maintenance work.
C. A worker is employed on a public work for the purposes of this section if a
Contractor or Subcontractor in the execution of a contract for the public work
with the State, a political subdivision of the State or any officer or public body
of the State or a political subdivision of the State,employs the worker.
2258.023. Prevailing Wage Rates to be Paid by Contractor and Subcontractor;
Penalty
a. The contractor who is awarded a contract by a public body,or a Subcontractor
of the Contractor, shall pay not less than the rates determined under Section
2258.022 to a worker employed by it in the execution of the contract.
b, A Contractor or Subcontractor who violates this sectio❑ shall pay to the state
or a political subdivision of the state on whose behalf the contract is made, $60
for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the
worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the contract.A public body
awarding a contract shall specify this penalty in the contract.
c, A contractor or Subcontractor does not violate this section if a public body
awarding a contract does not determine the prevailing wage rates, and specify
the rates in the contract as provided by Section 2258.022.
d. The public body shall use any money collected under this section to offset the
costs incurred in the administration of this chapter.
e. A municipality is entitled to collect a penalty under this section only if the
municipality has a population of more than 10,000.
00900-4.2020 Page 2 Special Combdons
00443643
2258.051. Duty of Public Body to Hear Complaints and Withhold Payment
A public body awarding a contract, and an agent or officer of the public body,shall:
1. take cognizance of complaints of all violations of this chapter committed in the
execution of the contract; and
1 withhold money forfeited or required to be withheld under this Chapter from
the payments to the Contractor under the contract,except that the public body
may not withhold money from other than the final payment without
determination by the public body that there is good cause to believe that the
Contractor has violated this chapter.
Applicable wage rates to be used in Williamson and/or Travis County may be
obtained from the U.S. Department of Labor website at the following web
addresses:
Construction Types: Heavy (Sewer/I Water Treating Plant and
Sewer/Incidental to Highway)
3.6b?w=0
Constniction Types: Heavy and Highway
6,dvb?v=0
Construction Type: Building
biip:.E',.'.wmyKA.,,,mvda7l.g,oLydol/scafiles/davisbacon/TX76,dvb?v", I
02-04 LIMIT OF FINANCIAL RESOURCES
The OWNER has a limited amount of financial resources committed to this Project;
therefore, it shall be understood by all bidders that the OWNER may be required to
change and/or delete any items which it may feel is necessary to accomplish all or part
of the scope of work within its limit of financial resources. CONTRACTOR shall be
entitled to no claim for damages or anticipated profits on any portion of work that may
be omitted. At any time during the duration of this contract,the OWNER reserves the
right to omit any work from this contract.Unit prices for all items previously approved
in this contract shall be used to delete or add work per change order.
02-05 LIMITS OF WORK AND PA VM PNT
It shall be the obligation of the CONTRACTOR to complete all work included in this
Contract, so authorized by the OWNER, as described in the contract documents and
technical specifications. All items of work not specifically paid for in the bid proposal
shall be included in the unit price bids. Any question arising as to the limits of work
shall be left up to the interpretation of the E/A.
00900-4.2020 Page 3 Specw1l Condiagons
00443643
02-06 LAND FOR WORK
OWNER provides, as indicated on Drawings, land upon which work is to be done,
right-of-way for access to same and such other lands that are designated for the use of
the CONTRACTOR.CONTRACTOR provides,at his expense and without liability of
OWNER, any additional land and access thereto that may be required for his
construction operations,temporary construction facilities,or for storage of materials.
02-07 DEVIATIONS OCCASIONED BY UTILITY STRUCTURES
Whenever existing utilities, not indicated on the Drawings, present obstructions to
grade and alignment of proposed improvements immediately notify engineer, who
without delay, will determine if existing utilities are to be relocated, or grade and
alignment of proposed improvements changed. Where necessary to move existing
utilities and appurtenances as deten-nined by the E/A, the E/A and CONTRACTOR
will make relocation arrangements with the utility owner. The OWNER will not be
liable for delay costs or damages due to relocations of utilities which hinder progress
of the work.
02-08 CONSTRUCTION STAKING
All construction staking required to complete the work associated with this contract
shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible
for determining the layout and extent of staking necessary to construct the
improvements to the lines and grades shown in the Drawings and such staking shall be
satisfactory to the E/A. The CONTRACTOR shall consult with the E/A and Owners
Representative in the field for assistance as necessary. Sufficient staking materials and
equipment shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR including but not limited to:paint,
flagging, laths,hubs,blue tops,nails,hammers,measuring chains or tapes,transits and
levels. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for setting and marking control and
off-set points for measuring distances and angles, for shooting levels,and for any other
items pertaining to construction staking. This item shall not be paid for separately and
shall be considered subsidiary to other bid items.
00900-4-2020 Page 4 Special Conditions
00443643
SECTION 03-ACCESS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL
Access shall be provided for the public and emergency vehicles at all possible times.
When it becomes necessary to restrict access, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the
OWNER and coordinate with the OWNER, all applicable agencies (i.e. Fire
Department, EMS., Public Works,etc.),residents,and affected parties. If emergency
access is required during the work and such access is being hindered by the work, the
CONTRACTOR will suspend the work if necessary,and otherwise endeavor to assist
emergency personnel in accessing a location restricted by the work. Unless otherwise
approved by the E/A, at the end of each day all lanes of traffic shall be opened to the
public. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure compliance at all times with the accepted
Traffic Control Plan for the project and shall be responsible for all maintenance,
signing and safety precautions necessary for traffic control. These items shall be
included in the bid item Traffic Control.
00900-4-2020 Page 5 SpevA C I ondmons
00443643
No Text
01000 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
No Text
ITEM I GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
The Work covered by these Specifications consists of furnishing all labor,equipment,
appliances, materials and performing all operations in connection with the inspection
and testing, complete in accordance with the Plans, and subject to the terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents.
1.02 GOVERNING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ST VEMENTS
The Round Rock Standard Specification Criteria Manual is hereby referred to and
included in this contract as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein,
and shall be applied to this project unless modified elsewhere as discussed below.The
aforementioned Criteria Manual is the"Standard Specifications"section of the City of
Round Rock Design and Construction Standards, The Standard Specifications may be
accessed from the City of Round Rock website (war(utLdrQcktcxasgov) at the
following web address: wwlwl,,;-Iol,ulidrocktexas.6,ov/(Iacs.
Any adjustments,alterations,or additional information regarding Governing Technical
Specifications are contained in the Plans (Drawings), Details and Notes described in
Section 02000 of the Project Manual or are included in Attachment A at the end of this
Technical Specifications Section.
IT 2 CONTROL OF WORK
2.01 CLEAN-UP
2. 1.1 CONSTRUCTION SITE
During construction, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the site free and clean from all
rubbish and debris and shall clean-up the site promptly when notified to do so by the
E/A,
The CONTRACTOR shall,at its own expense,maintain the streets and roads free from
dust, mud, excess earth or debris which constitutes a nuisance or danger to the public
using the thoroughfare,or the occupants of adjacent properties.
Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on streets and roads over which hauling is done,
and any such spillage or debris deposited on streets, due to the CONTRACTOR's
operations,shall be immediately removed.
Page 1
W000-4-2020 Techmcaa Spmfwauons
00443645
2.01.2 BACKWORK
The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate his operations in such a manner as to prevent the
amount of clean-up and completion of back works from becoming excessive. Should
such a condition exist,the E/A may order all or portions of the work to cease and refuse
to allow any work to commence until the back work is done to the E/A's satisfaction.
2.02 GRADING
The CONTRACTOR shall do such grading in and adjacent to the construction area
associated with this contract as may be necessary to leave such areas in a neat and
satisfactory condition approved by the E/A.
ITEM 3 EXAMINATION AND REVIEW
3.01 EXAMINATION OF WORK
The work covered under this Contract shall be examined and reviewed by the E/A,
representatives of all governmental entities which have jurisdiction, and the Owner's
Representative. The quality of material and the quality of installation of the
improvements shall be to the satisfaction of the E/A. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's
responsibility for the construction methods and safety precautions in the undertaking
of this Contract.
3.02 NOTIFICATION
The E/A and the OWNER must be notified a minimum of 24-hours in advance of
beginning construction,testing,or requiring presence of the E/A,Owner's or Owner's
Representative.
3.03 CONSTRUCTION STAKING
The E/A shall furnish the CONTRACTOR reference points and benchmarks that, in
the E"A's opinion, provide sufficient information for the CONTRACTOR to perform
construction staking.
3.04 PROTECTION OF STAKES,MARKS,ETC.
All engineering and surveyor's stakes, marks,property comers, etc., shall be carefully
preserved by the CONTRACTOR, and in case of destruction or removal during the
course of this project, such stakes, marks, property comers, etc., shall be replaced by
the CONTRACTOR at the CONTRACTOR's sole expense.
Page 2
01000-4-2020 Tcchnical Specifications
00443645
ITEM 4 PROTECTION AND PRECAUTION
4.01 WORK INFREEZING WEATHER
Portions of the work may continue as directed by the EIA,
4.02 PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SHRUBS
The CONTRACTOR shall take necessary precautions to preserve all existing trees,
plants and shrubs but where it is justifiable and necessary the CONTRACTOR may
remove trees and plants for construction righ(-of-way but only with approval of the
EFA.
4.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL MEASURES AND BARRICADES
Traffic control measures and barricades shall be installed in accordance with the Texas
Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices and in other locations deemed necessary
by the E/A, for the protection life and property. Under no circumstances will any
existing road be permitted to remain closed over a weekend. No separate pay will be
made for this item. Costs for this item shall be subsidiary to other items of work,
4.04 PROPERTV LINES AND MONUMENTS
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the protection,reference and resetting of
property comer monuments if disturbed.
4.05 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS MATERIAL
The CONTRACTOR shall at his own expense, make arrangement for the disposal of
surplus material, such as rock, trees, brush and other unwanted backfill materials.
4.06 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
The Contractor shall,at his own expense,provide additional space as necessary for his
operations and storage of materials.
ITEM 5 MATERIALS
5.01 TRADE NAMES
Except as specified otherwise, wherever in the specifications an article or class of
material is designated by a trade name or by the name or catalog number of any maker,
patentee,manufacturer,or dealer,such designations shall be taken as intending to mean
and specify the articles described or another equal thereto in quality, finish, and
serviceability for the purpose intended, as may be determined and judged by the E/A
in his sole discretion.
5.02 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
No material which has been used by the CONTRACTOR for any temporary purpose
whatever is to be incorporated in the permanent structure without the written consent
of the E/A. Where materials or equipment are specified by a trade or brand name, it is
not the intention of the OWNER to discriminate against an equal product of another
Page 3
01000-4-2020 Technical Specifications
00443645
manufacturer, but rather to set a definite standard of duality for performance, and to
establish an equal basis for the evaluation of bids. Where the words "equivalent",
"proper"or"equal to"are used,they shall be understood to mean that the item referred
to shall be"proper", the "equivalent" of,or"equal to" some other item, in the opinion
or judgment of the E/A. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be the best of
their respective kinds and shall be in all cases fully equal to approved samples.
Notwithstanding that the words"or equal to"or other such expressions may be used in
the specifications in connection with a material, manufactured article or process, the
material, article or process specifically designated shall be used, unless a substitute is
approved in writing by the EIA, and the EA will have the right to require the use of
such specifically designated material,article or process.
Page 4
01000-4-2020 Technical Specifications
00443645
CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS
XM
D 7
FtOUNR0(C&
PUS IE
P mm.PASSION.PROSNMM
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF
Water Treatment Plant
Pressure Control Valves
February 2022
Attachment A
CDM-
Smith
TBPE FIRM REGISTRATION NO.F-3043
9430 Research Blvd.,Suite 1-200
Austin,Texas 78759
tel 512-346-1100
fax 512-345-1483
CDM Smith Project No.8077-263948
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS
ROUND
7MC&L"M
JEN.P''RP"EItITY
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TECHNICAL. SPECIFICATIONS
FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF
Water Treatment Plant
Pressure Control Valves
February 2022
R V
.......................... *. CDM-
ISTE
�.uErra. wo�c�...�M�. sminth�
"0 •
A' TRPE FIRM REGISTRATION NO.F-3043
9430 Research Blvd„Suite 1-200
Austin,Texas 78759
tel 512-346-1100
fax 512-345-1483
CDM Smith Project No.8077-263948
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
1*
,..µ City of Round Rock
Water Treat Plant Pressure awes
d
CERTIFICATIONS
low
ti
Division 01 (All Sections)
Division 31 (310515, 310519.13, 312333, 312500) ,
Division 32All Sections i "
Division 33 {All Sections) ; a t` �m s isa n...®
Division 40 (400506, 400507, 400551, 400561) +r ' �
258 of
44-1
w
Division 3 (All Sections)
Division 5 (All Sections) �wOvt ' EUG2NE M11SC K
Division 7 (All Sections) . .°
Division 9 (All Sections) �,n
T
'f OPAL f: 0
Division 26 (All Sections) ." . SHUR "
...........................
112666
J
EFFREY D VAIN PELT
Division 31 (312000, 312316, 312319,
315000) 111120
s ��c rrso .
2.2-2o2
Division 40 (406100, 406121.20, 406196, aN�alier�aiir� r�p�c ..
407000, 407326, 07856) 12.155
. „e.... _ _ 02/ 2/X!22
D
. ...........
CDM Smith Project Na 8077.263948
Smith Texas Firm Registration Na.F 304
Nw—R—OCKw. City of Round Rock
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves
................ ........... -—-----------
This page intentionally left blank.
............. ....................................
CDM SmAh Project No 8077 263948
mith
CDM Texas Firm Registration No,F-304
s
Or)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS
SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 01—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 1000 Summary
01 2200 Measurement and Payment
01 2500 Substitution Procedures
01 3100 Project Management and Coordination
01 3200 Construction Progress Documentation
01 3300 Submittal Procedures
01 3544 Environmental Protection Procedures
01 4000 Quality Requirements
01 4200 References
01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls
01 6000 Product Requirements
01 7300 Execution
01 7700 Closeout Procedures
01 7823 Operating and Maintenance Data
01 7839 Project Record Documents
01 8000 Forms
019113 General Commissioning Requirements
CITY OF ROUND ROCK SPECIFICATIONS
Series 100—Earthwork
101 Preparing Right of Way
102 Clearing and Grubbing
Series 200—Sub-grade and Base Construction
201 Subgrade Preparation
Series 300—Street Surface Courses
301 Asphalt,Oils and Emulsions
302 Aggregates for Surface Treatment
306 Prime Coats
307 Tack Coats
310 Emulsified Asphalt Treatment
311 Emulsified Asphalt Repaving
312 Seal Coat
313 Cleaning and/or Sealing Joints and racks(Asphaltic Concrete)
320 Two Course Surface"Treatment
340 [lot Mix Asphaltic Treatment
341 Paving Fabric
:350 Healing, Scarifying,and Repaving
351 Recycling Agent
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Tabtc of(""ontems
City of Round Rock 011111100 - I
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
Series 400—Concrete Structures and Miscellaneous Concrete
436 Concrete Valley Gutters
439 Parking Lot Bumper Curbs
Series 500—Underground Piped Utilities
504 Adjusting Structures
508 Miscellaneous Structures and Appurtenances
509 Trench Safety Systems
510 Pipe
511 Water Valves
551 Pipe Underdrains
591 Riprap For Slope Protection
Series 600—Environmental Enhancement
610 Preservation of Trees And Other Vegetation
Series 700—Incidental Construction
700 Mobilization
701 Fencing
703 Safety Fencing
SPECIFICATIONS
Facility Construction Subgroup
DIVISION 03—CONCRETE
0301 10 Concrete and Reinforcing Steel
0301 30.71 Modifications to Existing Concrete
03 60 00 Grouting
DIVISION 05—METALS
0505 19 Post-Installed Anchors and Reinforcing Bars
05 50 00 Metal Fabrications
DIVISION 07—THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 92 00 Joint Sealants
DIVISION 09—FINISHES
09 90 10 Shop Priming
09 91 00 Painting
Facility Services Subgroup
DIVISION 26—ELECTRICAL
2605 19 Low-voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
26 05 23 Control-voltage Electrical Power Cables
26 05 33 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 05 43 Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Table of Contents
City of Round Rock 011100-2
3V)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
Site andhifrastructure Subgroup
DIVISION 31 -EARTHWORK
31 05 15 Soils and Aggregates for Earthwork
3105 19.13 Geotextiles for Earthwork
31 2333 Trenching and Backfilling
31 2500 Erosion and Sedimentation Controls
DIVISION 31—GEOTECHNICAL
31 2000 Earthwork
31 23 16 Rock Removal
31 23 19 Dewatering
31 5000 Excavation Support and Protection
DIVISION 32- EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
32 92 00 Turf and Grasses
DIVISION 33—UTILITIES--
33
33 05 0933 Thrust Restraint for Utility Piping
3305 13 Manholes and Structures
3305 19 Ductile-Iron Utility Pipe for Water Service
330526 Utility Identification
33 1300 Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution
process!"quipment Subgroup
DIVISION 40-PROCESS INTERCONNECTIONS
40 05 06 Couplings,Adapters,and Specials for Process Piping
400507 Hangers and Supports for Process Piping
40 05 51 Common Requirements for Process Valves
40 05 61 Gate Valves
DIVISION 40—INSTRUMENTATION
4061 00 Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General Provisions
4061 21.20 Process Control System"Testing
4061 96 Process Control Descriptions
40 70 00 Instrumentation for Process Systems
40 73 26 Gauge-pressure'Transmitters
40 78 56 Isolators, Intrinsically Safe Barriers and Surge Suppressors
END OF SECTION 011100
w-awr"rrealment Maw Pressure Cw)iurol 'Valvcs Table of Contents
Crty of'Round Rc)ek 4U bHOO-3
C)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
This page intentionally left blank.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Table of Contents
City of Round Rock 011100-4
k)2022 CDM Satith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 011000- SUMMARY
PART I GENERAL
LI RELATED DOCUMENTS
A, Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A, Section Includes:
1. Project information.
1 Work covered by Contract Documents.
3, Contractor's use of site and premises.
4. Coordination with occupants.
5, Work restrictions,
6, Specification and Drawing conventions.
7, Miscellaneous provisions,
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures
governing temporary use of Owner's facilities.
2. Section 01`7300"Execution"for coordination of'O%vner-installed products.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A, Work Package: A group of specifications,drawings,and schedules prepared by the design team
to describe a portion of the Project Work for pricing,permitting, and construction.
1.4 PROJECT INFORMATION
A, Project Identification: Round Rock Water Treatment Plant Improvements — Pressure Control
Globe Valves
I. Project Location: Plant Access is through Texas Crushed Stone at 6200 N IH 35,
Georgetown, TX 78626. Turn left immediately after the railroad and continue to the
Plant entrance gate,
E. Owner: City of Round Rock,221 East Main Street, Round Rock,TX 78664
t, Owner's Representativc° Christopher 'Kit' Perkins,cperkins@roLindrocktexas.gov,
C. Engineer: CDM Smith, 9430 Research Blvd, Suite 1-200,Austin,TX 78759.
Wator Treatiment Hant Pressure Controll Vallves Suffmary
Cay of Round Rock 0 l�(11010., I
C�2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 Engineer's Representative: Allen Woelke, woR4
ee ygdrrii
. . 4 gnith.corri and Mariel Sturm,
stumims@cdmsmith.com.
1,5 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and includes, but is not limited to,
the following:
1. Installation of two pressure control globe valves as specified on the Drawings at the
Round Rock Water Treatment Plant. Associated materials include two vaults, yard
piping,valves,electrical, instrumentation,and appurtenances and other Work indicated in
the Contract Documents.
B. Type of Contract:
I. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.
1.6 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE AND PREMISES
A. Restricted Use of Site: Contractor shall have limited use of Project site for construction
operations as indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits and as indicated by requirements of
this Section.
B. Limits on Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to Work Areas indicated, Do not disturb portions
of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
1. Limits on Use of Site: Confine construction operations to Limits of Construction as
shown on Drawings.
1 Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways, loading areas, and entrances
serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency
vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or for storage of materials.
a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction
operations.
b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of
materials and equipment on-site,
C. Condition of Existing Building: Maintain portions of existing building affected by construction
operations in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by
construction operations.
D. Condition of Existing Grounds: Maintain portions of existing grounds, landscaping, and
hardscaping affected by construction operations throughout construction period. Repair damage
caused by construction operations.
water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Summary
City of Round Rock 011000-2
................
)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved Febrtiary 2022
L7 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS
A. full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy Project site and existing building(s) during entire
construction period. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts
and facilitate Owner usage, Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's day-to-day
operations. Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated.
I Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used
facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used
facilities without written permission from Owner and approval of authorities having
jurisdiction.
2. Notify Owner not less than 72 hours in advance of activities that will affect Owner's
operations,
B. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the premises during entire construction period,
with the exception of areas under construction, Cooperate with Owner during construction
operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage, Perform the Work so as not to
interfere with Owner's operations, Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated,
I, Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used
facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used
facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
1 Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's
operations,
C. Owner Limited Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to
occupy and to place and install equipment in completed portions of the Work, prior to
Substantial Completion of the Work, provided such occupancy does not interfere with
completion of the Work, Such placement of equipment and limited occupancy shall not
constitute acceptance of the total Work,
I. Engineer will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of
the Work to be occupied prior to Owner acceptance of the completed Work.
2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before limited
Owner occupancy.
1 Before limited Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully
operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On
occupancy, Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving
occupied portions of Work,
4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service
for occupied portions of'Work.
1.8 WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. Comply with restrictions on construction operations.
I Comply with limitations on use of public streets, work on public streets, rights of way,
and other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
Water TrcamcnMant Pressure Convol VMves Sugnmary
Cay of Rotind lZock W 1000 3
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work to between 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless
otherwise indicated. Work hours may be modified to meet Project requirements if approved by
Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Weekend Hours:None unless approved by Owner.
2. Early Morning Hours:None unless approved by Owner.
3. Work in Existing Building:None unless approved by Owner.
4. Hours for Utility Shutdowns: As approved by Owner.
5. Hours for High Noise Activities: As approved by Owner.
C. On-Site Work Day restrictions: Do not perform work resulting in utility shutdowns on-site
during work black-out days.
D. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or
others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging for
temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
I. Notify Owner and Engineer not less than 7 days in advance of proposed utility
interruptions.
2. Obtain Owner and Engineer's written permission before proceeding with utility
interruptions.
E. Noise, Vibration, Dust, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise
and vibration,dust,odors,or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner.
I. Notify Owner and Engineer not less than 7 days in advance of proposed disruptive
operations.
2. Obtain Owner and Engineer's written permission before proceeding with disruptive
operations.
F. Smoking and Controlled Substance Restrictions: Use of tobacco products, alcoholic beverages,
and other controlled substances on Owner's property is not permitted.
G. Employee Identification: Provide identification tags for Contractor personnel working on
Project site. Require personnel to use identification tags at all times.
H. Employee Screening: Comply with Owner's requirements for drug and background screening of
Contractor personnel working on Project site.
1. Maintain list of approved screened personnel with Owner's representative.
1.9 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS
A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and
the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations.
These conventions are as follows:
1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The
words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied
where a colon()is used within a sentence or phrase.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Summary
City of hound Rock 011000-4
2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 Text Color: Text used in(fie Specifications, including units of measure,manufacturer and
product narries, and other text may appear in multiple colors or underlined as part of a
hyperlink; no emphasis is implied by text with these characteristics.
3. Hypertext: Text used in the Specifications may contain hyperlinks. Hyperlinks may allow
for access to linked information that is not residing in the Specifications. Unless
otherwise indicated, linked infon-nation is not part of the Contract Documents.
4. Specification requirements are to be perfon-ned by Contractor unless specifically stated
otherwise.
B. Division 00 Contracting Requirements: General provisions of the Conti-act, including General
and Supplementary Conditions,apply to all Sections of the Specifications,
C. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of"Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work
of all Sections in the Specifications.
D. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are
described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to
identify materials and products:
1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical genetic terms used in
the individual Specifications Sections.
2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations scheduled on
Drawings.
3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing
Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual.
1,10 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
A, SUBSURFACE
1. Assume limestone is the predominant material present at the site and is present
throughout the yard piping and valve installation project, Pipeline excavation shall
require special equipment to remove the hard limestone. All excavation, including
limestone removal, shall be included in the pipeline and related excavation-related bid
items. No separate payment will be made,
1 Grade site to accommodate existing ground profile and provides positive drainage away
from the existing stnictures,
3. The existing yard piping is shown based on existing records. Field verify the location of
all existing yard piping near the Work area prior to any excavation. Protect all existing
yard piping from damage and restore all damaged piping to existing or better conditions
at no additional cost to the Owner. Irrigation lines near the Work area may be re-routed
or removed and re-installed to existing or better conditions at no additional cost to the
Owner.
B. GENERAL OBLIGATIONS OFTHE CONTRACTOR
1. General obligations are as set forth in the Contract Documents. Unless special payment
is specifically provided in the payment paragraphs of the specifications, all incidental
work and expense in connection with the completion of work under the contract will be
Water'Treannent Plant,Pressure Contrul Wves suinftaauy
Cq of Round Rock 01 l0010,-5
r 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor, and all such costs shall be included
in the appropriate items in the Bid Form in connection with which costs are incurred.
2. Trench excavation shall include material of every description and of whatever substance
encountered, regardless of the methods or equipment required to remove the material.
Pavement shall be cut with a saw, wheel or pneumatic chisel along straight lines before
excavating.
C. SITE INVESTIGATION AND REPRESENTATION
I. Acknowledges satisfaction as to the nature and location of the work;the general and local
conditions, particularly those bearing upon availability of transportation, disposal,
handling and storage of materials, availability of labor, water, electric power, roads, and
uncertainties of weather,fiver/stream stages,or similar physical conditions at the site; the
conformation and conditions of the ground; the character of equipment and facilities
needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work; the quantity and type of
materials and equipment to be removed from the site; and all other matters which can in
any way affect the work or the cost thereof under this Contract.
2. Further acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to tile character, quality, and
quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered from inspecting the site
and from evaluating information derived froth exploratory work that may have been done
by the Owner, as well as from information presented in these Contract Documents. Any
failure to acquaint with all the available information will not relieve responsibility for
properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work. Neither
the Owner nor the Engineer will assume responsibility for any conclusion or
interpretation made by the Contractor on the basis of the information made available by
the Owner or the Engineer. If more information in addition to that provided in the
Contract Documents is desired, make arrangements to obtain such information and pay
the cost thereof.
3. Perform at own cost any further necessary subsurface investigations.
D. RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY PROPERTIES AND SERVICE
1. Known utilities and structures adjacent to or expected to be encountered in the work are
shown on the Drawings, The locations shown are taken from field surveys,existing
records and the best information available from existing utility plans;however, it is
expected that there may be some discrepancies and omissions in the locations and
quantities of utilities and structures shown. Those shown are for the convenience of the
Contractor only,and no responsibility is assumed by either the Owner or the Engineer for
their accuracy or completeness.
2. Neither the Owner nor his officers or agents will be responsible for damages as a result of
the Contractor's failure to protect utilities or structures encountered in the work whether or
not shown on the Drawings.
3. Provide at all times unobstructed access to fire hydrants,underground conduits,manholes,
water or gas valve boxes, and similar devices/facilities,
4. Where the Contractor's operations could cause damage which might result in considerable
expense,loss,and inconvenience when his operations are adjacent to or near railway,
telegraph,telephone,television,power,oil,gas,water,sewer,irrigation,or other systems
or structures,no operations shall be commenced until the Contractor has made all
arrangements necessary with the facility's Owner for the protection of these utilities,
services and/or structures.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Summary
City of Round Rock 011000 m 6
....................
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
5. Notify all utility offices that are affected by the construction operation at least fifteen(15)
days in advance of commencing construction operations. Do not expose any utility or
structure without first obtaining pen-nission from the affected agency. Once permission has
been granted,locate and, if necessary,expose and provide ternporary support for all
existing underground utilities or structures in advance of operations,
6. Be solely and directly responsible to the owners and operators of such utility/structure
properties for any damage,injury,expense, loss,inconvenience,delay, suits,actions, or
claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage that may result from the
construction operations under this Contract,
7. In the event of interruption to domestic water,sewer,storm drain,or other utility services
as a result of accidental breakage or damage due to construction operations,promptly
notify the proper authority. Cooperate with said authority in restoration of service as
promptly as possible and bear all costs of repair. In no event shall interruption of any water
or utility service be allowed unless prior approval is granted by the owner of the utility.
8. Replace,at his own expense, any and all other existing utilities or structures removed or
damaged during construction,unless otherwise provided for in these Contract Documents,
if the utilities or structures were shown on the Drawings.
9. Where existing utility lines or structures shown on the Drawings are so located as to
physically conflict with proposed manholes or other penriarent structures to be constructed
under this Contract,perrilariently relocate the conflicting utility line or structure at own
expense. Such relocations shall be considered to be required by this Contract.
10, Give immediate notice to the Owner and the owner of the utility or structure when a
physical conflict is determined to exist. The actual relocation will be accomplished by the
owner of the utility or structure at his expense unless otherwise specified in these Contract
Documents. Be responsible for any delays resulting front the required relocations of the
utilities.
11. Where existing utility lines or structures are so located as to interfere with the prosecution
of the work,but do not physically conflict with permanent structures or utilities to be
constructed under this Contract,perform any modification,alteration,or relocation of
interfering structure or utility,either pen-narient or temporary.
12. Give immediate notice to the Owner and the owner of the utility when interference is
determined to exist and shall obtain approval to relocate such utility or to discontinue
service therein from the Owner and the owner of the utility. The owner of the utility shall
have the right to do all work required to discontinue,relocate,and replace interfering
utilities. When approved by the Owner and the owner of the utility, all work required to
discontinue,relocate,and replace interfering utilities may be done by,or arranged for,by
the Contractor. All such discontinuance,relocation,and replacement shall be
accomplished in accordance with all requirements of the owner of the utility.
11 When notified that an interference or conflict has been determined to exist,the Owner will
determine whether such interference shall be considered as required by construction or as
incidental to construction.
E, INTERFERING STRUCTURES
1. Take necessary precautions to prevent damage to existing structures whether on the
surface,above ground,or underground. Take precautions as necessary to protect all
existing installations in close proximity to the work. An attempt has been made to show
major structures and piping on the Drawings. While the inforination has been compiled
from the best available sources,its completeness and accuracy cannot be guaranteed,and it
is presented as a guide to avoid known possible difficulties.
"k ares Plant Pressure Control Valves Summary
City of Round Rock 011000 7
>2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2. Protect existing structures from damage,whether or not they lie within the right-of-way or
the limits of the easements obtained by the Owner. Where existing installations must be
removed to properly execute the work,or are damaged during the work,they shall be
restored at own expense to at least their original condition and to the satisfaction of the
Owner.
3. With the approval of the Owner and without additional compensation,may remove and
replace in a condition as good as or better than original,any small interfering structures
such as fences and signposts that interfere with operations.
F. FIELD RELOCATION
1. During the progress of the work, relocations of the work may be necessary. Such
relocations shall be made only with approval of the Owner or Engineer. If existing
structures are encountered that will prevent construction as shown, notify the Owner
before continuing with the work in order that the Owner may make such field revisions as
necessary to avoid conflict with the existing structures. Be responsible for any damage
that may occur for failure to notify the Owner when an existing structure is encountered
and proceeds with the work despite this interference, .
G. LAND MONUMENTS
1. Preserve or replace any existing Federal, State, County, City, and private land
monuments encountered. Have all monument replacement performed by a land surveyor
licensed in the State of Texas.
H. COORDINATION WITH DISTRICT OR CITY AGENCIES
1. Supply the local Police Department, local Fire Department, local water department, and
the appropriate Public Works Department, as well as the Bell County Sheriffs Office,
with the following information.
a. A list of streets and intersections, if any, where work will be in progress to be
supplied at intervals as required by the Owner or Engineer.
b. Areas where approved detours,if any,are in effect.
C. Immediate notification of any gas or water main breaks.
2. Be required to reimburse the City of Round Rock for the actual cost of the services of the
District Personnel required during hours other than regular working hours.
1. SHIPMENT AND DELIVERY OF EQUIPMENT
I. Also see section 016000"Product Requirements".
2. Equipment shall not be shipped until approved by the Engineer. The intent of this
requirement is to reduce site storage time prior to installation and/or operation. Under no
circumstances shall equipment be delivered to the site more than one month prior to
anticipated installation without written authorization from the Engineer.
3. During shipment and delivery,the following procedures shall apply.
a. All parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration will occur
during a prolonged delay between time of shipment and installation, including any
prolonged period at the site.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Summary
City of Round Rock 011000-8
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
b. Factory assembled parts and components shall not be disassembled for shipment
unless permission is received in writing from the Engineer.
C. Finished surfaces of all exposed parts shall he properly protected against adverse
conditions that may prevail from time of shipment until ready for operation,
ti. All finished surfaces of all exposed flanges shall be protected by wooden blank
flanges,stoutly built,and securely bolted.
e. Finished iron and steel surfaces not painted shall be protected against rust and
corrosion.
L After hydrostatic or other tests, all entrapped water shall be drained, and care taken
to prevent the entrance of water during shipment,storage,and handling.
g. Each box or package shall be legibly marked to show its net weight and contents,
h. At the time of shipment, the shipping list, original bill of lading, shipping
memorandum, and invoice shall be mailed in triplicate to the Engineer. Each
shipping list shall give the description and net weight of each item, and gross
weight of the shipment. Shipment will not be accepted until the list has been
received.
i. Absorb demurrage,or other charges resulting from failure to furnish these items.
j. Make suitable provision for the handling and delivery of all equipment and
material at the site.
4. Also refer to Section 01 60 00 for additional Product Requirements,
J. STORAGE AND HANDLING OF EQUIPMENT ON SITE-
L Special attention shall be given to the storage and handling of equipment on site. As a
minimum,the procedure outlined below shall be followed:
a. Carefully study and review manufacturer's storage instructions with the Engineer
by him. Carefully follow these instructions and keep a written record,
b. Also refer to Section 01 60 00 for additional requirements,
K, SPARE PARTS
I Spare parts for certain equipment have been specified in (fie pertinent Sections of the
Specifications. Collect and store all spare parts so required in an area to be designated by
the Owner. In addition, furnish to the Owner an inventory listing all spare parts, the
equipment they are associated with, the name and address of the supplier and the
delivered cost of each item. Copies of actual invoices for each item shall be furnished
with the inventory to substantiate the delivery cost.
2. Spare parts shall be packed in cartons, properly labeled with indelible markings with
complete descriptive information including manufacturer, part number, part narne and
equipment for which the part is to be used and shall be properly treated for one year of
storage.
L WEATHER PROTECTION
I In the event of inclement weather, Protect (lie Work and materials from damage or injury
from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Engineer,any portion of the work or materials
has been darnaged by reason of failure on the part of the Protect the work, such work and
materials shall be removed and replaced with new materials and work to the satisfaction
of the Engineer.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Contml Valves Summary
City ot'Romid Rock 011000-9
C",2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
M. PAYMENT
1. The Work specified in this Section shall be considered incidental and payment will be
included as part of the appropriate lump sum or unit prices specified in the
Section 00 30 00, Sid Form.
PART 2-PRODUCTS(NOT USED)
PART 3-EXECUTION(NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 011000
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Summary
City of Round Rock 011000 1 10
I
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 010250- MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PAR,r I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1,2 SUMMARY
A, This Section includes specification for the measurement and payment of the various elements of
the Work; with provisions applicable to lump sum prices, unit prices, and Owner-Directed
Improvements, if applicable.
B. In the case of conflict between this Section and the measurement methods specified in the
individual technical Sections, the measurement methods in the technical specifications shall
govern.
C. The Total Amount Bid in the Bid Form shall cover all Work required by the Contract
Documents. The lump sum and unit prices bid shall include all costs in connection with the
proper and successful completion of the Work, including but not limited to: furnishing all
materials, equipment, supplies, and appurtenances; providing all construction equipment and
tools; and performing all necessary labor and supervision to fully complete the Work. All Work
not specifically set forth as to the pay 'stern or items in the Proposal shall be considered
subsidiary obligations of Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in
the prices bid,
D. Related Requirements:
I. Section 00 30 00"Bid Form."
2. Section 00 70 00"General Conditions."
3. Section 01 13 00 "Submittals."
1.3 BID FORM
A, The Bid Form is a part of these Contract Documents and lists each itern of work for which
payment will be made. No payment will be made for items other than those listed in the Bid
Form. Lump Sum measurement will be for the entire item, unit of work, structure, or
combination thereof,as specified and as indicated in the Bid Form.
B. Required items of work and incidentals necessary for the satisfactory completion of the Project
which are not specifically listed in the Bid Form, and which are not specified in this Section to
be measured or to be included in one of the items listed in the Bid Form shall be considered as
incidental to the work required under this contract, and all costs thereof, including Contractor's
overhead costs and profit, shall be considered as included in the prices bid for the various Bid
Items. The Contractor shall prepare his bid accordingly.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Measurement and Payment
City of Round Rock 010250 1
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Work includes furnishing all plant, labor, equipment, tools and materials, and performing all
operations required to complete the work satisfactorily, in place, as specified and as indicated
on the Drawings.
D. Measurement:
I. Measurement shall be based on the estimated percent complete of each item of the
Schedule of Values,as determined by the Engineer.
E. Payment:
1. Payment will be made at the lump sum price proportional to the completion percentages
approved by the Engineer.
1.4 LUMP SUM ITEMS
A. Lump Sum measurement will be for the entire item, unit of work, structure, or combination
thereof, as specified and as indicated in the Bid Form. Measurement and payment for all bid
items indicated as Lump Sums shall include the cost of all labor, materials and equipment
necessary to furnish, install, clean, test, and place each bid item into operation; including
permitting,general conditions,overhead and profit.
B. Progress payments will be based on schedule of values prepared by the Contractor and approved
by the Engineer and Owner before acceptance of the first Application for Payment.
C. In order for the Contractor to request progress payments against Lump Sum items, Contractor
shall provide a disaggregation or breakdown in sufficient measurable detail that is acceptable to
Engineer.
D. Measurement:
L Measurement shall be based on the estimated percent complete of each item of the
Schedule of Values,as determined by the Engineer.
E. Payment:
I. Payment will be made at the lump sum price proportional to the completion percentages
approved by the Engineer.
1.5 UNIT PRICE ITEMS
A. Quantity and measurement estimates stated in the Bid Form are estimates for bidding purposes
only. Actual payments shall be based on actual quantities installed,in-place, as measured and/or
verified by the Engineer.
B. Unless otherwise provided in the General Conditions, the bid unit prices shall be in effect
throughout the contract duration, regardless of variances between the estimated quantities and
the actual installed quantities.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Measurement and Payment
City of Round Rock 010250-2
Kl'2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. The Contractor shall make no claim, nor receive any compensation, for anticipated profits, loss
of profit, damages, or any extra payment due to any difference between the amounts of work
actually completed,or materials or equipment furnished,and the estimated quantities.
D. Unless otherwise approved by the Owner, any unit quantities exceeded may not be invoiced
until the estimated quantity is increased by contract change order,
E, Contractor shall assist Engineer by providing necessary equipment, workers, and survey
personnel as required to measure quantities.
F. Measured quantities shall be rounded to the nearest whole integer, unless the value of the unit
price exceeds$100, in which case measured quantities shall be rounded to the nearest half unit.
Items with a unit price exceeding$1000 shall be rounded to the nearest tenth unit.
G. Measurement:
1. Measurement for progress payment shall be made by,or approved by,the Engineer based
on the estimated effective quantity installed. The effective quantity installed represents
the actual units or quantities installed,adjusted for incomplete elements or components,
2. Unless otherwise provided for in the Bid Form unit price items are all-inclusive of all
related work,direct and indirect,to provide a complete and functional item. For example,
underground pipe installation would include trenching, shoring, dewatering, bedding,
installation, backfill, testing, flushing, disinfection, and commissioning, including all
labor, materials and equipment necessary to furnish, install, clean, test, and place into
operation; including permitting,general conditions,overhead and profit.
3. The final measurement shall be based on actual quantities, jointly measured by
Contractor and Engineer,complete,fully,tested and placed into service.
K Payment:
I. Progress payments shall be in accordance with the contract documents based on
estimated effective quantities installed,paid at the bid unit price.
1 The final payment shall be based on actual quantities, fully installed, tested and placed
into service,paid at the bid unit price.
1.6 OWNER-DIRECTED IMPROVEMENTS
A. Owner-Directed Improvements,if any,specified in the Contract Documents and indicated in the
Bid Form are considered provisional amounts to be used only if directed, Owner-Directed
Improvements are exclusive of work indicated in the Contract Documents for which payment is
included under other items in the Bid Form. No work may be performed under all Owner-
Directed Improvement without prior written approval of the Owner.
B, Any unused balance of the Owner-Directed Improvements shall revert to the Owner upon
completion of the project. Prior to final payment, the original amount provided for Owner-
Directed Improvements shall be adjusted to actual costs by deductive Change Order, adjusting
the contract price,accordingly.
Waia'Freatment Mant Pressure Control Valves Measurementmd Payment
Cay of Round Rock 010250-3
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. The Contractor shall make no claim, nor receive any compensation, for anticipated profits, loss
of profit,damages, or any extra payment due to any unexpended portion of the Owner-Directed
Improvements.
D. The Contractor is to include time for Owner-Directed Improvement work in the construction
schedule. No adjustment of Contract Time shall be allowed for any work performed under
Owner-Directed Improvement items.
E. Owner-Directed Improvement items shall be included in the Schedule of Values.
F. Unless otherwise indicated in the specific measurement and payment provisions under Owner-
Directed Improvement items, the measurable and allowable costs for work performed under an
Owner-Directed Improvement item shall be limited to the actual,demonstrable,and direct costs
associated with that Owner-Directed Improvement item. Shipping and sales taxes are allowable
costs.
1. No mark-up for overhead or profit shall be included for payment under an Owner-
Directed Improvement account item. Overhead and profit shall be included in the
contract base bid or allocated across other bid items.
2. Work authorized by the Owner under an Owner-Directed Improvement may be
performed as a lump sum (negotiated before the fact), unit prices (when applicable), or
time and material. For work performed under time and material, Contractor shall submit
detailed verification (break-down)of all costs,subject to the approval of the Engineer or
Owner.
PART 2-PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 BONDING, INSURANCE, MOBILIZATION,AND DEMOBILIZATION
A. Measurement:
I. Measurement for payment of this item shall be on a lump sum basis.
2. Work under this item includes all costs associated with providing any and all bonds and
insurance for the project. It shall also include any related expenses for project
mobilization and demobilization.
3. The costs shall not exceed five(5)percent of the subtotal of the sum of all other items out
the Bid Form
B. Payment:
I. Payment of the lump sum price for this item shall be full compensation for all costs
associated with initiating the Contract except cost of materials.
2. Payment shall include, but is not limited to, mobilization, demobilization, insurance,
bonds, shop drawings, health and safety plan, environmental protection requirements,
project meetings, project closeout, utility locations, acquisition of permits, control of
work, clearing of horticulture, erosion controls, signs, scheduling, and preparation and
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Measurement and Payment
City of Round Rock 010250-4
(A,"')2022 CT)M Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
submittal of contract required work plans and all else required to complete this Project
not specifically included under another Bid Item.
12 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM
A. Measurement:
I. Work under this item includes furnishing all labor, materials and equipment, and
performing all operations to plan,design, construct, install, maintain, monitor, modify as
necessary, and remove upon completion, a Trench Safety System for pipe trenches more
than five feet deep, as shown on the Drawings and as specified. This item also includes
the preparation of a trench safety plan by a registered professional engineer.
B. Payment:
I. Payment for this item shall be on a lump sum basis for trench safety system, plan, and
implementation. Tile Contractor shall be paid based on a percentage of completion of the
total estimated amount of trench safety system required for pipe trenches greater than five
feet deep, irrespective of the number of pipes in the trench.
3.3 PRESSURE CONTROL GLOBE VALVES,PIPING, AND STRUCTURES
A. Measurement and Payment:
I Measurement and payment for installing the pressure control globe valve assemblies and
structures will be made at the lump sum price included in the Bid Form and shall be full
compensation to the Contractor for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and
incidentals required to complete the Work as specified, and all else incidental thereto.
Such price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, site
preparation, equipment, and materials for installation of two concrete vault structures
with aluminum hatches as dimensioned on drawings, gate valves, blow off valves,
tapping sleeves and valves, pipe, fittings, adapters, restraints, excavation, dewatering,
bedding, backfill, trench surface restoration and clean up complete in place as detailed
and specified; and all else in connection therewith and incidental thereto for which
separate payment is not provided under other Items,
3.4 ELECTRICAL AND INSTRUMENTATION
A. Measurement and Payment:
L Measurement and payment for electrical and instrumentation work to furnish and install
the pressure control globe valves will be made at the lump sum price included in the Bid
Dorm and shall be full compensation to the Contractor for fumishing all labor, materials,
equipment and incidentals required to complete the Work as specified, and all else
incidental thereto. Such price and payment shall be full compensation to furnish, install,
and connect the new pressure control globe valves to the existing electrical service,
control panel, and SCADA including all excavation, conduit, wiring, and clean up; and
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Measurement mid Payrt'ient
City of Round Rock 010250-5
U 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
all else in connection therewith and incidental thereto for which separate payment is not
provided under other Items.
3.5 DRIVEWAY REPAIRS
A. Measurement and Payment:
1. Payment for all driveway repairs, all types and materials, will be made at the lump sum
price included in the Bid Form, and shall be full compensation to the Contractor for
furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to restore all
driveways and private property features (fences, mailboxes, etc.) disturbed during
construction to their original condition as detailed and specified, and all else incidental
thereto. Price and payment shall include including saw cut,backfill, subgrade prep,base
and pavement surface to match existing driveway in material, thickness, reinforcing and
surface quality, including dowels for concrete, replace under driveway drainage pipes
where encountered,complete in place as detailed and specified.
3.6 PRESSURE AND LEAKAGE TESTING
A. Measurement and Payment:
1. Payment for pipeline testing will be made at the lump sum price included in the Bid Form
and shall be full compensation to the Contractor for furnishing all labor, materials,
equipment and incidentals required to complete the Work as specified above,and all else
incidental thereto. The lump sum price shall include testing all finished water pipe
segments per AWWA C605 or C600 regardless of the number of individual tests that are
required
3.7 PIPELINE DISINFECTION
A. Measurement and Payment:
1. Payment for testing and disinfection will be made at the lump sum price included in the
Bid Form and shall be full compensation to the Contractor for furnishing all labor,
materials, equipment and incidentals required to complete the Work as specified above,
and all else incidental thereto. The lump sum price shall include testing and disinfection
for all pipe segments and ground storage tank per Section 331300 Disinfecting of Water
Utility Distribution and AWWA C651 regardless of the number of individual tests that
are required.
3.8 SURFACE RESTORATION
A. Measurement and Payment:
1. Payment for surface restoration (revegetation) will be made at the unit price bid in the
Bid Form. This price shall include costs incurred by the Contractor for usage of public
supply water as specified and shall be full compensation for all labor, materials,
equipment and incidentals required to complete the work specified in Section 329200
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Measurement and Payment
City of Round Rock 010250-6
%2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
including work not specifically included under other items but which are obviously
necessary for the proper completion of the Contract,
3.9 OWNER-DIRECTED IMPROVEMENTS
A. Owner-Directed Improvements:
1. Work shall be as directed by the Engineer for the Owner's purposes, The Owner-Directed
Improvement amount shall be as indicated on the Bid Form. Payment will be made in
accordance with the Contract provisions for this item and shall be full compensation to
the Contractor for providing all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required as
directed by the Engineer.
1 The use of any Owner-Directed Improvement by the Contractor shall be only by written
authorization or instruction from the Engineer and/or Owner.
1 Any unexpended balance shall be returned to the Owner as a credit. If the Owner-
Directed Improvement amount is exceeded, the excess will be paid to the Contractor via
Change Order.
3.10 OTHER BID ITEMS
A. Measurement and Payment:
I. Measurement for all other items included in the Bid Form shall be at the unit cost
indicated in the Bid Forni. The price shown shall be full compensation for furnishing all
labor, equipment, design and materials to complete the work. Items not included in the
Bid Form shall not be paid for separately but shall be considered incidental to items
included in the Bid Form.
END OF SECTION 010250
WaterTreamerit Plant PreSgUrc Control Valves Measurement and Paymoi�
City of'Round Rock 010250-7
(K';2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022.
This page intentionally left blank.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Measurement and Payment
City of Round Rock 010250-8
2022 -nith
,C) CDM Si 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART I GENERAL
LI RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 016000 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable
product submittals for products by listed manufacturers.
L3 DEFINITIONS
A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from
those required by the Contract Documents.
1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to
changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or
unavailability of required warranty ten-ns,
2. Substitutions for Conveniencc: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not
required to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or
Owner.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Requests: Submit documentation identifying product or fabrication or installation
method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers
and titles.
I. Substitution Request Form: Use form acceptable to Engineer.
1 Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following,
as applicable:
a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation method
cannot be provided, if applicable,
K Coordination of information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to
other parts of the Work and to construction perfortned by Owner and separate
contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.
WaterTreatment Plaru Pressure 0)rw(,)1 VAves &Luisfitulion Procedures
City orf Round Rock 012500- 1
t,',�20122 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions with those of
the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section.
Significant qualities may include attributes, such as performance, weight, size,
durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties,and specific
features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work
specified.
d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and
installation procedures.
e. Samples,where applicable or requested.
f. Certificates and qualification data,where applicable or requested.
g. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names and
addresses as well as names and addresses of Engineers and owners.
h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting
test results for compliance with requirements indicated.
i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project,
from ICC-ES.
j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed
substitutions with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall
Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided
within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's
letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays
in delivery.
k. Cost information,including a proposal of change,if any,in the Contract Sum.
1. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in
the Contract Documents, except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible
with related materials and is appropriate for applications indicated.
in. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently
become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated
results.
3. Engineer's Action: If necessary, Engineer will request additional information or
documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution.
Engineer will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within
15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or
documentation,whichever is later.
a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or
Engineer's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work.
b. Use product specified if Engineer does not issue a decision on use of a proposed
substitution within time allocated.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution
with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility
tests recommended by manufacturers.
`Nater Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Substitution Procedures
City of Round Rock 012500-2
A'i 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.6 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination- Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of (fie approved
substitutions.
1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for
change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related
submittals.
I Conditions: Engineer will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the
following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Engineer
will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these
requirements:
a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce
indicated results.
b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
C. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule,
& Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having
jurisdiction,
c. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work,
& Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
It. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution
has been coordinated with other portions of the Work,is uniform and consistent, is
compatible with other products,and is acceptable to all contractors involved.
B. Substitutions for Convenience: Not allowed unless otherwise indicated,
C, Substitutions for Convenience: Engineer will consider requests for substitution if received
within 60 days after the Notice to Proceed. Requests received after that time may be considered
or rejected at discretion of Engineer,
I Conditions: Engineer will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the
following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Engineer
will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these
requirements:
a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy
conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities
Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include
compensation to Engineer for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of
other construction by Owner, and similar considerations.
b. Requested substitution (toes not require extensive revisions to the Contract
Documents,
c, Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce
indicated results,
d, Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Substitufion Procedures
Cay of Round Rock 012500-3
(0 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.
f. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having
jurisdiction.
g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
j. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution
has been coordinated with other portions of the Work,is uniform and consistent,is
compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.
PART 2- PRODUCTS(NOT USED)
PART 3- EXECUTION(NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 012500
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Substitution Procedures
City of Round Rock 012500-4
(,C�2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 013 100- PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A, Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project,
including,but not limited to,the following:
I. General coordination procedures.
1 Coordination drawings.
1 R]Fls.
4, Digital project management procedures.
5, Web-based Project management software package.
6. Project meetings,
B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility
are assigned to a specific contractor,
C. Related Requirements:
I Section 013150 "Progress Schedule and Reports" for preparing and submitting
Contractor's construction schedule,
2. Section 017300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and
field-engineering services,including establishment of benchmarks and control points,
3. Section 017700"Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. BIM: Building InIonnation Modeling.
B. RFI: Request for Information. Request from Owner, Engineer, or Contractor seeking
information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or finiis proposed for each
portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a
special design, Include(lie following information in tabular form:
Water Tremunent Mant Pressure Conlad Vapves Project Mmagenwnt and Coordinauon
City of Round Rock N3100 1
t�2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of entity performing subcontract or
supplying products.
2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s)covered by subcontract.
3. Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate,covered by subcontract.
B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key
personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project
site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses, cellular telephone
numbers,and e-mail addresses.Provide names,addresses,and telephone numbers of individuals
assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.
1. Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and in prominent
location in built facility. Keep list current at all times.
1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the
Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate
construction operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper
installation,connection,and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results, where
installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before
or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and
accessibility for required maintenance,service,and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
B, Coordination of Multiple Contracts: Each contractor shall cooperate with Project coordinator,
who shall coordinate its construction operations with those of other contractors and entities to
ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Each contractor shall
coordinate its own operations with operations included in different Sections that depend on each
other for proper installation,connection,and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results, where
installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before
or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure
maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance,service,and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
C. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures
required for coordination. Include such items as required notices,reports,and list of attendees at
meetings.
1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their
Work is required.
D. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative
procedures with other construction activities and direction of Project coordinator to avoid
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Project Management and Coordination
City of Round Rock 013100-2
rr. 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Stich administrative activities include, but
are not limited to,the following:
I. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Preparation of the schedule of values,
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Preinstallation conferences.
T Project closeout activities,
K Startup and adjustment of systems.
1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in
individual Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely indicated on Shop
Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is
required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than
one entity.
I Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to
indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed
data. Include the following information,as applicable:
a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings.
Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of
various systems and components,
K Coordinate the addition of trade-specific information to coordination drawings in a
sequence that best provides for coordination of the information and resolution of
conflicts between installed components before submitting for review.
C. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of' components of architectural,
structural,civil,mechanical, and electrical systems.
d. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated
replacement of components during the life of the installation.
e. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers,
valves,and other controls.
f. Indicate required installation sequences.
g. Indicate dimensions shown on Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear
to be in conflict with submitted equipment and rnininiurn clearance requirements.
Provide alternative sketches to Engineer indicating proposed resolution of such
conflicts. Minor dimension changes, and difficult installations will not be
considered changes to the Contract,
B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows:
1. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for all disciplines.
2. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate stab edge locations and sizes and locations of
embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts,bearing plates,angles, door
floor closers, slab depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping pads, and
similar items.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves llrc�ject Manageruent arid('oorchnation
City of Round Rock 013 WO-3
X",,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3. Electrical Work: Show the following:
a. Runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches (32 nim) in diameter and
larger.
b. Light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, and other fire-
alarm locations.
c. Panel board, switchboard, switchgear, transformer,busway, generator, and motor-
control center locations.
d. Location of pull boxes and junction boxes,dimensioned from column center lines.
4, Review: Engineer will review coordination drawings to confirm that, in general, the
Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are
Contractor's responsibility. If Engineer determines that coordination drawings are not
being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Engineer will so
inform Contractor,who shall make suitable modifications and resubmit.
5, Coordination Drawing Prints: Prepare coordination drawing prints according to
requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures."
C. Coordination Drawing Process: Prepare coordination drawings in the following manner:
i. Schedule submittal and review of Electrical and Instrumentation Shop Drawings to make
required changes prior to preparation of coordination drawings.
2. Electrical Installer will indicate service and feeder conduit runs and equipment in green
color. Electrical Installer shall forward drawing files to Communications and Electronic
Safety and Security Installer.
3. Communications and Electronic Safety and Security Installer will indicate cable trays and
cabling runs and equipment in purple color. Communications and Electronic Safety and
Security Installer shall forward completed drawing files to Contractor.
4. Contractor shall perform the final coordination review. As each coordination drawing is
completed, Contractor will meet with Architect to review and resolve conflicts on the
coordination drawings,
D. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files according to the
following requirements:
1. File Preparation Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating
system as original Drawings.
1 File Preparation Format: DWG or DGN, Version 2018, operating in Microsoft Windows
operating system.
3. File Submittal Format: Submit or post coordination drawing files using format same as
file preparation format.
4. Engineer will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of Drawings for use in
preparing coordination digital data files.
a. Engineer makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital
data files as they relate to Drawings.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Project Management and Coordination
City of Round Rock 013100-4
f,r,,,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.7 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION(RFI)
A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or
interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the
form specified,
I, Engineer will return without response those RFIs submitted to Engineer by other entities
controlled by Contractor.
2. Coordinate and submit RFls in a prompt manner to avoid delays in Contractor's work or
work of subcontractors,
B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or
interpretation and the following:
I. Project name.
1 Owner narne.
1 Owner's Project number.
4. Narne of`Engineer.
5. Engineer's Project number.
6. Date.
7. Name of Contractor.
8. RFI number,numbered sequentially.
9. RFI subject.
10. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs,as appropriate.
11. Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate.
12. Field dimensions and conditions,as appropriate,
13. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the
Contract Time or the Contract Sum,Contractor shall state impact in the RFI,
14. Conti-actor's signature.
15. Attachmenw Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop
Drawings,coordination drawings,and other information necessary to fully describe items
needing interpretation.
a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected
materials,assemblies,and attachments on attached sketches,
C. RFI Forms: Form bound in Project Manual,
I. Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format.
D. Engineer's Action: Engineer will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond.
Allow seven days for Engineer's response for each RFI. Is received by Engineer after 1:00
p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.
I. The following Contractor-generated RFls will be returned without action:
a. Requests for approval of submittals.
b. Requests for approval of substitutions.
C. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods.
d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract
Documents.
Water'Frcatnient Plant Pressure Covwol Valves Project Manageirientrand Coordnauon
Cit)(of Round Rock 013100 5
+ta 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.
f. Requests for interpretation of Engineer's actions on submittals.
g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.
2. Engincer's action may include a request for additional information, in which case
Engineer's time for response will date from time of receipt by Engineer of additional
information.
3. Engineer's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the
Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal.
a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or
the Contract Sum, notify Engineer in writing within 5 days of receipt of the RFI
response.
E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number.
Submit log weekly. Include the following:
I. Project name.
2. Name and address of Contractor.
3. Name and address of Engineer.
4. RFI description.
5. Date the RFI was submitted.
6. Date Engineer's response was received.
7. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and
Proposal Request,as appropriate.
8. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as
appropriate.
F. On receipt of Engineer's action,update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response
to affected parties. Review response and notify Engineer within seven days if Contractor
disagrees with response.
1.8 DIGITAL PROJECT.MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
A. Engineer's Data Files Not Available: Engineer will not provide Engineer's CAD drawing digital
data files for Contractor's use during construction.
B. Use of Engineer's Digital Data Files: Digital data files of Engineer's CAD drawings will be
provided by Engineer for Contractor's use during construction.
1. Digital data files may be used by Contractor in preparing coordination drawings, Shop
Drawings,and Project Record Drawings.
2. Engineer makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files
as they relate to Contract Drawings.
3. Digital Drawing Software Program: Contract Drawings are available in PDF Format.
C. PDF Document Preparation: Where PDFs are required to be submitted to Engineer,prepare as
follows:
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Project Management and Coordination
City of Round Rock 013100-6
2022 CDM Smith
8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal
requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling
navigation to each item.
1 Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier,including revision identifier,
1 Certifications: Where digitally submitted certificates and certifications are required,
provide a digital signature with digital certificate on where indicated.
11.9 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise
indicated.
1. Attendees: inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is
required, of date and time of each meeting, Notify Owner and Engineer of scheduled
meeting dates and times a minimum of 10 working days prior to meeting,
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees,
3, Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions
and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned,
including Owner and Engineer,within three days of the meeting,
B. Preconstruction Conference: Engineer will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference
before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Engineer, but no later than 15
days after execution of the Agreement.
I Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Engineer, and their consultants;
Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned
parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with
Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work,
2. Agenda: Discuss items of'significance that could affect progress,including the following:
a, Responsibilities and personnel assignments.
b. Tentative construction schedule.
c. Phasing.
d. Critical work sequencing and long lead items.
e. Designation ol'key personnel and their duties.
f. Lines of coin municati ons.
g. Use of web-based Project software.
h. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
i, Procedures for R.F[s.
j. Procedures for testing and inspecting,
k. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
1. Distribution of the Contract Documents,
Ill. Submittal procedures,
IL Sustainable design requirements.
0, Preparation of Record Documents.
p. Use of the premises.
q. Work restrictions.
r. Working hours.
& Owner's occupancy requirements.
L Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
Water'Frcalrnevit Plant Pressure Controll Vallves Project Management and CoorduKition
Cuter of'Round Rock 0131001-7
0w 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
U. Procedures for moisture and mold control.
V. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns.
W. Construction waste management and recycling.
X. Parking availability.
y. Office,work,and storage areas.
Z. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
aa. First aid.
bb. Security.
CC. Progress cleaning.
dd. List of major subcontractors and suppliers.
3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting
minutes.
C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each
construction activity when required by other Sections and when required for coordination with
other construction.
I. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or
affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and
installations that have preceded or will follow,shall attend the meeting. Advise Engineer,
of scheduled meeting dates.
2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the
particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following;
a. Contract Documents.
b. Options.
C. Related RFIs.
d. Related Change Orders.
e. Purchases.
f. Deliveries.
g. Submittals.
h. Sustainable design requirements.
i. Review of mockups.
j. Possible conflicts.
k. Compatibility requirements.
L Time schedules.
In. Weather limitations.
n. Manufacturer's written instructions.
o. Warranty requirements.
p. Compatibility of materials.
q. Acceptability of substrates.
r. Temporary facilities and controls.
S, Space and access limitations.
t. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
U. Testing and inspecting requirements.
V. Installation procedures.
W. Coordination with other work.
X. Required performance results.
y. Protection of adjacent work.
Z. Protection of construction and personnel.
Nater Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Project Management and Coordination
City of Round Rock 013100-8
V,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including
required corrective measures and actions.
4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties
requiring inforniation.
5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded.
Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the
Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.
D. Project Closeout Conference: Schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time
convenient to Owner and Engineer, but no later than 90 days prior to the scheduled date of
Substantial Completion.
I Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project
closeout.
1 Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner and their consultants; Contractor and its
superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend
the meeting, Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to
conclude matters relating to the Work.
3, Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout,
including the following:
a. Preparation of Record Documents.
b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final
inspection for acceptance,
C. Procedures for completing and archiving web-based Project software site data
files.
d. Submittal of written warranties,
e. Requirements for completing sustainable design documentation.
f Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data,
9. Requirements for delivery of material samples,attic stock,and spare parts.
li. Requirements for demonstration and training.
i. Preparation of Contractor's punch list.
j. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and
for final payment including final change order,
k. Submittal procedures.
1. Coordination of separate contracts.
M. Owner's partial occupancy requirements including certificate of occupancy and
closeout of permits.
n. Installation of Owner's furniture, fixtures,and equipment,
0. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls,
p, Final cleaning.
4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.
E. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at regular intervals,
I. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests.
1 Attendees: In addition to representatives of' Owner and Engineer, each contractor,
subcontractor•, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in
planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these
Water Trea unent Nant Pressure Convol V,-&cs ProJeci Nlanaganent and Coordmanon
Cay of Round Rock 013100-9
�f 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263941
All Rights Reserved February 2022
meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to
conclude matters relating to the Work.
3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review
other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as
appropriate to status of Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.
Determine whether each activity is on time,ahead of schedule,or behind schedule,
in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction
behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to
do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and
subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
I) Review schedule for next period.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present,including the following:
1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Resolution of BIM component conflicts.
4) Status of submittals.
5) Status of sustainable design documentation.
6) Deliveries.
7) Off--site fabrication.
8) Access.
9) Site use.
10) Temporary facilities and controls.
11) Progress cleaning.
12) Quality and work standards.
13) Status of correction of deficient items.
14) Field observations.
15) Status of RFIs.
16) Status of Proposal Requests.
17) Pending changes.
18) Status of Change Orders.
19) Pending claims and disputes.
20) Documentation of information for payment requests.
4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the
meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information.
a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress
meeting, where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue
revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.
F. Coordination Meetings: Conduct Project coordination meetings at regular intervals. Project
coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as
progress meetings and preinstallation conferences.
1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Engineer, each contractor,
subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Project Management and Coordination
City of Round flock 013100-10
�()2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these
meetings. All participants at the meetings shall be familiar with Project and authorized to
conclude matters relating to the Work.
1 Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting.
Review other iterns of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for
discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
a. Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last
coordination meeting. Determine whether each contract is on time, ahead of
schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to combined Contractor's construction
schedule. Detennine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure
commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions
are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed
within the Contract Time.
b. Schedule Updating: Revise combined Contractor's construction schedule after each
coordination meeting, where revisions to the schedule have been made or
recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting,
c. Review present and future needs of each contractor present, including the
following:
I) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations,
3) Resolution of BIM component conflicts.
4) Status of submittals.
5) Deliveries.
6) Off-site fabrication.
7) Access.
8) Site use.
9) Temporary facilities and controls.
10) Work hours.
tl) Hazards and risks.
12) Progress cleaning,
13) Quality and work standards,
14) Status of RIs.
15) Proposal Requests.
16) Change Orders.
17) Pending changes.
1 Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to
others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.
PART 2- PRODUCTS(NOT USED)
PART 3- EXECUTION(NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 013100
Water Treatnicia Plant Pressure Conlrot Valves Project Management and Coardination
City of'Round Rock OM00- I I
2022 CDM Smith 5077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
This page intentionally left blank,
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Project Management and Coordination
City of Round Rock 013100- 12
I
,V/2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 013200-CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PARTI -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS
A. All references listed shall imply to mean the most recent revision.
1. American National Standards Institute(ANSI): ANSI/NSF 61,Drinking Water System
Components—Health Effects.
1.3 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for docurnenting the progress of
construction during performance of the Work,including the following.
I. Startup construction schedule,
1 Contractor's Construction Schedule,
3. Construction schedule updating reports.
4. Daily construction reports.
5. Material location reports,
G. Site condition reports.
7. Unusual event reports,
B. Related Requirernents:
1. Section 011400"Quality Requirements" for schedule of tests and inspections,
IA DEFINITIONS
A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring,
and controlling the construction Project. Activities included in a construction schedule consurne
time and resources.
I. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned
early start and finish times.
2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network.
3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.
B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values for completing an activity as scheduled.
The Sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum.
'Arater 1'reatment Phint Pressure,Control Vdlves Coustruc(lon Progre,%s Documenuifion
City of'R.ound Rock 013200, 1
C,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction
project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations
determine the critical path of Project and when activities can be performed.
D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network
schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.
E. Event:The starting or ending point of an activity.
F. Float:The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.
1. Float time belongs to Owner.
2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the
early start of the successor activity.
1 Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without
adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.
G. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for completing an
activity as scheduled.
1.5 PROJECT"MILESTONES,CONSTRAINTS AND PROJECT WORK EFFORTS
A. Project Milestones
1. Substantial and Final Completion milestones,have been assigned to this Project to ensure
that the flow of work is progressing in a timely manner.
2. The time of completion for all critical Project dates (i.e., Substantial and Final
Completion).
B. General Construction Activity Requirements
1. Sanitary Constraints. All work performed on Potable Water Piping, and related
components shall be conducted using the highest standard of care and shall be cleaned,
disinfected as specified in Paragraph 3.01 herein and as otherwise shown in the
Drawings.
1 Daily Construction Activity Limitations. Contractor shall adhere to the daily
construction activity limitations. Contractor shall submit a request to the Owner for
extended work hours within the time period specified.
3. Weekly Construction Activity Limitations. Contractor shall adhere to the weekly
construction activity limitations. Contractor shall submit a request to the Owner for work
on Saturdays,Sundays and legal holidays within the time period specified.
4. Coordination Requirements. Contractor shall coordinate with Owner or Engineer all
work executed by Contractor, Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturer's
representatives, including, but not limited to site, civil, structural, process piping and
equipment, landscaping, instrumentation, and electrical work. Contractor shall
coordinate with the Engineer and Owner's personnel as specified prior to performing any
work associated with tying into existing facilities or for any shutdown of and water line
after achieving Substantial Completion.
5. Notification Requirements. Contractor shall submit notifications for extended daily work
hours and/or for work on Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays as specified herein. For
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Contro I Valves Construction Progress Documentation
City of Round Rock 013200.2
K")2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
all work that requires a temporary shutdown of Plant operations or tank operations,
submit a proposed work plan as specified herein.
6, Security Requirements. Contractor shall execute and be responsible for site security as
specific&
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMI'T'TALS
A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format:
L Working electronic copy of schedule file,
2. PDF file.
B. Startup construction schedule.
L Submittal of cost-loaded, startup construction schedule will not constitute approval of
schedule of values for cost-loaded activities.
C. Startup Network Diagram: Of size required to display entire network for entire construction
period. Show logic ties for activities.
D. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule
for entire construction period,
1. Submit a working digital copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled to
comply with requirements for submittals.
E CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule,submit each of the following reports, Format for
each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, cost and resource
loading,original duration, remaining duration,early start date,early finish date, latest allowable
start date, latest allowable finish date, status (where critical) and total float and free float in
calendar days.
I Activity Report: List of activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or
actual start date if known.
1 Logic Report.- List of preceding and succeeding activities for each activity, sorted in
ascending order by activity number and then by early start date, or actual start date if
known,
1 Total Float Report: List of activities sorted in ascending order of total float.
4. Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor's total earnings from the Notice to Proceed
until most recent Application for Payment.
F. Construction Schedule Updating Reports- Submit with Applications for Payment.
G. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at monthly intervals.
H. Material Location Reports: Submit at monthly intervals.
1, Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions.
J. Unusual Event Reports: Submit at time of unusual event.
Water Treaunent Plant Pressure Control Valves Construction Progress DocuroeuuwWl
City of Round Rock 002001• 3
C")2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
K. Qualification data: For scheduling consultant.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and
reporting,with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of Engineer's
request.
B. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures
related to the preliminary construction schedule and Contractor's Construction Schedule,
including,but not limited to,the following:
1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports.
2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule.
3. Discuss constraints,including interim milestones.
4. Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products.
5. Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts.
6. Review submittal requirements and procedures.
7. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals.
8. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting
agencies.
9. Review time required for Project closeout and Owner startup procedures including
commissioning activities.
10. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule.
11. Review procedures for updating schedule.
12. Submit at this conference a preliminary network defining the planned operation during
the first 60 calendar days after the Notice to Proceed.
1.8 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the schedule of values, submittal schedule,
progress reports, payment requests,and other required schedules and reports.
I. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities
involved.
2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with outer activities, and schedule
them in proper sequence.
1.9 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Program Description:
I. A Critical Path Method (CPM) construction schedule shall be used to control the Work
and to provide a basis for determining job progress. The construction schedule shall be
prepared and maintained by the Contractor. All work shall be done in accordance with
the established CPM schedule. The Contractor and all subcontractors shall cooperate
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Construction Progress Documentation
City of Found Rock 013200-4
A")2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
fully in developing the constniction schedule and in executing the work in accordance
with the CPM schedule.
2. The construction schedule shall consist of a computerized C111M network (diagram of
activities)presented in a time-scaled graphic(print-out)with reports, as specified herein.
B. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has
been developed specifically to manage construction schedules.
1, Use Primavera for current Windows operating system.
C. Qualifications:
I, Have the capability of preparing and utilizing the specified CPM schedule, or engage the
services of a specialized scheduling professional to do so. Within seven days of the award
of contract, provide a resume or qualifications statement for the individual within the
Contractor's organization, or the outside consultant, who is being proposed as the
responsible party for development and maintenance of the CPM schedule.The resume or
qualifications statement shall demonstrate that the proposed responsible party has
successfully developed and maintained CPM schedules for at least three construction
projects of the same size or greater than this project. The proposed responsible party for
the CPM schedule is subject to approval by the Engineer and Owner. If the proposed
responsible party for the CPM schedule is not approved by the Engineer and/or Owner,
Contractor shall resubmit a more-appropriate candidate for approval.
D. Time Prarrie: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of Final
Completion.
I Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an
early completion date,unless specifically authorized by Change Order.
E. Activities: Treat each floor or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main
element of(fie Work.Comply with the following:
1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless
specifically allowed by Engineer.
2. Activities to facilitate the Work: Indicate start and completion dates for the following as
applicable:
a, Securing of approvals and permits required for performance of the Work.
b, Temporary facilities.
C, Construction of mock-ups,prototypes and samples.
d. Owner interfaces and furnishing of items,
e. Interfaces with Separate Contracts.
f. Regulatory agency approvals.
g. Punch list,
3. Procurement Activities; Include procurement process activities for the following long
lead-time items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate
activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to,
submittals,approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.
Waterl'reatnioit Plant Pressure Conuol Valves, Consvucuon Progress Docunwmwon
City of Round Rook Oil 3200-5
C,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
Al!Rights Reserved February 2022
a. Pressure Control Globe Valves.
b. Valve Vaults(only if contractor prefers to use pre-cast vaults).
4. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in
Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times
in Contractor's Construction Schedule with submittal schedule.
5. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for startup and testing.
6. Commissioning Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for commissioning,
7, Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for
Substantial Completion, and allow time for Engineer's administrative procedures
necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.
8. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch
list items and Final Completion.
F. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and
as follows in schedule,and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.
1. Phasing:Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.
2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract.
1 Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by
Owner.
4. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include
delivery date indicated in Section 01 10 00"Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate
the earliest possible delivery date.
5. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery
date indicated in Section 01 10 00 "Summary," Delivery dates indicated stipulate the
earliest possible delivery date.
6. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:
a. Coordination with existing construction.
b. Limitations of continued occupancies.
C. Uninterruptible services.
d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion.
e. Use-of-premises restrictions.
f. Provisions for future construction.
g. Seasonal variations.
h. Environmental control.
7. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the
Work,including,but not limited to,the following:
a. Subcontract awards.
b. Submittals.
C. Purchases.
d. Mockups.
e. Fabrication.
f. Sample testing.
g. Deliveries,
h, Installation.
i. Tests and inspections.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Construction Progress Documentation
City of Round Rock 013200-6
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
j. Adjusting.
k. Curing.
1, Building flush-out.
M. Startup and placement into final use and operation,
n. Commissioning.
8. Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of
the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be
sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following:
a. Structural completion.
b. Temporary enclosure and space conditioning.
C. Permanent space enclosure.
d. Completion of mechanical installation.
e. Completion of electrical installation.
f, Substantial Completion.
G. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but
not limited to,the Notice to Proceed,Substantial Completion,and Final Completion.
1. Notice to Proceed.
1 Review Valve and Vault Submittals,
1 Temporary enclosure and space conditioning,
4. Erosion and Sediment Controls.
5. Piping Installation.
6Electrical Installation.
T Valve Vault Installation,
& Valve Installation,
9. Instrumentation Installation.
10. Testing and Disinfection,
IE Substantial Completion,
12. Startup and Commissioning.
11 Revegetation and Cleanup.
14. Final Completion,
H. Cost Correlation: Superimpose a cost correlation timeline, indicating planned and actual costs.
On the line, show planned and actual dollar volume of the Work performed as of planned and
actual dates used for preparation of payment requests.
1. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or
commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues:
I. Unresolved issues.
2. Unanswered Requests for Information,
3. Rejected or unreturned submittals.
4. Notations on returned submittals.
5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and the Contract Time,
J. Acceptability
Water"I'reatment Plant Prcsure Conuol Valves Couistruoion Progress Doctmientation
Cay of Round Rock 013200-7
(r,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 Submit the CPM schedule submittals, as specified,and resubmit as needed, until they are
in compliance with Contract requirements.
2. The Engineer's review of the Contractor's construction schedule submittals will only be
for conformance with the Contract requirements -, including but not limited to contract
time and work sequences specified in the contract documents. The Engineer's review of
the schedule shall not include the Contractor's means and methods of construction or
safety. The Engineer's concurrence,acceptance,or approval of the Contractor's schedule
submittals will not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the
Contract Scope, Contract Time or any other contract requirement. Any indication of
concurrence, acceptance, or approval of the Contractor's schedule will only indicate a
general conformance with the Contract Requirements.
3. Engineer's review of the Contractor's construction schedule submittals shall not relieve
the Contractor from responsibility for any deviations from the Contract Documents
unless the Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to such deviations at the
time of submission and Engineer has given written concurrence to the specific deviations,
nor shall any concurrence by the Engineer relieve Contractor from responsibility for
errors and omissions in the submittals.Concurrence of the CPM Activity Network by the
Engineer is advisory only and shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for
accomplishing the Work within the Contract completion date(s).
4. Concurrence, acceptance,or approval of the Contractor's CPM schedule by the Engineer
in no way makes the Engineer an insurer of the CPM schedule's success, nor liable for
time or cost overruns resulting therefrom.
5. Failure to include any element of work required for the performance of this Contract will
not excuse the Contractor from completing all Work required within the Contract
completion date(s),notwithstanding the review of the network by the Engineer.
6. CPM schedules that contain activities with negative float, or which extend beyond the
contract completion date,will not be acceptable.
7. Except where earlier completions are specified,CPM schedules which show completion
of all work prior to the contract completion date may be indicated; however,in no event
shall they constitute a basis for claim for delay by the Contractor.
K. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect
actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly
scheduled progress meeting.
I Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have
been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each
such meeting.
2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not
limited to,changes in logic,durations,actual starts and finishes,and activity durations,
1 As the Work progresses, indicate Final Completion percentage for each activity.
Activities shall not be considered to be complete until they are in fact 100 percent
complete.
4. Submit a narrative report based on the CPM schedule evaluation,in a format agreed upon
by the Contractor and the Engineer. The report shall include a description of the progress
during the previous period in terms of completed activities, an explanation of each
activity which is showing a delay,a description of problem areas, current and anticipated
delaying factors and their estimated impact on performance of other activities and
completion dates and an explanation of corrective action taken or proposed.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Construction Progress Documentation
City of Round Rock 013200-8
lk,,)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
AU Rights Reserved February 2022
L. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days
behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by
which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working
hours, working days, crew sizes, equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which
recovery will be accomplished.
M. The contract completion time will be adjusted only for causes specified in this Contract. If
requesting an extension of any contract completion date, furnish such justification and
supporting evidence as the Engineer may deem necessary to determine whether entitled to an
extension of time tinder the provisions of this Contract. The Engineer will, after receipt of such
justification and supporting evidence,make findings of fact and will advise in writing thereof. If
the Engineer finds that the Contractor is entitled to any extension of any contract completion
date, the Engineer's determination as to the total number of days extension shall be based upon
the currently approved CPM schedule and on all data relevant to the extension. Such data shall
be included in the next updating of the schedule. Actual delays in activities which,according to
the CPM schedule, do not affect any contract completion date shown by the critical path in the
network will not be the basis for a change therein.
N. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Engineer, Owner, separate contractors,
testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know
schedule responsibility,
I. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.
2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the
same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned
portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.
1.10 STARTUP CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit startup,horizontal, Gantt-chart-type construction schedule within
seven days of date established for the Notice to Proceed.
B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of
each week with a continuous vertical line. Outline significant construction activities for first 90
days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash
requirement prediction based on indicated activities.
I'll GANTT-CHART SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS
A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type,
Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed.
I Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and additional information received
since the start of Project.
B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of
each week with a continuous vertical line.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Conrrol VMve, Construcrion Progress Ductunenumon
Cay of Round Rock 00200 9
C',2022 CDM Smith 9077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 For construction activities that require three months or longer to complete, indicate an
estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar.
1.12 CPM SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS
A. Prepare network diagrams using AON(activity-on-node) fon-nat.
B. Startup Network Diagram: Submit diagram within 14 days of date established for the Notice to
Proceed. Outline significant construction activities for the first 90 days of construction. Include
skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on
indicated activities.
C. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's Construction Schedule using a time-scaled CPM network
analysis diagram for the Work.
I. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule, so it can be
accepted for use no later than 60 days after date established for the Notice to Proceed.
a. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall
not excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion
dates.
1 Conduct educational workshops to train and inform key Project personnel, including
subcontractors'personnel, in proper methods of providing data and using CPM schedule
information.
3. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting
progress.Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates.
4, Use"one workday"as the unit of time for individual activities. Indicate nonworking days
and holidays incorporated into the schedule to coordinate With the Contract Time.
D. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using
the startup network diagram,prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths.
1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship
of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the
following activities:
a. Preparation and processing of submittals.
b. Mobilization and demobilization.
C. Purchase of materials.
d. Delivery,
e. Fabrication.
f. Utility interruptions.
g. Installation.
h. Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Contractor's activities.
i. Testing and inspection.
j. Commissioning.
k. Punch list and Final Completion.
1. Activities occurring following Final Completion.
In. Maintenance of existing facilities.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Construction Progress Documentation
City of Round Rock 013200- 10
2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
M Contract milestones,
1 Critical path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim
completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract
milestone dates.
3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer-drawn, time-scaled
network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary
to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time.
4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate
paths with most float near the edges.
a. Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical
path.
E. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its
submission, prepare a tine-impact analysis using a network fragment to demonstrate the effect
of the proposed change on the overall Project schedule.
I.. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a sorted activity list indicating
straight"early start-total float." Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the
following:
I. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity.
2. Description of activity.
3. Main events of activity.
4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities,
5. Early and late start dates,
6. Early and late finish dates,
7. Activity duration in workdays.
R. Total float or slack time.
9. Average size of workforce,
10. Dollar value of activity(coordinated with the schedule of values).
G. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports
showing the following:
I. Identification of activities that have changed.
1 Changes in early and late start dates.
1 Changes in early and late finish dates.
4. Changes in activity durations in workdays.
5. Changes in the critical path.
6. Changes in total float or slack time.
7. Changes in the Contract Time.
H. Value Summaries: Prepare two cumulative value lists,sorted by finish dates,
1. In first list,tabulate activity number,early finish date,dollar value,and cumulative dollar
value,
2. In second list, tabulate activity number, late finish date, dollar value, and cumulative
dollar value.
Watcrl'reavnent Plant Pressure Control Valves Construc6on Progress Docuinentation
City of`Round Rock 013200 If
o 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3. In subsequent issues of both lists,substitute actual finish dates for activities completed as
of list date.
4. Prepare list for ease of comparison with payment requests; coordinate timing with
progress meetings.
a. In both value summary lists, tabulate "actual percent complete" and "cumulative
value completed"with total at bottom.
b. Submit value summary printouts one week before each regularly scheduled
progress meeting.
1.13 REPORTS
A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following
information concerning events at Project site:
1. List of subcontractors at Project site.
2. List of separate contractors at Project site.
3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site.
4. Equipment at Project site.
5. Material deliveries.
6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions,including presence of rain or
snow.
7. 'Testing and inspection.
8. Accidents.
9. Meetings and significant decisions.
10. Unusual events.
11. Stoppages,delays, shortages,and losses.
12. Meter readings and similar recordings.
13. Emergency procedures.
14. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
15. Change Orders received and implemented.
16. Construction Change Directives received and implemented.
17. Services connected and disconnected.
18. Equipment or system tests and startups.
19. Partial completions and occupancies.
20. Substantial Completions authorized.
B. Material Location Reports: At monthly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list of
materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing materials
previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement of progress on
and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from Project
site. Indicate the following categories for stored materials:
1. Material stored prior to previous report and remaining in storage.
2. Material stored prior to previous report and since removed from storage and installed.
3. Material stored following previous report and remaining in storage.
C. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and
the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Construction Progress Documentation
City of Round Rock 013200- 12
%,;2022 CDM Suiith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with
recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.
D. Unusual Event Reports: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project
site,whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain
of events, persons participating, responses by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or
effects, and similar pertinent inforination, Advise Owner in advance when these events are
known or predictable.
1. Submit unusual event reports directly to Owner within one day(s) of an occurrence.
Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occuiTcnee.
PARI'2-PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE- SCOPE OF'WORK
A. The intent of construction sequencing as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings is to
facilitate coordination with the Owner and Landowner. All tasks of the phased construction
schedule,whether described herein or not, are the responsibility of the Contractor.
13, Schedule and perforin piping and tie-iris at the existing Round Rock Water Treatment Plant
during off-peak periods (January through March). The connection work shall be planned to
limit the Plant downtime to a maximum of 10 continuous calendar days.
C. Plan to work overtime if needed to complete construction of the various project improvements
and shall make no claims for extra compensation for overtime work required to conform to
these requirements, Coordinate with the Engineer and Owner's Plant personnel at least two
weeks prior to performing any work associated with tying into existing facilities or for any
shutdown of an existing system with an additional notification to the Engineer and Owner at
least 72 hours prior to any shutdown,
D. Upon achieving Substantial Completion, the Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves
will be part of an operational finished water pipeline that must remain in service under pressure
and must comply at all times with the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ)
Rules and Regulations,
E. In the event that underground piping or utilities are encountered which are not shown on the
Drawings, such piping or utilities shall not be disturbed without written prior approval of the
Engineer.
12 SCHEDULE CONSIDERATIONS
A. Develop the construction schedule to accommodate the Project Schedule and General Construc-
tion Activity Requirements, as described in Paragraph 1.06 herein and shall accommodate the
Watcr Treatment Mant Pressure Control Valves Comirumon Progress Docunienumon
City of Rotand Rock 01 32010- l3
V 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
schedule considerations herein. The Project Schedule shall be updated on a monthly basis as
needed.
B. The following considerations shall be taken into consideration in development of the Construc-
tion Schedule,This is not meant to be all inclusive,but to provide a general overview of some of
the constraints involved with the proposed construction.
3.3 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
A. Understands and agrees that the time of completion is an essential consideration in the
development of his proposal and that failure to complete the Work under this Contract, within
the allotted time as specified or subsequently adjusted by Change Orders, will result in
Damages being sustained by the Owner. Therefore, the Contractor and the Owner agree in
applying Liquidated Damages for each and every Calendar Day the Work, or any portion
thereof, remains uncompleted after the specified time-,or adjusted times if modified by Change
Order,pay as agreed Liquidated Damages,but not as a penalty,the amounts specified in Section
005000,Agreement. These Liquidated Damages are for the following items:
1. Substantial Completion.
2. Final Completion.
B. In the event the Project is not Substantially Complete prior to the Final Completion date,
liquidated damages associated with both Substantial Completion and Final Completion shall be
assessed concurrently.
3.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Review and determine all materials and equipment needed to complete the Work during
construction as described herein. Submit all Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples for all
materials and equipment needed for construction as specified in Section 013300, Submittal
Procedures.
B. Submit notifications for extended daily work hours and/or for work on Saturdays, Sundays and
legal/Owner holidays as specified herein.
C, Submit products and materials for all temporary plugs,dams,sealants,etc.
D. Submit to the Owner for approval a detailed Construction Schedule prior to initiation of
construction. The Schedule shall comply with all aspects of the work described herein.
E. Update the schedule as required.
3.5 INSTALLATION
A. Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately,in correct alignment and elevation,as
indicated.
1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Construction Progress Documentation
City of Round Rock 013200, 14
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance
and ease of removal for replacement.
3. Conceal pipes,ducts,and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated,
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in
applications indicated.
C, Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure satisfactory results as judged
by Engineer. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial
Completion.
D, Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to darnaging operations or
loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy of type expected for
Project.
E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction
items onsite and placement in permanent locations.
F. Tools and Equipment: Select tools or equipment that minimize production of excessive noise
levels.
G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for Work specified to be
factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other portions of the Work to
confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with
indicated requirements.
11. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size
and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with
other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size
and type required for load conditions with manufacturer,
I Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at
heights directed by Engineer.
2. Allow for building movement,including thermal expansion and contraction.
3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings,templates,and directions
for installing anchorages, including sleeves,concrete inserts,anchor bolts,and items with
integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to
Project site in time for installation.
1. Joints: Make joints of uniform width, Where joint locations in exposed Work are not indicated,
arrange joints for the best visual effect,as judged by Engineer, Fit exposed connections together
to forms hairline joints.
L Repair or remove and replace damaged,defective,or nonconforming Work.
I Comply with Section 017700 "Contract Closeout" for repairing or removing and
replacing defective Work.
END OF SECTION 013200
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Consvuetion Progress Docunientat 1011
0 y of Round Rock 013200 15
C,,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
This page intentionally left blank.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Construction Progress Documentation
City of Round bock 013200 16
X12022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PARTI -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS
A. This Section specifies the general methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the
following work-related submittals: Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, Mock Ups,
Construction Photographs, and Construction or Submittal Schedules. Detailed submittal
requirements will be specified in the technical specification sections,
13. All submittals shall be clearly identified by reference to Specification Section, Paragraph,
Drawing No. or Detail as applicable. Submittals shall be clear and legible and of sufficient size
for sufficient presentation of data.
C. Each Specification Section, Paragraph, Drawing No, or Detail,as applicable, shall be submitted
individually.
D. Provide all submittal distribution to the Owner and shall coordinate with the Owner in regards
to all submittal requirements and reviews. The Owner shall be responsible for all submittal
reviews,and the Engineer shall only review submittals at Owner's request,
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.3 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
L Submittal schedule requirements.
2. Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals.
B. Related Requirements:
I. Section 012200 "Measurement and Payment" for submitting Applications for Payment
and the schedule of values.
2. Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting coordination
drawings and subcontract list and for requirements for web-based Project software.
3. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and
reports,including Contractors construction schedule,
4. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports, and
schedule of tests and inspections.
5. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting closeout submittals and
maintenance material submittals,
WaterTirearment Plant rlressurc Control Valves Submittal Procedures
Oty of Round Roick 0133001- 1
t'�2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
6. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and
maintenance manuals.
7. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record
Specifications,and record Product Data.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require
Engineer's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual
Specification Sections as"action submittals."
B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not
require Engineer's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with
requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification
Sections as"informational submittals."
C. Mass Submittals: Six or more submittals or items in one day or 15 or more submittals or items
in one week.
1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA, SAMPLES
A. Shop Drawings
1. Shop drawings, as specified in individual work Sections include, but are not necessarily
limited to, custom-prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working)
drawings, scheduled information, setting diagrams, actual shop work manufacturing
instructions, custom templates, special wiring diagrams, coordination drawings,
individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including performance curves
and certifications,as applicable to the Work,
2. All shop drawings submitted by subcontractors for approval shall be sent directly to the
Contractor for checking. The Contractor shall be responsible for their submission at the
proper time so as to prevent delays in delivery of materials.
3. The Contractor shall check all subcontractor's shop drawings regarding measurements,
size of members, materials, and details to satisfy himself that they conform to the intent
of the Drawings and Specifications. Shop drawings found to be inaccurate or otherwise in
error shall be returned to the subcontractors for correction before submission thereof.
4. All details on shop drawings submitted for approval shall show clearly the relation of the
various parts to the main members and lines of the structure, and where correct
fabrication of the work depends upon field measurements, such measurements shall be
made and noted on the drawings before being submitted for approval.
B. Product Data
I. Product data as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited
to, standard prepared data for manufactured products (sometimes referred to as catalog
data), such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation instructions,
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Submittal Procedures
City of Round Rock 013300-2
4�2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
availability of colors and patterns, manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and
applicability, roughing-in diagrams and templates, catalog cuts, product photographs,
standard wiring diagrams, printed performance curves and operational-range diagrams,
production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications, mill reports,
product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended spare-parts listing and
printed product warranties,as applicable to the Work,
C. Samples
I Samples specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to,
physical examples of the work such as sections of manufactured or fabricated work,small
cuts or containers of materials, complete units of repetitively-used products,
cot or/tex(urc/pa trem swatches and range sets, specimens for coordination of visual effect,
graphic symbols and units of work to be used by the Engineer or Owner for independent
inspection and testing,as applicable to the Work,
L6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Action Submittals and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordi-
nation with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents.Note
corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Engineer.
B. The Contractor shall review shop drawings,product data and samples, including those by sub-
contractors,prior to submission to determine and verify the following:
I. Field measurements
1 Field construction criteria,including construction means, techniques,sequences,proce-
dures,and safety precautions
3. Catalog numbers and similar data
4. Conformance with the Specifications
C. Each shop drawing,sample and product data submitted by the Contractor shall have affixed to it
the following Certification Statement including the Contractor's Company name and signed by
the Contractor: "Certification 5tatement: by this submittal, I hereby rej)resew that I havefid-
filled all obligations regarding verifting and determiningfield measurements,field construction
criteria, materials, dimensions, catalog numbers,and similar clata and other apl)licable ah-
proved shop draivings."Shop drawings and product data sheets I I-inches by 17-inches and
smaller shall be bound together in an orderly fashion and bear the above Certification Statement
on the cover street. The cover sheet shall fully describe the packaged data and include a listing
of all items within the package. Provide to the Resident Project Representative a copy of each
submittal transmittal sheet for shop drawings,product data and samples at the time of submittal
of said drawings,product data and samples to the Owner/Engineer.
D. The Contractor shall utilize a 9-character submittal identification numbering system in the fol-
lowing manner:
1. The first six digits shall be the applicable Specification Section Number,
Water Treatment 11kirit Pressure Conlyot Valves Subniktal Procedures
Oty ol'Round Rock 013300, 3
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2. The next two digits shall be the numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each initial separate
item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number.
3. The last character shall be a letter,A-Z, indicating the submission,or resubmission of the
same Drawing(i.e. A,,Ist submission, B=2nd submission,C-3rd submission,etc.).A typi-
cal submittal number would be as follows:
030110-08-B
030110 Specification Section for Concrete and Reinforcing Steel
08 The eighth initial submittal under this specification section
B The second submission(first resubmission)of that particular shop drawing
E. Notify the Owner/Engineer in writing,at the time of submittal,of any deviations in the submit-
tals from the requirements of the Contract Documents.
F. The review and approval of shop drawings,samples or product data by the Owner/Engineer
shall not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the fulfillment of the
terms of the Contract. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor and the
Owner`Engineer will have no responsibility therefor.
G. No portion of the work requiring a shop drawing,sample,or product data shall be started nor
shall any materials be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such
item. Fabrication performed,materials purchased or on-site construction accomplished which
does not conform to approved shop drawings and data shall be at the Contractor's risk.The
Owner will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies required to ac-
complish conformity.
H. Project work,materials,fabrication,and installation shall conform with approved shop draw-
ings,applicable samples,and product data.
1.7 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. Submittal Schedule: Submit, as an action submittal, a list of submittals, arranged in
chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for
review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include
additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Engineer and
additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections.
1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and
Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Initial Submittal Schedule: Submit concurrently with startup construction schedule.
Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals
required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of
long lead time for manufacture or fabrication.
3. Final Submittal Schedule: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of
Contractor's construction schedule.
a. Submit revised submittal schedule as required to reflect changes in current status
and timing for submittals.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Submittal Procedures
City of Round Rock 013300-4
(A,)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
4. Format:Arrange the following information in a tabular format:
a. Scheduled date for first submittal.
b. Specification Section number and title.
c. Submittal Category: Action; informational.
d. Name of subcontractor.
e. Description of the Work covered.
f. Scheduled date for Engineer's final release or approval.
g. Scheduled dates for purchasing.
11. Scheduled date of fabrication.
i. Scheduled dates for installation.
j. Activity or event number.
1.8 SUBMITTAL FORMATS
A. Submittal Information. Include the following information in each submittal:
1. Project name.
2. Date.
3. Name of Engineer.
4. Name of Contractor.
5, Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal.
6. Names of subcontractor,manufacturer,and supplier.
7. Unique submittal number, including revision identifier. Include Specification Section
number with sequential alphanumeric identifier and alphanumeric suffix for resubmittals.
8. Category and type of submittal.
9. Submittal purpose arid description.
10. Number and title of Specification Section, with paragraph number and generic name for
each of multiple items,
It. Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate.
12. Indication of full or partial submittal.
13. Location(s)where product is to be installed, as appropriate.
14. Other necessary identification.
15. Remarks.
16. Signature of transmitter.
B. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Engineer.
C. Deviations and Additional Information: On each submittal, clearly indicate deviations from
requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations; include
relevant additional inforniation and revisions, other than those requested by Engineer on
previous submittals. Indicate by highlighting on each submittal or noting on attached separate
sheet.
D. Electronic Submittals: Prepare submittals as PDF package, incorporating complete information
into each PDF file. Name PDF file with submittal number.
waft er'Freatrnent 111am Prc.ssurc Contr(,d Valvas Submwal Proeedures
Cay of'Roand Rock 0 133010-5
F2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of
submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections.
L Email: Prepare submittals as PDF package and transmit to Engineer by sending via email.
Include PDF transmittal form. Include information in email subject line as requested by
Engineer.
a. Engineer will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as a digital
Project Record Document file.
B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
construction activities.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals,and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless
partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule.
3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification
Section as separate packages under separate transmittals.
C. Coordinate transmittal of submittals for related parts of the Work specified in different Sections,
so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for
coordination.
a. Engineer reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring
coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.
D. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows.
Time for review shall commence on Engineer's receipt of submittal. No extension of the
Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of
the Work to pen-nit processing,including resubmittals.
I. Initial Review: Allow 30 days for initial review of each submittal (and 45 days for multi-
discipline reviews). Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is
required. Engineer will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be
delayed for coordination.
2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as
initial submittal.
3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.
4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Engineer's consultants,
Owner,or other parties is indicated,allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal.
5. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals
may be transmitted simultaneously to Engineer and to Engineer's consultants, allow 30
days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Engineer before being
returned to Contractor.
a. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified
number of copies to Engineer.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Submittal Procedures
City of Round(tock 013300,6
x.2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
E. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal,
I. Note date and content of previous submittal.
2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of
revision,
3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Engineer's action
stamp.
4. Repetitive Reviews: Shop drawings, O&M manuals, and other submittals will be
reviewed no more than twice at the Owner's expense. All subsequent reviews will be
performed at the Contractor's expense. Reimburse the Owner for all costs invoiced by
Engineer for the third and subsequent reviews,
F. Distribution: Fumish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers,
fabricators, installers,authorities having jurisdiction,and others as necessary for performance of
construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms,
& Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action
submittals that are marked with approval notation from Engineer's action stamp.
1.10 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and
type of product or equipment,
1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data
are unsuitable for use,submit as Shop Drawings,not as Product Data.
1 Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.
1 Include the following information,as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
b. Manufacturer's product specifications,
c. Standard color charts.
d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards,
e. Testing by recognized testing agency.
f. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
91 Notation of coordination requirements.
11. Availability and delivery time information.
4, For equipment,include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:
a. Wiring diagrams that show factory-installed wiring.
b. Printed performance curves.
C. Operational range diagrams.
d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop
Drawings.
5. Submit Product Data before Shop Drawings,and before or concurrently with Samples.
B. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base
Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.
WaterTreatment Plant Pressure Control VMves Submittal Procedures
City of'Roand Rock 013300-7
ti 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the
following information,as applicable:
a. Identification of products.
b. Schedules.
C. Compliance with specified standards.
d. Notation of coordination requirements.
e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated.
g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.
C. Samples: Submit Samples for review of type, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these
characteristics with other materials.
1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together
in one submittal package.
2. Identification: Permanently attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the
following:
a. Project name and submittal number.
b. Generic description of Sample.
C. Product name and name of manufacturer.
d. Sample source.
e. Number and title of applicable Specification Section.
f. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item.
3. Email Transmittal: Provide PDF transmittal. Include digital image file illustrating Sample
characteristics and identification information for record.
4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-
control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be
used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.
a. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's
property,are the property of Contractor.
5. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or
sections of units,showing the full range of colors,textures,and patterns available.
a. Number of Samples: Submit 1 full set(s)of available choices where color,pattern,
texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's
product line. Engineer will return submittal with options selected.
D. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary
indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the
following information in tabular form:
1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract
Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated.
2. Manufacturer and product name,and model number if applicable.
3. Number and name of room or space.
4. Location within room or space.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Submittal Procedures
City of Round Rock 013300-8
,'v 2022 CDM St-nith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
E. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of
firm or person. Include lists of cornpleted projects with project names and addresses, contact
information of architects and owners,and other information specified.
R Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information indicating compliance with
indicated performance and design criteria in individual Specification Sections. Include list of
assumptions and summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide narne and
version of software,if any,used for calculations.Number each page of submittal.
G, Certificates.
I Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Submit a statement that includes signature of
entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be
signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that
entity. Provide a notarized signature where indicated.
2. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications, the Contractor shall
submit a P.E. Certification for each item required, in the form attached to this Section,
completely filled in and stamped.
3. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead, certifying
that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and,where required,
is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.
4. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead,
certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required,
5. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying
that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
6. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying
that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents,
7. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel
comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of AWS
B2.1/132.1M on AWS forms. Include names of fin-ns and personnel certified.
H. Test and Research Reports:
I Compatibility "Fest Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, oil
testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests
performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for substrate
preparation and primers required.
2. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests
performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final
location,for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents,
3. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance
with requirements in the Contract Documents.
4. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on
testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed
before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the
Contract Documents,
5. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by
manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on
Waler]reaunent Phant Pressure Control Valves Submatal Procedures
City of'Round Rmk 013300 •9
tip 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing
agency,or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
6. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable
to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for
Project. Include the following information:
a. Name of evaluation organization.
b. Date of evaluation.
C, Time period when report is in effect.
d. Product and manufacturers'names.
e. Description of product.
f. Test procedures and results.
g. Limitations of use.
1.11 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES
A. Performance and Design Criteria: 'Where professional design services or certifications by a
design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide
products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.
1. If criteria indicated are insufficient to perform services or certification required,submit a
written request for additional information to Engineer.
B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings,Product Data,and other
required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF file of certificate, signed and sealed by the
responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor
to be designed or certified by a design professional.
1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the
Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing
these services.
1.12 PROPOSED PRODUCT LIST
A. Within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit list of major products proposed for use,
with name of manufacturer,trade name,and model number of each product.
B. For products specified only by reference standards,indicate manufacturer,trade name,model or
catalog designation,and reference standards.
1.13 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Action Submittals and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for
coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents.
Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to
Engineer.
B. Contractor Responsible for:
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Submittal Procedures
Cay of Round Rock 013300- 10
2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1. Deten-nination and verification of materials including manufacturer's catalog numbers,
2. Deten-nination and verification of field measurements and field construction criteria,
3. Checking and coordinating information in submittal with requirements of Work and of
Contract Documents.
4. Determination of accuracy and completeness of dimensions and quantities.
5. Confirmation and coordination of dimensions and field conditions at Site.
6. Construction means,techniques,sequences,and procedures.
7. Safety precautions.
8. Coordination and performance of Work of all trades.
9. Other requirements enumerated in Contract Documents.
C. Contractor's Approval: Indicate Contractor's approval for each submittal with a uniform
approval stamp. Include name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement
certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the
Contract Documents.
I Engineer will not review submittals received from Contractor that do not have
Contractor's review and approval.
1.14 ENGINEER'S REVIEW
A. Do not make mass submittals to Engineer. If mass submittals are received, Engineer's review
time stated above will be extended as necessary to perforin proper review. Engineer will review
mass submittals based on priority determined by Engineer after consultation with Owner avid
[Contractor] [Construction Manager].
B. Action Submittals: Engineer will review each submittal, indicate corrections or revisions
required.
I PDF Submittals: Engineer will indicate, via markup on each submittal, tile appropriate
action,
C. Informational Submittals: Engineer will review each submittal and will not return it, or will
return it if it does not comply with requirements. Engineer will forward each submittal to
appropriate party.
D. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial
submittals has received prior approval from Engineer.
E. Incomplete Submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive,and will be returned
for resubmittal without review.
F. Engineer will return without review submittals received from sources other than Contractor.
G. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will be returned by Engineer without action,
H. Shop drawings will be returned to the Contractor with one of the following codes.
I. "APPROVED" - This code is assigned when there are no notations or comments on the
submittal. When returned under this code the Contractor may release the equipment
and/or material for manufacture.
WaterTreatinent Plant Pressure Control Valves Submittal Procedures
pity of Round Rock 013300 11
,k)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2. "APPROVED AS NOTED" -This code is assigned when a confirmation of the notations
and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor, The Contractor may release the
equipment or material for manufacture; however, all notations and comments must be
incorporated into the final product.
3. "APPROVED AS NOTED/RESUBMIT" - This combination of codes is assigned when
notations and comments are extensive enough to require a resubmittal of the package.
The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; however, all
notations and comments must be incorporated into the final product.The resubmittal is to
address all comments, omissions and non-conforming items that were noted. An
additional box is checked to indicate whether the resubmission is for the complete
package, or for parts of the package. If no box is checked,a complete resubmittal shall be
provided. Review code may designate if a partial or full submittal is required. If full
submittal is required, a complete resubmittal package addressing all comments shall be
provided. If a partial submittal is designated, resubmittal shall only include information
pertaining to those items noted in review comments requiring clarification and any
portions of submittal impacted as a result of the response. Resubmittal is to be received
by the Engineer within 30 calendar days of the date of the Engineer's transmittal
requiring the resubmittal.
4. "REJECTED" -This code is assigned when the submittal does not meet the intent of the
Contract Documents. The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring
the submittal into conformance. It may be necessary to resubmit using a different
manufacturer/vendor to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents.
5. "RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGED (Not subject to Engineer's Approval)" - This code is
assigned to acknowledge receipt of a submittal that is not subject to the Engineer's
approval. This code is generally used with submittals involving the Conti-actor's means
and methods of construction work plans,and health and safety plans.
1.15 ELECTRONIC CAD FILES OF PROJECT DRAWINGS
A. Electronic CAD Files of Project Drawings: May only be used to expedite production of Shop
Drawings for the Project.Use for other Projects or purposes is not allowed.
B. Electronic CAD Files of Project Drawings: Distributed only under the following conditions:
I. Use of files is solely at receiver's risk. Engineer does not warrant accuracy of files.
Receiving files in electronic form does not relieve receiver of responsibilities for
measurements, dimensions, and quantities set forth in Contract Documents. In the event
of ambiguity, discrepancy, or conflict between information on electronic media and that
in Contract Documents,notify Engineer of discrepancy and use infort-nation in hard-copy
Drawings and Specifications.
2. CAD files do not necessarily represent the latest Contract Documents, existing
conditions, and as-built conditions. Receiver is responsible for determining and
complying with these conditions and for incorporating addenda and modifications.
3. User is responsible for removing information not normally provided on Shop Drawings
and removing references to Contract Documents. Shop Drawings submitted with
information associated with other trades or with references to Contract Documents will
not be reviewed and will be immediately returned.
4. Receiver shall not hold Engineer responsible for data or file clean-up required to make
files usable, nor for error or malfunction in translation, interpretation, or use of this
electronic information.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Submittal Procedures
City of Round Rock 013300. 12
R(`,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
5. Receiver shall understand that even though Engineer has computer virus scanning
software to detect presence of computer viruses, there is no guarantee that computer
viruses are not present in files or in electronic media,
6, Receiver shall not hold Engineer responsible for such viruses or their consequences, and
shall hold Engineer harmless against costs, losses, or damage caused by presence of
computer virus in files or media.
1,16 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION(RFI)
A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or
interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the
font specified,
I. Engineer will return without response those RFIs submitted to Engineer by other entities
controlled by Contractor.
2, Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt mariner to avoid delays in Contractor's work or
work of subcontractors.
B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or
interpretation and the following
I. Project name.
2. Owner name,
1 Owner's project number.
4. Name of Engineer.
5. Engineer's project number.
6. Date.
7. Name of Contractor.
8, RFI number,numbered sequentially.
9. RFI subject.
10. Specification section number and title and related paragraphs,as appropriate.
IL Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate.
11 Field dimensions and conditions,as appropriate.
11 Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the
Contract Time or the Contract Sum,Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
14, Contractor's signature.
15, Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop
Drawings,coordination drawings,and other information necessary to fully describe items
needing interpretation.
a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected
materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.
C. RFI I-orms: Font found in Section 018000 -"Forms".
1. Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format.
D, Engineer's Action: Engineer will review each RFI,determine action required,and respond.
WaterTreatment Hant Pressure Control VaNes Submittal Procedures
Oty of Round Rock W3300- 13
)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action:
a. Requests for approval of submittals.
b. Requests for approval of substitutions.
C. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods.
d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract
Documents.
e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.
E Requests for interpretation of Engineer's actions on submittals.
g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.
2. Engineer's action may include a request for additional information.
3. Engineer's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the
Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit a Change Proposal.
a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or
the Contract Sum,notify Engineer in a formal letter within 5 days of receipt of the
RFI response.
E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number.
Submit log weekly.Include the following:
1. Project name.
2. Name and address of Contractor.
3. Name and address of Engineer.
4. RFI number,including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn.
5. RFI description.
6. Date the RFI was submitted.
7. Date Engineer's response was received.
8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and
Proposal Request,as appropriate.
9. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as
appropriate.
F. On receipt of Engineer's action,update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFl response
to affected parties. Review response and notify Engineer within seven days if Contractor
disagrees with response.
1.17 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Within 15 calendar days after award of Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a
tentative schedule of values (a breakdown of the lump sum bid items) for the purpose of
developing an approved schedule of values, which in turn shall be used to determine partial
payment estimates.
1. The tentative schedule of values will be reviewed by the Owner''Engineer to determine
whether, in the Owner's judgement, it is sufficiently detailed for the purpose intended.
The Owner will also evaluate the tentative schedule of values to determine whether, in
the Owner's judgement, the prices included are "unbalanced". Any unbalanced schedule
or subsidiary items will be disallowed.
2. The Owner/Engineer will provide the Contractor with comments and/or may request
additional information from the Contractor to justify certain item quantities and prices.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Submittal Procedures
City of Round Rock 013300- 14
f,;2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
On the basis of the Engineer's comments, the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the
tentative schedule of values for further review and/or approval.
3, Once the tentative schedule of values is approved by the Owner/Engineer,it shall becorne
the approved schedule of values to be used in detennining partial payment estimates. Ten
(10) copies of this schedule shall be submitted to the Owner for distribution and the
Owner's use,
4. No partial payment request (including the first) shall be made or approved until the
schedule of values has been approved by the Owner.
B, In so far as possible, total quantities and unit prices shall be shown for all items of work,
separating for each item the materials and labor and such other sub items as the Conti-actor may
desire. ""Lump sum", "miscellaneous", and other such general entries in the schedule of values
shall be avoided whenever possible. Stich items as Bond premiums, temporary facilities, and
equipment storage may be listed separately in the schedule of values,provided the costs can be
substantiated. Overhead and profit shall not be listed as separate items.
C, At a mininiurn,the breakdown within the schedule of values for each bid item shall separate out
the following costs if applicable: Bond; Mobilization; Fencing; Road Material and Grading;
Sidewalks; Excavation; Backfill; Waterstop; Concrete (by class); Reinforcing Steel;
Miscellaneous Metals and Structural Steel; Grout; Sand; Yard Pipe, Valves, and Fittings;
Manholes; Mechanical Pipe, Valves, and Fittings; Weirs, Gates, and Troughs; Mechanical
Equipment; Structures (other than Concrete); Motor Control Centers; Electrical; Painting;
Cleanup; Landscape; Site Work;Trench Safety;and/or any other items such as are applicable to
the Work.
D. The sum of the items listed on the schedule of values for each bid item shall equal the contract
lump sum price for the bid item, and the total of all items included in the schedule of values
shall equal the contract price. No additional payment will be allowed if the quantities shown on
the schedule are less than those actually required to accomplish the work, unless the quantities
are altered by a change order. The schedule of values shall not be interpreted as a means by
which the contract price could be diminished.
1.18 PAYMENT APPLICATIONS
A, Partial payments will be made for materials and equipment stored on site but not installed, in
accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. The arnount paid for stored materials
shall be for amount actually paid by Contractor and include any discounts received for early
payment. In order to receive approval for partial payment of any materials and equipment
stored on site,the Contractor must submit copies of the original invoice with the Application for
Payment for all materials and equipment, in order to be approved for payment. Payment for all
stored on-site items shall be subject to the retainage described in Article 14 of the General
Conditions,
B. For all lump sum work, payment will be made on the basis of percent complete of each task
identified in Contractor's Schedule of Values.
C. Payment for Insurance and Bonds
WaterTreatment Mann Pressure ControQ VaNes Submittal Procedures
City of Round Rock CSV 3300- 15
...............
C)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1. Contractor's Insurance and Bonds shall include costs for insurance plus Performance and
Payment Bonds.
2. Payment for Insurance and Bonds will be made on the first approved monthly pay request
with suitable evidence of the cost thereof. The amount should agree with the suitable ev-
idence provided and the Schedule of Values.
3. The amount of the Insurance and Bonds on the Schedule of Values shall not exceed 2.5
percent of the total contract amount. The amount of the Insurance,Bonds,and Mobiliza-
tion/Demobilization shall not exceed 5 percent of the total contract amount.
D. Payment for Mobilization and Demobilization
1. Mobilization and Demobilization includes costs of personnel, equipment and supplies,
construction offices and the utility costs associated therewith,etc.
2. Payments for Mobilization and Demobilization will be made as follows based upon the
"adjusted contract amount" for construction items. The "adjusted contract amount" is
defined as the total contract amount less the amount for Insurance and Bonds and less the
amount for Mobilization and Demobilization.
3. When I percent of the adjusted contract amount for construction items is earned, 25
percent of the mobilization and demobilization amount shown in the Schedule of Values
will be paid.
4. When 10 percent of the adjusted contract amount for construction items is earned, 50
percent of the mobilization and demobilization amount shown in the Schedule of Values
will be paid.
5, When 25 percent of the adjusted contract amount for construction items is earned, 75
percent of the mobilization and demobilization amount shown in the Schedule of Values
will be paid.
6. Upon Final Completion of all Work items,payment for the remainder of the mobilization
and demobilization amount shown in the Schedule of Values will be made.
7. The amount for Insurance, Bonds, and Mobilization/Demobilization shall not exceed 5
percent of the total contract amount.
PART -PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 -EXECUTION(NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 013300
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Submittal Procedures
City of Round Rock 013300- 16
,f,,)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 013544-ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PROCEDURES
PART GENERAL
Lol RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work covered by this Section consists of furnishing all labor,materials and equipment and
performing all work required for the prevention of environmental pollution in conformance with
applicable laws and regulations,during and as the result of construction operations under this
Contract. For the purpose of this Specification,environmental pollution is defined as the
presence of chemical,physical,or biological elements or agents which adversely affect human
health or welfare;unfavorably alter ecological balances of importance to human life;affect
other species of importance to man;or degrade the utility of the environment for aesthetic
and/or recreational purposes.
B. The control of environmental pollution requires consideration of air,water and land, and
involves management of noise and solid waste,as well as other pollutants.
C. Schedule and conduct all work in a manner that will minimize the erosion of soils in the area of
the work. Provide erosion control measures such as sedimentation or filtration systems,berms,
silt fences,seeding,mulching or other special surface treatments as are required to prevent
silting and muddying of streams,rivers,impoundments, lakes,etc. All erosion control measures
shall be in place in an area prior to any construction activity in that area. Specific requirements
for Erosion and Sedimentation Controls are specified in Section 312500.
D. These Specifications are intended to ensure that construction is achieved with a minimum of'
disturbance to the existing ecological balance between a water resource and its surroundings.
These are general guidelines. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine the specific
construction techniques to meet these guidelines.
E. All phases of sedimentation and erosion control shall comply with and be subject to the
approval of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ)and the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency(U.S.EPA).
1.03 APPLICABLE REGULATIONS
A, Comply with all applicable Federal, State and local laws and regulations concerning
environmental pollution control and abatement.
1,04 NOTIFICATIONS
A. The Owner or Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any non-compliance with the
foregoing provisions or of any environmentally objectionable acts and corrective action to be
taken. State or local agencies responsible for verification of certain aspects of the
environmental protection requirements shall notify the Contractor in writing, through the
Engineer,of any non-compliance with State or local requirements, The Contractor shall,after
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Environmental Protection Procedures
City of Round Rock 013544 - I
Q(`x 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
receipt of such notice from the Engineer or from the regulatory agency through the Engineer,
irmnediately take corrective action. Such notice, when delivered to the Contractor or his
authorized representative at the site of the work,shall be deemed sufficient for the purpose. If
the Contractor fails or refuses to comply promptly,the Owner may issue an order stopping all or
part of the work until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. No part of the time lost due
to any such stop orders shall be made the subject of a claim for extension of time or for excess
costs or damages by the Contractor unless it is later determined that the Contractor was in
compliance.
1.05 IMPLEMENTATION
A. Prior to commencement of the work,meet with the Owner to develop mutual understandings
relative to compliance with this provision and administration of the environmental pollution
control program.
B. Remove temporary environmental control features,when approved by the Engineer,and
incorporate permanent control features into the project at the earliest practicable time.
1.06 PROTECTION OF WATERWAYS
A. The Contractor shall observe the rules and regulations of the State of Texas and agencies of the
U.S. Government prohibiting the pollution of any lake,stream,river,or wetland by the dumping
of any refuse,rubbish,dredge material,or debris therein.
B. Contractors are specifically cautioned that disposal of materials into any waters of the State
must conform with the requirements of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
(TCEQ),and an applicable permit from the U.S.Army Corps of Engineers.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing holding ponds or an approved method which
will handle,carry through,or divert around his work all flows,including storm flows and flows
created by construction activity,so as to prevent silting of waterways or flooding damage to the
property or adjacent properties.
D. If required,the Contractor shall prepare a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan and obtain a
Texas Pollution Discharge Elimination System(TPDES)permit and monitor the site per the
permit requirements until Final Completion.
1.07 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATION AND OTHER WASTE MATERIALS
A. Excess excavated material not required or suitable for backfill and other waste material must be
disposed of at sites approved by the Owner and Engineer.
B. Unacceptable disposal sites include,but are not limited to,sites within a wetland or critical
habitat and sites where disposal will have a detrimental effect on surface water or groundwater
quality.
C. The Contractor may make his own arrangements for disposal subject to submission of proof to
the Engineer that the Owner(s)of the proposed site(s)has a valid fill permit issued by the
appropriate governmental agency and submission of a haul route plan including a map of the
proposed route(s).
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Environmental Protection Procedures
City of Round Rock 013544- 2
k" 2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
D. The Contractor shall provide watertight conveyance of any liquid,semi-liquid,or saturated
solids which tend to bleed or leak during transport. No liquid loss from transported materials
will be permitted whether being delivered to the construction site or being hauled away for
disposal. Fluid materials hauled for disposal must be specifically acceptable at the selected
disposal site.
1.08 USE OF CHEMICALS
A. All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation, whether
herbicide,pesticide,disinfectant,polymer,reactant or of other classification, must show
approval of either the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the U.S. Department of
Agriculture or any other applicable regulatory agency. Use of all such chemicals and disposal
of residues shall be in conformance with the manufacturer's instructions.
B. Any oil or other hydrocarbon spilled or dumped on the Owner's site during construction must be
excavated and completely removed from the site prior to final acceptance. Soil contaminated
by the Contractor's operations shall become the property of the Contractor,who will bear all
costs of testing and disposal,
1.09 PAYMENT
A. The work specified in this Section shall be considered incidental and payment will be included
as part of the appropriate lump sum or unit prices specified in the Bid Form.
PART2 PRODUCTS(NOT USED)
PART EXECUTION
3.01 EROSION CONTROL
A. Provide positive means of erosion control such as shallow ditches or berms around construction
to carry off surface water. Erosion control measures,such as siltation basins,mulching,jute
netting and other equivalent techniques,shall be used as appropriate. Flow of surface water into
excavated areas shall be prevented. Ditches around construction area shall also be used to carry
away water resulting from dewatering of excavated areas. At the completion of the work,
ditches shall be backfilled and the ground surface restored to original condition.
3.02 PROTECTION OF STREAMS
A. Care shall be taken to prevent, or reduce to a minimum,any damage to any stream,water ways,
or lakes from pollution by debris,sediment or other material,or from the manipulation of
equipment and/or materials in or near such streams. Water that has been used for washing or
processing,or that contains oils or sediments that will reduce the quality of the water in the
stream, shall not be directly returned to the stream. Such waters shall be diverted through a
settling basin or filter before being directed into the streams.
B. The Contractor shall not discharge water from dewatering operations directly into any live or
intermittent stream, channel,wetlands,surface water or any storm sewer. Water from
dewatering operations shall be treated by filtration,settling basins,or other approved method to
reduce the amount of sediment contained in the water.
Water Treativent Plant Piressure Control Valves Environmental Protection Procedures
City of Round Rock 013544-3
t° 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. All preventative measures shall be taken to avoid spillage of petroleum products and other
pollutants. In the event of any spillage,prompt remedial action shall be taken in accordance
with a contingency action plan approved by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality
(TCEQ). Contractor shall submit two copies of approved contingency plans to the Engineer.
D. Water being flushed from structures or pipelines after disinfection,with a chlorine residue of
2 mg/l or greater,shall be treated with a dechlorination solution,in a method approved by the
Engineer,prior to discharge.
3.03 PROTECTION OF LAND RESOURCES
A. Land resources within the project boundaries and outside the limits of permanent work shall be
restored to a condition,after completion of construction, that will appear to be natural and not
detract from the appearance of the project. Confine all construction activities to areas shown on
the Drawings.
B. Outside of areas requiring earthwork for the construction of the new facilities,the Contractor
shall not deface,injure„or destroy trees or shrubs,nor remove or cut them without prior
approval. No ropes,cables,or guys shall be fastened to or attached to any existing nearby trees
for anchorage unless specifically authorized by the Engineer. Where such special emergency
use is permitted,first wrap the trunk with a sufficient thickness of burlap or rags over which
softwood cleats shall be tied before any rope,cable,or wire is placed. The Contractor shall in
any event be responsible for any damage resulting from such use.
C. Any trees or other landscape feature scarred or damaged by the Contractor's equipment or
operations shall be restored as nearly as possible to its original condition. The Engineer will
decide what method of restoration shall be used and whether damaged trees shall be treated and
healed or removed and disposed of.
1. All scars made on trees by equipment,construction operations,or by the removal of limbs
larger than 1-inch in diameter shall be coated as soon as possible with an approved tree
wound dressing. All trimming or pruning shall be performed in an approved manner by
experienced workmen with saws or pruning shears. Tree trimming with axes will not be
permitted.
2. Climbing ropes shall be used where necessary for safety. Trees that are to remain,either
within or outside established clearing limits,but are subsequently damaged by the
Contractor and are beyond saving in the opinion of the Engineer,shall be immediately
removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
D. The locations of the Contractor's storage,and other construction buildings,required temporarily
in the performance of the work,shall be cleared portions of the job site or areas to be cleared as
shown on the Drawings and shall require written approval of the Owner and Engineer and shall
not be within wetlands or floodplains. The preservation of the landscape shall be an imperative
consideration in the selection of all sites and in the construction of buildings. Drawings
showing storage facilities shall be submitted for approval of the Engineer.
E. If the Contractor proposes to construct temporary roads or embankments and excavations for
work areas,he/she shall submit the following for approval at least ten days prior to scheduled
start of such temporary work.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Environmental Protection Procedures
City of Round Rock 013544-4
4'z')2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1. A layout of all temporary roads,excavations and embankments to be constructed within
the work area.
2. Details of temporary road construction.
3. Drawings and cross sections of proposed embankments and their foundations,including a
description of proposed materials.
F. Remove all signs of temporary construction facilities such as haul roads,work areas,structures,
foundations of temporary structures,stockpiles of excess or waste materials,or any other
vestiges of construction as directed by the Owner or Engineer. It is anticipated that excavation,
filling and plowing of roadways will be required to restore the area to near natural conditions
which will permit the growth of vegetation thereon. The disturbed areas shall be prepared and
seeded as described in Section 329200—Turf and Grasses,or as approved by the Owner or
Engineer.
G. All debris and excess material shall be disposed of outside wetland or floodplain areas in an
environmentally sound manner,
3.04 PROTECTION OF AIR QUALITY
A. Burning. The use of burning at the project site for the disposal of refuse and debris will not be
permitted.
B. Dust Control. The Contractor will be required to maintain all excavations,embankment,
stockpiles,access roads,plant sites,waste areas,borrow areas,and all other work areas within
or without the project boundaries free from dust which could cause the standards for air
pollution to be exceeded,and which would cause a hazard or nuisance to others.
C, An approved method of stabilization consisting of sprinkling or other similar methods will be
permitted to control dust. The use of petroleum products is prohibited. The use of chlorides
may be permitted with approval from the Engineer.
D. Sprinkling,to be approved,must be repeated at such intervals as to keep all parts of the
disturbed area at least damp at all times, and the Contractor must have sufficient Suitable
equipment oil the job to accomplish this if sprinkling is used. Dust control shall be performed
as the work proceeds and whenever a dust nuisance or hazard occurs,as determined by the
Engineer.
3.05 MAINTENANCE OF POLLUTION CONTROL FACILITIES DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. During the life of this Contract, maintain all facilities constructed for pollution control as long
as the operations creating the particular pollutant are being carried out or until the material
concerned has become stabilized to the extent that pollution is no longer being created.
3.06 NOISE CONTROL
A. During construction,the Contractor shall make every effort to minimize noises caused by his
operations. Equipment shall be equipped with silencers or mufflers designed to operate with the
least possible noise in compliance with State and Federal regulations.
END OF SECTION 011100
Water'Freatment Plant Pressure Controt Valves Environmental Protection Procedures
Cay of'Round Rock 013544 5
r 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
This page intentionally left blank.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Environmental Protection Procedures
City of Round Rock 013544-6
e>2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 414000 -QUALITY REQU IREMENTS
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality
control.
B. Testing and inspection services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or
indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the
Contract Document requirements.
1. Specific quality-assurance and quality-control requirements for individual work results
are specified in their respective Specification Sections, Requirements in individual
Sections may also cover production of standard products.
2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-
assurance and quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract
Document requirements,
3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and quality-control services
required by Engineer, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by
provisions of this Section.
13 DEFINITIONS
A. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced," unless otherwise further
described, means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in
nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and
having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Field Quality-Control Tests and Inspections: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site
for installation of the Work and for completed Work,
C. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an
employee, subcontractor, or sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation,
including installation,erection,application,assembly,and similar operations.
1. Use of trade-specific terminology in ref'erring to a Work result does not require that
certain construction activities specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s).
D. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before
products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Quality Requirements
City of Round Rock 014000 1
r 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
with specified criteria. Unless otherwise indicated, copies of reports of tests or inspections
performed for other than the Project do not meet this definition.
E. Product Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed by a nationally recognized testing
laboratory (NRTL) according to 29 CFR 1910.7, by a testing agency accredited according to
MST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program(NVLAP),or by a testing agency
qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to
establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements.
F. Source Quality-Control Tests and Inspections: Tests and inspections that are performed at the
source(e,g.,plant,mill,factory,or shop).
G, Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. The terin
"testing laboratory"shall have the same meaning as the term"testing agency."
H. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during
execution of the Work, to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed
construction will comply with requirements.
1. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after
execution of the Work, to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and
completed construction comply with requirements. Contractor's quality-control services do not
include contract administration activities performed by Engineer.
1.4 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES
A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a
design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide
products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.
1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required,submit
a written request for additional information to Engineer.
B. Delegated-Design Services Statement: Submit a statement signed and sealed by the responsible
design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be
designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in
compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and
other factors used in performing these services.
1.5 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Conflicting Standards and Other Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards or
requirements is specified and the standards or requirements establish different or conflicting
requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, inform the Engineer regarding the
conflict and obtain clarification prior to proceeding with the Work. Refer conflicting
requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Engineer for clarification before
proceeding.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Quality Requirements
City of Round Rock 014000-2
(t)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
13. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be
the minimum provided or perfonned. The actual installation may comply exactly with the
minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits.
To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are nunit-num or maximum, as
appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Engineer for a decision
before proceeding.
L6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A, Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For quality-assurance and quality-control activities and
responsibilities.
B. Qualification Data: For Contractor's quality-control personnel [and Delegated-Designer].
C. Contractor's Statement of Responsibility: When required by authorities having jurisdiction,
submit copy of written statement of responsibility submitted to authorities having jurisdiction
before starting work on the following systems:
1. Seismic-force-resisting system, designated seismic system, or component listed ill the
Statement of Special Inspections.
2. Primary wind-force-resisting system or a wind-resisting component listed in the
Statement of Special Inspections,
D. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience, Include proof of qualifications in the form of a
recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority,
E. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following-
1. Specification Section number and title.
2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections.
3. Description of test and inspection.
4. Identification of applicable standards.
5. Identification of test and inspection methods.
6, Number of tests and inspections required.
T Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections.
& Requirements for obtaining samples.
9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service,
F. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports and documents as specified,
G. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owners record, submit copies of permits, licenses,
certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee
payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents established for
compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.
Waterl"reatrnent Plant Pressure ContrM VaNes Qualifty Requirements
Oty of Round Rock 014000 3
14,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.7 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN
A. Quality-Control Plan,General: Submit quality-control plan within 10 days of Notice to Proceed,
and not less than five days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in format acceptable to
Engineer. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records, and forms to be
used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and quality-control responsibilities and to
coordinate Owner's quality-assurance and quality-control activities. Coordinate with
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified personnel trained and experienced
in managing and executing quality-assurance and quality-control procedures similar in nature
and extent to those required for Project.
1. Project quality-control manager may also serve as Project superintendent.
C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through
review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible
for submittal review.
D. Testing and Inspection: In quality-control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work
requiring testing or inspection,including the following:
I. Contractor-performed tests and inspections, including subcontractor-performed tests and
inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor-elected tests and
inspections. Distinguish source quality-control tests and inspections from field quality-
control tests and inspections.
2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the
Statement of Special Inspections.
3. Owner-performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract Documents.
E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during
construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and
inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring the Work into
compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved
mockups.
F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of
approved and rejected results. Include Work Engineer has indicated as nonconforming or
defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming Work into compliance with
requirements.Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.8 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS
A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other
Sections. Include the following:
1. Date of issue.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name,address,telephone number,and email address of testing agency.
4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Quality Requirements
City of Round Rock 014000 .4
..........
4,')2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
5, Narnes of individuals making tests and inspections.
6, Description of the Work and test and inspection method,
7, Identification of product and Specification Section,
8, Complete test or inspection data,
9, Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results,
M Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample-taking and testing and
inspection.
I I. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with
the Contract Document requirements.
11 Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
13, Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.
B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written infonnation
documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other
Sections. Include the following:
I Name, address, telephone number, and email address of technical representative making
report.
2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.
3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.
4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with
requirements and,if not,what corrective action was taken.
5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance
complies with requirements.
6. Statement of whether conditions,products,and installation will affect warranty,
7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
Pactory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting
manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in
other Sections, Include the following:
I. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of factory-authorized service
representative making report.
2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements,
3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance
complies with requirements,
4. Statement of whether conditions,products,and installation will affect warranty.
5, Other required iterns,indicated in individual Specification Sections.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required;
individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.
13. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar
to those indicated for this Project and with a record of'successful in-service performance, as
well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. As applicable, procure products
from manufacturers able to meet qualification requirements, warranty requirements, and
technical or factory-authorizcd service representative requirements.
Water Tyeaunent Plant Pressure ControVMves Quality Requirements
Cay of'Round Rock 014000-5
cif 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated
for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient
production capacity to produce required units.
D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, applying, or
assembling work similar in material,design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose
work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
E. Design Professional Qualifications: A professional engineer/registered architect who is legally
qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services of the kind indicated. Design 1 engineering services are defined as those
performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that is similar in material,
design,and extent to those indicated for this Project.
F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be
perforrned by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy
qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged in the activities indicated.
I. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for
specialists.
G. Testing and Inspecting Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent
agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspection indicated, as
documented in accordance with ASTM E329, and with additional qualifications specified in
individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to
authorities.
Ff. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of
manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect,demonstrate,
repair and perform service on installations of manufacturer's products that are similar in
material,design,and extent to those indicated for this Project.
1. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of
manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of
manufacturer's products that are similar in material,design,and extent to those indicated for this
Project.
J. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing
for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods. Contractor
responsibilities include the following:
I. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction.
2. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing
results to prevent delaying the Work.
3, Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test,
inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Engineer with copy to Contractor.
Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected Work
complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Quality Requirements
City of Round Rock 014000-6
��2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1,10 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility,
Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services,
I Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing
agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspection they are engaged to
perform.
2. Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspection allowances specified
in the Bid Form as authorized by Change Orders,
3. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by Work
that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor.
B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are
Contractor's responsibility, Perform additional quality-control activities, whether specified or
not,to verify and docurnent that the Work complies with requirements,
1. Unless otherwise indicated,provide quality-control services specified and those required
by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor
by authorities having jurisdiction,whether specified or riot.
2. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform quality-control services.
a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in
writing by Owner.
3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires
testing or inspection will be performed.
4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a
certified written report,in duplicate,of each quality-control service,
5. Testing and inspection requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract
Documents are Contractor's responsibility.
6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction,
when they so direct,
C. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's
responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for
construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Conti-act Documents.
D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Engineer and Contractor in performance of
duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.
I. Notify Engineer and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the
Work during performance of its services.
2. Determine the locations from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests
are conducted.
3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and
inspected Work complies with or deviates from requirements.
4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and Similar
quality-control service through Contractor.
5. Do not release, revoke,alter,or increase(lie Contract Document requirements or approve
or accept any portion of the Work.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Qualay Reqwrements
City of Round Rock 01400-.7
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
6. Do not perform duties of Contractor.
E. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service
representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including
service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 013300 "Submittal
Procedures."
F. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical
representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's
services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and
conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed
portions of the Work,and submittal of written reports.
G. Contractor's Associated Requirements and Services: Cooperate with agencies and
representatives performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and
provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of
operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:
1. Access to the Work.
2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and
inspection. Assist agency in obtaining samples.
4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.
5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies.
6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing
agency.
7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspection equipment at Project
site.
H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and
quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and
replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspection.
I. Schedule times for tests,inspections,obtaining samples,and similar activities.
1. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality-
control services required by the Contract Documents. Coordinate and submit concurrently with
Contractor's Construction Schedule. Update and submit with each Application for Payments.
1. Schedule Contents. Include tests, inspections, and quality-control services, including
Contractor- and Owner-retained services, commissioning activities, and other Project-
required services paid for by other entities.
2. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Engineer, testing agencies, and each party
involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Quality Requirements
City of Round Rock 014000, 8
I`12022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
PART 2- PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG
A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:
I. Date test or inspection was conducted,
2. Description of the Work tested or inspected.
3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Engineer,
4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection,
BMaintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and
inspection log for Engineer's reference during normal working hours.
L Submit log at Project closeout as part of Project Record Documents.
3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: On completion of testing, inspection, sample taking, and similar services, repair
damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
I. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other
Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas
and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as
possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in
Section 017300"Execution."
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for quality-control services.
END OF SECTION 014000
WaterTrearment Nana PresstacControl VaNes Quality Reqwrcments
City of Round Rock 0 14001) 9
4 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
This page intentionally left blank.
Water'Creatonent Plant Pressure Control Valves Quality Requirements
City of Round Rack 014000- 10
0 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 0142010 -REFERENCES
PART I GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Approved` When used to convey Engineer's action on Contractor's submittals, applications,
and requests, "approved" is limited to Engineer's duties and responsibilities as stated in the
Conditions of the Contract.
C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Engineer. Other terms including "requested,"
"authorized," "selected," "required,"and""permitted'"have the same meaning as "directed."
D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form oil
Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents, Other terms including "shown,"
"noted," "scheduled,"and"specified"have the same meaning as"indicated."
E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction,and rules,conventions,and agreements within the construction industry that control
perfortliance of the Work,
F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
installation,and similar operations.
G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, asserrible, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to
dimension, finish,cure,protect, clean, and similar operations at Project site,
K "Provide": Furnish and install,complete and ready for the intended use.
1. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of ProJect site
is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on
which Project is to be built.
13 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if
bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards
are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
Water Treaftnent Ph.ml Pressure Comrol VaNes References
01),of Round Rock 0 1 420�O- I
T)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless
otherwise indicated.
C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with
industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not
bound with the Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain
copies directly from publication source.
1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's
"Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia Books'
"National Trade&Professional Associations of the United States."
B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.
The information in this list is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of
the Contract Documents.
i. AABC-Associated Air Balance Council; mM_ ,.waabc.cs" .
2. AAMA-American Architectural Manufacturers Association; w.aamanet.or .
3. AAPFCO-Association of American Plant Food Control Officials; w.aa fco.or .
4. AASHTO-American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials;
www t1A sportat crn".or,.
S. AATCC-American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists; .aatcc.or&,
6. ABMA- American Bearing Manufacturers Association; .ameripcatlb lair
7. ABMA-American Boiler Manufacturers Association;www,abraia ggrpt
8. ACI-American Concrete Institute;(Formerly: ACI International);
9. ACPA-American Concrete Pipe Association; weuW_g ncrete Ittp .c rg.
10. AE1C-Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc.(The); ,,, w aecracg.
11. AF&PA-American Forest&Paper Association, www-A .
12. AGA-American Gas Association; w .,.ala.Qr .
1.3. AHAM -Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers; Avv, .alaxx,.Urg.
14. AI-IRI -Air-Conditioning,Heating,and Refrigeration Institute(The); www.ahrinet.or
15. Al-Asphalt Institute; .as lialtinstitute.or .
16. AIA-American Institute of Architects(The);www.aia.org.
17. AISC-American Institute of Steel Construction; www.aiscmg.
LS. AISI-American Iron and Steel Institute;35yHsteel.org.
19. AITC-American Institute of Timber Construction; ..... site t11t1aMrtl,.or'.
20. AMCA-Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; _ amca.or .
21. ANSI -American National Standards Institute; .ansi.org.
22. AOSA-Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc.; ,,,,....... ,.......aosaseed c
23. APA-APA-The Engineered Wood Association, www apawood.crg.
24. APA-Architectural Precast Association;www,archprec ,l.xr
25. API -American Petroleum Institute;ww,,,,w api�Qmr
26. ARI-Air-Conditioning&Refrigeration Institute;(See AHRI).
27. ARI-American Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI).
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves References
City of Round mock 014200-2
4_ CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
28. ARMA-Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association, WW;w.asplialtroofinori.
29. ASCE-American Society of Civil Engineers;wwyvr asce,�grg.
30. ASCE/SEI-American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute;(See
ASCE).
31. ASH AE -American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers;
www,asl"ra"e..org.
32, ASME-AS E International;(American Society of Mechanical Engineers);
w a�ww�.,a,sgrte.,.QM.
33. ASSE_American Society of Safety Engineers(The); www.asse.t2rgp.
34, ASSE_American Society of Sanitary Engineering; wwyA,gas c, aiutru,ting agrg.
35. ASTM -ASTM International; ry tggrg,crr,g.
36. ATIS-Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions; wwy 4�4eso
37. AWEA-American Wind Energy Association;yaww.awea.ort.
38. AWI-Architectural Woodwork Institute; www.awinet.or .
39, AWMAC-Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada;
www_.awmac.coni.
40. AWPA-American Wood Protection Association; fir.. wwp4wyuft4.,ggM.
41. AWS -American Welding Society; wvwvw.aws.org,,
42. AWWA-American Water Works Association; wvww a___wa..tgrg.
ttlders,
43. BHMA-Builders Hardware Manufacturers Assoctakion•,www,_
wrwwy bg.W,µ,,,_�.liardware,cotrt._
44, EIA-Brick Industry Association(The); ,..w w ptartck�crnx.
45. BICSI -BICSI, Inc.; wwvr, wt ws�prg.
46. BIFMA-BIFMA International; (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's
Association), btfma,org.
47. BISSC- Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee; w ww ,b ssc,org,
48. BWF-Badminton World Federation;(Formerly: International Badminton Federation);
49. CDA-Copper Development Association;WWvv,cgpp carg.
50. CE-Conformite Europeenne;jrtt 2: /ec reaart>to gg grogw tl/s rxgle-t qt/,c -gr<gkirt
51. CEA-Canadian Electricity Association; ri gleetncity.ca,
52. CEA-Consumer Electronics Association; wwwece.or .
53. UFA-Chemical Fabrics and Film Association„ Inc.; W.chemicalfabric.sand,f,Ilm�conn
54, CFSEI -Cold-Formed Steel Engineers Institute; www.cfsei.org.
55. CGA-Compressed Gas Association,Nyww cg anel,cgm.
56, LIMA-Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association; My)yxetltal rse,pr .
57. CISCA-Ceilings& Interior Systerns Construction Association;W,W,w,w,c 11ca org.
58. CISPI -Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute, ?y„c7s4rqpa,„ .
59. CLFMI-Chain Link Fence.Manufacturers Institute,4y ..t hairmlgt�cinfc2wcgrg.
60. CPA-Composite Panel Association; ., pbtndf carp.
61. CRI-Carpet and Rug Institute(The); wvw cars t-rteg..cggg ,
62. CRRC-Cool. Roof Rating Council; www,caataltcgtgf's.pr,g,
63. CRSI-Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute; w�,
64. CSA-CSA Group; www&§g,4 ggp.com.
65. CSA-CSA International; ,, w,csa interr%a,c,rrgnal,org.
66. CSI -Construction Specifications Institute(The');ay csinet.ors,
.
67. CSSB -Cedar Shake& Shingle Bureau; wywvw,cedarbureau,orgg.
fib. CTI -Cooling Technology Institute; (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute);www&jijorg
69. CWC -Composite Wood Council; (See CPA),
70. DA SMA-Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association;, w. a ma.cpgrr,
71. DSII - Door and Hardware Institute; __O1e wall i or Y.
72. ECA- Electronic Components Association;(See ECIA),
Water Treaataiwaa Maw Pressure Control Valves References
Oty of Round Rock 014200-3
<2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
73. ECAMA-Electronic Components Assemblies&Materials Association;(See ECIA).
74. ECIA-Electronic Components Industry Association;www, ctagn)ine.grg.
75. EIA- Electronic Industries Alliance;(See TIA).
76. EIMA- EIFS Industry Members Association;.m.,ww,eirna coo.
p w.e,,�rna., r .
77. EJMA- Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.;wwmm„_
78. ESD -ESD Association;(Electrostatic Discharge Association);, ,,..&"�&Q .
79. ESTA- Entertainment Services and Technology Association;(See PLASA).
80, ETL-Intertek(See Intertek);yKE intertek.com.
81. EVO -Efficiency Valuation Organization; w.evo-world.or
82. FCI -Fluid Controls Institute; _... w.fN,>jy i�li.lu r
83. FIBA- Federation Internationale de Basketball;(The International Basketball
Federation); .fiba.com.
84. FIVB-Federation Internationale de Volleyball;(The International Volleyball
Federation);AAW, y qrg.
85. FM Approvals-FM Approvals LLC; .KfrgjLgbat.qom.
86. FM Global - PM Global;(Formerly: FMG -FM 6Tobal), lira abal corn.
87. FRSA-Florida Roofing,Sheet Metal &Air Conditioning Contractors Association, Inc.;
www.floridaroofcom.
88. FSA- Fluid Scaling Association, __._w uidsea i ,IJ,can;t.
89. FSC-Forest Stewardship Council U.S.;www.fscus.org.
90. GA-Gypsum Association; w.t ssum or)-.
91. GANA-Glass Association of North America; �l ss ebslte cdrra.
92. GS -Green Seal; www.grreenseal.o%
93. HI -Hydraulic Institute, "Wr ,pumps rr„g.
94. HFGAMA-Hydronics InstituWGas Appliance Manufacturers Association;(See AHRI).
95, EIMMA-Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association;(See NAAMM).
96, HPVA-Hardwood Plywood& Veneer Association; _..._..,......hpva"rr
97. HPW -H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.;
y www.,iapsc o
98. IAPSC- International Association of Professional Security Consultants„ .,-_,,,w,. -
99. IAS- International Accreditation Service;,X)y rasgnhne,or .
100. ICBG)-International Conference of Building Officials;(See ICC).
101. ICC- International Code Council; www tcc+sffeµcar ,.
102, ILEA- Insulated Cable Engineers Association,Inc.;www,icea.net,
103. ICPA- International Cast Polymer Alliance;__ v,.$wcJaa h_q QrS.
104. ICRI - International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.;ww .i„01gar ,
105. IEC- International.Electrotechnical Commission; w.iec.ch.
106. IEEE- Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The); www,ip�crr .
107. IES-Illuminating Engineering Society;(Fontuerly: Illuminating Engineering Society of
North America); w.ies.or,g.
108. IESNA- Illuminating Engineering Society of North America;(See IES).
109. IEST- Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology; www.iestaog.
110. IGMA- Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance;W...:.wyj n onliine,,r�rg.
1 l 1. IGSHPA-International Ground Source Heat Pump Association;
w yyLigs is ckstate,e u.
��..
112. ILI -Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.; .iliai.com.
113. Intertek- Intertek Group;(Formerly: ETL SEMCO; Intertek Testing Service NA);
intertek.com.
114. IS�;��-.-,,,.,a �.,,,,,,,-�'„�'�.,,,�
-International Society of Automation(The); (Formerly: Instrumentation, Systems,
and Automation Society);MyAjsa.orL.
115. ISAS - Instrumentation,Systems,and Automation Society("Che); (See ISA).
Water Treatment Plant.Pressure Control.Valves References
City of Round Rock 014200-4
a" 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
116. ISFA-International Surface Fabricators Association;(Fonnerly: Inter-national Solid
Surface Fabricators Association); W 'i'5,,fi gw,q%.
11T ISO- International Organization for Standardization;��Jso�.or Y,
H& LSSA-International Solid Surface Fabricators Association;(See ISFA).
119. ITU-International Telecommunication Union; www.itu.intfhotne.
120. KCMA- Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association; AwwAAw.kciriaorg.
121. LMA-Laminating Materials Association;(See CPA).
122. LPI-Lightning Protection Institute; WWW,ji itnin .or'g.
123. MDMA- Metal Building Manufacturers Association;w"w"w,rnbrna,corn.
124MCA-Metal Construction Association; KWNy, e'i:'a'I'c'o'n's'tructi'op,o%,
125. MFMA-Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association,Inc.;
126. MFMA-Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc,;
127. MHIA-Material Handling Industry of America;MnyM,rrrttia.org,
128, MIA-Marble Institute of Arnerica; w-vy\Y,..rna.i.-b.lc-.in.s.t.i.tute. .o
.c .in.,
129. MMPA- Moulding& Millwork Producers Association; yywwwyi-QL_p
Pto ccawst,.
130. MPI -Master Painters Institute; AMMpAiRtiln-fo.c.o.p.i.
131. MSS -Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.;
www.mss-j%.pr2.
131 NAAMM -National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers;
wwwmaarrim,org.
131 MACE-NACE International;(National Association of Corrosion Engineers
International); www,nace,org.
134. NADCA -National Air Duct Cleaners Association;:!6ruev„nadca com,
135. NAIMA-North American.Insulation Manufacturers Association; Www,,na1i1m1a,.org'
136. NBGQA-National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.;
137, NBI-New Buildings Institute; WW
138, NCAA-National Collegiate Athletic Association(The);
139. NCMA-National Concrete Masonry Association;Ah2y.ncrnaorL.
140. NEBB -National Environmental Balancing Bureau; KwE nebborg,
141. NECA-National Electrical Contractors Association;�wyww,neeanet.or�,,,
142. NeLMA-Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association; ww
141 NEMA-National Electrical Manufacturers Association; wyr.ncrna erg.
144. META- InterNational Electrical Testing Association;
145. NFHS-National Federation of State High School Associations-,
146. NFPA-National Fire Protection Association;
147. NFPA-NFPA International;(See NFPA),
148. NFC-National Fenestration Rating Council;3nyy.nfrc.org.
149. NHI-A-National Hardwood Lumber Association; www.rilila.com,
150. NLGA-National Lumber Grades Authority;KWKnlg, ,oLg,
151. NOFMA-National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association;(See NWFA).
152, NOMMA-National Ornamental &Miscellaneous Metals Association; My
ymonirna.or-
g
151 NBCA-National Roofing Contractors Association; www.nrca.net,
154. NRMCA-National Ready Mixed Concrete Association; AAAnrmca.org.
155. NSF-NSF International,A3yH.nqf.or&
156. NSPE-National Society of Professional Engineers; www.nsL.)e.org.
157, NSSGA-National Stone,Sand& Gravel Association;AML%�.nssga.,®r,,.
158. NTMA -National Terrazzo&Mosaic Association, Inc.(The); www.ntma.corn.
159, NWFA -National Wood Flooring Association; )yw
160. PC[ -Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute,AE)y.Licjorg,
161. PDI - Plumbing& Drainage Institute;)ny3K.jLcfionlme org,
Water"i featrnoii Mani Presstac ControVapves flee fierences
Cory of Round Rock W4200-5
t)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
162. PLASA- PLASA;(Formerly: ESTA- Entertainment Services and Technology
Association);www,.p
163. RCSC-Research Council on Structural Connections;
164. RFCI-Resilient Floor Covering Institute; w!ww rfcisotn.
165. RIS-Redwood Inspection Service; www.redwoodi
166. SAE-SAE International;yam�.sae.or .
167. SCTE-Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers; www,s tg,pr .
168. SDI -Steel Deck Institute;KiLW,sd:
169. SDI - Steel Door Institute;Www,steeldQqr,QrZ.
170. SEFA-Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association(The);www,,sefalabs.coni,
171, SEI/ASCE-Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers;(See
ASCE).
172. SIA-Security Industry Association; www.sjaon1_ineorz.
173. SJI-Steel Joist institute;��.ste�eroisto�r .
174. SMA-Screen Manufacturers Association;yvurwjjniktnt
175. SMACNA- Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors'National Association;
WWw_,sm4qq4�QT&.
176. SMPTE-Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers;W:W)Kmple.org,
177. SPFA-Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance;
178. SPIB-Southern Pine Inspection Bureau;
179. SPRI-Single Ply Roofing Industry;WWwsp4o%
180. SRCC -Solar Rating&Certification Corporation; www.solar- i
Fatmg,9rg,
181. SSINA- Specialty Steel Industry of North America;
182. SSPC-SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings;3nDL.sspcorg.
183. STI-Steel Tank Institute;www,steeltank.coin.
184. SWI-Steel Window Institute;WWW,steelwindows,com.
185. SWPA- Submersible Wastewater Pump Association;
186. TCA-Tilt-Up Concrete Association;!yw)yji'it'-` ,p
jilc
gpr,&.
187, TCNA-Tile Council of North America, Inc.�,wwwu.sa..com.
188, TEMA-Tubular I,:xchanger Manufacturers Association,Inc.; Www.t,cP1Mrx.
IK TIA-Telecommunications Industry Association(The);(Formerly:TIA/EIA-
Telecommunications Industry AssociatiotVElectronic Industries Alliance);
www.tiaontine.. ,org.
190. -."Te'lecommuni cations Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance;(See
........
TIA).
191. TMS-The Masonry Society;.. K,M4spqrysqqjeA"-or-
192, TPI -Truss Plate Institute;ww�yj
Tir
191 TPI-Turfgrass Producers International„ wwjurf�,rassso�dor,.
194. TRI -Tile Roofing Institute; www,,jj fip
PKPQ _&,grg,
195, UL- Underwriters Laboratories Inc.;htt,p://www.ut.cgm.
196. UNI-Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association; www.uni-bellmg.
197, USAV-USA Volleyball;www,tisavol,leyball.org.
198, USGBC-U.S. Green Building Council;www.usp-bc.org.
199, USITT-United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.;
200. WA-Wallcoverings Association;www.wallcove
201. WASTEC-Waste Equipment Technology Association;www.wastee.org,
202. WCLIB-West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau; .wclib.org.
203. WCMA-Window Covering Manufacturers Association;
204. WDMA-Window&Door Manufacturers Association;WWWw4jrq uo ,
205. WI-Woodwork Institute;www,,, icililet,19rS.
206. WSRCA-Western States Roofing Contractors Association;
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves References
City ol'Rouod Rock 014200-6
,C',,2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
207, WWPA- West Wood Products Association; www.wwpa.org.
C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Conti-act
Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This
information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.
I DIN- Deutsches Institut fur Normung c.V.; Www,din,de.
2. IAPMO- International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials;
WWwJ4Pmo,o g.
1 ICC- International Code Council-, ww
.... wiccsqfe.orZ-
4. ICC-ES- ICC Evaluation Service,LLC;
D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents,they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following
list. Information is subject to change and is up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
1. COE-Army Corps of Engineers; )y M��pgq
. , ,pffl1ytm,
1 CPSC-Consumer Product Safety Commission;M&Wcpsc.rove.
1 DOC- Department of Commerce; National Institute of Standards and Technology;
www,rt i SL .
4. DOD- Department of Defense; .vwW,q icksearchAla,mil.
5. DOE-Department of Energy;
6. EPA-Environmental protection Agency;
7. FAA,�, Federal Aviation Administration;www.faa,,gpv.
S. FG -Federal Government Publications; wwyMo.,&py/fdsYs,
9. GSA-General Services Administration;W",gs4.,gov,
10HUD -Department of Housing and Urban Development; )y hud,gqv.
11. LBL-Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Environmental Energy Technologies
Division; Wywqwqt,lbl,.,,gpv.
12. OSHA-Occupational Safety& Health Administration;mMMLosha,&()v,
13. SD-Department of State',ww%vnstatcZpv.
14. TRB-Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research
Program- The National Academies; nyy.trb.org.
15. USDA-Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity
Laboratory; N 4rs,usdA,,gpy,
16. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Rural Utilities Service; wWw,usda,goy.
17, US DOJ - Department of Justice;Office of Justice Programs;National Institute of Justice;
wwwy L -
9k_.MdQi.WV,_
18. USP- U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention;WAAusp.or6,
_
19. USPS -United States Postal Service; wvwus g�com.
E. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents, they shall rrican the recognized name of the standards and
regulations in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be
accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.
I CFR-Code of Federal Regulations,Available from Government Printing Office;
W 1NK,&,7q-,tpv/fds s,
2, DOD - Department of Defense; Military Specifications and Standards; Available from
DLA Document Services;
1 DSCC- Defense Supply Center Columbus;(See FS).
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Covirrol Valves Rell!rences
City of Round Rock 014200-7
C)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
4. FED-STD-Federal Standard;(See FS).
5. FS- Federal Specification;Available from DLA Document Services;
w ,,, uicksearclt, .14,txtit.
a, Available from Defense Standardization Program;www.& „.cl,1,a,md..
b. Available from General Services Administration;)nyW.gsa.&v.
C. Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building Design
Guide;www.v✓bdg ctrg,
6, MILSPEC -Military Specification and Standards;(See DOD).
7. USAB-United States Access Board; ,access-board.pov.
8. USATBCB-U.S. Architectural&Transportation Barriers Compliance Board;(See
USAB),
F. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents,they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following
list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of t17e
Contract Documents.
1. CBHF; State of California;Department of Consumer Affairs;Bureau of Electronic and
Appliance Repair, Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation;mya,a,a bga tfiqt civ.
2. CCR;California Code of Regulations; Office of Administrative Law;California Title 24
Energy Code; w.calregs,, ptil.
3. CDHS;California Department of Health Services; (See CDPH).
4. CDPH;
California Department of Public Health; Indoor Air Quality Program;w:... ...ca.l.-
io .
5. .
CPUC;California Public Utilities Commission; w cfruc,c ,gq•y•
6. SCAQMD; South Coast Air Quality Management District;WW 0_&
7. TFS;Texas A&M Forest Service; Sustainable Forestry and Economic Development;
wAxkor slK i1pP t4z th0k
PART 2-PRODUCTS(NOT USED)
PART 3-EXECUTION(NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 014200
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves References
City of Round Rock 014200-8
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 015000 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART I GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and
protection facilities,
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 011000"Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions,
1.3 USE CHARGES
A. Installation, removal, and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract
Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities engaged in the Project to use temporary
services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to,Owner's construction forces,
Engineer,occupants of Project, testing agencies,and authorities having jurisdiction.
13, Sewer Service: Owner will pay sewer-service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for
construction operations,
C. Water Service: Owner will pay water-service use charges for water used by all entities for
construction operations.
D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric-power-service use charges for electricity used by all
entities for construction operations.
E. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is
available for use without metering and without payment of use charges, Provide connections
and extensions of services as required for construction operations.
Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is
available for use. Provide connections and extensions of services and metering as required for
construction operations.
WateirTreatinerit Mant PressureConvol Valves Temporary Facdaiesand Controk
015,of Round rWelk 0 l 50,00- I
h 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Site Utilization Plan: Show temporary facilities,temporary utility lines and connections,staging
areas, construction site entrances, vehicle circulation, and parking areas for construction
personnel.
B. Implementation and Tennination Schedule: Within 15 days of date established for
commencement of the Work, submit schedule indicating implementation and termination dates
of each temporary utility.
C. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having
jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention
program.
D. Moisture- and Mold-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials
and construction from water absorption and damage and mold. Describe delivery, handling,
storage,installation, and protection provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water
damage.
1. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating
water intrusion into completed Work, and requirements for replacing water-damaged
Work.
2. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive materials,
plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe pians for dealing with water from these
operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to
permit installation of finish materials.
3. Indicate methods to be used to avoid trapping water in finished work.
E. Dust- and HVAC-Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates the
dust- and HVAC-control measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time
frame for their operation. Include the following:
1. Locations of dust-control partitions at each phase of work.
2. IJVAC system isolation schematic drawing.
3. Location of proposed air-filtration system discharge.
4. Waste-handling procedures.
5. Other dust-control measures.
F. Noise and Vibration Control Plan: Identify construction activities that may impact the
occupancy and use of existing spaces within the building or adjacent existing buildings,whether
occupied by others,or occupied by the Owner. Include the following:
I. Methods used to meet the goals and requirements of the Owner.
2. Concrete cutting method(s)to be used.
3. Location of construction devices on the site.
4. Show compliance with the use and maintenance of quieted construction devices for the
duration of the Project.
S. Indicate activities that may disturb building occupants and that are planned to be
performed during non-standard working hours as coordinated with the Owner.
6. Indicate locations of sensitive equipment areas or other areas requiring special attention
as identified by Owner. Indicate means for complying with Owner's requirements.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Temporary Facilities and Controls
City of Round.Flock 015000, 2
%'2022 CDM Strii(li 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Temporary facilities shall comply with all applicable state and local ordinances, codes and
regulations.
13. Electric Service: Comply with NECA,NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary
electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA X
C. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each
temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
D. Accessible 'temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the United States Access
Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines,
L6 PROJECT'CONDITIONS
A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume
responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its
use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned
responsibilities.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
11 MATERIALS
A. Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch (50-i-nm), 0,148-inch- (3.8-rnrn-) thick, galvanized-steel,
chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet (1.8 in) high with galvanized-steel pipe posts;
minimum 2-3/8-inch- (60-rnm-) OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- (73-111m-) OD corner and pull
posts with 1-5,18-inch-(42-mm-)OD top rails.
B. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch (50-mm), 0,148-inch- (3.8-111m-) thick,
galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet (1.8 in) high with galvanized-steel
pipe posts; minimum 2-3i8-inch- (60-mm-) OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch-(73-mm-) OD comer
and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- (42-mm-)OD top and bottom rails. Provide concrete bases for
supporting posts.
C. Fencing Windscreen Privacy Screen: Polyester fabne scrim with grommets for attachment to
chain-link fence, sized to height of'fence, in color selected by Engineer from manufacturer's
standard colors.
D. Wood Enclosure Fence: Plywood, 6 feet (1.8 in) high, framed with four 2-by-4-inch (50-by-
100-min)rails,with preservative treated wood posts spaced not more than 8 feet (2.4 m)apart.
E. Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, fire-resistive sheet, 10-mil (0.25-mm) minimum thickness,
with flame-spread rating of 15 or less in accordance with ASTM E84 and passing NFPA 701
Test Method 2,
F. Dust-Control Adhesive-Surface Walk-Off Mats: Provide mats, minimum 36 by 60 inches (914
by 1524 nun).
Wafer Treatment Plant Pressure Control Val%,cs Temporary Facilities avid Controls
City of Round Rock 015000 3
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
G. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool;
with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50,respectively.
2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Field Offices: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes,temperature controls, and
foundations adequate for non-nal loading.
B. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate
materials and equipment for construction operations.
1. Store combustible materials apart from building.
2.3 EQUIPMENT
A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by
locations and classes of fire exposures.
B. HVAC! Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented,
self-contained,liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control.
1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating
units is prohibited.
2. Heating, Cooling, and Dehumidifying Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being
consumed, by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and
marked for intended location and application,
3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for
temporary use during construction,provide filter with MERV of 8 at each return-air grille
in system and remove at end of construction, and clean HVAC system as required in
Section 017700"Closeout Procedures."
C. Air-Filtration Units: Primary and secondary HEPA-filter-equipped portable units with four-
stage filtration. Provide single switch for emergency shutoff.Configure to run continuously.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES,GENERAL
A. Conservation: Coordinate construction and use of temporary facilities with consideration given
to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to
minimize waste,
I Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually
incorporated into,the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that
are designated as Owner's property.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Temporary Facilities and Controls
City of Round Rock 015000-4
2022 CDM S in ith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3.2 INSTALLATION,GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where shown on the Drawings or where they will serve Project adequately and
result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as
required by progress of the Work. Engineer's trailer shall be set up and ready for occupancy
within 30 days of the Notice to Proceed.
1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 011000 "Summary,"
B. Provide each facility ready for use within 30 days of the Notice to Proceed and prior to
Commencement of Work at the site. Do not remove until approved by Engineer or are replaced
by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
33 CONTRACTOR'S FIELD OFFICE
A. Provide a temporary field office(s) for the Contractor's use for the duration of the project. An
authorized representative of the Contractor shall be present at all times while the Work is in
progress. Instructions received at the Contractors field office from the Engineer shall be
considered delivered to the Contractor.
& Locate field office(s)in accordance with approved shop drawings and as directed by the Owner,
C. Establish and occupy field office within 30 days of the Notice to Proceed, unless otherwise
approved by the Engineer or Owner.
3A TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service,if approved by Owner.
I Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be
interrupted,if necessary, to make connections for ternporary services,
B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully.
I Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by authorities having
jurisdiction,
C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for
construction,
D. Water Service: If approved, connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and
maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner, At Final Completion,
restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.
E. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, safety shower and eyewash
facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of
authorities having jurisdiction for type,number, location,operation,and maintenance of fixtures
and facilities.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control VaGves Tegvporary Facilities and Controls
City of Round Rock 015000 5
C�2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 Use of Permanent Toilets: Use of Owner's existing or new toilet facilities is not
permitted.
F. Temporary Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by
construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed
construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that
will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.
I Provide temporary dehumidification systems when required to reduce ambient and
substrate moisture levels to level required to allow installation or application of finishes
and their proper curing or drying.
G. Isolation of Work Areas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering
occupied areas.
I. Prior to commencing work, isolate the HVAC system in area where work is to be
performed according to coordination drawings.
a. Disconnect supply and return ductwork in work area from HVAC systems
servicing occupied areas.
b. Maintain negative air pressure within work area, using HEPA-equipped air-
filtration units, starting with commencement of temporary partition construction,
and continuing until removal of temporary partitions is complete.
2. Maintain dust partitions during the Work. Use vacuum collection attachments on dust-
producing equipment. Isolate limited work within occupied areas using portable dust-
containment devices.
3. Perform daily construction cleanup and final cleanup using approved, HEPA-filter-
equipped vacuum equipment.
H. Temporary Light and Power: Provide by Contractor, including 220 Volt service for welding,
complete with wiring, lamps and similar equipment as required to adequately light all work
areas and with sufficient power capacity to meet the project needs. Make all necessary
arrangements with the local electric company for temporary electric service and pay all
expenses in connection therewith.
I. Electric Power Service:Connect to Owner's existing electric power service. Maintain equipment
in a condition acceptable to Owner.
J. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size,
capacity,and power characteristics required for construction operations.
1. Install electric power service overhead unless otherwise indicated.
2. Connect temporary service to Owner's existing power source,as directed by Owner.
K. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination
for construction operations,observations,inspections,and traffic conditions.
I. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements
without operating entire system.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Temporary Facilities and Controls
City of Round Rock 015000 6
................... ................
KI)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
L. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all
construction personnel, Install WiFi cell phone access equipment for each field office.
I Provide additional telephone lines for the following:
a, Provide one telephone line(s)for Owner's use,
2, At each telephone,post a list of important telephone numbers.
a. Police and fire departments,
lb, Ambulance service,
C. Contractor's home office.
d. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number,
e, Engineer's office,
f. Engineers'offices,
g. Owner's office.
h. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.
M, Electronic Communication Service: Provide secure Wild wireless connection to internet with
provisions for access by Engineer and Owner,
N, Project Computer: Provide a desktop computer in the primary field office adequate for use by
Engineer and Owner to access Project electronic documents and maintain electronic
corrununications. Equip computer with not less than the following:
I. Processor.- Intel Core i5 or i7.
2. Memory: 164 gigabyte.
3. Disk Storage: I -terabyte hard-disk drive and combination DVD-RWiCD-RW drive.
4. Display:24 inch (6 10 nim)LCD monitor with 256-Mb dedicated video RAM.
5. Full-size keyboard and mouse,
6. Network Connectivity: 1010013aseT Ethernet,
7. Operating System: Microsoft Windows 10 Professional.
8, Productivity Software:
a. Microsoft Office Professional, 2013 or higher, including Word, Excel, and
Outlook.
b. Adobe Reader DC,
C. WitiZip 10 or higher.
9. Printer: "All-in-one" unit equipped with printer server, combining color printing,
photocopying,scanning,and faxing,or separate units for each of these three functions.
10. Internet Service: Broadband modern, router and ISP, equipped with hardware firewall,
providing rninitnum 10 Mbps upload and t 5 Mbps download speeds at each computer,
11. Internet Security: Integrated software, providing software firewall, virus, spyware,
phishing,and spam protection in a combined application.
12. Backup: External hard drive, minimum 2 terrabytes, with automated backup software
providing daily backups.
WaterTreawwm Plant Pressure Control VaNcs Temporary F=htws and Controls
City ol'Round Rock 0151 0t O-7
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3.5 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Comply with the following:
1. Provide construction for temporary field offices, shops, and sheds located within
construction area or within 30 feet (9 in) of building lines that is noncombustible in
accordance with ASTM E136.Comply with NFPA 241.
2. Utilize designated area within existing building for temporary field offices.
3, Maintain support facilities until Engineer schedules Final Completion inspection.
Remove just before Final Completion.
B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas
adequate for construction operations. Locate temporary roads and paved areas within
construction limits indicated on Drawings.
I. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply treatment as
required to minimize dust.
C. Temporary Use of Planned Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary roads and
paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas. Construct and maintain
temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Extend temporary roads
and paved areas,within construction limits indicated,as necessary for construction operations.
I. Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and
paved areas,
2. Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temporary roads and paved areas
accordance with Section 312000"Earthwork."
3. Recondition base after temporary use, including removing contaminated material,
regrading,proofrolling,compacting,and testing.
4. Delay installation of final course of permanent hot-mix asphalt pavement until
immediately before Substantial Completion. Repair hot-mix asphalt base-course
pavement before installation of final course in accordance with Section 300 "Street
Surface Courses".
D. Traffic Controls:Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs,pavement,and utilities.
2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.
E. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel.
F. Storage and Staging: Use designated areas of Project site for storage and staging needs.
G. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
Maintain Project site,excavations,and construction free of water.
1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or
adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.
2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.
H. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Temporary Facilities and Controls
City of Round Rock 015000 8
8077-263948
A,` 2022 CDM Sinith
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings. Signs
shall be constructed of A-A Ext—APA grade plywood, I-in thick. Posts and braces shall
be of pressure treated lumber.
2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to mfon-n public and
individuals seeking entrance to Project.
a. Provide temporary,directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.
3. Maintain and touch up signs, so they are legible at all times.
1. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste
from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 017300"Execution."
J. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.
I. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and
equipment"and not temporary facilities,
K. Temporary Elevator Use: Use of elevators is not permitted.
L. Existing Elevator Use: Use of Owner's existing elevators will be pennitted, provided elevators
are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion,
restore elevators to condition existing before initial use, including replacing wom cables, guide
shoes,and similar items of limited life.
L Do not load elevators beyond their rated weight capacity.
1 Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect
elevator car and entrance doors and frame. If, despite such protection, elevators became
damaged, engage elevator Installer to restore darnaged work, so no evidence remains of
correction work. Return iterns that cannot be refinished in field to the shop, make
required repairs and refinish entire unit,or provide new units as required.
lvl. Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where ladders
are not adequate.
M Existing Stair Usage: Use of Owner's existing stairs will be permitted, provided stairs are
cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore
stairs to condition existing before initial use.
L Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs,or other procedures to protect stairs
and to maintain means of egress. If stairs become damaged, restore damaged areas, so no
evidence remains of correction work.
O. Temporary Use of Permanent Stairs: Use of new stairs for construction traffic will be permitted,
provided stairs are protected and finishes restored to new condition at time of Substantial
Completion.
WaterTrealmew Plant Pressure Control Valves Temporary Facilifles and Controls
City of Round Rock 019 5000-9
((�2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3.6 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation,equipment, structures,utilities,and
other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be
removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities.
I Where access to adjacent properties is required in order to affect protection of existing
facilities, obtain written permission from adjacent property owner to access property for
that purpose.
B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct
construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible
air,waterway,and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.
1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 011000"Summary."
C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements of EPA
Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent and
requirements specified in Section 102"Clearing and Grubbing".
D. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and
discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent
properties and walkways,according to erosion-and sedimentation-control Drawings.
1. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction
activity do not enter or cross tree-or plant-protection zones.
2. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during
construction until permanent vegetation has been established.
3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and
sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project.
4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed
during removal.
E. Storinwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide
barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of
stormwater from heavy rains.
F. Tree and Plant Protection: Comply with requirements specified in Section 610"Preservation of
Trees And Other Vegetation".
G. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line
of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root
systems from damage,flooding,and erosion.
H. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and
harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control
procedures at regular intervals, so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial
Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using materials approved by authorities
having jurisdiction.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Temporary Facilities and Controls
City of Round Rock 015000, 10
)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin furnish and install site enclosure
fence in a manner that will prevent people from easily entering site except by entrance gates.
I. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined
sufficient to accommodate construction operations.
2, Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized
personnel. Furnish one set of keys to Owner.
J. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of
construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance,vandalism,theft,and
similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each workday.
KBarricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.
L. Temporary Egress: Provide temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and
as required by authorities having jurisdiction, Provide, install and maintain signage directing
occupants to temporary egress.
M. Covered Walkway: Erect protective, covered walkway for passage of individuals through or
adjacent to Project site. Coordinate with entrance gates, other facilities, and obstructions.
Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and requirements indicated on
Drawings,
I Provide overhead decking, protective enclosure walls, handrails, barricades, warning
signs, exit signs, lights, safe and well-drained walkways, and similar provisions for
protection and safe passage,
I Paint and maintain appearance of walkway for duration of the Work.
N. Temporary Enclosures. Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction,in progress
avid completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar
activities, Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.
I Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate
temporary enclosures.
0, Temporary Partitions: Provide floor-to-ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt
migration and to separate areas occupied by Owner and tenants from fumes and noise.
I. Construct dustproof partitions with gypsum wallboard, with joints taped on occupied
side,and fire-retardant-treated plywood on construction operations side.
2. Construct dustproof partitions with two layers of 6 mil (0.14 turn) polyethylene sheet on
each side. Cover floor with two layers of 6 mil (0,14 mm) polyethylene sheet, extending
sheets 18 inches (460 mm) up the sidewalls. Overlap and tape full length of joints, Cover
floor with fire-retardant-treated plywood.
a. Construct vestibule and airlock at each entrance through temporary partition with
not less than 48 inches (1219 mm) between doors. Maintain water-dampened foot
mats in vestibule.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Temporary Faedifies and Controls
City of Round Rock 0l 50700- I I
ta"a 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3. Where fire-resistance-rated temporary partitions are 'indicated or are required by
authorities having jurisdiction,construct partitions according to the rated assemblies.
4. Insulate partitions to control noise transmission to occupied areas.
5. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with gasketed dustproof doors and security
locks where openings are required.
6. Protect air-handling equipment.
7. Provide walk-off mats at each entrance through temporary partition.
P. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types
needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with
NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program.
I. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. Comply with additional limits on smoking
specified in other Sections.
2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar
sources of fire ignition in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel
at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be
followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information.
4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning
sign, stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed.
Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.
Q. Weather protection shall comply with M.G.L. Chapter 149 Section 44G.
3.7 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL
A. Moisture and Mold Protection: Protect stored materials and installed Work in accordance with
Moisture and Mold Protection Plan.
B. Exposed Construction Period: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject
to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores,protect as follows:
L Protect porous materials from water damage.
2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water.
3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete.
4. Remove standing water from decks.
5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed.
C. Partially Enclosed Construction Period: After installation of weather barriers but before full
enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration
of moisture and ambient mold spores,protect as follows:
I. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with
high organic content,into partially enclosed building.
2. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage.
3. Periodically collect and remove waste containing cellulose or other organic matter.
4. Discard or replace water-damaged material.
5. Do not install material that is wet.
6. Discard and replace stored or installed material that begins to grow mold.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Temporary Facilities and Controls
City of Round Rock 015000-12
rC,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
7. Perform work in a sequence that allows wet materials adequate time to dry before
enclosing the material in gypsum board or other interior finishes.
D. Controlled Construction Period: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure but
prior to the full operation of permanent I-IVAC systems, maintain as follows:
L Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in conditions.
I Use temporary or permanent HVAC system to control humidity within ranges specified
for installed and stored materials.
I Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, relative humidity, and
exposure to water limits.
a. Hygroscopic materials that may support mold growth, including wood and
gypsum-based products, that become wet during the course of construction and
remain wet for 48 hours are considered defective and require replacing.
b. Measure moisture content of materials that have been exposed to moisture during
construction operations or after installation. Record readings beginning at time of
exposure and continuing daily for 48 hours. Identify materials containing moisture
levels higher than allowed.Report findings in writing to Engineer.
C. Remove and replace materials that cannot be completely restored to their
manufactured moisture level within 48 hours.
3.8 OPERATION,TERMINATION,AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and
abuse,limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses,
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal,
I Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated
results and to avoid possibility of damage.
I Clear snow and ice from all drives, walks and stairs to maintain safe vehicle and
pedestrian access to the site and facilities as directed by the Engineer,
C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and
protection facilities to permanent facilities until Final Completion.
D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended,
when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Final
Completion, Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been
delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed
surfaces,and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
I Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor.
f
Owner reserves right to take possession oProject identification signs.gns.
2. Remove temporary roads and paved areas not intended for or acceptable for integration
into permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove
soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove
materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and
Water'FreMmetit Nam Pressure Control Valves Temporary Facflaies dnd Controls
Cay of'Round Rock W5000 B
2022 CDM Stnith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace
street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities
having jurisdiction.
3. Just prior to Final Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used
during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in
Section 017700"Closeout Procedures."
END OF SECTION 015000
Water Treatment Plant.Pressure.Control Valves Temporary facilities and Controls
City of Round Rock 015000- 14
k,'>2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 016000- PRODUCT REQUIRE MENTS
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in
Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on
products;special warranties; and comparable products.
K Related Requirements:
I Section 011000 "Summary" for Contractor requirements related to Owner-furnished
products.
2. Section 012500"Substitution Procedures"for requests for substitutions.
3. Section 014200"References" for applicable industry standards for products specified.
4. Section 017700"Closeout Procedures"for submitting warranties,
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or
taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material,"
'"equipment,""system,"and terms of similar intent,
1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or
model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product
literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or
facility. Salvaged items or items reused front other projects are not considered new
products, Items that are manufactured or fabricated to include recycle contract materials
are considered new products,unless indicated otherwise.
3. Comparable Product: Product by named manufacturer that is demonstrated and approved
through the comparable product submittal process described in Part 2 "Comparable
Products" Article, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function,dimension, in-
service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal
or exceed those of specified product.
B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a single manufacturer's product
is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model
number or other designation. Published attributes and characteristics of basis-of-design product
establish salient characteristics of products,
Water f'reaunent Mant Pressure Control Valves Product Requirements
Gly of Round Rock 016000- 1
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1. Evaluation of Comparable Products: In addition to the basis-of-design product
description,product attributes and characteristics may be listed to establish the significant
qualities related to type, function,in-service perfortnance and physical properties,weight,
dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other special features and requirements
for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the
specification. Manufacturer's published attributes and characteristics of basis-of-design
product also establish salient characteristics of products for purposes of evaluating
comparable products.
C. Subject to Compliance with Requirements: Where the phrase "Subject to compliance with
requirements" introduces a product selection procedure in an individual Specification Section,
provide products qualified under the specified product procedure. In the event that a named
product or product by a named manufacturer does not meet the other requirements of the
specifications, select another named product or product from another named manufacturer that
does meet the requirements of the specifications; submit a comparable product request or
substitution request,if applicable.
D. Comparable Product Request Submittal: An action submittal requesting consideration of a
comparable product,including the following information:
I. Identification of basis-of-design product or fabrication or installation method to be
replaced, including Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and
titles.
2. Data indicating compliance with the requirements specified in Part 2 "Comparable
Products"Article.
E. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: An action submittal complying with
requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures."
F. Substitution: Refer to Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for definition and limitations
on substitutions.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more
products for use on Project,select product compatible with products previously selected,even if
previously selected products were also options.
1. Resolution of Compatibility Disputes between Multiple Contractors:
a. Contractors are responsible for providing products and construction methods
compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors.
b. If a dispute arises between the multiple contractors over concurrently selectable
but incompatible products,Engineer will determine which products shall be used.
B. Identification of Products: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or
imprint manufacturer or product names or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products or
equipment that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Product Requirements
City of Round Rock 016000..2
4`)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
Ail Rights Reserved February 2022
1 Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface, or, where
required for observation following installation,on a visually accessible surface that is not
conspicuous,
2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each itern of service- or
power-operated equipment. Locate on a visually accessible but inconspicuous surface.
Include infonnation essential for operation,including the following:
a. Name of product and manufacturer.
b. Model and serial number.
c. Capacity.
& Speed.
C. Ratings.
3, See individual identification Sections in Divisions 21, 22, 23, and 26 for additional
equipment identification requirements,
1.5 COORDINATION
X Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of approved comparable products
and approved substitutions,
1.6 PRODUCT DELIVER`',STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle products, using means and methods that will prevent damage,
deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written
instructions.
& Delivery and Handling:
1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent
overcrowding of construction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that
are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other
losses.
3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original
seated container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for
handling,storing,unpacking,protecting,and installing,
4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and
that products are undamaged and properly protected,
C. Storage:
t. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and
equipment,
2. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.
1 Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.
4. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight
enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation and with
adequate protection for wind.
WaterTreatinient Plant Pressure Convol Valves Product Requireraents
City of Round Rock 016000 3
C)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
S. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of
installation and concealment.
6. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,
ventilation,and weather-protection requirements for storage.
7. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.
8. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and
equipment by Owner's construction forces.Coordinate location with Owner.
1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES
A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other
warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on
product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract
Documents.
1, Manufacturer's Warranty: Written standard warranty form furnished by individual
manufacturer for a particular product and issued in the name of the Owner or endorsed by
manufacturer to Owner.
2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide
specific rights for Owner and issued in the name of the Owner or endorsed by
manufacturer to Owner.
B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terns and
identification,ready for execution.
I. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and
properly executed.
2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included in the Project Manual, prepare a
written document,using indicated form properly executed.
3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for
submitting special warranties.
C. Submittal Time:Comply with requirements in Section 017700"Closeout Procedures."
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES
A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents,are
undamaged and,unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation.
I. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items
needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.
2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are
specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used
successfully in similar situations on other projects.
3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties meeting
requirements of the Contract Documents.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Product Requirements
City of Round flock 016000-4
lx2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2.022
4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Engineer will make selection.
5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications
establish salient characteristics of products.
6. Or Equal: For products specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal," "or
approved equal," or "or approved," comply with requirements in "Comparable Products"
Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product,
a. Submit additional documentation required by Engineer in order to establish
equivalency of proposed products. Unless otherwise indicated, evaluation of "or
equal" product status is by the Engineer,whose determination is final.
B. Product Selection Procedures:
I Sole Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product,provide the
named product that complies with requirements.Comparable products or substitutions for
Contractor's convenience will not be considered.
a. Sole product may be indicated by the phrase "Subject to compliance with
requirements,provide the following."
2, Sole Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications narne a single manufacturer or source,
provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements.
Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be
considered.
a. Sole manufacturer/source may be indicated by the phrase "Subject to compliance
with requirements,provide products by the following."
3. Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both
manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with
requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not
he considered unless otherwise indicated.
a. Limited list of products may be indicated by the phrase "Subject to compliance
with requirements, provide one of the following."
4. Non-Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both
available manufacturers and products, provide one ofthe products listed, or an unnamed
product that complies with requirements.
a. Non-limited list of products is indicated by the phrase"Subject to compliance with
requirements,available products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but
are not limited to,the following."
b. Provision of an unnamed product is not considered a substitution, if the product
complies with requirements.
5. Limited List of' Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers'
names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with
requirements, Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not
be considered unless otherwise indicated,
Water Treatment Nartr Pressure Control Valves Product Requirements
City of Round Rock 016000-5
t 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
a. Limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase "Subject to compliance
with requirements,provide products by one of the following."
6. Non-Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of available
manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an
unnamed manufacturer that complies with requirements.
a. Non-limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase"Subject to compliance
with requirements,available manufacturers whose products may be incorporated in
the Work include,but are not limited to,the following."
b. Provision of products of an unnamed manufacturer is not considered a substitution,
if the product complies with requirements.
7. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product
indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or
indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers.
Drawings and Specifications may additionally indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and
other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in
"Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the
other named manufacturers.
a. For approval of products by unnamed manufacturers,comply with requirements in
Section 012500"Substitution Procedures"for substitutions for convenience.
C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require the phrase "match Engineer's
sample," provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Engineer's sample.
Engineer's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.
I. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other
specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution
Procedures"for proposal of product.
D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by
Engineer from manufacturer's full range"or a similar phrase,select a product that complies with
requirements. Engineer will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's
product line that includes both standard and premium items.
E. Sustainable Product Selection: Where Specifications require product to meet sustainable
product characteristics, select products complying with indicated requirements. Comply with
requirements in Division 01 sustainability requirements Section and individual Specification
Sections.
1. Select products for which sustainable design documentation submittals are available from
manufacturer.
2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
A. Conditions for Consideration of Comparable Products: Engineer will consider Contractor's
request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following
Water Treatment Platit Pressure Control Valves Product Renuircrnents
City of Round Rock 016000 .6
� j 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
conditions are not satisfied, Engineer may return requests without action, except to record
noncompliance the following requirements:
I Evidence that proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, is
consistent with the Contract Documents, will produce the indicated results, and is
compatible with other portions of the Work.
2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those of the named
basis-of-design product. Significant product qualities include attributes, such as type,
function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability,
visual characteristics,and other specific features and requirements.
3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty,
4. List of similar installations for completed projects,with project narnes and addresses and
names and addresses of'Engineers and owners,if requested.
5. Samples,if requested.
B, Frigincer's Action on Comparable Products Submittal: If necessary, Engineer will request
additional information or documentation for evaluation, as specified in Section 013300
"Submittal Procedures,"
1. Form of Approval of Submittal: As specified in Section 013300"Submittal Procedures."
1 Use product specified if Engineer does not issue a decision on use of a comparable
product request within time allocated.
C. Submittal Requirements, Two-Step Process- Approval by the Engineer of Contractor's request
for use of comparable product is not intended to satisfy other submittal requirements. Comply
with specified submittal requireirients,
D. Submittal Requirements, Single-Step Process: When acceptable to Engineer, incorporate
specified submittal requirements of individual Specification Section in combined submittal for
comparable products. Approval by the Engineer of Contractor' request for use of comparable
product and of individual submittal requirements will also satisfy other submittal requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION(NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 016000
Water Treatment Plant Pressue Controt Valves Product Requironents
City of'Round Rock 016000.7
xC'u 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
This page intentionally left blank,
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Product Requirements
City of Round Rack 016000..8
0 2022 CDM Smith
8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 017300-EXECUTION
PART I -GENERAL
LI RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
t.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the
Work,including,but not limited to,the following:
1. Construction layout,
2. Field engineering and surveying,
3. Installation of the Work,
4. Cutting and patching.
S. Coordination of Owner's portion of the Work.
6. Coordination of Owner-installed products.
T Progress cleaning.
S. Starting and adjusting.
9. Protection of installed construction.
B. Related Requirements:
I. Section 011000 "Summary" for coordination and limits on use of Protect site,
1 Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys,
3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project
Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and
levels,replacing defective work, and final cleaning.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of
subsequent work,
BPatching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after
installation of subsequent work.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Cutting and Patching Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1. Prior to commencing work requiring cutting and patching, review extent Of Cutting and
patching anticipated and examine procedures for ensuring satisfactory result from cutting
WaterTreaurwm Plant Pressurc Control Valves Execution
Cq of Round Rock 017300 1
2022 CDM Smith 8077,263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
and patching work. Inform Engineer of scheduled meeting. Require representatives of
each entity directly concerned with cutting and patching to attend, including the
following:
a. Contractor's superintendent.
b. Trade supervisor responsible for cutting operations.
C. Trade supervisor(s)responsible for patching of each type of substrate.
d. Mechanical, electrical, and utilities subcontractors' supervisors, to the extent each
trade is affected by cutting and patching operations.
2. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve
potential conflicts before proceeding.
B. Layout Conference:Conduct conference at Project site.
I. Prior to establishing layout of new and existing perimeter and structural column grids),
review building location requirements. Review benchmark, control point,and layout and
dimension requirements. Inform Engineer of scheduled meeting. Require representatives
of each entity directly concerned with Project layout to attend,including the following:
a. Contractor's superintendent.
b. Professional surveyor responsible for performing Project surveying and layout.
C. Professional surveyor responsible for performing site survey serving as basis for
Project design.
2. Review meanings and intent of dimensions, notes, terms, graphic symbols, and other
layout information indicated on the Drawings.
3. Review requirements for including layouts on Shop Drawings and other submittals.
4. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve
potential conflicts before proceeding.
1.5 fNFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For land surveyor or professional engineer.
B. Certified Surveys: Submit two copies signed by land surveyor or professional engineer.
C. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor or professional engineer,certifying that
location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements.
D. Cutting and Patching Plan: Submit plan describing procedures at least 10 days prior to the time
cutting and patching will be perfonned. Include the following information:
L Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting and patching.
2. Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to
structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building appearance
and other significant visual elements.
3. Products: List products to be used for patching and fines or entities that will perform
patching work.
4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.
WaterTreatrnent Plant Pressure Control Valves Execution
City of Round Rock 017300-2
t')2022 CDM Smith 9077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
5. Utilities and Mechanical and Electrical Systems: List services and systems that cutting
and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services and systems that will be
relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate length of time
permanent services and systems will be disrupted.
a. Include description of provisions for temporary services and systems during
interruption of permanent services and systems.
E. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept
hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.
L6CLOSEOUT SUBMI'l-PALS
A. Final Property Survey: Submit 10 copies showing the Work perfonned and record survey data.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice
in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying
services of the kind indicated.
B. Professional Engineer Qualifications: Refer to Section 014000"Quality Requirements."
C. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of
construction elements.
1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, or when
encountering the need for cutting and patching of elements, whose structural function is
not known, notify Engineer of locations and details of cutting and await directions from
Engineer before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting
and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change
their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection.
2. Operational ElerrrenW Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components
in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in
increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operational elements
include the following:
a. Primary operational systems and equipment,
b. Fire separation assemblies.
c. Air or smoke barriers.
& Fire-suppression systems.
e. Plumbing piping systems.
f. Mechanical systems piping and ducts.
g. Control systems.
Ir, Communication systems.
i. Fire-detection and-alarm systems,
j. Conveying systems,
k. Electrical wiring systems,
1. Operating systems of special construction.
Water Treatnwnt Mant Preswre Controt Valves Execution
Cay rat'Round Rock 017300-3
.'r 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or
components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in
reducing their capacity to perform as intended,or that results in increased maintenance or
decreased operational life or safety. Other construction elements include but are not
limited to the following:
a. Water,moisture,or vapor barriers.
b. Membranes and flashings.
C. Exterior curtain-wall construction.
d. Sprayed fire-resistive material.
C. Equipment supports.
f Piping,ductwork,vessels,and equipment.
g. Noise-and vibration-control elements and systems.
4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual
evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner
that would, in Engineer's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and
replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written
recommendations and instructions for installation of specified products and equipment.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.
1. For projects requiring compliance with sustainable design and construction practices and
procedures,use products for patching that comply with sustainable design requirements.
B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed
surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent
possible.
1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used,use materials that,when installed,
will provide a match acceptable to Engineer for the visual and functional performance of
in-place materials. Use materials that are not considered hazardous.
C. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or
fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous
to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not
applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum
allowable VOC levels.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Execution
City of Round Rock 017300-4
OA,")2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
PART -EXECUTION
11 EXAMINATION
A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and
construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate
and verify the existence and location of underground utilities,mechanical and electrical
systems,and other construction affecting the Work.
I Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of
sanitary sewer, storm sewer, gas service piping, and water-service piping; underground
electrical services;and other utilities.
2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public
utilities serving Project site,
B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the
Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with installer or Applicator present where
indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions
affecting performance, Record observations.
I. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of
connections before equipment and fixture installation.
2. Examine walls, floors, and roof-, for suitable conditions where products and systems are
to be installed.
1 Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with
existing finishes or primers,
C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the
Work is required by other Sections,include the following:
I. Description of the Work, including Specification Section number and paragraphs, and
Drawing sheet number and detail,where applicable,
2. List of detrimental conditions,including substrates.
3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances.
4. Recommended corrections,
D, Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding
with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Existing Utility Information: furnish information to local utility that is necessary to adjust,
move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility
appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly, Recheck
measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to
other construction, verify dimensions of' other construction by field measurements before
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Cern uo� Valves Execution
Oly ofRound 1�ock 017300-5
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the
Work.
C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown
diagrammatically on Drawings.
D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for
clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Engineer in
accordance to requirements in Section 0 13 100"Project Management and Coordination."
3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on
Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks and existing conditions. If
discrepancies are discovered,notify Engineer promptly.
B. Engage a land surveyor or professional engineer experienced in laying out the Work, using the
following accepted surveying practices.
1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of
construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.
2. Establish limits on use of Project site.
3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain.
required dimensions.
4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.
S. Check the location, level and plumb,of every major element as the Work progresses.
6. Notify Engineer when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable
tolerances.
7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established
by authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill
and topsoil placement,utility slopes,and rim and invert elevations.
D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building
foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and
electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels.
I,.evel foundations and piers from two or more locations.
E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and
levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and
duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log
available for reference by Engineer.
3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING
A. Identification: Owner will identify existing benchmarks,control points,and property corners.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Execution
Ctty of Round Rock 017300 6
4:1 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference
points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control
points during construction operations,
I. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written
approval of Engineer. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points
promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to
Engineer before proceeding.
2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base
replacements on the original survey control points.
C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site,
referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having
jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark.
I Record benclunark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record
Documents.
1 Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide
temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work.
1 Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction
to its original condition,
D. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other work
requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations,
angles,and elevations of construction and sitework.
E. Final Property Survey: Engage a land surveyor or professional engineer to prepare a final
property survey showing significant features (real property) for Project. Include on the survey a
certification, signed by land surveyor or professional engineer, that principal metes, bounds,
lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey.
I. Show boundary lines, monuments, streets, site improvements and utilities, existing
improvements and significant vegetation, adjoining properties, acreage, grade contours,
and the distance and hearing from a site comer to a legal point.
2. Recording: At Substantial Completion,have the final property survey recorded by or with
authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property survey."
15 INSTALLATION
A. Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately,in correct alignment and elevation,as
indicated.
I. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level,
2. Where space is limited, install components to maxii-nize space available for maintenance
and ease of removal for replacement.
1 Conceal pipes,ducts,and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated.
4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance ot'96 inches in occupied spaces and 90 inches in
unoccupied spaces,unless otherwise indicated on Drawings,
WaterTreatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Executwn
City of'Round Rock 0 t 7300..7
tF" 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in
applications indicated.
C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure satisfactory results as judged
by Engineer. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial
Completion.
D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or
loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy of type expected for
Project.
E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction
items onsite and placement in permanent locations.
F. Tools and Equipment: Select tools or equipment that minimize production of excessive noise
levels.
G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for Work specified to be
factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other portions of the Work to
confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with
indicated requirements.
H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size
and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with
other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size
and type required for load conditions with manufacturer.
1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at
heights directed by Engineer.
2. Allow for building movement,including thermal expansion and contraction.
3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings,templates, and directions
for installing anchorages,including sleeves,concrete inserts,anchor bolts,and items with
integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to
Project site in time for installation.
1. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed Work are not indicated,
arrange joints for the best visual effect, as judged by Engineer. Fit exposed connections together
to form hairline joints.
J. Repair or remove and replace damaged,defective,or nonconforming Work.
I. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for repairing or removing and
replacing defective Work.
3.6 CU TING AND PATCHING
A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and
patching at the earliest feasible time,and complete without delay.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Execution
City of Round Rock 017300-8
X,)2022 CDM Smith 8077 263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance
of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their
original condition.
B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch,and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged
during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not
to void existing warranties.
C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut,
D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage.
Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be
exposed during cutting and patching operations.
E. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free
passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching in accordance with
requirements in Section 011000 "Summary."
R Existing Utility Services and Mecliani cal/Electrical Systems: Where existing services,'systerns
are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before
cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas.
G. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing,drilling,breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar
operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or
adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply
with original Installer's written recommendations,
1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not
hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with
minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces.Temporarily cover openings when not ill use,
2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.
3. Concrete and Masonry.- Cut using a cutting machine, such as all abrasive saw or a
diamond-core drill,
4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where
required by cutting and patching operations,
5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be
removed. Cap, valve, or plug and sea] remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent
entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.
& Proceed with patching after construction operations requiting cutting are complete,
I-f. Patching: Patch construction by filling,repairing,refinishing,closing up,and similar operations
following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as
practicable,as judged by Engineer. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements
specified in other Sections,where applicable.
I. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to
demonstrate physical integrity of installation.
2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration
into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching
and refinishing.
Water Treaftnent Maw Pressure Coniml Valves ExtXUfiffll
Coy of Round Rock 017300-9
k`,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
a. Clean piping, conduit,and similar features before applying paint or other finishing,
materials.
b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area
into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even
surface of uniform finish,color,texture,and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall
coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and
appearance.
a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface,prepare substrate and apply primer and
intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final
paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch, corner to corner of
wall and edge to edge of ceiling. Provide additional coats until patch blends with
adjacent surfaces.
4. Ceilings: Patch, repair,or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane
surface of uniform appearance.
5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a
weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure.
1. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint,
mortar,oils,putty,and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.
3.7 COORDINATION OF OWNER'S PORTION OF THE WORK
A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel.
I. Provide temporary facilities required for Owner-furnished,Contractor-installed products.
2. Refer to Section 0 i 1000 "Summary" for other requirements for Owner-furnished,
Contactor-installed products.
B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by
Owner's construction personnel.
1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for
Owner's portion of the Work.Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable
timetable, Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual
construction progress.
2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction personnel at preinstallation
conferences, covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend
preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's construction personnel if portions of
the Work depend on Owner's construction,
3.8 PROGRESS CLEANING
A, Clean Project site and work areas daily,including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly.
Dispose of materials lawfully.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Execution
City of Round Ruck 017300- 10
C,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and
debris.
2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if
the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F(27 deg Q.
1 Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark
containers appropriately and dispose of legally,according to regulations.
a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored.
4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors
are working concurrently,
B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
C. Work Areas: Clean areas where Work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for
proper execution of the Work,
1. Remove liquid spills promptly.
2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the
entire work area,as appropriate.
D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written
instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials
specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning
materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.
E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
F. Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from
damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
C. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or bum waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials
down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 50 00
"Temporary Facilities and Controls."
H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining
materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from
damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion,
1. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through
the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure
operability without damaging effects.
J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to ensure that no part of the
construction,completed or in progress, is subject to harmful,dangerous, damaging,or otherwise
deleterious exposure during the construction period.
Water Treaunent Pkint Pressure Control'Valves ExCCUtion
Cay of Round Rock 017300 11
°a 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3.9 STARTING AND ADJUSTING
A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating components with requirements in
Section 019113"General Commissioning Requirements."
B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove
malfunctioning units,replace with new units, and retest.
C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation
without binding.
D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. "rest and adjust controls and safeties.
Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 014000
"Quality Requirements."
3.10 PROTECTION AND REPAIR OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage
or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B. Repair Work previously completed and subsequently damaged during construction period
Repair to like-new condition.
C. Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection and ensure that existing items to remain
undisturbed by construction are maintained in condition that existed at commencement of the
Work.
D. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
3.11 CONTROL OF WORK
A. EQUIPMENT
1. Furnish equipment which will be efficient, appropriate and large enough to secure a
satisfactory quality of work and a rate of progress which will insure the completion of the
work within the Contract Time. If at any time such equipment appears to the Engineer to
be inefficient, inappropriate or insufficient for securing the quality of work required or
for producing the rate of progress aforesaid, he may order the Contractor to increase the
efficiency, change the character or increase the equipment and the Contractor shall
conform to such order. Failure of the Engineer to give such order shall in no way relieve
the Contractor of his obligations to secure the quality of the work and rate of progress
required.
B. PRIVATE LAND
1. The Contractor shall not enter or occupy private land outside of easements, except by
permission of the land owner. The Contractor shall keep land owners fully appraised of
the project schedule while operating on private property. The contractor shall install and
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Execution
City of Round Rock 017300-12
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
maintain temporary fencing is any location where a permanent fence is temporarily
removed. Temporary fencing shall be sufficient to prevent the escape of livestock.
C. PIPE LOCATIONS
1, Pipelines shall be located substantially as indicated on the Drawings, but the Engineer
reserves the right to make such modifications in locations as may be found desirable to
avoid interference with existing structures or for other reasons. Where fittings are noted
on the Drawings, such notation is for the Contractor's convenience and does not relieve
him from laying and jointing different or additional items where required,
D. OPEN EXCAVATIONS
L All open excavations shall be adequately safeguarded by providing temporary barricades,
caution signs, lights and other means to prevent accidents to persons and damage to
property. The Contractor shall,at his own expense,provide suitable and safe bridges and
other crossings for accommodating travel by pedestrians and workmen. Bridges provided
for access during construction shall be removed when no longer required. The length or
size of excavation will be controlled by the particular surrounding conditions, but shall
always be confined to the limits prescribed by the Engineer. If the excavation becomes a
hazard, or if it excessively restricts traffic at any point, the Engineer may require special
construction procedures such as limiting the length of the open trench, prohibiting
stacking excavated material in the street and requiring that the trench shall not remain
open overnight,
1 The Contractor shall take precautions to prevent injury to the public due to open trenches.
All trenches,excavated material,equipment, or other obstacles which could be dangerous
to the public shall be well lighted at night.
E. TEST PITS
1. Test pits for the purpose of locating underground pipelines or structures in advance of the
construction shall be excavated and backfilled by the Contractor at the direction of the
Engineer. Test pits shall be backfilled irriniediately after their purpose has been satisfied
and the surface restored and maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer.
1". MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC
1. Unless permission to close a street is received in writing from the proper authority, all
excavated material shall be placed so that vehicular and pedestrian traffic is maintained at
all times. If the Contractor's operations cause traffic hazards, he shall repair the road
surface,provide temporary ways,erect wheel guards or fences,or take other measures for
safety satisfactory to the Owner and Engineer,
a. Contractor shall maintain access into and out of private property at all times.
2. Detours around construction will be subject to the approval of the Owner and the
Engineer. Where detours are permitted the Contractor shall provide all necessary
barricades and signs as required to divert the flow of traffic. While traffic is detoured the
Contractor shall expedite construction operations and periods when traffic is being
detoured will be strictly controlled by the Owner.
3. The Contractor shall take precautions to prevent injury to the public due to open trenches.
Night watchmen may be required where special hazards exist, or police protection
WaterTreatment Plant Pressure ControV Valves Execution
Oty of Round Rock 017300 , 13
)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
provided for traffic while work is in progress. The Contractor shall be fully responsible
for damage or injuries whether or not police protection has been provided.
G. CARE AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY
I. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property
and shall use every precaution necessary to prevent damage thereto. If any direct or
indirect damage is done to public or private property by or on account of any act,
omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work on the part of the
Contractor, such property shall be restored by the Contractor, at his expense, to a
condition similar or equal to that existing before the damage was done, or lie shall make
good the damage in other manner acceptable to the Engineer,
H. PROTECTION AND RELOCATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES
I. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the protection of all buildings,
structures, and utilities, public or private, including poles, signs, fences, mailboxes,
services to buildings'utilities in the street,gas pipes,water pipes,hydrants,sewers,drains
and electric and telephone cables, whether or not they are shown on the Drawings. The
Contractor shall carefully support and protect all such structures and utilities from injury
of any kind. Any damage resulting from the Contractor's operations shall be repaired by
him at his expense.
2. Assistance will be given the Contractor in determining the location of existing services.
The Contractor, however, shall bear full responsibility for obtaining all locations of
underground structures and utilities (including existing water services, drain lines and
sewers). Services to buildings shall be maintained,and all costs or charges resulting from
damage thereto shall be paid by the Contractor.
3. Protection and temporary removal and replacement of existing utilities and structures as
described in this Section shall be a part of the work under the Contract and all costs in
connection therewith shall be included in the Total Price Bid in the Bid Form.
4. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, permanent relocation of a utility owned by the Owner
is required, he may direct the Contractor, in writing, to perforin the work. Work so
ordered will be paid for as extra work. The Contractor shall fully cooperate with the
Owner and shall have no claim for delay due to such relocation. The Contractor shall
notify the Owner in writing at least 72 hours (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and Legal
holidays)before excavating in any public way.
I. MAINTENANCE OF FLOW
1. The Contractor shall at his own cost,provide for the flow of water mains, sewers, drains
and water courses interrupted during the progress of the work,and shall immediately cart
away and remove all offensive matter. The entire procedure of maintaining existing flow
shall be fully discussed with the Engineer well in advance of the interruption of any flow.
2. Contractor shall provide means to control any excessive leaking through existing valves
to maintain a safe work area through the use of pumps, bypass piping, blind flanges or
other approved methods.
J. COOPERATION WITHIN THIS CONTRACT
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Execution,
City of Round Rock 017300- 14
,an 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 All firms or persons authorized to perform any work under this Contract shall cooperate
with General Contractor and his Subcontractors or trades and shall assist in incorporating
the work of other trades where necessary or required.
2. Cutting and patching, drilling and fitting shall be conducted where required by the trade
or subcontractor having jurisdiction, unless otherwise indicated herein or directed by the
Engineer
K. CLEANUP AND DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL
1. During the course of the work, the Contractor shall keep the site of his operations ill as
clean and neat a condition as is possible. He shall dispose of all residue resulting from
the construction work and, at the conclusion of the work, he shall remove and haul away
any surplus excavation, broken pavement, lumber, equipment, temporary structures and
any other refuse remaining from the construction operations and shall leave the entire site
of the work in a neat and orderly condition.
2. In order to prevent environmental pollution arising from the construction activities
related to the performance of this Contract, the Contractor and his subcontractors shall
comply with all applicable Federal, State and local laws and regulations concerning waste
material disposal,as well as the specific requirements stated in this Section and elsewhere
in the Specifications.
1 The Contractor is advised that the disposal of excess excavated material in wetlands,
stream corridors and plains is strictly prohibited even if the permission of the property
owner is obtained. Any violation of this restriction by the Contractor or any person
employed by him, will be brought to the immediate attention of the responsible
regulatory agencies, with a request that appropriate action be taken against the offending
parties. Therefore, the Contractor will be required to remove the fill at his own expense
and restore the area impacted.
L. BLASTING
L Blasting will not be allowed oil this job,
M, PAYMENT
1. Payment for the Work in this section will not be made separately but will be included as
part of the appropriate unit prices stated in Section 003000,Bid Form.
N. COMPLEMENTARY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
I. The Contract Documents are complementary. What is required by one is as binding as if
required by all,
END OF SECTION 017300
WaterTreatment Plant Pressure U)ntrol Valves Execuhon
City of Round R(wk 017300 • 15
V 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
This page intentionally left blank.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Execution
City of Round Rock 017300 16
(V 2022 CDM Sniiin 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 017700-CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PARTI -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
X Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1,2 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This Section outlines the procedures to be followed in closing-out the Contract.
13. All inspections shall be performed by the Owner unless the Owner requests the Engineer's as-
sistance.Contractor shall coordinate all inspections and notice of completions with the Owner,
1.3 SUMMARY
A, Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Contract closeout, including,
but not limited to,the following:
1. Substantial Completion procedures.
2. Final completion procedures.
3. Warranties,
4. Final cleaning.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. List of Incomplete Items: Contractor-prepared list of items to be completed or corrected,
prepared for the Engineer's use prior to Engineers inspection, to determine if the Work is
substantially complete,
1.5 AC71ON SUBMITTALS
A, Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion.
B. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion,
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage.
WaterTreaunent Plain Pressure Control Vaives Closeout Proce4ures
City of'Round Rock W7700 I
C;2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Field Report: For pest-control inspection,
1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items required by
other Sections.
1.8 PREREQUISITES TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion. Complete the following a minimum of 10 days
prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below
that are incomplete at time of request.
I. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed
and corrected(Contractor's"punch list"),indicating the value of each item on the list and
reasons why the Work is incomplete.
2. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction,
permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities.
Include occupancy permits,operating certificates,and similar releases.
3. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including Project
Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys,
property surveys,and similar final record information.
4. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections,including specific warranties,
workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar
documents.
5. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools,
spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by
Engineer. Label with manufacturer's name and model number.
I. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of
maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item
and name and number of related Specification Section.Obtain Engineer's signature
for receipt of submittals.
6. Submit testing,adjusting,and balancing records.
". Submit sustainable design submittals not previously submitted.
8. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and
maintenance.
B. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days
prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below
that are incomplete at time of request.
1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's
personnel of changeover in security provisions.
3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment.
4. Perforin preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion.
5, Advise Owner of changeover in utility services.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Closeout Procedures
City of Round bock 017700-2
C',2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
6. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency
responders.
7. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,
construction tools,and similar elements.
8. Complete final cleaning requirements,
9. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate
visual defects.
C. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a
minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and
tests, On receipt of request, Engineer will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of
unfulfilled requirements, Engineer will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after
inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items
identified by Engineer,that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued,
1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is
completed or corrected.
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final
Completion.
C. All bid form and punch-list items must be complete except Clean Up,Finish touch-up painting,
Landscape repairs,and Final documentation.
D. Contractor shall provide all equipment training and manufacturer certifications,all spare parts
and all final O&M Manuals and Data prior to Substantial Completion.
E9 PREREQUISITES TO FFNAL COMPLETION
A. Contractor shall complete the following prior to requesting Owner to inspect for Final
Completion:
I. Provide all support documentation for completion as indicated in these Documents,
including,but not limited to:
I. Final Shop Drawings,
2. Project Record Documents and Drawings.
3. Indexes and Schedules.
4, Construction Photographs.
5. Provide a statement showing accounting of changes to the Contract amount.
6. Advise owner of pending insurance change-over requirements,
7. Provide Warranties, Bonds,Agreements and similar documents.
8. Provide a release to Owner enabling full, unrestricted use of the Work, including
certificates and related documents.
9. Perform touch-up and otherwise restore marred/damaged surfaces.
B. Following tire Final Inspection, the Owner will advise the Contractor of work which must be
finished/corrected. Contractor shall finish/correct all items. If necessary, the Owner will repeat
the inspection when requested to ensure Final Completion.
Water Freatinent Matu Pressure Control Vatves Ctoscouk Procedures
City of Round Rock 017700-3
0,'r 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Should the Owner/Engineer be required to perform a second reinspection because of
Contractor's failure to adequately finish/correct the Work, the Owner will compensate
themselves and the Engineer for Additional Services and deduct such amount from the Final
Payment to Contractor.
1.10 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES
A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Engineer for designated portions of
the Work where warranties are indicated to continence on dates other than date of Substantial
Completion, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under
warranty.
B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of
designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during
construction period by separate agreement with Contractor.
C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project
Manual.
D. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete
warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with bookmarks enabling
navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document.
I. Submit by email to Engineer.
E. Warranties in Paper Forth:
1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders,
thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch
(215-by-280-mm)paper.
2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark
tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or
installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone
number of Installer.
3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title
"WARRANTIES," Project name,and name of Contractor.
F. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
1.11 PREREQUISITES TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE AND PAYMENT
A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining Final
Completion,complete the following:
1. Submit Final Payment request in accordance with Section 012200 "Measurement and
Payment"with releases of Liens from subcontractors.
2. Submit Contractor's Certification of Payment of all debts and claims.
3. Submit an updated Final Statement,accounting for additional charges to Contract Sutn.
4. Submit Consent of Surety.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Closeout Procedures
City of Round Rock 017700-4
k""2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
S. Submit Final Liquidated Damages and Settlement Statement,acceptable to Owner.
6, Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance
requirements.
7. Revise subparagraphs below to match the Supplementary Conditions.
8. Submit a final Application for Payment in accordance with Section 012200
"Measurement and Payment".
9. Certified List of Incomplete Iterns: Submit certified copy of' Engineer's Substantial
Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed
and dated by Engineer. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been
completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance,
M Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage
complying with insurance requirements,
It. Submit pest-control final inspection report,
12. Submit Final Completion photographic documentation.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of
10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On
receipt of request, Engineer will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of
unfulfilled requirements, Engineer will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection
or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate
will be issued,
I. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is
completed or corrected.
1 Should the Owner/Engineer be required to perform a second reinspection because of
failure to adequately finish/correct the Work, the Owner will compensate themselves and
the Engineer for Additional Services and deduct such arnount from the Final Payment to
Contractor.
PAR'I'2- PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or
fabricator of the surface to be cleaned, Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous
to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
I Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not
applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum
allowable VOC levels.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 CLEANINGY
A. DURING CONSTRUCTION
M,mrTreatrnent Mant Pressure Control Vahv,cs Closeout PrtwC%lures
City of Round Rock 017700-5
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1. Execute daily cleaning to keep the Work, the site and adjacent properties free from
accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris resulting from
construction operations.
2. Provide on-site containers for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish. All
waste materials,including containers,food debris and other miscellaneous materials must
be disposed of daily in on-site containers.
3. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site periodically and dispose of at
legal disposal areas away from the site.
B. DUST CONTROL
1. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of finish painting and continue cleaning on an
as-needed basis until painting is finished.
2. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process
will not fall on wet or newly-coated surfaces.
C. FINAL CLEANING
1. Cleaning provisions in the General Conditions are limited to rubbish removal and
similar activities.
2. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations
to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and
antipollution regulations.
3. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning.
Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial
building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written
instructions.
4. If final cleaning is delayed until final acceptance,revise subparagraph below.
S. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for
certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated
portion of Project:
a. Clean Project site of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign
substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and
other foreign deposits.
C. Rake grounds that are not planted, mulched, or paved to a smooth, even-
textured surface.
d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material
from Project site.
e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building.
f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free
condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid
disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective
surfaces to their original condition.
g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces,including roofs,
plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar
spaces.
h, Clean flooring, removing debris, dirt, and staining: clean according to
manufacturer's recommendations.
i. Vacuum and mop concrete.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Closeout Procedures
City of Round Rock 017700-6
K 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
j. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap;
clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains
remain,
k. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and
windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-
obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch
surfaces.
1. Remove labels that are not permanent,
rn. Revise subparagraphs below to suit Project. Check for conflict or
duplication with provisions in other Sections.
M Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar
equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and
other foreign substances,
0. Clean Plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including
stains resulting from water exposure.
p. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed
surfaces of diffusers,registers,and grills.
% First subparagraph below describes a major work item that requires
coordination with other closeout procedures,
1'. Clean ducts,blowers,and coils.
S. Retain first subparagraph below in environments with demanding FIVAC
system cleaning standards or for special contamination issues, Coordinate
with the requirements of sustainable design requirements specified in
Section Series 018113 "Sustainable Design Requirements," Below adds
significantly to cleaning cost,
t. Clean luminaires, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full
efficiency,
U. Clean strainers.
V, Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
& "Pest Control"and"Construction Waste Disposal" paragraphs below represent end
of the Work specified in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."
Most projects require these actions at completion of construction. Ten-nite
inspection where required by authorities having jurisdiction or applicable for
Project.
7. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in
Section 015000"Temporary Facilities and Controls,"
12 REPAIR OF THE WORK
A. Complete repair and restoration operations required by Section 017300 "Execution" before
requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion.
3.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Procedures: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for
determining date of Substantial Completion, List items below that are incomplete at time of
request.
WaierTreimnent Mari,Pressure Couto-ot Vaives Closeout Procedtircs
City of Round Rock 017700-7
a 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1. Advise(,Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's
personnel of changeover in security provisions.
3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment.
4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion.
5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products,
equipment,and systems.
b. Advise Owner of changeover in utility services.
7. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency
responders.
8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,
construction tools, and similar elements.
9. Complete final cleaning requirements.
10. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate
visual defects.
11. Where materials of value remain after completion,store as directed by Owner,or dispose
of as directed by Owner.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a
minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and
tests. On receipt of request,Engineer will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of
unfulfilled requirements. Engineer will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after
inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items
identified by Engineer,that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
C. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is
completed or corrected.
D. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion,
3.4 FINAL COMPLETION
A. Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for detennining Final Completion, complete the
following:
1. Submit a final Application for Payment in accordance with Section 010250
"Measurement and Payment". Form for Contractor's Certification for Final Payment
found in Section 018000"Forms"
2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Engineer's Substantial
Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed
and dated by Engineer. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been
completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.
3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage
complying with insurance requirements.
4. Submit pest-control final inspection report.
5. Submit Final Completion photographic documentation.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of
10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On
receipt of request, Engineer will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Closeout Procedures
City of Round Rock 017700-9
V 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
unfulfilled requirements, Engineer will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection
or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate
will be issued.
I Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is
completed or corrected.
15 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS
A. Organization of List-. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by
construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if
necessary,areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.
I. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, listed by room or space number.
2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for
ceilings, individual walls, floors,equipment,and building systems,
3. Include the following information at the top of each page:
I. Project name.
2. Date.
3. Dame of Engineer.
4. Name of Contractor.
5. Page number.
4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format:
I. MS Excel Electronic File, Engineer will return annotated file.
2. PDF Electronic File. Engineer will return annotated file.
3. Web-Based Project Management Software Upload: Utilize software feature for
creating and updating list of incomplete items(punch list).
4. Three Paper Copies. Engineer will return two copies.
3,6 WARRANTY PERIOD
A. Two years following the Final Acceptance of the Work, Contractor shall perform a walk-
through of the Project with the Engineer and Owner.
B. The Contractor shall correct, at his own expense, all defects that may have occurred or become
known and have not been remedied during the Warranty Period,
C. Upon completion of Work,and Certification by the Owner that all Work is complete, the Owner
will notify the Contractor of the release of the Performance and Labor and Materials Bonds,
D. Contractor shall organize and submit warranty documents with the operation and maintenance
manuals.
END OF SECTION 017700
Water'Freatinevit Mant Pressure Controt V'Mves Ooseout Procedures
City of Round Rock Olt 7700-9
x'12022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
This page intentionally left blank.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Closeout Procedures
City of Round Rock 017700- 10
wt")2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
Ah Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 017823 -OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PARTI -GENERAL
LI RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
L2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and
maintenance manuals,including the following:
1. Systems and equipment operation manuals.
1 Systems and equipment maintenance manuals.
1 Product maintenance manuals.
B. Related Requirements:
L Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation
and maintenance manuals,
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular
interaction.
B, Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals indicated. Provide content for each manual as
specified in individual Specification Sections, and as reviewed and approved at the time of
Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by
this Section.
1. Engineer will comment on whether content of operation and maintenance submittals is
acceptable.
1 Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions
and field conditions,
B, Format. Submit operation and maintenance manuals in the following format:
I. Submit on digital media acceptable to Engineer. Enable reviewer comments on draft
submittals,
Water Treatinoit Plant Pressure CowwA Valves Operation and Mamienance Data
City of Rolund Rock 017823- I
,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Deserved February 2022
2. Submit three paper copies.Engineer will return two copies.
C. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of each manual at least 30 days before commencing
demonstration and training. Engineer will comment on whether general scope and content of
manual are acceptable.
D. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for
Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training.
Engineer will return copy with comments.
I. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Engineer's comments. Submit copies of
each corrected manual within 1.5 days of receipt of Engineer's comments and prior to
commencing demonstration and training.
E. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and
maintenance documentation.
1.5 FORMAT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic
PDF file for each manual type required.
1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where
scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable
file size.
2. File Names and Bookmarks: Bookmark individual documents based on file names. Name
document files to correspond to system,subsystem, and equipment names used in manual
directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into
individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting
bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated
file tree.Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file.
B. Manuals,Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the farm of hard-copy,bound and labeled volumes.
1. Binders: Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, binders, in thickness necessary to
accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-Il-inch (215-by-280-mm) paper; with
clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside
covers to hold folded oversize sheets.
a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize
data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross-
reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper
operation or maintenance of equipment or system.
b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of
contents,and indicate Specification Section number on bottom of spine. Indicate
volume number for multiple-volume sets.
2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section of the manual.
Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Operation arra Maintenance Data
City of Round Rock 017823-2
,k)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
of equipment included in the section on each divider, crass-referenced to Specification
Section number and title of Project Manual,
3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic
software storage media for computerized electronic equipment, Enclose title pages and
directories in clear plastic sleeves.
4, Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-I I-inch(215-by-280-min)white bond paper.
5. Drawings: Attach reinforced,punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text.
a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and
use as foldouts.
K If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled
envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in
manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles,descriptions of contents,
and drawing locations.
1.6 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION MANUALS
A. Systems and Equipment Operation Manual: Assemble a complete set of data indicating
operation of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include
information required for daily operation and managernent, operating standards, and routine and
special operating procedures,
I. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information
for each system,subsystem,and piece of equipment not part of a system.
1 Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the fonn of an instructional
manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.
B. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in
individual Specification Sections and the following information:
I System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and
equipment indicated on Contract Documents.
2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility.
1 Operating standards,
4. Operating procedures,
5, Operating logs,
6. Wiring diagrams.
7. Control diagrams.
8, Piped system diagrams,
9. Precautions against improper use.
10, License requirements including inspection and renewal dates,
C. Descriptions: Include the following:
I Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated oil Contract
Documents,
2, Manufacturer's name.
3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component.
4. Equipment function,
5. Operating characteristics.
Water Treatnient Plant Pressure Control Valves Operation and Maintenance Data
Cay of'Round Rock 017823-3
c�2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
6. Limiting conditions.
7. Performance curves.
8. Engineering data and tests.
9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
D. Operating Procedures: Include the following,as applicable:
1. Startup procedures.
2. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
3. Routine and normal operating instructions.
4. Regulation and control procedures.
5. Instructions on stopping.
6. Normal shutdown instructions.
7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
9. Special operating instructions and procedures.
E. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation,and diagram controls as
installed.
F. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color coding where required for
identification.
1.7 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Systems and Equipment Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of data indicating
maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include
manufacturers' maintenance documentation, preventive maintenance procedures and frequency,
repair procedures,wiring and systems diagrams,lists of spare parts,and warranty information.
I, Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information
for each system,subsystem,and piece of equipment not part of a system.
2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional
manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.
B. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include
source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures,
maintenance and service schedules,spare parts list and source information,maintenance service
contracts,and warranties and bonds as described below.
C. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual,
identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product,
list name,address,and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent,
and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or
schedule designation or identifier where applicable.
D. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Include the following information for each
component part or piece of equipment:
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Operation and Maintenance Data
City of Round Rock 017823 .,4
�o 2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins; include only sheets pertinent to product
or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component
incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format,
identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify
data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable.
a. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not
available and where the infort-nation is necessary for proper operation and
maintenance of equipment or systems.
2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly
and component removal,replacement,and assembly.
3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components,
4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts,
E. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential
maintenance procedures:
I. Test and inspection instructions.
1 Troubleshooting guide,
3. Precautions against improper maintenance.
4. Disassembly;component removal,repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions.
S. Aligning,adjusting,and checking instructions.
6. Demonstration and training video recording,if available.
J, Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of
required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine
maintenance and service with standard time allotment,
I. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly,
quarterly, semiannual,and annual frequencies,
2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording
maintenance.
G. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with
parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local
sources of maintenance materials and related services,
H. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and
telephone number of service agent.
1. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and
conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims,
J. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the
relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and
flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to
ensure correct illustration of completed installation,
Water'Y'reannent Plant Pressure Control Valves Operation wid Maintenance Data
Cay of lZound Rock 017823-5
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1. Do not use original project record documents as part of maintenance manuals.
1.8 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and
maintenance of each product,material,and finish incorporated into the Work.
B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product,material, and finish. Include
source information,product information, maintenance procedures,repair materials and sources,
and warranties and bonds,as described below.
C. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and
arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and
telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference
Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation
or identifier where applicable.
D. Product Information: Include the following,as applicable:
1. Product name and model number.
2. Manufacturer's name.
3. Color,pattern,and texture.
4. Material and chemical composition.
5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.
E. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following:
L Inspection procedures.
2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance.
5. Repair instructions.
F. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and
related services.
G, Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and
conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
I. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
PART 2-PRODUCTS(NOT USED)
PART 3-EXECUTION(NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 017823
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Operation and Maintenance Data
City of Round Rock 017823-6
%, 2022 CDM Snuth 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 017439 -PROJECTR :CD RD DOCUMENTS
PART I - GENERAL,
I.l RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents,
including the following:
1. Record Drawings,
1 Record Specifications.
3. Record Product Data.
4. Miscellaneous record submittals.
B. Related Requirements:
I. Section 017300 "Execution" for final property survey.
2. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures.
3. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance
manual requirements.
13 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following-,
I. Number of Copies: Submit one set(s) of marked-up record prints,
2. Number of Copies: Submit copies of Record Drawings as follows:
a. Initial Submittal:
1) Submit one paper-copy sel(s)of marked-up record prints,
2) Subinit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one set(s) of file
prints,
3) Submit Record Digital Data Files and one set(s) of plots,
4) Engineer will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional
information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable,
K Final Submittal:
1) Submit three paper-copy set(s)of marked-up record prints.
2) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned Record Prints and three set(s)of file
prints.
WmerTreauiient If tant Presswe Control'Valves Project Record Docunwnts
Oty of Round Rock 017839- 1
t')2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were
recorded.
C. Final Submittal:
1) Submit one paper-copy set(s)of marked-up record prints.
2) Submit Record Digital Data Files and three set(s) of Record Digital Data
File plots.
3) Plot each drawing file, whether or not changes and additional information
were recorded.
B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications,
including addenda and Contract modifications.
C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal.
I Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals,
submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual.
D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record-
keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit
annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal.
E. Reports: Submit written report weekly indicating items incorporated into Project Record
Documents concurrent with progress of the Work, including revisions, concealed conditions,
field changes,product selections,and other notations incorporated.
1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop
Drawings,incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued.
1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation, where installation varies
from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data,
whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide
information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be
difficult to identify or measure and record later.
b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique.
C. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it.
d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations,
e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic documentation.
2. Content:Types of items requiring marking include,but are not limited to,the following:
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
C. Depths of foundations.
d. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Project Record Documents
City of Round Rock 017839-2
x v2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
)
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits,
f. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
g. Actual equipment locations.
h. Duct size and routing.
i. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
j. Changes made by Change Order or Work Change Directive.
k, Changes made following Engineer's written orders,
1. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
M. Field records for variable and concealed conditions,
n. Record inforrilation on the Work that is shown only schematically.
1 Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use
personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record
prints.
4. Mark record prints with erasable, red-colored pencil, Use other colors to distinguish
between changes for different categories of the Work at same location,
5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted
from original Drawings.
6, Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order
numbers,and similar identification,where applicable.
11 Record Digital Data Files; Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial
Completion,review marked-tip record prints with Engineer. When authorized,prepare a full set
of corrected digital data Files of the Contract Drawings,as follows:
I Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as for the
original Contract Drawings.
2, Format: DWG,Version 2021, Microsoft Windows operating system.
3, Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.
4. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints.
Delete,redraw,and add details and notations where applicable.
5. Refer instances of uncertainty to Engineer for resolution.
6. Engineer will furnish Contractor with one set of digital data files of the Contract
Drawings for use in recording information.
a. See Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements
related to use of Engineer's digital data files.
b. Engineer will provide data file layer information. Record markups in separate
layers.
C, Format: Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD
DRAWING" in a prominent location.
I. Record Prints: Organize record prints into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable
paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets,
2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.
3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data inforniation into separate electronic files
that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings, Name each file with the sheet
identification. Include identification in each digital data file.
4. Identification: As follows:
Water Tivaoucru Plant Vresmnv Cowrol Valves Project Record Documents
City tARoiund Rock 017839-3
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
a. Project name.
b. Date.
C. Designation"PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."
d. Name of Engineer.
e. Name of Contractor.
1.5 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation, where installation
varies from that indicated in Specifications,addenda,and Contract modifications.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and
equipment furnished,including substitutions and product options selected.
3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to
provide a record of selections made.
4. For each principal product, indicate whether Record Product Data has been submitted in
operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as Record Product Data.
5. Note related Change Orders and Record Drawings where applicable.
B. Format: Submit Record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file.
L6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project
Record Document purposes. Post changes and revisions to Project Record Documents as they
occur;do not wait until end of Project.
B. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation
varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.
L Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in
manufacturer's written instructions for installation.
1 Note related Change Orders,and Record Drawings where applicable.
C. Format: Submit Record Product Data as annotated PDF electronic file.
1. Include Record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and
title,electronically linked to each item of Record Product Data.
1.7 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous
record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file
miscellaneous records and identify each,ready for continued use and reference.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Project Record Documents
City of Round Rock 017839 4
( 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file,
I Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section
number and title,electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals.
1.8 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintenance of Record Documents: Store Record Documents in the field office apart from the
Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record Documents for
construction purposes, Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible
condition, protected from deterioration and loss, Provide access to Project Record Documents
for Engineer's reference during normal working hours, As a prerequisite for monthly progress
payments, exhibit the updated record documents for review by Owner and Engineer for
accuracy and completeness.
PART 2-PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 -EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 017839
Water Treatment Mara Pressure ControVaives Froject Record Documents
Coy of'Romd Rock 017839 5
2022 CLAM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
This page intentionally left blank.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Project Record Documents
City of Round Rack 017839-6
t�(`)2022 CDM Srnith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 018000-FORMS
FART GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section covers the various forms that the Contractor shall use for administering and
managing the Project,
B. Contractor shall prepare and Submit for review and approval by Owrier/Engi ricer the"O&M
Data, Startup,Testing and Warranty Matrices". Contractor shall be responsible for completing
all data(e.g.,equipment identification,serial numbers,equipment model numbers,etc.,
included in the form. Upon Ownerl/Engineer approval of said document,Contractor shall
maintain the matrix and update it throughout the course of the Project and submit the matrix to
the Owner for review and approval.
1.03 FORMS INCLUDED
A. Use the forms following this Section for contract administration,such as preparing submittals,
Requests for Information,documentation of test results,etc. A single copy of these forms will
be provided to the Contractor, The Contractor may make additional copies of the fonds as
required. The Contractor may substitute computer generated forms with the approval of the
Engineer if these forms include the same information,statements and certifications and the
same general format as the forms included in this section. Forms included are listed below:
I. Submittal Transmittal,
2. Request for Information.
3. Request for Deviation.
4, Payment Request.
5, Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment.
6, Contractor's Certification of Final Payment.
7. Contractor's Release of Owner.
S. Professional Engineer Certification.
9. Pressure Pipe Test Report.
10. Protective Coating Test Report.
It. Contractor Acknowledgement,
12. rwo-Week Schedule,
13. O&M Data,Startup,Testing and Warranty Matrices
14. Field Order,
15. Spare Paris Transfer Form.
Water'Freatunent Plant Pressure Control Valves Forms
City of Round Rock 0118000-I
4 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved. February 2022
PART 2 PRODUCTS(NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION 018000
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Forms
City of Round Rock 018000-2
V 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2.022
SECTION 019113 -GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS
PART I GENERAL
I'l RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
K Owner's Project Requirements and Basis-of-Design Document are included by reference for
information only.
L2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
I. General requirements for coordinating and scheduling commissioning activities.
2. Commissioning meetings.
3. Commissioning reports.
4, Use of commissioning process test equipment,instrumentation,and tools.
5, Construction checklists, including, but not limited to, installation checks, startup,
performance tests, and performance test demonstration.
6. Commissioning tests and commissioning test demonstration.
7. Adjusting,verifying,and documenting identified systems and assemblies.
BRelated Requirements:
L Section 011000 '"Summary"" for Commissioning Authority responsibilities.
2. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submittal procedure requirements for
commissioning process.
1 Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for Certificate of Construction-Phase
Commissioning Process Completion submittal requirements.
4. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for preliminary operation and
maintenance data submittal requirements.
13 ALLOWANCES
A. Labor and management costs for the performance of commissioning process.
B. The following are excluded from the commissioning allowance:
I Equipment and systems installation, startup, and field quality-control testing indicated in
the Contract Documents,
2. Test equipment, instrumentation,and tools (including, but not limited to, proprietary test
equipment, instrumentation,and tools)required to perfonii tests.
3. Work to correct commissioning issues.
4. Work to repeat tests when equipment and systems fail acceptance criteria.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves General Commissioning Requirements
City of Round Rock 019113 1
t:a 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.4 UNIT PRICES
A. The following are excluded from the computation for the adjustment of the commissioning
allowance for technician labor hours:
1. Work to correct commissioning issues.
2. Work to repeat tests when equipment and systems fail acceptance criteria.
1.5 DEFINITIONS
A. Acceptance Criteria: Threshold of acceptable work quality or performance specified for a
commissioning activity,including,but not limited to,construction checklists,performance tests,
perfortnance test demonstrations,commissioning tests,and commissioning test demonstrations.
B. Basis-of-Design Document: A document prepared by Engineer that records concepts,
calculations, decisions, and product selections used to comply with Owner's Project
Requirements and to suit applicable regulatory requirements,standards,and guidelines.
C. Commissioning Authority: An entity engaged by Owner, and identified in Section 011000
"Summary," to evaluate Commissioning-Process Work.
D. Commissioning Plan: A document, prepared by Commissioning Authority, that outlines the
organization, schedule, allocation of resources, and documentation of commissioning
requirements.
E. Commissioning: A quality-focused process for verifying and documenting that the facility and
all of its systems and assemblies are planned, designed, installed, and tested to comply with
Owner's Project Requirements. The requirements specified here are limited to the construction
phase commissioning activities. The scope of the commissioning process is defined in
Section 011000"Summary."
F. Construction-Phase Commissioning-Process Completion: The stage of completion and
acceptance of commissioning process when resolution of deficient conditions and issues
discovered during commissioning process and retesting until acceptable results are obtained has
been accomplished. Owner will establish in writing the date construction-phase commissioning-
process completion is achieved. See Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for Certificate of
Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion submittal requirements.
1. Commissioning process is complete when the Work specified of this Section and related
Sections has been completed and accepted,including,but not limited to,the following:
a. Completion of tests and acceptance of test results.
b. Resolution of issues, as verified by retests performed and documented with
acceptance of retest results.
C. Completion and acceptance of submittals and reports.
G. Owner's Project Requirements: A document that details the functional requirements of a project
and the expectations of how it will be used and operated, including Project goals, measurable
performance criteria, cost considerations, benchmarks, success criteria, and supporting
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves General Commissioning Requirements
City of Round Rock 019113 2
rr:2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
information. This document is prepared either by the Owner or for the Owner by the Engineer
or Commissioning Authority,
11 Owner's Witness: Commissioning Authority, Owner's Project Manager, or Engineer-designated
witness authorized to authenticate test demonstration data and to sign completed test data forms.
L "Systems," "Assemblies," "Subsystems," "Equipment," and "Components": Where these terms
are used together or separately, they shall mean "as-built" systems, assemblies, subsystems,
equipment,and components.
J. Test: Performance tests, performance test demonstrations, commissioning tests, and
commissioning test demonstrations.
K. Sampling Procedures and Tables for Inspection by Attributes: As defined in ASQ ZIA.
1.6 COMPENSATION
A. If Engineer, Commissioning Authority, other Owner's witness, or Owner's staff perform
additional services or incur additional expenses due to actions of Contractor listed below,
compensate Owner for such additional services and expenses.
1. Failure to provide timely notice of commissioning activities schedule changes.
2. Failure to meet acceptance criteria for test demonstrations.
L7 COMMISSIONING"IMAM
A. Members Appointed by Contractor(s):
I Commissioning Coordinator: A person or entity employed by Contractor to manage,
schedule,and coordinate commissioning process.
1 Project superintendent and other employees that Contractor may deem appropriate for a
particular portion of the commissioning process.
1 Subcontractors,installers,suppliers,and specialists that Contractor may(teem appropriate
for a particular portion of the commissioning process.
4. Appointed team members shall have the authority to act on behalf of the entity they
represent.
& Members Appointed by Owner:
I Commissioning Authority, plus consultants that Commissioning Authority may deem
appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning process.
1 Owner representative(s), facility operations and maintenance personnel, plus other
employees, separate contractors, and consultants that Owner may deem appropriate for a
particular portion of the commissioning process.
3. Engineer, plus employees and consultants that Engineer may deem appropriate for a
particular portion of the commissioning process.
Water Treatrimt Plant Pressure Control Valves General Comirmssvxong Requarements
City of Round Rock 019113-3
0 2022 CDM Stnith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.8 [NFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submittal procedure
general requirements for commissioning process.
B. Commissioning Pian Information:
1. List of Contractor-appointed commissioning team members to include specific personnel
and subcontractors performing the various commissioning requirements.
2. Contractor personnel and subcontractors participating in each test.
3. List of instrumentation required for each test to include identification of parties that will
provide instrumentation for each test.
C. Commissioning schedule.
D. Two-week look-altcad schedules.
E. Commissioning Coordinator Letter of Authority:
1. Within 10 days after approval of Commissioning Coordinator qualifications, submit a
letter of authority for Commissioning Coordinator, signed by a principal of Contractor's
firm. Letter shall authorize Commissioning Coordinator to do the following:
a. Make inspections required for commissioning process.
b. Coordinate, schedule, and manage commissioning process of Contractor,
subcontractors,and suppliers.
C. Obtain documentation required for commissioning process from Contractor,
subcontractors,and suppliers.
d. Report issues, delayed resolution of issues, schedule conflicts, and lack of
cooperation or expertise on the part of members of the commissioning team.
F. Commissioning Coordinator Qualification Data: For entity coordinating Contractor's
commissioning activities to demonstrate their capabilities and experience.
1. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having
successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and
extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having
complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
G. List test instrumentation, equipment, and monitoring devices. Include the following
information:
I. Make, model, serial number, and application for each instrument, equipment, and
monitoring device.
2. Brief description of intended use.
3. Calibration record showing the following:
a. Calibration agency,including name and contact information.
b. Last date of calibration.
C. Range of values for which calibration is valid.
d. Certification of accuracy.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves General Commissioning Requirements
City of Round Rack 01911.3 4
J()2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
e. Certification for calibration equipment traceable to NIST.
f. Due date of the next calibration.
14. Test Reports:
1, Pre-Startup Report: Prior to startup of equipment or a system, submit signed, completed
construction checklists.
2. Test Data Reports: At the end of each day in which tests are conducted, submit test data
for tests performed.
3. Commissioning Issue Reports: Daily,at the end of each day in which tests are conducted,
submit commissioning issue reports for tests for which acceptable results were not
achieved.
4, Weekly Progress Report: Weekly, at the end of each week in which tests are conducted,
submit a progress report,
5. Data Trend Logs: Submit data trend logs at the end of the trend log period.
6. System Alarm Logs: Daily, at the start of days following a day in which tests were
performed,submit printout of log of alarms that occurred since the last log was printed.
1. Construction Checklists:
1. Material checks,
2. Installation checks.
3. Startup procedures,where required.
1.9 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Commissioning Report:
I At Construction-Phase Commissioning Completion,include the following:
a. Pre-startup reports.
b. Approved test procedures.
c. Test data forms,completed and signed.
& Progress reports.
e. Commissioning issue report log.
f. Commissioning issue reports showing resolution of issues.
g. Correspondence or other documents related to resolution of issues.
h. Other reports required by commissioning process.
i. List unresolved issues and reasons they remain unresolved and should be exempted
from the requirements for Construction-Phase Commissioning Completion.
j. Report shall include commissioning work of Contractor.
B. Request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion,
C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools to
include in operation and maintenance manuals,
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control valves General Commissioning Requircrywrds
City of Round Rock 0191 B-5
k"I 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Commissioning Coordinator Qualifications:
I. Documented experience commissioning systems of similar complexity to those contained
in these documents on at least three projects of similar scope and complexity.
2. Certification of commissioning-process expertise. The following certifications are
acceptable. Owner reserves the right to accept or reject certifications as evidence of
qualification.
a. Certified Commissioning Authority,by AABC Commissioning Group(ACG).
b. Commissioning-Process Management Professional, by American Society of
Heating,Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers.
C. Certified Commissioning Professional,by Building Commissioning Association.
d. Accredited Commissioning-Process Authority Professional, by University of
Wisconsin.
e. Accredited Commissioning-Process Manager,by University of Wisconsin.
f. Accredited Green Commissioning-Process Provider,by University of Wisconsin.
B. Calibration Agency Qualifications: Certified by The American Association for Laboratory
Accreditation that the calibration agency complies with minimum requirements of
ISO/IEC 17025.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTR.UMENTKrION,AND TOOLS
A. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform the commissioning process shall
remain the property of Contractor unless otherwise indicated.
B. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform commissioning process shall comply
with the following criteria:
1. Be manufactured for the purpose of testing and measuring tests for which they are being
used and have an accuracy to test and measure system performance within the tolerances
required to determine acceptable performance.
2. Calibrated and certified.
a. Calibration performed and documented by a qualified calibration agency according
to national standards applicable to the tools and instrumentation being calibrated.
Calibration shall be current according to national standards or within test
equipment and instrumentation manufacturer's recommended intervals, whichever
is more frequent, but not less than within six months of initial use on Project.
Calibration tags shall be permanently affixed.
b. Repair and recalibrate test equipment and instrumentation if dismantled, dropped,
or damaged since last calibrated.
3. Maintain test equipment and instrumentation.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves General Commissioning Requirements
City of Round Rock 019113-6
K")2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
4. Use test equipment and instrumentation only for testing or monitoring Work for which
they are designed.
2.2 PROPRIETARY TESTEQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION,AND TOOLS
A. Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools are those manufactured or prescribed by
tested equipment manufacturer and required for work on its equipment as a condition of
equipment warranty, or as otherwise required to set-vice, repair, adjust, calibrate, or perform
work on its equipment.
I Identify proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools required in the test
equipment identification list submittal.
1 Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools shall become the property of
Owner at Substantial Completion,
2.3 REPORT FORMAT AND ORGANIZATION
A, General Format and Organization:
I, Bind report in three-ring binders,
2. Label the front cover and spine of each binder with the report title, volume number,
project name,Contractor's narne,and date of report,
3. Record report on compact disk.
4, Electronic Data: Portable document format (PDF); a single file with outline-organized
bookmarks for major and minor tabs and tab contents itemized for specific reports.
B. Commissioning Report:
1. Include a table of contents and an index to each test.
2. Include major tabs for each Specification Section.
3. Include minor tabs for each test.
4, Within each minor tab,include the following:
a. Test specification,
b. Pre-startup reports.
C. Approved test procedures.
d. Test data forms,completed and signed,
e. Commissioning issue reports, showing resolution of issues, and documentation
related to resolution of issues pertaining to a single test. Group data forms,
commissioning issue reports showing resolution of issues, and documentation
related to resolution of issues for each test repetition together within the minor tab,
in reverse chronological order(most recent on top).
PART 3-EXECUTION
3,1 PREPARATION
A. Review preliminary construction checklists and preliminary test procedures and data forms.
Water Treatm ent Plant Pressure Control Valves General Conimissionaig Requirements
City of Round Rock 019113 7
io 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3.2 CONSTRUCTION CHECKLISTS
A. Construction checklists cannot modify or conflict with the Contract Documents.
B. Create construction checklists based on actual systems and equipment to be included in Project.
C. Material Checks: Compare specified characteristics and approved submittals with materials as
received. Include factory tests and other evaluations, adjustments, and tests performed prior to
shipment if applicable.
I. Service connection requirements, including configuration, size, location, and other
pertinent characteristics.
2. Included optional features.
3. Delivery Receipt Check: Inspect and record physical condition of materials and
equipment on delivery to Project site, including agreement with approved submittals,
cleanliness,and lack of damage.
4. Installation Checks:
a. Location according to Drawings and approved Shop Drawings.
b. Configuration.
C. Compliance with manufacturers' written installation instructions.
d. Attachment to structure.
e. Access clearance to allow for maintenance, service, repair, removal, and
replacement without the need to disassemble or remove other equipment or
building elements. Access coordinated with other building elements and
equipment, including, but not limited to, ceiling and wall access panels, in a
manner consistent with OSHA fall-protection regulations and safe work practices.
f. Utility connections are of the correct characteristics,as applicable.
g. Correct labeling and identification.
h, Startup Checks: Verify readiness of equipment to be energized. Include
manufacturer's standard startup procedures and forms.
D. Startup: Perform and document initial operation of equipment to prove that it is installed
properly and operates as intended according to manufacturer's standard startup procedures, at
minimum.
E. Performance Tests:
I. Static Tests: As specified elsewhere, including, but not limited to,duct and pipe leakage
tests,insulation-resistance tests,and water-penetration tests.
2. Component Performance Tests: Tests evaluate the performance of an input or output of
components under a full range of operating conditions.
3. Equipment and Assembly Performance Tests: Test and evaluate perfort-nance of
equipment and assemblies under a full range of operating conditions and loads.
4. System Performance Tests: Test and evaluate performance of systems under a full range
of operating conditions and loads.
5. Intersystem Performance Tests:Test and evaluate the interface of different systems under
a full range of operating conditions and loads.
F. Deferred Construction Checklists: Obtain Owner approval of proposed deferral of construction
checklists, including proposed schedule of completion of each deferred construction checklist,
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves General Commissioning Requirements
City of Round Rock 019113-8
................
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
before submitting request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process
Completion. When approved, deferred construction checklists may be completed after date of
Construction-Phase Commissioning Completion. Include the following in a request for
Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion:
I. Identify deferred construction checklists by[lumber and title.
1 Provide a target schedule for completion of deferred construction checklists.
3. Written approval of proposed deferred construction checklists, including approved
schedule of completion of each deferred construction checklist,
G. Delayed Construction Checklists: Obtain Owner approval of proposed delayed construction
checklists, including proposed schedule of completion of each delayed construction checklist,
before submitting request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process
Completion. When approved, delayed construction checklists may be completed after date of
Constivction-Phase Commissioning Completion. Include the following in a request for
Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion:
I. Identify delayed construction checklist by construction checklist number and title.
1 Provide a target schedule for completion of delayed construction checklists.
3. Written approval of proposed delayed construction checklists, including approved
schedule of completion of each delayed constniction checklist.
3.3 GENERAL EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Schedule and coordinate commissioning process with the Construction Schedule.
B. Perform activities identified in construction checklists, including tests, and document results of
actions as construction proceeds.
C. Perform test demonstrations for Owner's witness. Unless otherwise indicated,demonstrate tests
for 100 percent of work to which the test applies. In some instances,demonstration of a random
sample of other than 100 percent of the results of a test is specified.
I. Where sampling is specified, the sampling plan and procedure for (lie test demonstration
shall be determined using ASC)ZIA.
1 The "lot size" in ASQ ZIA is the sum of the number of items to which the test
demonstration applies,as described in the scope subparagraph of each test,
1 On determination of the sample size, the samples shall be selected randomly by Owner's
witness at the time of the test demonstration.
4. Include in the Commissioning Plan a detailed list of the test demonstrations with lot and
sample quantities for each test.
D. Report test data and commissioning issue resolutions.
E. Schedule personnel to participate in and perform Commissioning-Process Work.
R Installing contractors' commissioning responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the
following:
I. Operating the equipment and systems they install during tests.
WalerTireatinent Mant Pressure Corstrol Valves GenerM Commissmning RequirenientS
City or Round Rock 019113 9
k',f 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2. In addition, installing contractors may be required to assist in tests of equipment and
systems with which their work interfaces.
3.4 COMMISSIONING COORDINATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Management and Coordination: Manage, schedule, and coordinate commissioning process,
including,but not limited to, the following:
1. Coordinate with subcontractors on their commissioning responsibilities and activities.
1 Obtain,assemble,and submit commissioning documentation.
1 Conduct periodic on-site commissioning meetings. Comply with requirements in
Section 013 100"Project Management and Coordination."
4. Develop and maintain the commissioning schedule. Integrate commissioning schedule
into the Construction Schedule. Update Construction Schedule at specified intervals.
5. Review and comment on preliminary test procedures and data forms.
6. Report inconsistencies and issues in system operations.
7. Verify that tests have been completed and results comply with acceptance criteria, and
that equipment and systems are ready before scheduling test demonstrations.
8. Direct and coordinate test demonstrations.
9. Coordinate witnessing of test demonstrations by Owner's witness.
10. Coordinate and manage training. Be present during training sessions to direct video
recording, present training, and direct the training presentations of others. Comply with
requirements in Section 017900"Demonstration and Training."
11. Prepare and submit specified commissioning reports.
12. Track commissioning issues until resolution and retesting is successfully completed.
13. Retain original records of Commissioning-Process Work, organized as required for the
commissioning report. Provide Owner's representative access to these records on request.
14. Assemble and submit commissioning report.
3.5 COMMISSIONING TESTING
A. Quality Control: Construction checklists, including tests, are quality-control tools designed to
improve the functional quality of Project. Test demonstrations evaluate the effectiveness of
Contractor's quality-control process.
B. Owner's witness will be present to witness commissioning work requiring the signature of an
owner's witness,including,but not limited to,test demonstrations.Owner's project manager will
coordinate attendance by Owner's witness with Contractor's published Commissioning
Schedule, Owner's witness will provide no labor or materials in the commissioning work. The
only function of Owner's witness will be to observe and comment on the progress and results of
commissioning process.
C. Construction Checklists:
1. Complete construction checklists as Work is completed.
2. Distribute construction checklists to installing contractors before they start work.
3. Installers:
a. Verify installation using approved construction checklists as Work proceeds.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves General Commissioning Requirements
City of Round Rock 019113- 10
i,'12022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
b. Complete and sign construction checklists regularly for work performed during the
preceding week(s),
4. Provide Commissioning Authority access to construction checklists,
D. Installation Compliance Issues: Record as an installation compliance issue Work found to be
incomplete, inaccessible, at variance with the Contract Documents, nonfunctional, or that does
not comply with construction checklists, Record installation compliance issues on the
construction checklist at the time they are identified. Record corrective action and flow future
Work should be modified before signing off the construction checklist.
E. Pre-Startup Audit: Prior to executing startup procedures, review completed installation check,,,
to determine readiness for startup and operation. Report conditions, which, if left uncorrected,
adversely impact the ability of systems or equipment to operate satisfactorily or to comply with
acceptance criteria. Prepare pre-startup report for each system.
F 'rest Procedures and Test Data Forms:
I 'rest procedures shall define the step-by-step procedures to be used to execute tests and
test demonstrations.
1 Test procedures shall be specific to the make, model, and application of the equipment
and systems being tested,
3. Completed test data forms are the official records of the test results.
4. Commissioning Authority will provide to Contractor preliminary test procedures and test
data forms for performance tests and commissioning tests after approval of Product Data,
Shop Drawings,and preliminary operation and maintenance manual,
5. Review preliminary test procedures and test data forms,and provide comments within 14
days of receipt front Commissioning Authority. Review shall address the following:
a, Equipment protection and warranty issues, including, but not limited to,
manufacturers' installation and startup recommendations, and operation and
maintenance instructions.
b, Applicability of the procedure to the specific software, equipment, and systems
approved for installation.
6, After Contractor has reviewed and commented on the preliminary test procedures and test
data forms, Commissioning Authority will revise and reissue the approved revised test
procedures and test data forms marked"Approved for Testing."
7. Use only approved test procedures and test data forms marked "Approved for Testing" to
perform and document tests and test demonstrations.
G Performance of Tests:
I The sampling rate for tests is 100 percent. The sampling rate for test demonstrations is
100 percent unless otherwise indicated,
1 Perform and complete each step o1µthe approved test procedures in the order listed.
1 Record data observed during performance of tests on approved data forms at the time of
test performance and when the results are observed,
4. Record test results that are not within the range of acceptable results on commissioning
issue report fornis in addition to recording the results on approved test procedures and
Wam-Treattuent Plant Pressure Convol Valves Gpmenfl Coaunssoontng Requiremeln",
Cay of Round Rack OM 13 - l I
r 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
data forms according to the "Commissioning Compliance Issues" Paragraph in this
Article.
5. On completion of a test,sign the completed test procedure and data form.Tests for which
test procedures and data forms are incomplete,not signed,or which indicate performance
that does not comply with acceptance criteria will be rejected. Tests for which test
procedures and data forms are rejected shall be repeated and results resubmitted.
H. Performance of Test Demonstration:
I. Perforin test demonstrations on a sample of tests after test data submittals are approved.
The sampling rate for test demonstrations shall be 100 percent unless otherwise indicated
in the individual test specification.
2. Notify Owner's witness at least three days in advance of each test demonstration.
3. Perfonn and complete each step of the approved test procedures in the order listed.
4. Record data observed during performance of test demonstrations on approved data forms
at the time of demonstration and when the results are observed.
5. Provide full access to Owner's witness to directly observe the performance of all aspects
of system response during the test demonstration. On completion of a test demonstration,
sign the completed data form and obtain signature of Owner's witness at the time of the
test to authenticate the reported results.
6. "Cest demonstration data forints not signed by Contractor and Owner's witness at the time
of the completion of the procedure will be rejected. Test demonstrations for which data
forms are rejected shall be repeated and results shall be resubmitted.
a. Exception for Failure of Owner's Witness to Attend: Failure of Owner's witness to
be present for agreed-on schedule of test demonstration shall not delay Contractor.
If Owner's witness fails to attend a scheduled test, Contractor shall proceed with
the scheduled test. On completion, Contractor shall sign the data form for
Contractor and for Owner's witness, and shall note the absence of Owner's witness
at the scheduled time and place.
7. False load test requirements are specified in related sections.
a. Where false load testing is specified, provide temporary equipment, power,
controls, wiring, piping, valves, and other necessary equipment and connections
required to apply the specified load to the system. False load system shall be
capable of steady-state operation and modulation at the level of load specified.
Equipment and systems pennanently installed in this work shall not be used to
create the false load without Engineer's written approval.
I. Deferred Tests:
I. Deferred Test List: Identify, in the request for Certificate of Construction-Phase
Commissioning Process Completion, proposed deferred tests or other tests approved for
deferral until specified seasonal or other conditions are available. When approved,
deferred tests may be completed after the date of Construction-Phase Commissioning
Completion. identify proposed deferred tests in the request for Certificate of
Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion as follows:
a. Identify deferred tests by number and title.
b. Provide a target schedule for completion of deferred tests.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control valves General Commissioning Requirements
City or Round Rock b 19113- l2
2022 CDM Stnith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2. Schedule and coordinate deferred tests. Schedule deferred tests when specified conditions
are available. Notify Engineer and Commissioning Authority at least three working days
(minimum)in advance of tests.
3. Where deferred tests are specified,coordinate participation of necessary personnel and of
Engineer, Commissioning Authority, and Owner's witness. Schedule deferred tests to
minimize occupant and facility impact. Obtain Engineer's approval of the proposed
schedule.
J. Delayed Tests.
1, Delayed Test List: Identify, in the request for Certificate of Construction-Phase
Commissioning Process Completion, proposed delayed tests. Obtain Owner approval of
proposed delayed tests, including proposed schedule of completion of each delayed test,
before submitting request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process
Completion. Include the following in the request for Certificate of Construction-Phase
Commissioning Process Completion:
a. Identify delayed tests by test number and title.
b. Written approval of proposed delayed tests, including approved schedule of
completion of delayed tests.
2. Schedule and coordinate delayed tests. Schedule delayed tests when conditions that
caused the delay have been rectified. Notify Engineer and Commissioning Authority at
least three working days(minimum)in advance of tests.
3. Where delayed tests are approved, coordinate participation of necessary personnel and of
Engineer, Commissioning Authority, and Owner's witness. Schedule delayed tests to
minimize occupant and facility impact. Obtain Engineer's approval of the proposed
schedule,
K. Commissioning Compliance Issues:
I. Test results that are not within the range of acceptable results are commissioning
compliance issues.
2. Track and report commissioning compliance issues until resolution and retesting are
successfully completed,
3. If a test demonstration fails, determine the cause of failure. Direct timely resolution of
issue and then repeat the demonstration. If a test demonstration must be repeated due to
failure caused by Contractor work or materials, reimburse Owner for billed costs for the
participation in the repeated demonstration.
4. Test Results: It' a test demonstration fails to meet the acceptance criteria, perform the
following:
a. Complete a commissioning compliance issue report form promptly on discovery of
test results that do not comply with acceptance criteria.
b. Submit commissioning compliance issue report form within 24 hours of the test.
c. Determine the cause of the failure.
d. Establish responsibility for corrective action if the failure is due to conditions
found to be Contractor's responsibility.
Water Treahnent Plant Pressure Control V'alves 4ncral Comniissuomng Requirenwnts
CAty of Round Rock 019113- 13
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
5. Commissioning Compliance Issue Report: Provide a commissioning compliance issue
report for each issue. Do not report multiple issues on the same commissioning
compliance issue report.
a. Exception: If an entire class of devices is determined to exhibit the identical issue,
they may be reported on a single commissioning compliance issue report. (For
example, if all return-air damper actuators that are specified to fail to the open
position are found to fail to the closed position, they may be reported on a single
commissioning issue report. If a single commissioning issue report is used for
multiple commissioning compliance issues, each device shall be identified in the
report,and the total number of devices at issue shall be identified.
b. Complete and submit Part I of the commissioning compliance issue report
immediately when the condition is observed.
C. Record the commissioning compliance issue report number and describe the
deficient condition on the data form.
d. Resolve commissioning compliance issues promptly. Complete and submit Part 2
of the commissioning compliance issue report when issues are resolved.
6. Diagnose and correct failed test demonstrations as follows:
a. Perform diagnostic tests and activities required to determine the fundamental cause
of issues observed.
b. Record each step of the diagnostic procedure prior to performing the procedure.
Update written procedure as changes become necessary.
C. Record the results of each step of the diagnostic procedure.
& Record the conclusion of the diagnostic procedure on the fundamental cause of the
issue.
e. Determine and record corrective measures.
f. Include diagnosis of fundamental cause of issues in commissioning compliance
issue report.
7. Retest:
a. Schedule and repeat the complete test procedure for each test demonstration for
which acceptable results are not achieved. Obtain signature of Owner's witness on
retest data forms. Repeat test demonstration until acceptable results are achieved.
Except for issues that are determined to result from design errors or omissions, or
other conditions beyond Contractor's responsibility, compensate Owner for direct
costs incurred as the result of repeated test demonstrations to achieve acceptable
results.
b. For each repeated test demonstration, submit a new test data form, marked
"Retest."
8. Do not correct commissioning compliance issues during test demonstrations.
a. Exceptions will be allowed if the cause of the issue is obvious and resolution can
be completed in less than five minutes. If corrections are made under this
exception, note the deficient conditions on the test data form and issue a
commissioning compliance issue report. A new test data fon-n, marked "Retest,"
shall be initiated after the resolution has been completed.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves General Commissioning Requirements
City of Round Rock 019113-14
............. .........
(*i 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
16 COMMISSIONING MEErINGS
A. Schedule and conduct commissioning meetings. Comply with requirements in Section 013100
"Project Management and Coordination."
3.7 SEQUENCING
A. Sequencing of Commissioning Verification Activities: For a particular material, item of
equipment, assembly, or system, perform the following in the order listed unless otherwise
indicated:
I Construction Checklists:
a. Material checks.
b. Installation checks.
C. Startup, as appropriate. Some startup may depend on component performance.
Such startup may follow component performance tests on which the startup
depends.
& Perforrnante Tests:
I) Static tests,as appropriate.
2) Component perfon-nance tests. Some component performance tests may
depend on completion of startup. Such component perfon-nance tests may
follow startup.
3) Equipment and assembly performance tests.
4) System performance tests.
5) Intersystem performance tests.
2. Commissioning tests.
B. Before performing commissioning tests, verify that materials, equipment, assemblies, and
systems are delivered, installed, started, and adjusted to perform according to construction
checklists.
C. Verify readiness of materials, equipment, assemblies, and systems by perfonning tests prior to
performing test demonstrations. Notify Engineer if acceptable results cannot be achieved due to
conditions beyond Contractor's control or responsibility.
U Commence tests as soon as installation checks for materials,equipment,assemblies, or systems
are satisfactorily completed. Tests of a particular system may proceed prior to completion of
other systems, provided the incomplete work does not interfere with successful execution of
test.
18 SCHEDULING
A. Commence commissioning process as early in the construction period as possible,
B. Commissioning Schedule: Integrate commissioning activities into Construction Schedule. See
Section 0 13200"Construction Progress Documentation."
water Treannent Plant Pressure Control Valves General Commissioning Reqturements,
City of Round Rock 00113- 15
4,`>2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 Include detailed commissioning activities in monthly updated Construction Schedule and
short-interval schedule submittals.
2. Schedule the start date and duration for the following commissioning activities:
a. Submittals.
b. Preliminary operation and maintenance manual submittals.
c. Installation checks.
d. Startup,where required.
e. Performance tests.
f. Performance test demonstrations.
& Commissioning tests.
h. Commissioning test demonstrations.
3. Schedule shall include a line item for each installation check, startup, and test activity
specific to the equipment or systems involved.
4. Determine milestones and prerequisites for commissioning process. Show commissioning
milestones, prerequisites, and dependencies in monthly updated critical-path-method
construction schedule and short-interval schedule submittals.
C. Two-Week Look-Ahead Commissioning Schedule:
I Two weeks prior to the beginning of tests, submit a detailed two-week look-ahead
schedule. Thereafter, submit updated two-week look-ahead schedules weekly for the
duration of commissioning process.
2. Two-week look-ahead schedules shall identify the date, time, beginning location,
Contractor personnel required,and anticipated duration for each startup or test activity.
3. Use two-week took-ahead schedules to notify and coordinate participation of Owner's
witnesses.
D. Owner's Witness Coordination:
1. Coordinate Owner's witness participation via Engineer.
2. Notify Engineer of commissioning schedule changes at least two work days in advance
for activities requiring the participation of Owner's witness.
3,9 COMMISSIONING REPORTS
A. Test Reports:
1. Pre-startup reports include observations of the conditions of installation, organized into
the following sections:
a. Equipment Model Verification: Compare contract requirements, approved
submittals,and provided equipment.Note inconsistencies.
b. Preinstallation Physical Condition Checks: Observe physical condition of
equipment prior to installation. Note conditions including, but not limited to,
physical damage,corrosion,water damage,or other contamination or dill.
C. Preinstallation Component Verification Checks: Verify components supplied with
the equipment,preinstalled or field installed, are correctly installed and functional.
Verify external components required for proper operation of equipment correctly
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves General Commissioning Requirements
City of Round Rock 0191[3- 16
......... .........
,1,)2022 CDM Smith
8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
installed and functional. Note missing, improperly configured, improperly
installed,or nonfunctional components.
& Summary of Installation Compliance Issues and Corrective Actions: Identify
installation compliance issues and the corrective actions for each. Verify that
issues noted have been corrected.
C. Evaluation of System Readiness for Startup: For each item of equipment for each
system for which startup is anticipated, document in summary form acceptable to
Owner completion of equipment model verification, preinstallation physical
condition checks, preinstallation component verification checks,and completion of
corrective actions for installation compliance issues.
1 Test data reports include the following:
a. "As-tested" system configuration. Complete record of conditions under which the
test was performed,including, but not limited to, the status of equipment,systems,
and assemblies;temporary adjustments and settings;and ambient conditions.
b. Data and observations, including, but not limited to, data trend logs, recorded
during the tests.
C, Signatures of individuals performing and witnessing tests.
d. Data trend logs accumulated overnight from the previous day of testing.
1 Commissioning Compliance Issue Reports: Report as commissioning compliance issues
results of tests and test demonstrations that do not comply with acceptance criteria.
Report only one issue per commissioning compliance issue report. Use sequentially
numbered facsimiles of commissioning compliance issue report form included in this
Section, or other form approved by Owner, Distribute commissioning compliance issue
reports to parties responsible for taking corrective action, Identify the following:
a. Commissioning compliance issue report number. Assign unique, sequential
numbers to individual commissioning compliance issue reports when they are
created,to be used for tracking.
b. Action distribution list.
C. Report date,
d. Test number and description.
e. Equipment identification and location.
f. Briefly describe observations about the performance associated with failure to
achieve acceptable results. Identify the cause of failure if apparent.
g. Diagnostic procedure or plan to determine the cause(include in initial submittal)
h. Diagnosis of fundamental cause of issues as specified below (include in
resubmittal),
i. Fundamental cause of unacceptable perfortuance as determined by diagnostic tests
and activities.
j. When issues have been resolved, update and resubmit the commissioning issue
report forms by completing Part 2. Identify resolution taken and the dates and
initials of the persons making the entries.
k. Schedule for retesting.
4. Weekly progress reports include information for tests conducted since the preceding
report and the following:
a. Completed data forms.
\Vaier'Freaitnent Plant Pressure Control VaNes General Cornrniissi=ng Requirements
Cay of Round Ro�ck 01910 - 17
2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
b. Equipment or system tested, including test number, system or equipment tag
number and location,and notation about the apparent acceptability of results.
C. Activities scheduled but not conducted per schedule.
d. Commissioning compliance issue report log.
C. Schedule changes for remaining Commissioning-Process Work,if any.
S. Data trend logs shall be initiated and running prior to the time scheduled for the test
demonstration.
a. Trend log data format shall be multiple data series graphs. Where multiple data
series are trend logged concurrently,present the data on a common horizontal time
axis. Individual data series may be presented on a segmented vertical axis to avoid
interference of one data series with another, and to accommodate different axis
scale values.Graphs shall be sufficiently clear to interpret data within the accuracy
required by the acceptance criteria.
b. Attach to the data form printed trend log data collected during the test or test
demonstration.
C. Record, print out, and attach to the data form operator activity during the time the
trend log is running. During the time the trend log is running,operator intervention
not directed by the test procedure invalidates the test results.
6. System Alarm Logs: Record and print out a log of alarms that occurred since the last log
was printed. Evaluate alarms to determine if the previous day's work resulted in any
conditions that are not considered"normal operation."
a. Conditions that are not considered "normal operation" shall be reported on a
commissioning issue report attached to the alarm log. Resolve as necessary. The
intent of this requirement is to discover control system points or sequences left in
manual or disabled conditions, equipment left disconnected, set points left with
abnormal values, or similar conditions that may have resulted from failure to fully
restore systems to non-nal,automatic control after test completion.
3.10 CERTIFICATE OF CONSTRUCTION-PHASE COMMISSIONING PROCESS
COMPLETION
A. When Contractor considers that construction-phase commissioning process,or a portion thereof
which Owner agrees to accept separately, is complete, Contractor shall prepare and submit to
Owner and Commissioning Authority through Engineer a comprehensive list of items to be
completed or corrected. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter Contractor's
responsibility to compete cornmissioning process.
B. On receipt of Contractor's list, Commissioning Authority will make an inspection to determine
whether the construction-phase commissioning process or designated portion thereof is
complete. If Commissioning Authority's inspection discloses items, whether included on
Contractor's list, which is not sufficiently complete as defined in "Construction-Phase
Commissioning Process Completion" Paragraph in the "'Definitions" Article, Contractor shall,
before issuance of the Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion,
complete or correct such items on notification by Commissioning Authority. In such case,
Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by Commissioning Authority to
determine construction-phase commissioning process completion.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves General Commissioning Requirements
City of Round Rock 010113 18
cO 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Contractor shall promptly correct deficient conditions and issues discovered during
commissioning process. Costs of correcting such deficient conditions and issues, including
additional testing and inspections, the cost of uncovering and replacement, and compensation
for Engineer's and Commissioning Authority's services and expenses made necessary thereby,
shall be at Contractor's expense.
D. When construction-phase commissioning process or designated portion is complete,
Commissioning Authority will prepare a Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning
Process Completion that shall establish the date of completion of construction-phase
commissioning process. Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion
shall be submitted prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial
Completion.
END OF SECTION 019113
WaterTireaunent Marit Pressure Contml Valves General Commssioning Requtremerits
City of'Round Rook 019113. 19
C;2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
This page intentionally left blank,
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves General Commissioning Requirements
City of Round Rock 010113.20
,402022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 030110 -CONCRETE AND REINFORCING STEEL
PART I -GENERAL
Ll RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes: Cast-in-place steel reinforced concrete.
B. Related Requirements:
I. Section 030130.71 "Modifications to Existing Concrete."
13 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Submit,in accordance with Section 013000,shop drawings and product data for:
L Placing drawings and bar bending details in conformity with the recommendations of
ACI 315.
1 Technical data on all materials and components.
3. Material Safety Data Sheets(MSDS) for all concrete admiXtUrcs,and curing agents.
B. Test Reports:
I. Sieve analysis, mechanical properties and deleterious substance content for fine and
coarse aggregates.
2. Concrete mixes: For each formulation of concrete proposed for use, submit constituent
quantities per cubic yard, water cementitious ratio, concrete slurnp, type and
manufacturer of cement. Provide either a. or b.,below, for each mix proposed.
a. Standard deviation data for concrete mixes based on statistical records.
b. Water cementitious ratio curve for concrete mixes based on laboratory tests.
Provide average cylinder strength test results at 7 and 28 days for laboratory
concrete mix designs. Provide results of 14 day tests if available.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL,SUBMITTALS
A. Certifications:
1, Certify that admixtures used in the same concrete mix are compatible with each other and
the aggregates.
2. Certificate of conformance for concrete production facilities from NRMCA.
WaterTreannent Plant Pressure ContrDl Waives Concrete and Reinforcing Steel
City of Round Rock 3111 N-1
C,,)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3. Certify admixtures are made for use in concrete in contact with potable water after 30
days of concrete curing.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with ACI 318,ACI 350, and other stated specifications,codes and standards. Apply the
most stringent requirements of stated specifications, codes, standards, and this Section when
conflicts exist.
B. If, during the progress of the work, it is impossible to secure concrete of the specified
workability and strength with the materials being furnished, the Engineer may order such
changes in proportions or materials, or both, as may be necessary to secure the specified
properties.Make all changes so ordered at the no additional cost to the Owner.
C. All field testing and inspection services and related laboratory tests required will be provided by
the Owner. The cost of such work will be paid for by the Owner. Methods of testing will
comply with the latest applicable ASTM methods.
D. Develop concrete mixes and their testing by an independent testing laboratory engaged by and
at the expense of the Contractor. Methods of testing shall comply with the latest applicable
ASTM methods.
1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Ship and store reinforcing steel with bars of the same size and shape fastened in bundles with
durable tags, marked in a legible manner with waterproof markings showing the same
designations as those shown on the submitted placement drawings. Provide reinforcing steel
free from mill scale, loose rust, mud, dirt, grease, oil, ice or other foreign matter. Store off the
ground, protect from moisture and keep free from rust, mud, dirt, grease, oil, ice or other
injurious contaminants.
B. Store products in conformity with the manufacturer's recommendations.
C. Store or stockpile sand,aggregates,and cement in conformity with ACI 301.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. The use of manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing
the standard of quality and general configuration desired.
B. Like items of materials shall be the end products of one manufacturer in order to provide
standardization for appearance,maintenance and manufacturer's service.
C. Materials shall comply with this Section and any applicable State or local requirements.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Concrete and Reinforcing Steel
City of Round Rock 30110-2
,J2022 CDM Smith 8077-263949
All Rights Reserved February 2022
12 MATERIALS
A, Cement: Domestic portland cement conforming to ASTM 0150. Do not use air entraining
cements. The allowable types of cement for each class of concrete are shown in Table 1.
B. Fine Aggregate: Washed inert natural sand conforming to ASTM C33.
C. Coarse Aggregate: Well-graded crushed stone or washed gravel conforming to ASTM C33,size
5T Limits of deleterious substances and physical property requirements as listed in ASTM C33,
Table 4 for severe weathering regions,
D. Water: Potable water free of oil, acid, alkali, salts, chlorides, (except those attributable to
drinking water)organic matter,or other deleterious substances.
E. Admixtures: Use admixtures free of chlorides and alkalis (except for those attributable to
drinking water). The admixtures shall be from the same manufacturer when it is required to use
more than one admixture in the same concrete mix. Use admixtures compatible with the
concrete mix including other admixtures and made for use in contact with potable water after 30
days of concrete curing.
I Air Entraining Admixture: Conforming to ASTM 0260. Proportion and mix in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
1 Water Reducing Admixture: Conforming to ASTM 0494, Type A. Proportion and mix in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,
3. Do not use admixtures causing retarded or accelerated setting of concrete without written
approval frorn the Engineer. Use retarding or accelerating water reducing admixtures
when so approved.
F. Fly Ash: Class F fly ash complying with ASTM 0618, including the requirements of Table I
but with the Loss of Ignition (1,01) limited to 3 percent maximum and the optional physical
requirements of Table 3.
G. Deformed Concrete Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615,Grade 60 deformed bars,
H. Welded Steel Wire Fabric.- Conforming to ASTM A1064,
1. Reinforcing Steel Accessories:
I, Plastic Protected Wire Bar Supports: CRSI Bar Supports,Class I -Maximum Protection,
1 Stainless Steel Protected Wire Bar Supports: CRSI Bar Supports, Class 2 - Moderate
Protection with legs made wholly from stainless steel wire.
1 Precast Concrete Bar Supports: CRSI Bar Supports, Precast Concrete Bar Supports.
Precast concrete blocks that have equal or greater strength than the surrounding concrete.
J. Tie Wires for reinforcement: 16 gauge or heavier black annealed wire.
2.3 MIXES
A. Select proportions of ingredients to meet the design strength and materials limits specified in
Table I and to produce placeable, durable concrete conforming to these Specifications,
Water,rrcatment Nant Pressure Control Valves- Co�nerete auid Remfomng Stccl
Cay of Rs m)d Rock 300 M3
4)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
Proportion ingredients to produce a homogenous mixture which will readily work into corners
and angles of forms and around reinforcement without permitting materials to segregate or
allowing free water to collect on the surface,
B. Base concrete mixes on standard deviation data of prior mixes with essentially the same
proportions of the same constituents or, if not available, develop concrete mixes by laboratory
tests using the materials proposed for the work.
C. Compression Tests: Provide testing of the proposed concrete mix or mixes to demonstrate
compliance with the compression strength requirements in conformity with the provisions of
ACI 318.
D. Entrained air,as measured by ASTM C231,shall be as shown in Table 1,
E. Slump of the concrete as measured by ASTM C 143,shall be as shown in Table 1.
F. Proportion admixtures according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Two or more
admixtures specified may be used in the same mix provided that the admixtures in combination
retain full efficiency and have no deleterious effect on the concrete or on the properties of the
other admixture(s).
TABLE I
Class Design Cement Cementitious W/C WR Slump
Strength ASTM Content (3) (4) Range
....................................................................................................................................Inches....
B 31000 Typ1/e 111 480 0,54 max Yes 1-4
or 1
D 4000 or Type l11 560 0.44 max Yes 3-5
Illi
TABLE I NOTES:
(1) Minimum compressive strength in psi at 28 days.
(2) Minimum cementitious content in lbs,per cubic yard(where fly ash is used,cententitious
content is defined as cement content plus fly ash content)
(3) W/C is Maximum Water Cementitious ratio by weight.
(4) WR is water reducing admixture.
(5) Fly ash content in the range of 20-25 percent of the total cement content plus fly ash
content,by weight.
(6) All concrete classes shall have 3.5 to 5 percent air entrainment.
2.4 MEASURING, BATCHING,MIXING AND TRANSPORTING CONCRETE
A. Measure, batch, mix and transport concrete in conformance with ASTM C94 and the
requirements herein or as otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer.
B. Ready-mixed concrete, whether produced by a concrete supplier or the Contractor shall
conform to the requirements above. Do not hand mix.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Concrete and Reinforcing Steel
City of Round Rock 30110-4
tC,,2022 CDM SrTlith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Dispense admixtures into the batch in confonnity with the recommendations of`the admixture
manufacturer.
D. Mix concrete until there is uniform distribution of the materials and discharge completely
before the mixer is recharged. The mixer shall be rotated at a speed recommended by the mixer
manufacturer and mixing shall be continued for at least 1-1,12 minutes after all the materials are
in the mixer. Place concrete within 1-1/2 hours of the time at which water was first added,
otherwise it will be rejected. Concrete which has been remixed or retempered, or to which an
excess amount of water has been added,will also be rejected.
15 FORMS
A. Provide forms free from roughness and imperfections,watertight and braced and tied to prevent
motion when concrete is placed. Wooden spreaders will not be allowed in the concrete,
B. Wire ties will not be allowed. Metal ties or anchorages which are necessary within the forms
shall be so constructed that the metal work can be removed for a depth of at least I-F2-inch
from the concrete surface without damage by spalling. Clean forms before using and treat with
form release agent,or other approved material.
C. All exposed edges of the finished concrete shall be chamfered 3/4-inch.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
A. Locate construction joints where indicated or where approved by the Engineer.
B, Continue all reinforcing steel through the joint.
C. At construction joints and at concrete joints indicated to be "roughened",unifon-nly roughen the
surface of the concrete to a full amplitude (distance between high and low points and side to
side)of 114-inch with chipping tools to expose a fresh face. Thoroughly clean joint surfaces of
loose or weakened materials by waterblasting or sandblasting and prepare for bonding. At least
two hours before and again shortly before the new concrete is deposited, saturate the joints with
water. After glistening water disappears, coat joints with neat cement slurry mixed to the
consistency of very heavy paste. The surfaces shall receive a coating at least 1/8-inch thick,
scrubbed-in by means of stiff' bristle brushes. Deposit new concrete before the neat cernent
dries.
3.2 REINFORCING STEEL,
A. Fabricate reinforcing steel accurately to the dimensions shown. Bend bars around a revolving
collar having a diameter of not less than that recommended in ACI 318. All bars shall be bent
cold.
fl. Provide tension lap splices in compliance with ACI 318. Stagger splices in adjacent bars where
possible. Provide Class B tension lap splices at all locations unless otherwise indicated.
Water Treatment I'lant Pressure Control Valves Concrete and Reuiforcirit;Steel
Cay of Round Rock 30110 5
02022 CDM Srnith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Lap splices in welded wire fabric in accordance with the requirements of ACI 318 but not less
than 12-inch. Tie the spliced fabrics together with wire ties spaced not more than 24-inch on
center and lace with wire of the same diameter as the welded wire fabric. Offset splices in
adjacent widths to prevent continuous splices.
D. Use precast concrete blocks where the reinforcing steel is to be supported over soil. Use plastic
protected bar supports or steel supports with plastic tips where the reinforcing steel is to be
supported on forms for a concrete surface that will be exposed to weather, high humidity, or
liquid. Use stainless steel supports or plastic tipped metal supports in all other locations unless
otherwise noted on the Drawings or specified herein.
E. Before placing in position, clean reinforcement of loose mill scale and rust, mud, dirt, grease,
oil and other coatings, including ice that reduce or destroy bond. When there is a delay in
depositing concrete after the reinforcement is in place, bars shall be reinspected and cleaned
again when necessary,
F. Coat reinforcement which is to be exposed for a considerable length of time after being placed
with a heavy coat of cement grout,
G. Do not cover any reinforcing steel with concrete until the amount and position of the
reinforcement has been checked and the Engineer has given permission to proceed.
3.3 INSPECTION AND COORDINATION
A. Batching,mixing, transporting,placing and curing of concrete shall be subject to the inspection
of the Engineer at all times. Advise the Engineer of readiness to proceed at least six working
hours prior to each concrete placement. The Engineer will inspect the preparations for
concreting including the preparation of previously placed concrete, the reinforcing and the
alignment,cleanliness and tightness of formwork. Do not place concrete without the inspection
and acceptance of the Engineer.
3.4 CONCRETE APPEARANCE
A. Remix concrete showing either poor cohesion or poor coating of the coarse aggregate with
paste. If this does not correct the condition, the concrete shall be rejected.
B, Provide concrete having a homogeneous structure which, when hardened, will have the
specified strength, durability and appearance. Provide mixtures and workmanship such that
concrete surfaces,when exposed,will require no finishing except as specified herein.
3.5 PLACING AND COMPACTING
A. Do not place concrete until forms, condition of subgrade and method of placement have been
approved by the Engineer. Remove all debris, foreign matter, dirt, ice and standing water from
the forms before depositing concrete. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade, snow or ice.
The contact surface between concrete previously placed and new concrete shall be cleaned and
brushed with cement paste. Concrete, except as indicated on the Drawings, shall not be placed
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Concrete and Reinforcing Steel
City of Round Rock 30110-6
v,,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
in water or submerged within 24 hours after placing, nor shall running water be permitted to
flow over the surface of fresh concrete within 4 days after its placing.
B. Deposit concrete as near its final position as possible to prevent segregation due to rehandling
or flowing. Pumping of concrete will be permitted when an approved design mix and aggregate
sizes suitable for pumping are used. Do not deposit concrete which has partially hardened or
which has been contaminated by foreign materials. If the section cannot be placed continuously,
place construction joints as specified or as approved. Place concrete for walls using tremic tubes
in 12-inch to 24-inch lifts,keeping the surface horizontal.Do not drop concrete more than 4-ft.
C. Use high frequency mechanical vibrators to obtain proper consolidation of the concrete. Do not
use vibrators to move or transport concrete in the Forms. Do not over-vibrate so as to segregate,
Continue vibration until the frequency returns to normal, trapped air ceases to rise and the
surface appears liquefied, flattened and glistening. Use spades, rods or forks so that concrete is
completely worked around reinforcement, embedded items, pipe stubs, and openings and into
comers of forms.
D, Slabs:
I. After bulkheads, screeds and jointing materials have been positioned, place concrete
continuously between joints beginning at a bulkhead, edgeform, or comer. Place each
batch into the edge of the previously placed concrete to avoid stone pockets and
segregation.
2. Avoid delays in placement. If there is a delay in placement, spade and consolidate the
concrete placed after the delay at the edge of the previously placed concrete to avoid cold
joints. Bring concrete to correct level and strike off with a straightedge. Use bullfloats or
darbies to smooth the surface, leaving it free of trumps or hollows.
3. Where slabs are to be placed integrally with the walls below them, place the walls and
compact as specified. Allow one hour to pass between placement of the wall and the
overlying slab to permit consolidation of the wall concrete. Keep the top surface of the
wall moist to prevent cold joints
3.6 CURING AND PROTECTION
A. Protect all concrete work against injury from the elements and defacements of any nature during
construction operations.
B. Cure all concrete in conformance with ACI 301. Concrete that is to be used for the containment
of water shall be water cured. Water curing shall be by ponding, by continuous sprinkling or by
covering with continuously saturated burlap. Other concrete shall be cured by either water
curing,sheet material curing or liquid membrane curing compound except that liquid membrane
curing compound shall not be used on any concrete surface where additional concrete is to be
placed or where the concrete surface is to be coated or painted.
C. Protect finished surfaces and slabs from the direct rays of the sun to prevent checking and
crazing.
D. During cold weather concrete shall be hatched, delivered, placed, cured and protected in
compliance with the recommendations of ACI 3068. Do not use salt,manure or other chemicals
for cold weather protection.
Water Treatrnem 1111am Pressure CoritrfA VaKes Concrete and Rcmforcmg Steel
City of Round Rock 300 l0-7
„2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
E, During hot weather concrete shall be batched, delivered, placed, cured and protected in
compliance with the recommendations of ACI 3058. The temperature of the concrete shall be
such that it will cause no difficulties from loss of slump, flash set or cold joints. Immediately
cover plastic concrete with sheet curing material during hot weather.
3.7 FIELD TESTS
A. Sets of field control cylinder specimens will be taken by the Engineer during the progress of the
work, in compliance with ASTM C31. The number of sets of concrete test cylinders taken of
each class of concrete placed each day will not be less than one set per day,nor less than one set
for each 150 cu yds of concrete nor less than one set for each 5,000 sq ft of surface area for
slabs or walls. Specimens will be formed in 6-inch diameter by 12-inch long non-absorbent
cylindrical molds.
I. A "set” of test cylinders shall consist of five cylinders: one to be tested at seven days and
two to be tested and their strengths averaged at 28 days. The fourth and fifth may be used
for a special test at 3 days or to verify strength after 28 days if 28 day test results are low.
2. When the average 28 day compressive strength of the cylinders in any set falls below the
required compressive strength or below proportional minimum seven-day strengths
(where proper relation between seven and 28 day strengths have been established by
tests),change proportions,cementitious content,or temperature conditions to achieve the
required strengths at no additional cost to the Owner.
B. Cooperate in the making of tests by allowing free access to the work for the selection of
samples. Provide an insulated closed curing box for the specimens and protect the specimens
against injury or loss through construction operations. Furnish material and labor required for
the purpose of taking concrete cylinder samples. All shipping of specimens will be paid for by
the Owner,
C. Slump tests will be made in the field by the Engineer in conformity with ASTM 0143.
D. Tests for air content will be made in the field by the Engineer in compliance with either the
pressure method(ASTM C23 1)or by the volumetric method(ASTM C 173).
3.8 STRIPPING AND FINISHING CONCRETE
A. Do not remove forms before the concrete has attained a strength of at least 70 percent of the
specified design strength nor before reaching approximately "500 day-degrees" of moist curing
(whichever is the longer). Degree-days are defined as the total number of 24 hour periods
multiplied by the weighted average daily air temperature at the surface of the concrete(e.g., 7
days at an average 50 degrees F=-350 degree-days).
B. Exercise care to prevent damaging edges or obliterating the lines of chamfers, rustications or
comers when removing the forms or doing any other work adjacent thereto.
C. Clean all exposed concrete surfaces and adjoining work stained by leakage of concrete, to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
Water Treau-nent Plant Pressure Control Valves Concrete and Reinforcing Steel
City of Round Rock 301 10-8
(e,)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
D. Immediately after removal of forms remove tie cones and metal portions of ties. Fill holes
promptly upon stripping as follows: Moisten the hole with water, followed by a 1,116-inch brush
coat of neat cernent slurry mixed to the consistency of a heavy paste. Immediately plug the hole
with a I to 1.5 mixture of cement and concrete sand mixed slightly darnp to the touch Oust short
of"balling"). Hammer the grout into the hole until dense, and an excess of paste appears on the
surface in the form of a spider web. Trowel smooth with heavy pressure. Avoid burnishing.
E. Defective concrete and honeycombed areas: Chip down square and at least I-inch deep to sound
concrete with hand chisels or pneumatic chipping harnmers. Irregular voids or surface stones
need not be removed it' they are sound, free of laitance, and firmly embedded in the parent
concrete. If honeycomb exists around reinforcement, chip to provide a clear space at least 3/8-
inch wide all around the steel. For areas less than 1-1/2-inch deep, the patch may be made in the
same manner as described above for filling form tie holes, care being exercised to use
adequately dry (non-trowelable) mixtures and to avoid sagging. Thicker repairs will require
build-up in successive 1-1/2-inch layers on successive days, each layer being applied (with
shiny,etc,)as described above.
R Concrete to receive danipproofing and concrete not exposed in the finished work shall have off-
tonn finish with fins and other projections removed and tie cones and defects filled as specified
above.
G. Screed top surface of slabs to the established grades and to a true plane with a tolerance of US-
inch when checked with a 10-ft straightedge. Pitch surface to drain unless otherwise noted oil
the Drawings. Finish the surface to give a smooth, hard, even surface free from high or low
spots or other defects. Concrete subject to pedestrian traffic shall be given a broom finish.
Failure to meet these conditions shall be cause for removal, grinding, or other correction as
directed by the Engineer.
19 SCHEDULE
A. The following TABLE 2 are the general applications for the various concrete design strengths to
be used:
TABLE 2
Design Strength
Class (psi) Description
B 3,000 Concrete overlay slabs,side walks,and pavements.
D 4,000 Walls,slabs on grade,grade beams,and all other structural concrete.
END OF SECTION 030110
Water Treahnent Plant Presstire Control Valves Concrete and Rurnfiorcung Steel
Cay of'Rwmd lZock 30110-9
(x;2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Concrete and Reinforcing Steel
City of Round Rock 30110-10
u02022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 030130.71 - MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
L2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1, Cutting,removing,or modifying parts of existing concrete structures or appurtenances.
2. Addressing existing steel reinforcing bars encountered.
3. Bonding new concrete or grout to existing concrete.
K Related Requirements:
I Section 030110 "Concrete and Reinforcing Steel" for concrete materials, and related
work,
2. Section 036000"Grouting"for grout and related accessories.
3. Section 050519"Post-Installed Anchors" for anchors and related accessories.
4. Section 055000"Metal Fabrications" for various metals and related fabrications.
L3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Submit manufacturer's technical literature and installation instructions that include:
a. Current printed recommendations and product data sheets for products including
performance criteria, product life, working time after mixing, surface preparation
and application requirements and procedures, curing, volatile organic compound
data,and safety requirements.
b. Storage requirements including temperature,humidity,and ventilation.
1.4 INFORMA'T'IONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: Documentation of the qualifications for Contractor qualifications,
Manufacturer's qualifications,and Contractor's supervisor as specified in Paragraph 1.8.
13. Material Certificates: For each material provided.
Watler'Treatiincnt Naw Pressure Control Valves Moddicauons to Eats ung Concrete
Cay of Round Rock 0301303H
C9 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Have a minimum of ten years' experience within last 10 years in
manufacture and use of specified products and have an ongoing program of training,certifying,
and technically supporting Contractor's personnel.
B. Contractor Qualifications: Complete a program of instruction in application of approved
manufacturer's material and provide certification from manufacturer attesting to their training
and status as an approved applicator.
C. Contractor's Supervisor: Have attended a training program sponsored by manufacturer
supplying materials approved for this project.
D. Manufacturer's Representative: A representative of product manufacturer who will visit the site
for first three days of installation to give instructions to installation crew. Make periodic site
visits to ensure products being installed are in accordance with published instructions.
E. Do not shift, cut, remove,or otherwise altered existing structure or concrete until authorization
is given by the Engineer.
F. When removing materials from or making openings in existing structures,take precautions and
erect necessary barriers, shoring and bracing, and other protective devices. Prevent damage to
structures beyond limits necessary for new work,protect personnel,control dust,and to prevent
damage to structures or contents by falling or flying debris.
G. Unless otherwise permitted,shown,or specified,cut existing concrete by line drilling.
H. Construction Tolerances: Comply with requirements specified elsewhere in Division 03, except
as modified herein,and elsewhere in Contract Documents.
1. Make locations and phases of the work available for access by the Engineer or other personnel
designated by the Engineer. Provide ventilation and safe access to the work.
J. Be solely responsible for workmanship and quality of modification work. Inspections by the
manufacturer,the Engineer,or others do not limit Contractor's responsibility for work quality.
1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver materials in original, new, and unopened packages and containers clearly
labeled with the following information:
1. Manufacturer's name.
2. Name or title of material,and other product identification.
3. Manufacturer's stock number and batch number.
4. Date of manufacture.
5. Instructions,
6. Expiration date.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Modifications to Existing Concrete
City of Round Rock 030130,71-2
2022 CDM Smith9077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. Storage: Store products in accordance with manufacturers' published recornmendat ions and the
following supplementary requirements:
I. Store only approved materials on site and in locations as directed.
2. Keep area clean and accessible.
3. Comply with health and fire regulations including those of the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration(OSHA).
CHandling: Handle products carefully and in accordance with manufacturers' published
recommendations and the following supplementary requirements:
I. Prevent inclusion of foreign materials.
2. Do not open containers or mix components until necessary preparatory work has been
completed and application work will start immediately.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with this Section and applicable state and local regulations.
B. Epoxy Bonding Agent:
I Product:Two-component,solvent-free,asbestos-free moisture insensitive epoxy resin
material used to bind plastic concrete to hardened concrete and complying with
requirements of ASTM 0881,Type V,Grade 2,Class C.
2. Approved manufacturers and products include following or equal:
a. Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst,NJ: Sikadur 32, Hi Mod.
b. Euclid Chemical Company,Cleveland, OH: Dural 452 MV.
C. Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.,Pleasanton,CA: FX-762.
C. Epoxy Paste Adhesive:
I Product: Two-component, solvent-free, Moisture insensitive epoxy resin material used as
an adhesive for mating surfaces where the glue line is 1,18 inchor less and to bond fresh,
plastic concrete to clean, sound hardened concrete and complying with requirements of
ASTM 0881,Type IV,Grade 3,Class C.
2. Approved manufacturers and products include following or equal:
a. Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst,NJ: Sikadur 31 Ili-Mod Gel.
b. Euclid Chemical Company,Cleveland,Off: Dural 452 G&
C. BASF Corporation, Shakopee, MN: MasterEmaco ADH 1420.
D. Repair Mortar(Polymer,Modified Portland Cement Mortar):
I. Flofizonlal Surfaces:
a, Product: Two-component polymer-modified, pordand cement based mortar used
to repair horizontal surfaces with a migrating corrosion inhibitor and having a
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Val%cs Modifications lo Existing Concrete
City of Round Rock 030130.71 3
C,',2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
minimum compressive strength of 7,000 psiat 28 days tested in accordance with
ASTM 0881 or ASTM C 109.
b, Approved manufacturers and products include following or equal:
l) Sika Corporation,Lyndhurst,NJ: SikaTop 122 Plus.
2) Euclid Chemical Company,Cleveland,OFI: DuralTop Flowable Mortar.
3) BASF Corporation,Shakopee,MN: MasterEmacol'310CI.
2. Vertical and Overhead Surfaces:
a. Product: Two-component polymer-modified, portland cement based, fast setting,
non-sag mortar used to repair vertical and overhead surfaces with a migrating
corrosion inhibitor and having a minimum compressive strength of 5,000 psiat 28
days tested in accordance with ASTM C 881 or ASTM C 109.
b. Approved manufacturers and products include following or equal:
I) Sika Corporation: SikaToP 123 Plus.
2) Euclid Chemical Company: DuralTop Gel.
3) US MIX Co.: US SPEC 142.
PART 3 • EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions,with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
maximum moisture content, installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance
of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION-GENERAL,
A. Cut, remove, or otherwise modify parts of existing structures or appurtenances as indicated,
specified, or as necessary to complete the work. Finishes,joints, reinforcements, sealants, and
similar materials are specified in their respective Sections. Install work complying with
requirements of this Section and as indicated.
B. Locations, details, and limits of modifications are indicated on Drawings. Comply with
requirements of this Section and as indicated on Drawings.
C. Examine areas and conditions under which modification work is to be installed, and notify
Engineer in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not
proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to
Engineer.
D. Store,mix,apply,and cure materials in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Modifications to Existing Concrete
City of Round Rock 030130,71-4
�s,n 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
E. Where concrete is to be modified near an expansion joint or control joint, preserve isolation
between components on either side of the joint.
F. When drilling holes for dowels and bolts, stop drilling if reinforcing is encountered. Do not cut
reinforcing without prior approval by the Engineer. Relocate hole to avoid reinforcing as
approved by the Engineer.
I. Identify reinforcing locations prior to drilling using reinforcing bar locators so that drill
hole locations may be adjusted to avoid reinforcing interference.
G Saw-cut edges for modification areas vertically and horizontally straight. Make intersecting cuts
perpendicular to each other.
K Stop saw cutting if reinforcing is encountered. Do not cut reinforcing without prior approval by
the Engineer. Identify reinforcing locations within I footof saw cut locations in any direction
prior to saw cutting using reinforcing bar locators.
I. Clean concrete surfaces of efflorescence, deteriorated concrete,dirt, laitance, and existing repair
materials such as liners,adhesives,and epoxies. Remove foreign matter and deleterious films by
sandblasting, oil-free air-blasting, scarifying, or other mechanical means to sound original
concrete.
J. Consolidate modification materials,completely filling portions of the area to be filled.
K. hiring finished surfaces into alignment with adjacent existing surfaces to provide a unifonri,
flush, and even surface. Match repair surfaces to adjacent existing surfaces in texture including
any coatings or surface treatments that had been provided for the existing structure.
L. Repair or replace concrete indicated or specified to be left in place that is damaged because of
the work by approved rneans without additional compensation.
3.3 CONCRETE REMOVAL
A. Concrete designated to be removed to specific limits indicated or directed by the Engineer,
perforin saw cutting I inch deep at limits of removal followed by line drilling and chipping,
sandblasting, or oil-free air blasting, as appropriate in the areas where concrete is to be taken
out. Remove concrete such that surrounding concrete and existing reinforcing to be left in place
and existing in place equipment are not damaged.
L Perforin full thickness saw-cutting at limits of concrete to be removed only if indicated,
herein specified,or after obtaining written approval from the Engineer.
B. Where existing reinforcing is exposed due to saw cutting or line drilling and no new material is
to be placed on cut surface,apply a 1,14 inchthick surface treatment of epoxy paste to entire cut
surface.
C. Where joint between new concrete or grout and existing concrete will be exposed in finished
work, remove concrete edge by making a I inchdeep saw cut on each exposed surface of
existing concrete or as indicated.
Water Treatntent Rmt,flr"surc Control Valves Modifica%tons to Exisung Concrete
Ctty of Round Rock 030130,71-5
C',2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3.4 CONNECTION SURFACE PREPARATION
A, Concrete areas requiring patching, repairs, or modifications, prepare connection surfaces as
specified,as indicated,or as directed by the Engineer.
B. Remove loose and deteriorated materials, efflorescence, existing repair materials, dirt, oil,
grease,and other bond inhibiting materials from concrete surface by dry mechanical means such
as sandblasting, chipping, wire brushing, or other mechanical means as approved by the
Engineer.
I Uniformly roughen concrete surface to approximately 1/4 inchamplitude with pointed
chipping tools. Thoroughly clean surface of loose or weakened material by sandblasting
or air-blasting.
1 Irregular voids or surface stones need not be removed if they are sound, free of laitance,
and firmly embedded into parent concrete.
C. If reinforcing steel is exposed, mechanically clean to remove loose material, contaminants, and
rust as approved by the Engineer. If half of reinforcing steel diameter is exposed, chip out
behind the steel. Chip distance behind the steel to a minimum of I inch.Do not damage
reinforcing to be incorporated in new concrete or repair mortar during removal operation.
D. Clean reinforcing from existing removed or deteriorated concrete that is shown to be
incorporated in new concrete or repair mortar by mechanical means to remove loose material
and products of corrosion before proceeding. Cut, bend, or lap to new reinforcing as indicated
and provide with I inchminimum clear cover.
E. Use following specific concrete surface preparation Methods where indicated, specified, or as
directed by the Engineer:
I. Method A:
a. Roughen and clean existing concrete surface at connection.
b. Thoroughly saturate surfaces with water;prevent standing water during
application.
C. Scrub repair mortar into substrate filling concrete pores and voids.
d. While scrub coat is still plastic, force repair material against surface. Use epoxy
bonding agent if area is too large.
e. Place new repair mortar as detailed.
2, Method B:
a. Roughen and clean existing concrete surface at connection.
b. Apply epoxy bonding agent at connection surfaces.
c. Place new concrete or grout mixture to limits indicated within time constraints
recommended by manufacturer to ensure bond.
3. Method C:
a. Use adhesive anchoring system, as specified in Section 050519 "Post-Installed
Anchors",for installation of reinforcing steel dowels into existing concrete where
indicated.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Modifications to Existing Concrete
City of Round Rock 030130,71-6
C"
—2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
b. Perforrn installation complying strictly with ma nu fact urer's recommendations,
including drill bit diameter, surface preparation, injection, and installation of
dowels.
C. Drill concrete to embedded deformed bars to indicated depths.
d. Use oil-free compressed air to blast out loose particles and dust frorn drilled
holes. Clean dowels to be free of dirt, oil, grease, ice, or other deleterious
material that would reduce bond.
e. Concrete in existing structures is considered to have a strength of 3,000 psi,
4. Method D:
a. Combination of Method B and Method C.
15 GROUTING
A. Grout: As specified in Section 036000"Grouting."
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect
completed installations,
I. Perform inspection with Contractor, material installer, and the Engineer present. Give
minimum of 72 hours' notice prior to time of inspection.
2. Repair modifications not in conformance with Contract Documents in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions at no additional cost to Owner.
3. At completion of non-conforming repairs, Contractor,material installer, and the Engineer
shall reinspect the repaired problem areas.
4. Prepare inspection reports, identifying acceptable work, type and locations of
unacceptable work,and actions taken to correct unacceptable work.
5. Complete field quality control work without additional compensation.
FND OF SECTION 030130,71
WaterTreatmoit lllann Pressure Control Valves Mocfificatmns to Emwng Conacre
C�ly of Round Rock 030130,71-7
x:)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Modifications to Existing Concrete
City of Round Rock 030130.71-8
,r 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 036000 -GROUTING
PARTI -GENERAL
LI RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
I. SUMMARY
A, Section Includes:
1. Portland cement grout.
2. Cement grout.
3. Rapid-curing epoxy grout.
4. Nonshrink epoxy grout.
5. Nonshrink cementitious grout.
B, Related Requirements:
I. Section 030110"Concrete and Reinforcing Steel."
2. Section 055000"Metal Fabrications": Grout related to miscellaneous metals.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer information regarding grout and surface preparation,
mixing and installation,
1. Commercially manufactured nonshrink cementitious grout. Include catalog cuts,
technical data,storage requirements,product life, working time after mixing,temperature
considerations,and conformity to the specified ASTM standards,
2. Commercially manufactured nonshrink epoxy grout. Include catalog cuts, technical data,
storage requirements, product life, working time after mixing, temperature
considerations,and conformity to the specified ASTM standards.
1 Cement grout. Include the type and brand of cement, the gradation of fine aggregate,
product data on any proposed admixtures and the proposed grout mix.
4. Concrete grout. Include data as required for concrete and for fiber reinforcement as
delineated in Section 030110"Concrete and Reinforcing Steel."
L4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
B. Manufacturer Instructions: Submit instructions for mixing, handling, surface preparation, and
placing epoxy-type and nonshrink grouts.
Water Treaunent Plant Pre:�6sure Control Valves Grouting
City of Round Rock 036000-1
C�2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections.
D. Qualifications Statement:
1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with
minimum ten years'experience in production and use of provided grouts.
K Independent testing laboratory shall meet the requirements of ASTM E329 and ASTM 01077
and be acceptable to the Engineer. Laboratories affiliated with the Contractor or in which the
Contractor or officers of the Contractor's organization have beneficial interest are not
acceptable,
C. Pre-installation Meeting: At least ten working days before grouting, hold a pre-installation
meeting to review the requirements for surface preparation, mixing, placing, and curing
procedures for each product proposed for use. Notify all parties involved with grouting,
including the Engineer,of the meeting at least ten working days prior to its scheduled date.
D. Services of Manufacturer's Representative: Provide services of a field technician of the
nonshrink grout manufacturer epoxy grout manufacturer who has performed at least five
projects of similar size and complexity during the last five years, to attend the pre-installation
meeting, to be present for the initial installation of each type of nonshfirik grout, and to correct
installation problems.
E. Field Testing:
I. All field testing and inspection services will be provided by the Owner, Assist in the
sampling of materials and cooperate by allowing free access to the work and pernlitting
the use of ladders, scaffolding, and such incidental equipment as may be required.
Methods of testing will comply with the applicable ASTM Standards.
F. Field testing of concrete grout will be as specified for concrete in Section 030110"Concrete and
Reinforcing Steel."
1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Product Requirements: Requirements for Delivery, Storage,and Handling.
& Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for
damage.
C. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. Limit total storage time from date of
manufacture to date of installation to six months or the manufacturer's recommended storage
time,whichever is less.
D. Remove immediately from the site material which becomes damp, contains lumps, or is
hardened and replace with acceptable material.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Grouting
City of Round Rock 036000-2
% 2022 CDM Srnith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
E. Protection:
1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean,dry location.
2. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions.
1,7 AMBIENT CONDITIONS
IN. Maximurn Conditions: Do not perform grouting if temperatures exceed 90 degrees F.
13, Minimum Conditions: Do not perform grouting if the minimum temperature of base plates,
supporting concrete and grout are less than 40 degrees F. Maintain minimurn temperature of 40
degrees F before,during,and after grouting, until gout has set.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT
A. Portland Cement: Comply with ASTM C I 50/C 150M,Type I and Il.
B. Water:
I. Potable.
2. No impurities, suspended particles, algae, or dissolved natural salts in quantities capable
of causing:
a. Corrosion of steel.
b. Volume change increasing shrinkage cracking,
c. Efflorescence.
d. Excess air entraining.
C. Fine Aggregate:
I, Washed natural sand.
2, Gradation:
a. Comply with ASTM C33/03m'
b. Represented by smooth granulometric curve within required lit-nits.
3. Free from injurious amounts of organic impurities according to ASTM C40/C40M.
D, Mix:
I, Portland cement, sand,and water.
2. Do not use ferrous aggregate or staining ingredients in grout mixes.
2.2 NONSFIRINK EPDXY GROUT
A, Description:
WaterTreatinent Plant Pressure Control Valves Grouting
City of Round Rock 036000 3
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 Pre-proportioned, prepackaged, three-component, nonshrink epoxy grout, 100 percent
solids system consisting of epoxy resin,hardener,and blended aggregate.
B. Performance and Design Criteria:
I Minimum Compressive Strength:
a. 10,000 psi at seven days.
b. Comply with ASTM D695,
2. Coefficient of Expansion:
a. 30x 10-6 inch per degree F.
b, Comply with ASTM C531.
3. Minimum"Tensile Strength:
a. 1,800 psi.
b. Comply with ASTM 0307.
C. Product: Provide one of the following or equal:
I. Masterflow 648 CP;by BASF Building Systems.
2. Five Star HP Epoxy Grout;by Five Stars Products, Inc.
3. Sikadur 42 Grout-Pak;by Sika Corp.
4. E3-G Epoxy Grout;by Euclid Chemical Co.
2.3 NONSHRINK CEMENTITIOUS GROUT
A. Description:
L Pre-mixed and ready-for-use formulation requiring only addition of water.
2. Nonshrink, non-corrosive, nonmetallic, non-gas forming, not containing expansive
cement and no chlorides,
3. No shrinkage when tested in conformity with ASTM C827/C827M.
B. Performance and Design Criteria:
1. Certified to maintain initial placement volume or expand after set, and to meet following
minimum properties when tested according to ASTM C I 107/C I 107M for Grades B, C,
D,and CRD-C621 nonshrink grout:
a. Setting Time:
I) Initial: Approximately two hours.
2) Final:Approximately three hours.
3) Comply with ASTM 0191.
b. Maximum Expansion: 0.10 to 0.40 percent.
C, Minimum Compressive Strength:
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Grouting
City of Round Rock 036000-4
�)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1) One-Day:4,000 psi.
2) Seven-Day: 7,000 psi.
3) 28-Day: 10,000 to 10,800 psi.
4) Comply with CRD-0621.
C. Manufacturers:
I General purpose nonshrink cementitious grout products: Provide one of the following or
equal:
a. SikaGrout 212 by Sika Corp.
b, Set Grout by BASF Building Systems
C, NS Grout by The Euclid Chemical Co.
d. Five Star Grout by Five Star Products, Inc.
1 Flowable (Precision) nonshrink cementitious grout products: Provide olle of the
following or equal:
a. Masterflow 928 by BASF Building Systems.
1). Hi-Flow Grout by The Euclid Chemical Co.
C. SikaGrout 212 by Sika Corp.
d. Five Star Grout by Five Star Products, Inc.
2.4 CONCRETE GROUT
A. Description: Conform to the requirements of Section 030110"Concrete and Reinforcing Steel",
except as follows. Proportion with Type 11 cement, coarse and fine aggregates, water, water
reducing admixture,and air entraining agent to produce specified mix performance:
1. Average Strength(ASTM C 579): 3500 psi.
2. Maximum Coarse Aggregate Size: 3/8-inch.
3. Minimum Cement Content: 540 lbs per cubic yard.
4. Maximum Water to Cement Ratio: 0.45.
5. Maximum Slump: 5 inches,
B. Add synthetic rLinforcing fibers as specified in Section 030110 "Concrete and Reinforcing
Steel" to the concrete grout mix at the rate of 1.5 lbs of fibers per cubic yard of gout. Add
fibers from manufacturer's pre-measured bags and according to manufacturer's
recommendations to ensure complete dispersion of fiber bundles as single illonofilaments
within the concrete grout.
2,5 FO WORD
A, As specified in this Section 030110"Concrete and Reinforcing Steel."
WaterTremment Plant Pres,,iure Control Valves Grouting
City of Round Rock 036000-5
'��2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify areas to receive grout.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Place grout where indicated or specified over existing concrete and cured concrete which has
attained its specified design strength unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
B. Remove defective concrete, ice, laitance,dirt,oil, grease, form release agents,paints,and other
foreign material from concrete surfaces, which may affect the bond or performance of the grout
by brushing, hammering, chipping, sand blasting or other similar dry mechanical means until
sound and clean concrete surface is achieved. Irregular voids or projecting coarse aggregate
need not be removed if they are sound, free of laitance and firmly embedded into the parent
concrete.
1. Air compressors used to clean surfaces in contact with grout shall be the oil-less type or
equipped with an oil trap in the airline to prevent oil from being blown onto the surface.
C. Roughen concrete lightly,but not to interfere with placement of grout.
D. Remove foreign materials from metal surfaces in contact with grout.
E. Align, level,and maintain final positioning of components to be grouted.
R Wash concrete surfaces clean and then keep moist for at least 24 hours prior to the placement of
nonshrink cementitious or cement grout. Saturation may be achieved by coveting the concrete
with saturated burlap bags, use of a soaker hose, or flooding the surface or other method
acceptable to the Engineer. Upon completion of the 24-hour period, remove visible water from
the surface prior to grouting.
G. Nonshrink epoxy grouts do not require saturation of concrete substrate. Do not wet concrete
surfaces to receive nonshrink epoxy grout. Completely dry surfaces in contact with epoxy grout
before grouting.
H. Support equipment during alignment and installation of grout by shims,wedges,blocks or other
approved means. Prevent bond of shims, wedges and blocking devices by bond breaking
coatings and remove after grouting unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Grout voids
created by the removal of shims,wedges,and blocks.
3.3 INSTALLATION-GENERAL
A. Formwork:
1. Construct leakproof forms anchored and shored to withstand grout pressures.
2. Install formwork with clearances to permit proper placement of grout.
3. As specified in Section 030110"Concrete and Reinforcing Steel."
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Grouting
City of Round Rock 036000-6
c�2022 CDM Srnith
8077,263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. Mixing-Portland Cement Grout:
1. Use proportions of two parts sand and one part cement,measured by volume.
2. Prepare grout with water to obtain consistency to permit placing and packing,
3. Mix water and grout in two steps:
4. Premix using approximately 2/3 of water,
5. After partial mixing, add remaining water to bring mix to desired placement consistency
and continue mixing two to three minutes.
& Mix only quantities of grout capable of being placed within 30 minutes after mixing.
7. Do not add additional water after grout has been mixed.
& Minimum Compressive Strength per ASTM 0579:
a. In 48 hours: 2,400.
b. In 28 days 7,000,
C. Placing of Grout:
I. Place grout material quickly and continuously,
1 Do not use pneumatic-pressure or dry-packing methods.
3. Apply grout from one side only to avoid entrapping air,
4. Do not vibrate placed grout mixture or peitplacement if area is being vibrated by
nearby equipment.
5. Thoroughly compact final installation and eliminate air pockets.
6. Do not remove leveling shims for at least 48 hours after grout has been placed.
D. Curing:
I. Prevent rapid loss of water from grout during first 48 hours by using wet burlap bags,
soaker hoses or ponding,
1 Immediately after placement, protect grout from premature drying, excessively hot or
cold temperatures,and mechanical injury,
3. After grout has attained its initial set,keep damp for minimum three days.
L Reflect all existing underlying expansion joints, partial contraction joints, and construction
joints through the grout.
3.4 INSTALLATION -CONCRETE GROUT
A. Inspect slabs finished tinder Section 030110"Concrete and Reinforcing Steel"and scheduled to
receive concrete grout. Protect and keep the surface clean until placement of concrete grout.
B, Remove debris and clean the surface by sweeping and vacuuming of dirt and other foreign
materials. Pressure wash the surface. Do not flush debris into tank drain lines.
C. Saturate (fie concrete surface for at least 24 hours prior to placement of the concrete grout by
use of saturated burlap bags, soaker hoses or ponding. Remove excess water just prior to
placement of the concrete grout. Place a cement slurry immediately ahead of the concrete grout
so that the slurry is moist when the grout is placed. Work the slurry over the surface with a
broom until it is coated with approximately 1/16 to 1/8-in thick cement paste.
Water Treatinent Plant Pressure Control Vavcs Grotiung
City of Round Rock 030000 7
v 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
D. Place concrete grout to final grade using the scrapers of the installed mechanical equipment as a
guide for surface elevation and to eliminate high and low spots. Unless specifically approved by
the equipment manufacturer, do not use mechanical scraper mechanisms powered by their
motors as a finishing machine or screed to push grout.
E. Provide grout control joints as indicated on Drawings.
F. Provide steel trowel finish.
3.5 INSTALLATION -NONSHRrNK EPDXY GROUTS
A. Mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Mix full batches only, to maintain
proper proportions of resin,hardener and aggregate. Do not vary the ratio of components or add
solvent to change the consistency of the grout mix. Do not overmix. Do not entrain air bubbles
by mixing too quickly.
B. Monitor ambient weather conditions and contact the grout manufacturer for special placement
procedures to be used for temperatures below 60 degrees F or above 90 degrees F. This is very
important for thick placements(>4-inches plus/minus).
C. Place grout rapidly and continuously to avoid cold joints. Place grout in lifts in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations.
D. Provide forms as specified in Paragraph 33A. Place grout into the designated areas and prevent
entrapment of air. Fill all spaces and provide full contact between the grout and adjoining
surfaces. Provide grout holes and vent holes as necessary.
E. Minimize 'shoulder' length(extension of grout horizontally beyond base plate). In no case shall
the shoulder length of the grout be greater than the grout thickness.
F. Finish grout by puddling to cover all aggregate and provide a smooth finish. Break bubbles and
smooth the top surface of the grout in conformity with the manufacturer's recommendations.
G. Epoxy grouts are self-curing and do not require the application of water. Maintain the formed
grout within its recommended placement temperature range for at least 24 hours after
placement, until grout compressive strength reaches 1,000 psi or as recommended by the
manufacturer,whichever is longer.
H. Provide grout control joints as indicated on Drawings.
3.6 SCHEDULE
A. Use particular types of grout as follows:
I General Purpose Nonshrink Cementitious Grout(CRD-C621 Grade D):
a. Use at locations where nonshrink grout is indicated, except for base plates greater
in area than 3-feet wide by 3-feet long.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Grouting
City of Round Rock 036000-8
t)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2, Flowable(precision)Nonshrink Cernentitious Grout(CRD-C621 Grade B or Q:
a. Use under base plates greater in area than 3-feet wide by 3-feet long, Use at
locations indicated to receive flowable (precision) nonshrink grout. Flowable
(precision), nonshrink, cernentitious grout may be substituted for general purpose
nonshrink cernentitious grout,
3, Nonshrink Epoxy Grout:
a, Use at all locations specifically indicated to receive notishrink epoxy grout.
4. Cement Grout:
a. Use where indicated.
5. Concrete Grout:
a. Use for overlaying the base concrete as indicated.
b. Use for concrete grout fill within liquid retaining structures and other locations
where specifically indicated.
END OF SECTION 036000
Water Treaunent Plant Pressure Control valves Groufing
Cay of'Roand Rock 036000-9
° 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Grouting
City of Round Rock 036000-10
4,,',�2022 CI)M Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 050519- POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS AND REINFORCING BARS
PART I GENERAL
I'l RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
L2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
L Post-installed adhesive and expansion anchors for concrete and concrete masonry unit
substrates.
2. Post-installed reinforcing bar dowels using adhesive anchoring system.
1 Performance and proof testing of post-installed adhesive anchoring system for anchor,,;
and reinforcing bar dowels.
B. Related Requirements:
I Section 030110 "Concrete and Reinforcing Steel" and related Sections for concrete,
reinforcement,and accessories.
1 Various Sections in Division 05 related to metals.
1 Various Sections in Divisions 23 and 26 related to facility utilities,
4. Various Sections in Divisions 40,43,and 46 related to process mechanical equipment.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Post-Installed Expansion Anchors:
1. Design Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and data including recommended
design values and physical characteristics for expansion anchors.
2, Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of
individual components and profiles, materials and finishes for post-installed expansion
anchors installed into cracked concrete masonry.
3. Installation Procedures: Submit procedures stating product proposed for use, and
complete installation method.
B. Post-Installed Adhesive Anchoring System:
L Design Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and data including recommended
design values and physical characteristics, including temperature,humidity, and moisture
limitations for adhesive anchoring system.
2, Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of
individual components and profiles, materials and finishes for post-installed adhesive
anchoring system installed into cracked concrete masonry.
Water Treatment Mant Pressure Control Valves Post-tinstallcx.l Anchors and Reiuforcing Bars
City of Round Rock 050519 1
C,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3. Installation Procedures: Submit procedures stating method of drilling, product proposed
for use,and complete installation method.
C. Post-Installed Adhesive Anchoring System Testing:
1. Equipment Data: Manufacturer's information for equipment to be used to conduct
performance and proof tests on adhesive anchoring system. Submit diagrams showing
geometry of performance and proof test equipment relative to the anchors and reinforcing
bar dowels to be tested and calibration data for system of jacks and gauges,including:
a. Calibration: Conducted by a certified testing laboratory, of the complete
performance and proof test assembly, together as a unit. Conduct assembly
calibration within one month prior to conducting first test and present in the form
of a plot of gauge pressure versus actual jack force.
b. Project Specific Diagram: Laboratory's proposed test equipment setups for
monitoring elongation of anchors reinforcing bar dowels during performance and
proof tests. Meet the requirements of ASTM E488. [lave proposed test equipment
completely independent of the jack and include a micrometer dial gauge capable of
measuring anchor extension to nearest 0.001 inch having 3 inches of travel and be
mounted on an adjustable tripod or other device with flexible extension arms or a
goose neck to permit rapid alignment of the dial gauge axis with the axis of the
anchor.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBmirl-ALs
A. Installation procedure: Submit installation procedure for post-installed adhesive anchoring
system;including method of drilling.
B. Certificates:
L Installer Qualifications for Adhesive Anchoring System: Submit installer and testing
agency qualifications as stated in following Paragraph of this Article.
2. Submit current International Code Council (ICC) Evaluation Service Reports (ESR) for
expansion anchors and adhesive anchoring system, for installation into cracked concrete
or masonry, as applicable, indicating conformance with current ICC Evaluation Service
(ICC-ES) Acceptance Criteria.
C. Qualification Data:
1. Installer: Indicate manufacturer's training date and a list of personnel trained on
installation of adhesive anchoring system.
2. Testing Agency:
a. Laboratory: Meet requirements of ASTM E329. Prior to testing, submit
qualifications of proposed testing laboratory for approval that includes:
1) Name and address.
2) Names and positions of principal officers and name, position, and
qualifications of responsible registered professional engineer in charge.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Post-Installed Anchors and Reinforcing Bars
City of Round Rock 050519-2
i,"s2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3) List technical services provided, indicating external technical services to be
provided by other organizations.
4) Names and qualifications of the supervising laboratory technicians.
5) Provide report prepared by laboratory evaluations authority when requested
by The Engineer.
6) Submit as required above for other organizations that will provide external
technical services.
b. Include in submittal a list of five projects in which the laboratory has perfornied
testing in accordance with ASTM E488. Include following information for each
project:
1) Project name and location.
2) Project Owner.
3) Owner's representative including address and phone number.
4) Brief description of work.
1 Submit qualifications of other laboratory or laboratories until approved.
D. Perfon-nance and Proof Test Reports of Adhesive Anchoring System Each Procedure: For
each diameter of post-installed anchors and reinforcing bar dowels, for tests performed by
manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency or a qualified testing agency. Submit
a report stamped and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in State of Texas for each test
procedure, including whether additional tests or design modifications are required. Based on the
results of the reports,The Engineer will determine if any additional tests or modifications to the
design are required, Prepare each inspection report complying with ASTM F488 and ASTM
E575 that includes:
L Date of issue.
1 Project title and number,
3. Name,address,and telephone number of testing laboratory.
4, Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
5. Names of individuals making the inspection or test.
6. Designation of the work and test method.
7. Complete inspection or test data,
8. 'rest results and an interpretation of test results.
9, Ambient conditions at time of testing.
M Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested work complies with
Contract Document requirements.
11. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
11 Recommendations on retesting.
11 Design data.
14. 'rest reports.
15. Field reports.
E. Evaluation Reports: From ICC-ES for expansion anchors and adhesive anchoring system, for
installation of post-installed anchors into cracked [concrete or concrete masonry unit, as
applicable, indicating conformance with current ICC ES Acceptance Criteria.
W,,uer Treaunent Plant Pressure Control Valves 11(m-Installexi Anchors and Reinforcing Bars
Cay of Round Rock 050519-3
1,x,�2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: Coordinate with the work of other Sections, field verifying dimensions and work of
other trades adjoining items of work before installing items specified in this Section.
B. Representatives of post-installed anchor system manufacturer:
1. Performance Testing: Be on site for installation of [anchor] [reinforcing bars] and
performance testing of adhesive anchoring system of their respective products system,
subsystem, or component. Observe, guide, and provide instruction on Contractor's
assembly, erection, installation or application procedures during the drilling, placement,
injection and testing. Inspect, check,and make adjustments as required for the product to
function as warranted by the manufacturer and as necessary to furnish the Manufacturer's
Certification of Proper Installation.
2. Proof Testing: Be on site periodically for assistance during installation and
testing/inspection of their respective products system, subsystem, or component.
Observe, guide, and provide instruction on Contractor's assembly, erection, installation
or application procedures during the drilling, placement, injection and testing. Inspect,
check,and snake adjustments as required for the product to function as warranted by the
manufacturer and as necessary to furnish the Manufacturer's Certification of Proper
Installation.
C. Adhesive Anchoring System:
1. Installer Training: Conduct thorough training by the manufacturer or the manufacturer's
representative. Training shall consist of the complete installation process for post-
installed anchors and reinforcing bar dowels,including but not limited to:
a. Tool selection.
b. Hole drilling procedure.
C. Hole preparation and cleaning techniques.
d. Adhesive injection technique and dispenser training and maintenance.
e. Anchor preparation and installation.
f Reinforcing bar dowels preparation and installation.
g. Proof loading and torqueing.
h. Temperature,humidity, and moisture limitations.
i. Working time limitations.
j. Setting time.
2. Include training for anchors and reinforcing bar dowels installed horizontally or upwardly
inclined to support sustained tension loads. Install horizontally or upwardly inclined
anchors and reinforcing bar dowels by personnel certified by an applicable certification
program. Certification shall include written and performance tests in accordance with the
ACI/CRSI Adhesive Anchor Installer Certification program,or equivalent.
3. Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation: Submit upon completion of work, for
the post-installed anchors and reinforcing bar dowels, including tion-production and
production anchors and reinforcing bar dowels.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Post Installed Anchors and Reinforcing Bars
City of Round Rock 0505194
,v:2022 CDM Smith 8077.263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
L6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver items to be incorporated into the work of other trades in sufficient time to be checked
prior to installation.
B. Handle materials with cranes or derricks. Do not durnp material off transportation vehicles or
handle in ways that will cause damage.
C. Store materials elevated above grade and block up so they will not become bent or otherwise
damaged.
D. Repair items that have become damage or corroded to satisfaction of the Engineer prior to
incorporating them into the work.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2,1 EXPANSION ANCHORS
A. Fastening to Concrete Substrate: Zinc plated carbon steel wedge type anchors, complete with
zinc plated nuts and washers,unless otherwise noted.
B. Submerged or Weather Exposed Substrates: ASTM A276 Type 316 stainless steel wedge type
anchors, complete with Type 316 stainless steel nuts and washers,unless otherwise noted.
C. Meet ICC ES ACO I or ICC ES AC 193,
D. Length: W"hen length or anchor embedment is not indicated, provide length sufficient to place
the wedge and expansion cone portion of the anchor at least I inch behind concrete reinforcing
steel.
E. Basis-of-Design:
E Anchorage designs indicated are based on Hilti,Kwik-Bolt TZ,unless otherwise noted.
2. Acceptable Anchors: Hilti Kwik-Bolt TZ-1 Simpson Strong-Tic Strong Bolt 2 Wedge
Anchor; DeWalt Power-Stud+ SDI DeWalt Power-Stud+ SD6 for stainless steel; or
equal,
2.2 ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM
A. Fastening to Concrete Substrate- Manufactured system consisting of post installed threaded
rods, nuts, washers, other anchoring hardware, and chemical dispenser for installation in
hammer drilled holes.
L Anchors: Meet [CC ES AC308.
2. Injection Adhesive: Two-component epoxy system consisting of a hardener and a resin,
furnished in pre-measured side-by-side cartridges which keep both components separate.
3. Adhesive Cartridge: Side-by-side design to accept a static mixing nozzle which
thoroughly blends both components and allows injection directly into a drilled hole.
Water'n-calment Plant Pressure Controt Valves Pom-histalled Anchors and Remforcing Bars
0 5,of'Round Rock 050519-5
it°2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
4. Anchor: Type 316 stainless steel as indicated consisting of an all-thread anchor rod with
nut and washer,of matching material to anchor rod.
a. Basis-of-Design:
1) Anchorage designs indicated are based on Hilti HIT- RE 500 V3, unless
otherwise noted.
2) Acceptable Manufacturers: Hilti HIT- RE 500 V3; Simpson Strong Tie
SET-XP; ITW Ramset Red Head Epeon G5;or equal.
5. Reinforcing Bar Dowels: Reinforcing bar,per Section 030110.
a. Basis-of-Design:
1) Anchorage designs indicated are based on Hilti HIT- RE 500 V3, unless
otherwise noted.
2) Acceptable Manufacturers: Hilti HIT- RE 500 V3; Simpson Strong Tie
SET-XP;ITW Ramset Red Head Epcon G5;or equal.
B. Fastening to Hollow Concrete Block, Brick, or Hollow-Core Precast Concrete Planks: Three-
part threaded rod,screen tube,and chemical dispenser anchoring system,
I. Anchors: Meet ICC ES AC58.
2. Adhesive Cartridges: Contain pre-measured amounts of resin and hardener which are
mixed and deposited in a screen tube by a dispenser.
3. Anchor: Type 316 stainless steel as indicated consisting of an all-thread anchor rod with.
nut and washer,of matching material to anchor rod.
4. Reinforcing Bar Dowel: Reinforcing bar,per Section 030110.
5. Basis-of-Design:
a. Anchorage designs indicated are based on Hilti HIT HY-70 System, unless
otherwise noted;or equal.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Install anchoring system in strict compliance with manufacturer's published installation
instructions and approved Shop Drawings. Comply with recommended surface
preparation,temperature,and moisture of substrate and ambient conditions.
2. Coordinate installation with Special Inspector,
3. Use drill bit of correct diameter and drill to required depth using rotary impact type
hammer drills with carbide-tipped bits.
4. Drill holes perpendicular to concrete surface,unless otherwise indicated.
5. Use oil free compressed air to blast out loose particles and dust from drilled holes,
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Post-Installed Anchors and Reinforcing Bars
City of Round Rock 050519.6
(ir"2022 CDM Srnith 8077263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
13Expansion anchors:
I. Check expansion anchors for tightness a minimum of 24 hours after initial installation.
C. Adhesive anchoring system:
I. Perforin installation only by personnel trained in anchor installation and having
certification required in PART I -GENERAL.
1 Inject adhesive and install anchors reinforcing bar dowels that are clean and free of dirt,
oil,grease,ice or other deleterious material which would reduce bond.
3.2 TESTING OF ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM
A. Performance Testing:
1. At locations of concrete to be removed, conduct perfori-nance testing of approved
adhesive anchoring system at locations indicated.
1 Locate existing reinforcing bars with the use of a reinforcing bar locator prior to
installation of post-installed anchors and reinforcing bar dowels to be used for
performance testing. Mark existing reinforcing bars on concrete indicating spacing and
direction within test area. Do not cut existing reinforcing bars without prior approval by
the Engineer.
3. Use post installed anchors and reinforcing bar dowels matching those of the approved
adhesive anchoring system with the embedment length indicated. In the event an alternate
adhesive anchoring system is approved, the embedment length will be determined by the
Engineer.
4. Design Strength of Existing Concrete: 4,000 psi at 28 days.
5. Install and test post-installed anchors and reinforcing bar dowels, as indicated.
For each diameter of post-installed anchors install and test one anchors.
lb. For each diameter of post-installed reinforcing bar dowels install and test one
dowels.
c. Perform static tensile test in accordance with ASTM E488 using defined
incremental load application and failure criteria, Test to failure.
& Test Results: For each of the one group of five anchors and reinforcing bar dowels,
test three and average the results. If the result of any one test in a group varies by
more than 15 percent from the group average, perform two additional tests at
locations determined by the Engineer. Average the five test results.
6. Advise(lie Engineer at least 14 working days prior to Performance Testing.
7, Do not use post-installed anchors and reinforcing bar dowels installed for performance
testing as part of production anchors and bars.
8. Do not demolish existing construction or perform new work until Performance Testing is
complete and approved by the Engineer.
B, Proof Testing:
L Perform proof tests in accordance with ASTM E488.
2. During the progress of the work perform periodic proof test of post-installed anchors.
Water Treatment Plant Preswre Control VMves Post lnstaHcd Anchors and Reinfiorcing BBs
City of Round Rock 050519-7
Oi'�2022 CDM Smith 8077-263945
All Rights Deserved February 2022
a. Threaded rod sizes: 3A inch diameter.
b. Post-installed Anchors: During progress of the work, randomly chose for Proof
Testing 5 percent of each anchor diameter, embedment length, and adhesive
bonding material system. Select test anchors at random. 'fest the anchors for the
static tension test only, to the allowable test load of insert load in pounds for each
diameter,embedment,and adhesive 10,000 pounds for 3/4"diameter.
3. During progress of the work, perform periodic proof test of post-installed reinforcing bar
dowels.
a. Bar Sizes:#4,#5,#6,#7,#8,and#9,
b. Initial Reinforcing Bar Dowel Test Group: During progress of the work,randomly
select five post-installcd reinforcing bar dowels,for Proof Testing. Select from first
50 post-installed reinforcing bar dowels installed.
C. Subsequent Reinforcing Bar Dowel Test Groups: In addition, randomly select and
test one post-installed reinforcing bar dowel from every 20 post-installed bars
installed of remaining post4nstalled bars.
4. Post-installed Reinforcing Bar Dowels: Test for static tension only to Allowable Test
Load indicated in Table 1.
TABLE l
Post-installed Reinforcing Bar Dowels Test Loads
Rebar Size Yield Strength Allowable Test Load
#4 12,000 lbs 4,800 lbs
95 18,600 lbs 7,440 lbs
#6 26,400 lbs 10,560 lbs
#7 36,000 lbs 14,400 lbs
#8 47,400 lbs 18,980 lbs
#7 36,000 lbs 14,400 lbs
#8 47,400 lbs 18,980 lbs
NOTE: "Test loads are based on Hilti. Engineer may modify
Table values based on approved adhesive anchoring system.
3.3 TEST FAILURE-ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEM
A. Failure Defined: Observance of any one or any combination of failure modes in ASTM E488.
B. Perforrnance Testing: If results show a failure of the adhesive system, not yielding of anchor or
reinforcing bar dowel, the Engineer will require greater embedment, changes in installation
technique, or require the use of another adhesive anchoring system, at no additional cost to
Owner.
C. Proof"Testing of Anchors: If any of the tested anchors failed, perform two additional tests on
adjacent untested anchors,one each side.Continue additional tests until no more tests fail,or all
anchors installed that day are tested. The Engineer may require greater embedment, changes in
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control valves Post-installed Anchors and Reinforcing Bars
City of Round Rock 050519-8
4,')2022 CDM Snaith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
installation technique, or require the use of another adhesive anchoring system, at no additional
cost to Owner.
D. Proof'resting of Reinforcing Bar Dowels: If the bond strength of a post-installed reinforcing bar
dowel falls below the Allowable Test Load indicated in Table 1, the Engineer may require
greater embedment, changes in installation technique, or require the use of another adhesive
anchoring system,at no additional cost to Owner.
E. If installations fail to produce the required strength performance, the Engineer will require
additional post-installed anchors and require modified or enlarged base plates or additional
metal connecting pieces or reinforcing bar dowels and additional reinforced concrete to meet
the required design strength. Perform this additional work and additional tests to correct
deficient installations,at no additional cost to Owner.
14 REPAIRS
A. At testing completion, repair damaged concrete, post-installed anchors, reinforcing bar dowels
and other damaged construction as required to match conditions prior to testing.
B. Repair in accordance with provisions of Section 030130.71 "Modifications to Existing
Concrete",including but not limited to:
I. Saw cutting and removal of damaged, loose,or unsound concrete.
2. Removal of damaged anchors reinforcing bar dowels.
3. Cleaning and preparing concrete surface and reinforcing bar dowels.
4, Place new repair material.
S. Install new anchors and reinforcing bar dowels to replace anchors and reinforcing bar
dowels that are found to be unacceptable or deficient.
6. Perform repairs at no additional cost to Owner.
END OF SECTION 050519
Warer Treaunent Plara Pressure Control Valves Post•InstaHed Andiors and Reuiforciuig lBars
Cay of Round Rmk 0505 97 9
,K,'2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Post�Installed Anchors and Reinforcing Bars
City of Round Rock 050519-10
2022 CDM Smith 8077 263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 055000-METAL FABRICATIONS
PART I -GENERAL
Ll, RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment.
1 Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are riot specified
in other Sections.
1 Steel angles,
4. Steel lintels.
5. Steel support brackets.
6. Steel base plates for other than structural steel or equipment.
7. Steel holddown straps and lugs.
8. Steel door frames
9. Steel splice plates.
10. Steel subframing at roof openings.
IL Shelf angles,
12. Miscellaneous items fabricated from steel aluminum or stainless steel.
11 Aluminum beams.
14, Aluminum angles.
15. Aluminum closure angles,
16. Aluminum grates.
17. Aluminurn diamond plate and floor plate.
18. Aluminum nosing.
19. Aluminum bar racks.
20. Stainless steel beams.
21. Stainless steel angles.
21 Stainless steel bar racks.
23. Structural-steel door frames.
24. Miscellaneous steel trim.
25. Metal bollards.
26. Loose bearing and leveling plates for applications where they are riot specified in other
Sections,
B. Products furnished,but not installed, under this Section include the following:
I. Loose steel lintels,
Waerl'rcatnient Plant Pressure Comrol Valves Metal Fabrications
Cay of Round Rock 055000.1
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, slotted-channel inserts,and wedge-type inserts indicated
to be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry.
3. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete for applications where they are not
specified in other Sections.
C. Related Requirements:
1. Section 030110 "Concrete and Reinforcing Steel" for installing anchor bolts, steel pipe
sleeves,slotted-channel inserts,wedge-type inserts,and other items cast into concrete.
2. Section 036000"Grouting"for non-shrink grout.
3. Various Sections in divisions 40-46 for process mechanical work scopes.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint
and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats
are compatible with one another.
B. Coordinate installation of metal fabrications that are anchored to or that receive other work.
Furnish setting drawings, templates,and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves,
concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in
concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Prefabricated building columns.
2. Paint products.
B. Samples:
I. Submit samples as requested by the Engineer during construction.
C. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details. Include plans, elevations, sections,
and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.
Provide Shop Drawings for the following:
1. Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment.
2. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified
in other Sections.
3. Prefabricated building columns.
4. Shelf angles.
5. Metal floor plate.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Metal Fabrications
City of Round Rock 055000-2
R;�2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
6Structural-steel door frames,
T Miscellaneous steel trim.
K Metal bollards.
9. Abrasive metal,
10, Loose steel lintels.
I I, Miscellaneous steel items.
12, Miscellaneous aluminum items.
13. Miscellaneous stainless-steel items,
1.5 rNFORMATIONAL SUBM117ALS
A. Qualification Data: For professional engineer.
B, Mill Certificates: Signed by aluminum, steel and stainless-steel manufacturers, certifying that
products furnished comply with requirements.
C. Welding certificates.
I. Certify that welders have been qualified under AWS, within previous 12 months, to
perform welds required under this Section.
D. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers,
certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS DIA/DLI M,
"Structural Welding Code-Steel."
B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
I. AWS D 1.1/D 1.1 M, "Structural Welding Code-Steel."
I AWS DI 2/1311 2M, "Structural Welding Code-Aluminum."
I AWS DI.6/DI.6M, "Structural Welding Code-Stainless steel."
C. Evaluation Reports: Post-installed concrete anchors, from ICC-ES for adhesive anchor system,
for installation into cracked concrete or unit masonry, as applicable, indicating conformance
with current ICC ES Acceptance Criteria,
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A� Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with
metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication.
Water Treauneni Plaw Pressure Control Valves Metal Fabri4ations
Crty of Routid Rock 059)00-3
c 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature
changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints,
overstressing of components,failure of connections,and other detrimental effects,
I. Temperature Change: 120 deg F,ambient; 180 deg F,material surfaces.
2.2 METALS
A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise
indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials
without seam marks,roller marks,rolled trade names,or blemishes.
B. Steel Wide Flange Shapes:ASTM A992.
C. Steel Other Shapes, Plates,Shapes,and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M.
D. Stainless steel Sheet, Strip, and Plate: ASTM A240/A240M or ASTM A666, Type 316,
Type 316L for welded components.
E Stainless steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A276,Type 316,Type 3161.,for welded components.
F. Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A786/A786M, rolled from plate complying with
ASTM A36/A36M or ASTM A283/A283M,Grade C or D.
G. Rolled-Stainless Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A793.
H. Abrasive-Surface Floor Plate: Steel plate with abrasive granules rolled into surface.
I. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500/A500M,Grade B cold-formed steel tubing.
J. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Type S Grade B Standard Weight (Schedule 40) unless
otherwise indicated,
K. Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Rope: ASTM A741.
1. Wire-Rope Fittings: Hot-dip galvanized-steel connectors with capability to sustain,
without failure, a load equal to minimum breaking strength of wire rope with which they
are used.
L Slotted Channel Framing:Cold-formed metal box channels(struts)complying with MFMA-4,
I. Size of Channels: 1-5/8 by 1-5/8 inches.
2. Material: Galvanized steel, ASTM A653/A653M, commercial steel, Type B structural
steel,Grade 33,with G90 coating;0.108-inch nominal thickness.
3. Material: Cold-rolled steel, ASTM A1008/A1008M, commercial steel, Type B structural
steel,Grade 33,0.0966-inch minimum thickness.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Metal Fabrtcations
City of Round Rock 055000-4
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
M. Cast Iron: Either gray iron, ASTM A48/A48M, or malleable iron, ASTM A47/A47M, unless
otherwise indicated.
N. Aluminum Extruded Pipe: ASTM B429,Alloy 6063 T6 and Alloy 6061 T6 as indicated.
0. Aluminum Plate and Sheet: ASTM B209, Alloy 6061-T6,
P. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221,Alloy 6061 T6.
Q. Aluminum-Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B632/B 632M,Alloy 6061-T6.
R. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B26/13 26M, Alloy 443.0-F.
S. Bronze Extrusions: ASTM B455,Alloy U No. 038500(extruded architectural bronze).
T. Bronze Castings: ASTM B584, Alloy LYNS No. 083600 (leaded red brass) or No. 084400
(leaded semi-red brass).
U. Nickel Silver Extrusions. ASTM B 15 I/B 15 1 M, Alloy UNS No. 074500.
V� Nickel Silver Castings: ASTM B584, Alloy UNS No.097600 (20 percent leaded nickel
bronze).
W. Gray Iron Castings: ASTM A48,Class 35.
X. Ductile Iron Castings: ASTM A536,Grade 65-45-12.
Y. Stainless steel Bolts: ASTM F593,Type 316.
Z. Stainless steel Nuts: ASTM F594,Type 316.
AA. Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs: ASTM A307, Grade A (hot dip galvanized nuts and washers
where noted)
BB, High Strength Steel Bolts, Nuts, and washers: ASTM F3125, Grade A325 (mechanically
galvanized per ASTM B695,Class 50,where noted).
I. Elevated Temperature Exposure: Type 1.
2. General Application: Type I or Type 11.
CC. Galvanizing: ASTM A123,Zn w/0,05 percent minimum Ni.
DD, Galvanizing,hardware: ASTM A153, Zn w/0,05 percent minimum Ni.
EE. Galvanizing,anchor bolts: ASTM F2329,Zn w./0.05 percent minimum Ni.
FF. Welding electrodes,steel: AWS A5.1 E70xx,
WaucrTreatrnent Plam Pressure Control Valves Metal Fabneations
Coy of Round Rock 055000 5
t".2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2.3 FASTENERS
A. Unless otherwise noted, provide steel machine bolts for the connection of carbon steel or iron;
galvanized steel or stainless-steel machine bolts for the connection of galvanized steel or iron;
and stainless-steel machine bolts for the connection of aluminum or stainless-steel.
B. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 316 stainless steel fasteners for exterior use
and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B633 or ASTM F1941,
Class FcrZn 5,at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type,grade,and class required.
1. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening aluminum.
2. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening stainless steel.
3. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening nickel silver.
4. Provide bronze fasteners for fastening bronze.
C. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A3O7, Grade A; with hex nuts,
ASTM A 563;and,where indicated, flat washers.
D. Mechanically Galvanized Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM F3125,
Grade A325, Type 3; with hex nuts, ASTM A563, Grade C3; and, where indicated, flat
washers.
F. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F1554, Grade 36, of dimensions indicated; with nuts, ASTM A563; and,
where indicated,flat washers.
1. Provide standard headed bolts with heavy hex nuts and Grade A washers.
2. Where galvanized anchor bolts are indicated or specified, provide standard headed bolts
with heavy hex nuts and Grade A washers,galvanize in accordance with.ASTM F2329.
F. Automatic End Welded Headed Anchor Studs and Flux Ended Studs: Cold drawn steel, ASTM
108,.
1. Basis-of-Design - Headed Anchor Studs as Manufactured by Nelson or equal: H4L
Headed Concrete Anchors.
G. Machine bolts and nuts conforming to Federal.Specification FF-B-5750. Bolts and nuts shall be
hexagon type. Bolts, nuts, screws, washers, and related appurtenances shall be Type 316
stainless steel.
H. Toggle Bolts: shall be Hilti,Toggler Bolt or equal.
1. Slotted-Channel Inserts: Cold-formed,hot-dip galvanized-steel box channels (struts)complying
with MFMA-4, 1-5/8 by 7/8 inches by length indicated with anchor straps or studs not less than
3 inches long at not more than 8 inches o.c. Provide with temporary filler and tee-head bolts,
complete with washers and nuts,all zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B633, Class Fe"Zn 5, as
needed for fastening to inserts
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Metal Fabrications
City of Round Rock 055000-6
Oc 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS ALUMINUM
A, Miscellaneous Aluminum: Formed true to detail, with clean, straight, sharply defined profiles
and smooth surfaces of uniform color and texture and free from defects impairing strength or
durability, Drill or punch holes. Smooth edges without burrs. Fabricate supplementary pieces
necessary to complete each item though such pieces are not definitely shown or specified.
B. Connections and Accessories: Sufficient strength to safely withstand the stresses and strains to
which they will be subjected. Close fitting exposed joints and jointed where least conspicuous.
Conceal threads on threaded connections where practical. Provide continuous welds or
intermittent welds on welded connections as specified or shown. Dress face of welds flush and
smooth, Weld on unexposed side as much as possible in order to prevent pitting or discoloration
of the aluminum exposed surface. Grind smooth continuous welds that will be exposed.
Provide holes for temporary field connections and for attachment ofthe work of other trades.
C. Miscellaneous Aluminum Items: Beams, angles,closure angles, grates, floor plates, stop plates,
stair nosings,and other miscellaneous aluminum indicated and not otherwise specified.
D. Angle Frames for Roof Hatches, Beams,Grates,and Similar Items: Complete with welded strap
anchors attached,
E. Stair Treads for Aluminum Stairs: As specified for grating and having cast abrasive non-slip
nosing as approved.
R Aluminum Nosing at Concrete Stairs. Furnish with wing type anchors and flat head stainless
steel machine screws, 12 inches on center. Provide nosing at concrete ladder openings. Single
piece nosing for each step extending to within 3 inches full ladder width. Set nosing flush with
stair tread finish at concrete stairs. Furnish treads with heavy duty protective tape cover,
1, Basis-of-Design: Wooster Products, Inc.; Alurnogrit Treads, Type 116; similar by Barry
Pattern and Foundry Co.,Andco;or equal.
G. Aluminum Finishes.
I. Anodized Finish:Give an anodic oxide treatment in accordance with AA M3 IC22A41
2. Mill Finish: Have a cleaned and degreased mill finish on other aluminum items.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL
A. Miscellaneous Steel Work: Donned true to detail, with clean, straight, sharply defined profiles
and smooth surfaces of uniform color and texture and free from defects impairing strength or
durability. Drill or punch holes. Smooth edges without burrs. Fabricate supplementary pieces
necessary to complete each item though such pieces are not definitely shown or specified.
B. Connections and Accessories: Sufficient strength to safely withstand the stresses and strains to
which they will be subjected, Close fitting exposed joints and jointed where least conspicuous.
Conceal thread on threaded connections where practical. Provide continuous welds or
intermittent welds on welded connections as specified or shown. Dress face of welds flush and
smooth. Grind smooth continuous welds that will be exposed. Provide holes for temporary field
connections and for attachment of the work of other trades.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Metal Fabrications
City of Round Rock 055000-7
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Miscellaneous Steel Items: Beams,angles,lintels,metal stairs detailed on the Drawings,support
brackets, base plates for other than structural steel or equipment, closure angles, bridge crane
rails,monorail hoist beams,hold-down straps and lugs,door frames,splice plates,subframing at
roof openings and any other miscellaneous steel indicated and not otherwise specified.
D. Structural steel angle and channel door frames: Galvanized or Shop coated with primer.
Fabricated with not less than three anchors on each jamb.
E. Steel pipe pieces for sleeves, lifting attachments and other functions: Schedule 40 pipe unless
otherwise indicated. Wall and floor sleeves, of steel pipe: Provide welded circumferential steel
waterstops at mid-length,
F. Lintels,relief angles or other steel supporting masonry or embedded in masonry: Galvanized or
Shop coated with primer.
G. Steel Finish Work: Thoroughly cleaned,by effective means,of loose mill scale,rust and foreign
matter. Provide one shop coat of primer compatible with finish coat after fabrication but before
shipment. Omit paint within 3 inches of proposed field welds. Apply paint to dry surfaces and
be thoroughly and evenly spread and well worked into joints and other open spaces.
11 Galvanizing, where required: Use hot-dip zinc process after fabrication,coating not less than 2
oz)1sq.ft. of surface.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS STAINLESS-STEEL
A. Miscellaneous Stainless-Steel Work: Forrited true to detail, with clean, straight, sharply defined
profiles and smooth surfaces of uniform color and texture and free from defects impairing
strength or durability. Drill or punch holes. Smooth edges without burrs. Fabricate
supplementary pieces necessary to complete each item though such pieces are not definitely
shown or specified.
B. Connections and accessories: Sufficient strength to safely withstand the stresses and strains to
which they will be subjected. Close fitting exposed joints, jointed where least conspicuous.
Conceal threads on threaded connections where practical. Provide continuous welds or
intermittent welds on welded connections as specified or shown. Dress face of welds flush and
smooth.Grind smooth continuous welds that will be exposed. Provide holes for temporary field
connections and for attachment of the work of other trades.
C. Beams,angles,bar racks,and other miscellaneous stainless steel.
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Section 099010 "Shop Priming" and Section
099 100"Paintiug."
B. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer
complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat.
1. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc-rich primer,
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Metal Fabrications
City of Round Rock 055000-8
0 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Water-Based Primer: Emulsion type, anticorrosive primer for mildly corrosive environments
that is resistant to flash rusting when applied to cleaned steel, complying with MPI#107 and
compatible with topcoat.
D. Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat.
L Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Primer formulated for exterior use over zinc-coated metal
and compatible with finish paint systems indicated.
F. Galvanizing Repair Paint: Fligh-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20
ASTM A780 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it.
G. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D1.187.
2.8 CASTINGS:
A. General: Good quality, strong, tough, even-gained, smooth, free from scale, lumps, blisters,
sand holes, and other defects. Thoroughly clean castings to remove foreign matter, and
deleterious films. Castings will be subjected to a hammer inspection in the field by the
Engineer. Damaged castings may be rejected and replaced at no cost to the Owner.
B. Matching Surfaces: Machine to a true plane surface allowing contact surfaces to seat without
rocking. Provide allowances in patterns so specified thickness is not reduced to obtain finished
surfaces. Castings will not be acceptable if actual weight is less than 95 percent of theoretical
weight computed from dimensions. Provide facilities for weighing castings in the presence of
the Engineer.
2.9 FABRICATION,GENERAL
A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units
only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain
structural value of joined pieces.Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.
B. Cut,drill,and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of
approximately 1,132 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed
surfaces,
C. Form bent-metal comers to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or
otherwise impairing work,
D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges.
E. Weld corners and scams continuously to comply with the following:
I Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion
resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3, Remove welding flux immediately.
Water Treaunent Plarit Pressure Cootrol Valves Metal Fabricattons
City of Round Rock 055000,9
Wt 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no
roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent
surface.
F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or
welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head
(countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
G. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude
water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws,
and similar items.
I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring
devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads.
J. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally
welded steel strap anchors, 1/4 by l inch, with a minimum 6 inch embedment and 1 1,F2-inch
hook, not less than S inches from ends and corners of units and 24 inches o.c.,unless otherwise
indicated.
2.10 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to
complete the Work.
B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise
indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes,and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent
construction.
1. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated.
2. Furnish inserts for units installed after concrete is placed.
C. Fabricate supports for operable partitions from continuous steel beams of sizes recommended
by partition manufacturer with attached bearing plates, anchors, and braces as recommended by
partition manufacturer. Drill or punch bottom flanges of beams to receive partition track hanger
rods;locate holes where indicated on operable partition Shop Drawings.
D. Fabricate steel girders for wood frame construction from continuous steel shapes of sizes
indicated.
1. Provide bearing plates welded to beams where indicated.
2. Drill or punch girders and plates for field-bolted connections where indicated.
3. Where wood nailers are attached to girders with bolts or lag screws, drill, or punch holes
at 24 inches o.c.
E. Fabricate steel pipe columns for supporting wood frame construction from steel pipe with steel
baseplates and top plates as indicated. Brill or punch baseplates and top plates for anchor and
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Metal Fabrications
City of Round Rock 0550W 10
2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
connection bolts and weld to pipe with fillet welds all around. Make welds the same size as pipe
wall thickness unless otherwise indicated.
I. Unless otherwise indicated,fabricate frorn Schedule 40 steel pipe.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide 1/2-inch baseplates with four 5/8-inch anchor bolts
and 1/4-inch top plates.
R Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports where indicated.
G. Prime miscellaneous framing and supports with zinc-rich primer or where indicated.
2.11 SHELF ANGLES
A, Fabricate shelf angles from steel angles of sizes indicated and for attachment to concrete
framing. Provide horizontally slotted holes to receive 3,14-inch bolts, spaced not more than 6
inches from ends and 24 inches o.c.,unless otherwise indicated.
I. Provide mitered and welded units at comers.
2. Provide open joints in shelf angles at expansion and control joints. Make open joint
approximately 2 inches larger than expansion or control joint.
B. Galvanize shelf angles located in exterior walls.
C Fumish wedge-type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, to attach shelf angles to cast-in-
place concrete.
2.12 COVER PLATE
A. Fabricate aluminum diamond plate and floor plate having a minimum thickness of 3/8 inch.
Fabricate frames and supports of aluminum construction. Fastening devices and hardware shall
be'rype 316 stainless-steel, Plates shall have a mill finish.
B, Provide aluminum angle supports as indicated.
C Include aluminum angle stiffeners, and fixed and removable sections as indicated.
D. Provide flush stainless-steel bar drop handles for lifting removable sections, one at each end of
each section,
2.13 STRUCTURAL-STEEL DOOR FRAMES
A. Fabricate structural-steel door frames from steel shapes, plates, and bars of' size and to
dimensions indicated, fully welded together, with 5/8-by-1-1/2-inch steel channel stops, unless
otherwise indicated. Plug-weld built-up members and continuously weld exposed joints. Secure
removable stops to frame with countersunk machine screws, unifonrily spaced at not more than
10 inches o.c. Reinforce frames and drill and tap as necessary to accept finish hardware,
1. Provide with integrally welded steel strap anchors for securing door frames into adjoining
concrete or masonry.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Metal Fabrications
City of Round Rock 055f 00D 11
;2022 CDM Smith 80177-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. Extend bottom of frames to floor elevation indicated with steel angle clips welded to frames for
anchoring frame to floor with expansion anchors.
C. Galvanize and prime exterior steel frames.
2.14 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM
A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown
with continuously welded,joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed
field splices where possible.
B. Provide cutouts, fittings,and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with
other work.
I. Provide with integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete or masonry
construction.
C. Galvanize and prime exterior miscellaneous steel trim.
2.15 METAL BOLLARDS
A. Fabricate metal bollards from steel shapes,as indicated.
1. Cap bollards with 1d4-inch-thick steel plate round off top.
2. Where bollards are indicated to receive controls for door operators, provide cutouts for
controls and holes for wire.
3. Where bollards are indicated to receive light fixtures, provide cutouts for fixtures and
holes for wire,
B. Fabricate bollards with I-inch thick steel baseplates for bolting to concrete slab. Drill baseplates
at all four corners for 7/8-inch anchor bolts.
1. Provide 1-inch minimum of nonshrink grout beneath bollard base plate to allow for
plumb alignment of bollards.
C. Fabricate sleeves for bollard anchorage from steel pipe with 1/4-inch-thick steel plate welded to
bottom of sleeve. Make sleeves not less than 8 inches deep and 3/4 inch larger than OD of
bollard.
2.16 ALUMINUM METAL NOSINGS AND THRESHOLDS
A. Cast-Metal Units: Cast aluminum, with an integral-abrasive, as-cast finish consisting of
aluminum oxide, silicon carbide, or a combination of both. Fabricate units in lengths necessary
to accurately fit openings or conditions.
1. Nosings: Cross-hatched units, I-1 2 by 1-1/2 inches,for casting into concrete.
2. Thresholds:Fluted-saddle-type units, 5 inches wide by 1/2 inch high,with tapered edges.
water'freatunent Plant Pressure Control Valves Metal Fabrications
City of Round Rock 05500012
i 2022 CDM Surith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. Extruded Units: Aluminum or Bronze,with abrasive filler consisting of aluminum oxide,silicon
carbide,or a combination of both, in an epoxy-resin binder, Fabricate units in lengths necessary
to accurately fit openings or conditions.
I Provide fibbed units, with abrasive filler strips projecting 1,116 inch above aluminum
extrusion.
2. Provide solid-abrasive type units without ribs.
C Provide anchors for embedding units in concrete,either integral or applied to units, as standard
with manufacturer.
D. Drill for mechanical anchors and countersink. Locate holes not more than 4 inches from ends
and not more than 12 inches o.c,, evenly spaced between ends, unless otherwise indicated.
Provide closer spacing if recommended by manufacturer.
1. Provide two rows of holes for units more than 5 inches wide, with two holes aligned at
ends and intermediate holes staggered,
117 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES
A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete
construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting.
2.18 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS
A. Fabricate loose steel lintels from steel angles and or shapes and plates of size indicated for
openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated. Fabricate in single
lengths for each opening unless otherwise indicated. Weld adjoining members together to form
a single unit where indicated,
B. Size loose lintels to provide bearing length at each side of openings of 8 inches unless otherwise
indicated.
C Galvanize and prime loose steel lintels located in exterior walls,
D. Prime loose steel lintels located in exterior walls with zinc-rich primer.
2.19 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES
A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items supported from
concrete construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each unit with no fewer than
two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete.
2.20 HNISHES,GENERAL
A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.
B, Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into
surrounding surface.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Metal Fabrications
City of Round Rock 055000.13
C)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2.21 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES
A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A153/AI53M for
steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A I 23/A I 23M for other steel and iron products. Limit
maximum nickel(Ni)content of galvanizing zinc to 0.05 percent.
B. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with requirements indicated below:
1. Exterior Items: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3,"Commercial Blast Cleaning."
2. Items Indicated to Receive Zinc-Rich Primer: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial
Blast Cleaning."
1 Items Indicated to Receive Primers "High-Performance Coatings": SSPC-SP 6/NACE
No. 3,"Commercial Blast Cleaning."
4. Other Items: SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
C. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification
No. 1: Shop,Field,and Maintenance Painting of Steel,"for shop painting.
1. Stripe paint comers,crevices, bolts,welds,and sharp edges.
2.22 ALUMfNUM FINISHES
A. As-Fabricated Finish: AA-M 12.
B. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611,Class 1,AA-M 12C22A4 1.
2.23 SPECIAL PREFABRICATED DOORS
A. Pit,Floor and Sidewalk Hatches:
1. Acceptable Manufacturers: Provide products from one of the following or equal:
a. Bilco Company Type"J."
b. Babcock-Davis Assoc.
2. Materials and Fabrication:
a. Prefabricated access hatches shall be single or double leaf type depending on sizes
shown on Drawings and specified herein.
b. Door Leaf(s): 1/4-inch aluminum diamond pattern plant with sufficient stiffening
to withstand a live load of 300 lbs/sq ft.
c. Torsion Bars: Unless otherwise noted on Drawings, use pivot torsion bars for
counterbalance or spring operators for easy operation along with automatic door
hold open.
& Channel Frame: 1/4-inch aluminum equipped with embedded strap anchors or
perimeter anchor flange as required.
e. Hardware: Durable and corrosion resistant with Type 316 stainless steel hardware
used throughout. Provide removable lock handle.
f. Finish: Provide factory mill finish and bituminous coating to the exterior of the
frames.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Metal Fabrications
City of'Round Rock 055000-14
,t')2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
g. Hatches: Be watertight using a 1-1/2-in drainage coupling provided in the channel
frame. Where shown or called for on the Drawings, access doors shall be equipped
with a hot dip galvanized telescoping ladder extension as manufactured by the
Bilco Co. or equal.
K Break bond between dissimilar metals as specified in the "Installation, General"
Article in Part 3.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 I`NSTALLATION,GENERAL
A. Install all items except those to be embedded in concrete or other masonry which shall be
installed under Division 03 and Division 04 respectively. Install items to be attached to concrete
or masonry after such work is completed in accordance with the details shown. Fastening to
wood plugs in masonry will not be permitted.
13. Touch up abrasions in the shop primer immediately after erection. Paint areas left unprivned for
welding after welding.
C. Clean and repair, after installation, zinc coating which has been burned by welding,abraded, or
otherwise damaged. Thoroughly clean damaged area and remove all traces of welding flux and
loose or cracked zinc coating prior to painting. Paint the cleaned area per the requirements of
ASTM A780.
D. Install specialty products in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
E. Weld headed anchor studs in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
R Cutting, Fitting, and Placerneric Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing
metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with
edges and surfaces level,plumb, true,and free of rack;and measured from established lilies and
levels.
G, Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are
not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of`shipping size limitations.
Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after
fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.
H. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
I Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion
resistance of base metals.
1 Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
1 Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no
roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of"adjacent
surface.
Waterl'reatmwit Mant Press=Control VAvn� MeW Fabneatkons
City of Round Rock O55000 15
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal
fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for
use with concrete and masonry inserts,toggle bolts,through bolts,lag screws,wood screws,and
other connectors.
J. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete,
masonry,or similar construction.
K. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum and steel that come into contact
with grout,concrete,masonry,wood,or dissimilar metals with the following.
1. Aluminum Contacting a Dissimilar Metal: Apply a heavy brush coat of zinc-chromate
primer followed by two coats of aluminum metal and masonry paint to the dissimilar
metal.
2. Aluminum Contacting Masonry or Concrete: Apply a heavy coat of approved alkali
resistant paint to the masonry or concrete.
3. Aluminum Contacting Wood: Apply two coats of aluminum metal and masonry paint to
the wood.
4. Steel Contacting Exposed Concrete or Masonry: Apply heavy bitumastic troweling
mastic.
5. Between aluminum stair treads, and steel supports, insert 1/4 inch thick neoprene isolator
pads, 85 plus or minus 5 Shore A durometer,sized for full width and length of bracket or
support.
3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported,
including manufacturers'written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings.
B. Anchor supports for overhead grilles securely to,and rigidly brace from,building structure.
C. Support steel girders on solid grouted masonry, concrete, or steel pipe colurnns. Secure girders
with anchor bolts embedded in grouted masonry or concrete or with bolts through top plates of
pipe columns.
I. Where grout space under bearing plates is indicated for girders supported on concrete or
masonry, install as specified in "Installing Bearing and Leveling Plates"Article.
D. Install pipe columns on concrete footings with grouted baseplates. Position and grout column
baseplates as specified in "Installing Bearing and Leveling Plates"Article.
1. Grout baseplates of columns supporting steel girders after girders are installed and
leveled.
3.3 INSTALLING METAL.BOLLARDS
A. Fill metal-capped bollards solidly with concrete and allow concrete to cure seven days before
installing.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control valves Metal Fabrications
City of Round Rock 055000.16
6f,",2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1. Do not fill removable bollards with concrete.
B. Anchor bollards to existing construction with anchor bolts. Provide four 7/8-inch bolts at each
bollard unless otherwise indicated,
3A INSTALLING NOSINGS AND THRESHOLDS
A. Center nosings on tread widths unless otherwise indicated.
B. For nosings embedded in concrete steps or curbs, align nosings flush with riser faces and level
with tread surfaces.
C. Seal thresholds exposed to exterior with elastorneric sealant complying with Section 079200
"Joint Sealants"to provide a watertight installation.
3.5 INSTALLING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES
A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen to
improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates.
B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have
been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if
protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with nonshfink grout. Pack
grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain.
16 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and
abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop
painting to comply with SSPC-PA I for touching up shop-painted surfaces.
1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness.
B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and
abraded areas of shop paint are specified.
C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair
galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780/A780M.
END OF SECTION 055000
WaterTrealment Phint Pressure Control Valvos, MeW Fabricauons
Oty ofllmnid Rock 0550,00 t 7
%2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
THIS PACE INTENTIONALL`t' LEFT BLANK
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Metal Fabrications
City of Round Rock 055000-18
�'?2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 079200 -JOINT SEALANTS
PART' I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
L Siliconejoint sealants.
2. Butyl joint sealants.
1.3 PREINSTAI.,LATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference- Conduct conference at Project site.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product,
B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants
showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view.
C. Samples for Verification: For each kind and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples
with joint sealants in 1/2-inch- wide joints formed between two 6-inch. long strips of material
matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants.
D. Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information:
I. Joint-sealant application,joint location,and designation.
1 Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name.
3. Joint-sealant formulation.
4. Joint-sealant color,
L5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency.
B. Product Test Reports: For each kind of joint sealant, for tests performed by manufacturer and
witnessed by a qualified testing agency,
W,,aerl'reaunent Mant Pressure ContrM Vaives Joint SealanLs
City of Round Rod( 0179200 - I
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
A11 Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Preconstruction Laboratory Test Schedule: Include the following information for each joint
sealant and substrate material to be tested:
1. Joint-sealant location and designation.
2. Manufacturer and product name.
3. "Type of substrate material.
4. Proposed test.
S. Number of samples required.
D. Preconstruction Laboratory Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer,indicating the following:
1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for
compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants.
2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate
preparation are needed for adhesion.
E. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Reports: Indicate which sealants and joint preparation
methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on testing specified in
"Preconstruction Testing"Article.
F. Field-Adhesion-Test Reports: For each sealant application tested.
G. Sample'Warranties: For special warranties.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by
manufacturer.
B. Product Testing:Test joint sealants using a qualified testing agency.
1. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the
testing indicated.
C. Mockups: Install sealant in mockups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated
to receive joint sealants specified in this Section. Use materials and installation methods
specified in this Section.
1.7 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A. Preconstruction Laboratory Testing: Submit to joint-sealant manufacturers, for testing indicated
below,samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants.
1. Adhesion Testing: Use ASTM C 794 to deten-nine whether priming and other specific
joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint
sealants to joint substrates.
2. Compatibility Testing: Use ASTM C 1087 to determine sealant compatibility when in
contact with glazing and gasket materials.
3. Submit manufacturer's recommended number of pieces of each type of material,
including joint substrates,joint-sealant backings,and miscellaneous materials.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Joint Sealants
City of Round Rock 079200-2
(0 2022 CDM Smith 9077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
4. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work,
5. For materials failing tests, obtain joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions for
corrective measures, including use of specially formulated primers.
6. Testing will not be required if joint-sealant manufacturers submit data that are based oil
previous testing, not older than 24 months, of sealant products for adhesion to, staining
of,and compatibility with joint substrates and other materials matching those submitted.
13. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing- Before installing sealants, field test their adhesion to
Project joint substrates as follows:
1. Locate test joints where indicated on Project or, if`not indicated,as directed by Engineer,
2. Conduct field tests for each kind of sealant and joint substrate.
3. Notify Engineer seven days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be
erected.
4. Arrange for tests to take place with joint-sealant manufacturer's technical representative
present.
a. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant
Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1.1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail
Procedure, in ASTM C 1521,
1) For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate
separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side.
Repeat procedure for opposite side.
5, Report whether sealant failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data
on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. For sealants that fail
adhesively,retest until satisfactory adhesion is obtained.
6. Evaluation of Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing
adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of noncompliance with
requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Do not use sealants that fail to adhere to
joint substrates during testing.
L8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions:
1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint-
sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F.
2. When joint Substrates are wet.
1 Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for
applications indicated,
4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed
from joint substrates.
Water'T'reatment Plant Pressure Co,ntrol Valves Joint Sealants
Cay ot'Round Rock 079200-3
C° 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not
comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified
warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or
replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements
specified in this Section within specified warranty period.
I. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
C. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from
the following:
1. Movement of the structure caused by stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant
manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression.
2. Disintegration of joint substrates from causes exceeding design specifications.
3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals,tools,or other outside agents.
4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric
contaminants,
PART 2- PRODUCTS
11 JOINT SEALANTS,GENERAL
A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible
with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as
demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer,based on testing and field experience.
B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range.
2.2 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS
A. Silicone, S, NS, 50, NT: Single-component, nonsag, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent
movement capability,nontraffic-use,neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920,Type S,
Grade NS,Class 50, Use NT.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following or equal:
a. Pecora Corporation.
b. Sika Corporation,Joint Sealants.
C. The Dow Chemical Company.
Water Treatn7ent Plant Pressure Coma)]Valves Joint Sealants
City of Round Rock 079200 4
C)2022 CDM Srnith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2.3 BUTYL JOINT SEALANTS
A. Butyl-Rubber-Based Joint Sealants: ASTM C 1311.
I Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the
following or equal:
a. Bostik, Inc.
b. Pecora Corporation.
2.4 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING
A. Sealant Backing Material, General: Non-staining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants,
primers,and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer
based on field experience and laboratory testing.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following or equal:
a, BASF Corporation.
b, Construction Foarn Products-,a division of Nomaco, Inc.
B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C1330,Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin)
or Type B(bicellular material with a surface skin)or any of the preceding types, as approved in
writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to
control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance.
C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant
manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or
joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of
sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate
tests and field tests.
B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaner-, acceptable to manufacturers of sealants
and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or
hanning joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to
promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates.
C. Masking Tape: Non-staining,nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces
adjacent to joints.
WaWr Twatniew Plant Pressure Control VaNes Jon4t Sealants
City of Round Rock 079200- 5
;2022 CDM Sin ith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with installer present, for compliance with
requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting
performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to
comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements:
1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of
joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and
approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint
sealants,oil,grease,waterproofing,water repellents, water,surface dirt,and frost.
2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical abrading, or a
combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing
optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning
operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air.
Porous joint substrates include the following:
a. Concrete.
3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
4. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do
not stain, hann substrates,or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint
sealants.Nonporous joint substrates include the following:
a. Metal.
b. Glass.
B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where reconunended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as
indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to
comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-
sealant bond;do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.
C. Masking "Pape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with
adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or
by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling
without disturbing joint seal.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products
and applications indicated,unless more stringent requirements apply.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Cotttrol Valves Joitrt Sealants
City of Round Rock 079200-6
(0 2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint
sealants as applicable to materials,applications,and conditions indicated.
C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position
required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint
widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability,
I. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings.
2. Do not stretch, twist,puncture, or tear sealant backings,
3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application, and
replace them with dry materials.
D, Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants
and backs of joints,
E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time
backings are installed:
I. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.
2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration.
3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow
optimum sealant movement capability.
1�. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing
begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form
smooth, uniforna beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure
contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.
L Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints.
1 Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do riot
discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces,
3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM 01193 unless otherwise indicated.
3A FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows:
I Extent of"Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows:
a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each kind of sealant and
joint substrate.
2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint
Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix XI in ASTM 01193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in
ASTM C1521,
a. For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately;
extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side, Repeat procedure
for opposite side.
Water 1'reatment Mant Pressure(.'OntrW Valves Joint Sealants
City(A Round Rock 079200-7
2022 CDM Stnith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3. Inspect tested joints and report on the following:
a. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids.
b. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified
requirements.
C. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to joint
substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of
product and joint substrate. Compare these results to detennine if adhesion
complies with sealant manufacturer's field adhesion hand-pull test criteria.
4. Record test results in a field-adhesion-test log. Include dates when sealants were
installed,names of persons who installed sealants,test dates,test locations,whether joints
were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant material, sealant
configuration,and sealant dimensions.
5. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures
used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and that new
sealant contacts original sealant.
B. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from
testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory.
Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other
requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated
requirements.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods
and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of
products in which joints occur.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances
and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without
deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage
or deterioration occurs, cut out, remove, and repair damaged or deteriorated joint sealants
immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work.
3.7 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE
A. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontrafftc surfaces.
1. Joint Locations:
a. Joints between metal panels.
b. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors and louvers.
c. Joints between existing conditions and new materials.
d. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Joint Sealants
City of Round Rock 079200-8
fx',2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, S,NS,50,NT.
3, Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range of colors.
B. Joint-Sealant Application: Concealed mastics.
I Joint Locations:
a. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2, Joint Sealant: Butyl-rubber based.
I Joint-Sealant Color: As indicated by manufacturer's designations.
END OF SECTION 079200
Water Trcatrnenl 111wit Pressure C(qorM VMvcs Joint Sealams
Crty of Round Rock 079200-9
K 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Joint Sealants
City of Round Rock 079200- 10
(r,i 2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 099010- SHOP PRIMING
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes shop primers not included in other sections.
13. Related Requirements:
I. Division 09 for field applied painting.
2. Other specifications that reference this specification for pfirners.
13 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
L Include written statement,or published product data,that the confirms that the shop
primer materials are compatible with the finish and field coatings.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Coating Systems- Shop priming with primers that are guaranteed, in writing,
by the manufacturer to be compatible with field applied and other coatings.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A, Submerged Surfaces-Shop primer for ferrous metals which will be in contact with water being
treated, either submerged or which are subject to splash action or which are specified to be
considered submerged service:
I. Shop Prime Coat: (Zinc Micaceous Iron Oxide Polyurethane Aromatic Shop Primer):
a, TNEMEC: Series I Omnithane.
b, Carboline: Carboguard 561,
c, Sherwin-Williams Company(The): Corothane I Zinc Primer IK Mio-Zinc,
& PPG PMC Durathane MCG 97-679 Serres or PPG PMC Amerlock 400.
Warer 1'reatrinent Plant Pressure Control VaNcs Shop Prinimg
Cty of Round Rock 099010-I
C 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
e. Or equal.
B. Non-Submerged Surfaces: Shop primer for ferrous metals which will not be in contact with
water being treated,not submerged and not subject to splash action:
I Shop Prime Coat:(Zinc Micaceous Iron Oxide Polyurethane Aromatic Shop Primer):
a. TNEMEC: Series I Omnithane.
b. Carboline: Carbogmard 561.
C. Sherwin-Williams Company(The): Corothane I Zinc Primer IK Mio-Zinc.
d. PPG PMC Durathane MCZ 97-679 Series or PPG PMC Amercoat 6811S.
C. Or equal.
PANT -EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Surface preparation: Comply with the manufacturer's written requirements for the substrate to
be primed.
3.2 PROTECTION
A. Non-Primed Surfaces -Apply a heavy shop coat of grease or other suitable rust-resistant
coating to gears,bearings surfaces and other similar surfaces which are not to be field painted.
I. Maintain this coating to prevent corrosion until final acceptance testing of equipment.
END OF SECTION 099010
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Shop Priming
City of Round Rock 099010-2
,2022 CDM Sinith
8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 099100 -PAINTING
PART I GENERAL
Ll RELATFD DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following
substrates-
L Steel and iron.
2. Stainless steel.
13. Section includes painting all exposed structural and miscellaneous steel; mechanical and
electrical equipment; conveying systems, pipe, fittings and valves; electrical conduit and
appurtenances; all as specified in the attached painting schedules and all other work obviously
required to be painted unless otherwise specified. Minor iterns not mentioned in the schedule of
work shall be included in the work of this Section where they come within the general intent of
this Section as stated herein.
C. Provide vinyl film letters and numbers for markings as specified.
D. Paint items noted in other Specification Sections as having factory finish and other factory
finished items are obviously not field painted.
E. Paint all factory finish painted items replaced,repaired or damaged during construction.
F. The various Sections are responsible, as stated in each, for preparation and field touch-up of
abrasions,welds,and damaged primed areas of primed or galvanized components after erection,
G. The following items will not be painted:
1. Concrete except where specified above and scheduled to be painted and seamless
flooring.
2. Stainless steel louvers,
3. Finish hardware.
4. Non-ferrous metal-,and stainless steel,unless specifically rioted otherwise.
5. Factory pre-finished architectural components.
6. Packing glands,and other adjustable parts and riarne plates of mechanical equipment.
7. Paris of'buildings not exposed to sight,unless specifically rioted otherwise,
& Maintenance equipment
9. Plumbing fixtures.
10. Mechanical and Electrical equipment which has been finished painted in the factory as
specified in Division 40.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure CoiuroValves Painting
City of Round Rock 0991004
'.)2022 CDM Smith 5077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
H. Related Requirements:
1. Valve identification is included in Divisions 40 and 43.
2. Shop priming of equipment and piping (except copper piping) are specified in Section
099010 Shop Priming and included in the respective Section with the item to be
primed.
3. Section 055000"Metal Fabrications"for shop priming metal fabrications.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Indicate VOC content.
B. Product List: Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same
designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. Include color designations.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Shop Primers, specified in Section 099010 "Shop Priming," and other Sections are required to
be certified by the manufacturer of the field applied painting manufacturer to be compatible
with the materials specified in this section.
1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE, AND FIANDHNG
A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well ventilated areas with ambient
temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F.
I. Maintain containers in clean condition,free of foreign materials and residue,
2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are
between 50 and 95 deg F.
B. Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at
temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point;or to damp or wet surfaces.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:
1. Tnemec,Inc.(TN).
2. The Sherwin Williams Company(SW).
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Painting
City of Round Rock 099100-2
(0 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. (PPG).
4. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc, Ameron(AME).
5. Or equal,
12 MATERIALS
A, Material Compatibility:
1. Provide materials for use within each coating systern that are compatible with one
another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as
demonstrated by manufacturer,based on testing and field experience.
2. Provide products of same manufacturer for each coat in a coating system.
13, Use paint materials without adulteration and mixed, thinned and applied in strict accordance
with manufacturer's directions for the applicable materials and surface.
C. Colors: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range, Match existing coating and
color of the existing Belton Ground Storage Tank.
PART 3-
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements
for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting perfonuance of work.
B. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing
finishes or primers.
C. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
I. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural
Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated.
B. Remove hardware,covers,plates,and similar items already in place that are removable and are
riot to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item,
provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting.
I. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to
reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection,
Water Treatment 11ant Pressure Control Valves Patnting
C�ly of Round Rock 099100-3
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt,oil,grease,
and incompatible paints and encapsulants,
I Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie
coat as required to produce paint systems indicated.
D. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, oil, grease, dirt, and shop primer if any with
approved solvents, wire brushing, or sanding. Clean using methods recommended in writing by
paint manufacturer but not less than the following:
I. SSPC-SP 2.
E. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and areas where shop
paint is abraded. Paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply
with SSPC-PA I for touching up shop-primed surfaces.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI
Architectural Painting Specification Manual."
I. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated.
2. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final
installation,paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat only.
3. Paint both sides and edges of exterior doors and entire exposed surface of exterior door
frames.
4. Paint entire exposed surface of window frames and sashes.
5. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name,
identification,performance rating,or nomenclature plates.
6. Primer-, specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed
or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers.
B. Tint undercoats same color as topcoat, but tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate
identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Provide sufficient
difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.
C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional Coats until cured film
has a uniform paint finish,color,and appearance.
D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness,spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks,
roller tracking, runs,sags,ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color
breaks.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and
inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness.
1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing.
2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint
manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Painting
City o€Round Rock 099100-4
(x"2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint
manufacturer's written recommendations.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. At end of each workday,remove rubbish, empty cans,rags, and other discarded materials from
Project site.
B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by
washing,scraping,or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.
C. Protect work of other trades against damage froth paint application. Correct damage to work of
other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Engineer, and
leave in an undamaged condition.
D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or
defaced painted surfaces.
3.6 PAINTING SCHEDULE
A, Dry Film Thickness(DFT)for each paint product is not part of paint schedule. Submit both the
Wet Film Thickness (WFT)and DFI'for each product as part of submittal process. Apply paint
and coating products to comply with manufacturer's DFT thickness and application
recommendations in the approved submittal.
3.7 The following types of paints by'rnernec Co.(TN),The Sherwin Williams Company(SW),
PPG Protective&Marine Coatings,(PPG),and Ameron International(AME)have been used as
a basis for the paint schedule;use one of these paints or equal:
A. Epoxy:
1. TN:I-li-build Epoxciline 11, Series N69.
2, SW: Macropoxy 646, B58 Series.
1 PPG: Pitt-Guard 97-145 Series Epoxy Mastic.
4. AME: Amerlock 2f400 Series Epoxy.
B. Waterborne Cementitious Acrylic: Result in pinhole free surface.
I. TN:Envirofil, Series 130-6602.
2. SW: Cement-Flex 875, B42 Series.
3, PPG: Cementitious Waterproofing Block Filter 95-217 Series.
4. AME: Amerlock 400 BF Epoxy Block Filler.
C. High-Build Acrylic Polyurethane Enamel:
L TN:Endura-Shield-semi-gloss,Series V73.
1 SW: Acrolon 218 HS, B65 Series,
1 PPG: Pitthane FIB Semigloss Urethane 95-8800 Series.
4, AME: Amercoat 450HSG,Polyurethane.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Commit Valves Painting
City of'Round Rock 099100-5
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
D. The following surfaces shall have the types of paint scheduled below applied at the dry film
thickness(DFT) in mils per coat as recommended by manufacturer:
1. Exterior non-submerged ferrous metals(except first coat-hollow metal-pressed metal
work):
a. First Coat: On properly prepared unprimed metal or for touch-up:
1) TN: Hi-build Epoxoline II,Series N69.
2) SW: Macropoxy 646,B58 Series.
3) PPG: Pitt-Guard 97-145 Series Epoxy Mastic.
4) AME: Amerlock 2/400 Series Epoxy.
b. Second Coat:
1) TN: Hi-build Epoxoline 1I, Series N69.
2) SW: Macropoxy 646,B58 Series.
3) PPG: Pitt-Guard 97-145 Series Epoxy Mastic.
4) AME: Amerlock 26400 Series Epoxy.
C. Third Coat:
1) TN: Endura-Shield semi-gloss,Series V73,
2) SW: Acrolon 218 HS,B65 Series.
3) PPG: Pitthanc HB Semigloss Urethane 95-8800 Series.
4) AME: Amercoat 450HSG Polyurethane.
2. Interior non-submerged ferrous metals(except first coat of previously painted metal
work),on properly prepared unprimed metal or for touch-up:
a. First Coat:
I) TN: Hi-build Epoxoline Il, Series N69.
2) SW:Macropoxy 646,B58 Series.
3) PPG: Pitt-Guard 97-145 Series Epoxy Mastic.
4) AME: Amerlock 2/'400 Series Epoxy.
b. Second and Third Coats:
I) TN: Hi-build Epoxoline 11, Series N69.
2) SW: Macropoxy 646, B58 Series.
3) PPG: Pitt-Guard 97-145 Series Epoxy Mastic.
4) PPG: Amerlock 26400 Series Epoxy.
3. Submerged ferrous metals and ferrous metals subject to submersion or splashing. Surface
shall be lightly sanded or abraded before application of first field coat.
a. First and Second Coats:
I) TN: Hi-build Epoxoline 11, Series N69.
2) SW: Macropoxy 646,B58 Series.
3) PPG: Pitt-Guard 97.145 Series Epoxy Mastic.
4) PPG: Amerlock 21400 Series Epoxy.
4. Plastic piping and,where scheduled to be painted,plastic components:
a. First and Second Coats:
1) TN: Hi-build Epoxoline II,Series N69.
2) SW: Macropoxy 646„B58 Series.
3) PPG: Pitt-Guard 97-145 Series Epoxy Mastic.
4) AME: Amerlock 2/400 Series Epoxy.
5. Previously Painted Metal Surfaces:
Water Treatment Plant Pressurc Control Valves Painting
City of Round Rock 099100,6
Cr 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
a. First coat on substrates prepared as approved and replacing first coat of'above-
specified systems, Complete painting with remainder of specified system for each
type of substrate,
b, First Coat:
1) TN: FCTypoxy, Series V27.
2) SW: Macropoxy 646, B58 Series,
3) PPG: Pitt-Guard 97-145 Series Epoxy Mastic.
4) AME: Amerlock 2/400 Series Epoxy.
6. Exterior galvanized steel surfaces:
a. Mechanically abrade surfaces to comply with SSPC SP 16"Brush-off Blast
Cleaning of Coated and Uncoated Galvanized Steel, Stainless Steels, and Non-
ferrous Metals".
b. First Coat:
1) TN: FC Typoxy, Series V27.
2) SW: Macropoxy 646,B58 Series,
3) PPG: Pitt-Guard Epoxy Mastic 95-245 Series.
4) AME: Amercoat 385 Multi-Purpose Epoxy.
c. Second Coat:
1) TN: Endura-Shield-semi-gloss, Series V73.
2) SW: Acrolon 218 H&
3) PPG: Pitthane HB Semigloss Urethane 95-8800 Series.
4) AME: Amercoat 450HSG Polyurethane.
END OF SECTION 099 100
Water l"reatiment Plant Pressure Control Vaives Painting
Cuy of'Round Rock 099100.7
C,,,,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
This page intentionally left blank.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Painting
City of'Round Rock 099100-8
s)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 260519 -LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART I GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1, Copper building wire rated 600 V or less.
2. Tray cable,Type TC,rated 600 V or less.
3. Connectors,splices,and terminations rated 600 V and less.
B. Related Requirements:
L Section 260523 "Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables" for control systems
communications cables and Classes 1,2,and 3 control cables,
13 DEFINITIONS
A. PV: Photovoltaic,
K RoHS: Restriction of Hazardous Substances.
C, VFC: Variable-frequency controller.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A, Product Data: For each type of product.
B, Product Schedule: Indicate type, use, location,and termination locations.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For testing agency.
B. Field quality-control reports,
Wa(er Treauricnt Plant Pressure Control Valves Low Voltage Elecutcal Power Conductors and Cables
City of Round Rock 26050, 1
2022 CUM Smith 8077-263945
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company ofNETA.
1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor:Certified by META to supervise on-site testing.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 COPPER BUILDING WIRE
A. Description: Flexible, insulated and uninsulated,drawn copper current-carrying conductor with
an overall insulation layer or jacket,or both,rated 600 V or less.
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
I. American Bare Conductor.
2. Belden Inc.
3. Cerro Wire LLC.
4. General Cable; Prysmian Group North America.
5. Okonite Company(The).
6. Southwire Company.
C. Standards:
I. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for
intended location and use.
2. RoHS compliant.
3. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's
"Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide."
D. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B3 for bare annealed copper and with
ASTM B496 for stranded conductors.
E. Conductor Insulation:
I. Type TC-ER: Comply with NEMA WC 701ICEA 5-95-658 and UL 1277.
2. Type XHHW-2:Comply with UL 44.
3. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according with the National Electrical
Code,
F. Shield:
I. Type TC-Eft: Cable designed for use with VFCs, with oversized crosslinked
polyethylene insulation, dual spirally wrapped copper tape shields and three bare
symmetrically applied ground wires,and sunlight-and oil-resistant outer PVC jacket.
Water Trcannent Plant Pressure Control Valves Law---Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
City of Round Rock 260519-2
C 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2.2 T CABLE,TYPE TC
A. Description: A factory assembly of insulated current-carrying conductors with or without an
equipment grounding conductor in a nonmetallic jacket,
13, Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
I. General Cable Technologies Corporation.
2. Okonite Company(The).
1 Southwire Company.
Standards:
I. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency,and marked for
intended location and use,
1 Rol-IS compliant,
3. Comply with UL 1277.
4, Comply with ICER S-73-532/NEMA WC 57 for Type TC cables used for control,
thermocouple extension,and instrumentation.
5, Comply with ILEA S-95-658/NEMA WC 70 for Type TC cables used for power
distribution.
6. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's
"Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide."
D, Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B8
for stranded conductors.
E, Ground Conductor: Insulated,
F. Conductor Insulation: Type XI-11-[W-2. Comply with UL 44.
G. Shield: Metallic.
2.3 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
A. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors, splices, and lugs of size, ampacity rating, material,
type, and class for application and service indicated; listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and use.
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by the following:
1. 3M Company.
2. FCI Burndy; A subsidiary of the Hubbell Company.
1 Thomas&Betts Corporation; A Member of the ABB Group,
C, Jacketed Cable Connectors. For steel and aluminum jacketed cables, zinc die-cast with set
screws,designed to connect conductors specified in this Section.
Wateir'Treatmwit Plara Pressure Control Valves Low-Voltage Econcal Pover Conductors and Cables
Oly ol'Round Rock 2605l9-3,
K;"2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
D. Lugs: One piece,seamless,designed to terminate conductors specified in this Section.
1. Material:Copper.
2. Type:Two hole with long barrels.
3. Termination: Compression.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS
A. Feeders: Copper; solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller;stranded for No.8 AWG and larger.
B. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and
larger.
C, VFC Output Circuits Cable: Extra-flexible stranded for all sizes.
D. Power-Limited Fire Alam►and Control: Solid for No. 12 AWG and smaller.
3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND
WIRING METHODS
A. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type XHHW-2, single
conductors in raceway.
B. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type XHHW-2,
single conductors in raceway.
C. Feeders in Cable Tray:Type XHHW-2,Type TC,multi-conductor.
D. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground:
Type XHHW-2,single conductors in raceway.
E. Branch Circuits in Cable Tray: Type XHHW-2,Type TC,multi-conductor.
F. Cord Drops and Portable Appliance Connections: Type SO, hard service cord with stainless-
steel,wire-mesh,strain relief device at terminations to suit application.
G. VFC Output Circuits:Type TC-ER cable with dual tape shield.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. Power cable splices are not accepted on new installations.
I. Splices in the case where the required length of the cable exceeds the length of the cable
that is available on the available reel will be considered. Splices require approval by
IEUA.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Low,Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
City of Round Rock 260519-4
C)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. Conceal cables in finished walls,ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated.
C. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to
Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and
cables.
D. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used
must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended
maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.
E. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope,and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will
not damage cables or raceway,
F. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members,and
follow surface contours where possible.
3A CONNECTIONS
A. Tighten electrical connectors and tofinalsaccording to manufacturer's published torque-
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are riot indicated, use those specified in
UL 486A-48613.
B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that
possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced
conductors.
I. Splice Points:Conductor colors shall not change color at splice points.
C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet,with at least 12 inches of slack.
3.5 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according with the National Electrical Code,
B. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of
conductor and identify as spare conductor.
16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Contractor will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and
inspections,
B. Perlonii tests and inspections,
I After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized,
test service entrance and feeder conductors for compliance with requirements,
2. Perform each of the following visual and electrical tests:
Water'Treauneni Nam Pressure C�)nvol Valves Low-VoRage Eleorical Power Conductors and CaNes
City of'Round Rock 260519, 5
%2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
a. Inspect exposed sections of conductor and cable for physical damage and correct
connection according to the single-line diagram.
b. Test bolted connections for high resistance using one of the following:
1) A low-resistance ohmmeter.
2) Calibrated torque wrench.
3) Thermographic survey.
C. Inspect compression-applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation.
d. Inspect for correct identification.
e. Inspect cable jacket and condition.
f. Insulation-resistance test on each conductor for ground and adjacent conductors.
Apply a potential of 500-V do for 300-V rated cable and 1000-V do for 600-V
rated cable for a one-minute duration.
g. Continuity test on each conductor and cable.
h, Uniform resistance of parallel conductors.
C. Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
D. Prepare test and inspection reports to record the following:
1. Procedures used.
2. Results that comply with requirements,
3. Results that do not comply with requirements, and corrective action taken to achieve
compliance with requirements.
END OF SECTION 260519
Water Treatment Plant.Pressure Control Valves Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
City of Round Rock 260519-6
x j 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 260523 -CONTROL-VOLTAGE EH,ECTRICAL POWER CABLES
PART I ..GENERAL
IA RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
I. Category 6 balanced twisted pair cable,
2. Balanced twisted pair cabling hardware.
3. RS-485 cabling.
4. Low-voltage control cabling.
5. Control-circuit conductors.
6. Identification products.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. EMI: Electromagnetic interference,
B. Low Voltage: As defined in NPA 70 for circuits and equipment operating at less than 50 V or
for remote-control and signaling power-limited circuits.
C. Plenum: A space forming part of the air distribution system to which one or more air ducts are
connected. An air duct is a passageway, other than a plenum, for transporting air to or from
heating,ventilating,or air-conditioning equipment,
D. RCDD: Registered Communications Distribution Designer.
tA ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
L5 INFORMA,riONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For testing agency, RCDD, layout technician, installation supervisor, and
field inspector.
B. Source quality-control reports.
C. Field quality-control reports,
WaterTreau-nent Plant Pressure Conrrot Valves Controt,Volrage Eecrncaf flower CaMes
C'ay of'Round Rock 260523 , I
2022 CDM Smith 5077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Accredited by NETA.
1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Currently certified by BICSI as an RCDD to
supervise on-site testing.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Electrical Components, Devices,and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by
a qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application.
B. Flame Travel and Smoke Density in Plenums: As determined by testing identical products
according to NFPA 262, by a qualified testing agency. Identify products for installation in
plenums with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1. Flame Travel Distance:60 inches or less.
2. Peak Optical Smoke Density: 0.5 or less.
3. Average Optical Smoke Density: 0.15 or less.
C. Flame Travel and Smoke Density for Riser Cables in Non-Plenum Building Spaces: As
determined by testing identical products according to UL 1666.
D. Flame Travel and Smoke Density for Cables in Non-Riser Applications and Non-Plenum
Building Spaces: As detennined by testing identical products according to UL 1685.
E. Rol-IS compliant.
2.2 CKI'EGORY 6 BALANCED TWISTED PAIR CABLE
A. Description: Four-pair, balanced-twisted pair cable,with internal spline, certified to meet
transmission characteristics of Category 6 cable at frequencies up to 250 MHz.
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to the following:
I. 3M.
2. Belden,Inc.
3. General Cable; Prysmian Group North America.
C. Standard: Comply with NEMA WC 66FICEA 5-116-732 and TIA-568-C.2 for Category 6
cables.
D. Conductors: I00-ohm,23 AWG solid copper.
E. Shielding!Screening: Shielded twisted pairs(FTP).
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Control Voltage Electrical Power Cables
City of Round Rock 260523,2
(jrt 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
F. Cable Rating: Riser.
G. Jacket: Yellow thermoplastic.
2.3 RS-485 CABLE
A. Standard Cable: NFPA 70,Type CMG.
1. Paired,one pair, twisted,No, 22 AWG,stranded(700)tinned-copper conductors.
2. PVC insulation.
3. Unshielded.
4. PVC jacket.
5. Flame Resistance: Comply with UL 1685.
2.4 LOW-VOLTAGE CONTROL CABLE
A. Paired Cable:NFPA 70,"Type CMG.
I. One pair,twisted,No. 16 AWG,stranded (19x29)tinned-copper conductors.
2. 80 deg C.
1 600VAC PVC insulation,
4. Foil shield,
5. O/A HD polyethylene jacket,
6. Flame Resistance: Comply with UL 1685.
B, Triad Cable:NFPA 70,Type CMG.
1. Single triad,twisted,No. 16 AWG,stranded(19x29)tinned-copper conductors.
1 90 deg C.
3, 600VAC PVC insulation.
4. Foil shield.
5. O/A FID polyethylene jacket.
6. Flame Resistance:Comply with UL 1685.
2.5 CONTROL-CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ol' the
following:
I. Encore Wire Corporation.
2. General Cable;General Cable Corporation.
3. Southwire Company,
13, Stranded copper,Type XHHW-2,complying with UL 44 in raceway,
I. Single conductor:
a. Copper,solid or stranded,600VAC,
b, 14 AWG minimum,
Water'Treatryient Plant Pressure Control Valves Control-Voltage Heetrical Power Cables
Cay of Round Rock 260523-3
K 20122 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Insulation Color: Red.
2. Multi-Conductor:
a. Copper,solid or stranded,600 VAC,
b. 14 AWG minimum,with an overall protective PVC jacket.
C. Circuit identification shall consist of Method I - color coding in accordance with
ILEA S-66-524,Appendix K Table K-2.
C. Class 2 Control Circuits and Class 3 Remote-Contras and Signal Circuits That Supply Critical
Circuits:Circuit Integrity(CI)cable.
1. Smoke control signaling and control circuits.
2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to evaluate cables.
B. Factory test twisted pair cables according to TIA-568-C.2.
C. Cable will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
D. Prepare test and inspection reports.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. "fest cables on receipt at Project site.
I. Test each pair of twisted pair cable for open and short circuits.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS AND BOXES
A. Comply with requirements in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" for
raceway selection and installation requirements for boxes, conduits, and wireways as
supplemented or modified in this Section.
1. Outlet boxes for cables shall be no smaller than 4 inches square by 1-U2 inches deep with
extension ring sized to bring edge of ring to within 1/8 inch of the finished wall surface.
2. Flexible metal conduit shall not be used.
B. Comply with TIA-569-D for pull-box sizing and length of conduit and number of bends
between pull points.
C. Install manufactured conduit sweeps and long-radius elbows if possible.
Water'freatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Control,Voltage Electrical Power Cables
City of Round Rack 260523 .4
°%2 12'2 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
D. Raceway Installation in Equipment Rooms:
I. Install cable trays to route cables if conduits cannot be located in these positions.
2. Extend conduits 3 inches above finished floor.
3. Install metal conduits with grounding bushings and connect with grounding conductor to
grounding system.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. Comply with NECA I.
B. General Requirements for Cabling:
I. Comply with TIA-568-C Series of standards,
2. Comply with BICSI ITSIMM,Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling Systems."
3, Terminate all conductors; no cable shall contain unterminated elements. Make
ten-ninations only at indicated outlets,to finals,and cross-connect and patch panels.
4. Cables may not be spliced and shall be continuous from terminal to terminal. Do not
splice cable between termination,tap, or junction points.
5. Cables serving a common system may be grouped in a common raceway. Install network
cabling and control wiring and cable in separate raceway from power wiring. Do riot
group conductors from different systems or different voltages,
6. Secure and support cables at intervals not exceeding 30 inches and not more than 6
inches from cabinets,boxes,fittings,outlets,racks,frames,and terminals.
7. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to tenninal points without exceeding manufacturer's
limitations on bending radii, but not less than radii specified in BICSI ITSIMM, Ch. 5,
"Copper Structured Cabling Systems." Install lacing bars and distribution spools.
8. Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable. Remove and discard
cable if damaged during installation and replace it with new cable.
9. Cold-Weather Installation: Bring cable to room temperature before dereeling. Do not use
heat lamps for heating.
10. Pulling Cable: Comply with BICSI ITSIMM, Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling
Systems,"Monitor cable pull tensions.
11. Support: Do not allow cables to lie on removable ceiling tiles,
12. Secure: Fasten securely in place with hardware specifically designed and installed so as
to not damage cables.
13. Provide strain relief.
14. Keep runs short. Allow extra length for connecting to terminals. Do not bend cables in a
radius less than 10 times the cable OD. Use sleeves or grommets to protect cables from
vibration at points where they pass around sharp carriers and through penetrations.
15. Ground wire shall be copper, and grounding methods shall comply with IEEE C1
Demonstrate ground resistance,
C. Balanced Twisted Pair Cable Installation:
1. Comply with TIA-568-C-2.
2. Do not untwist balanced twisted pair cables more than 1/'2 inch at the point of termination
to maintain cable geometry.
D. Installation of Control-Circuit Conductors:
Water Treatnient Plant Pressure Control Valves Control Voltage Hect6cal flower Cables
City of Romid Rock 260523 -5
k, 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1. Install wiring in raceways.
2. Use insulated spade lugs for wire and cable connection to screw terminals.
3. Comply with requirements specified in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for
Electrical Systems."
E. Installation of Ethernet Cable:
L Terminate with shielded connectors at receiving end(RTU, PLC,IS barrier,etc).
2. Insulate shield at the field end unless otherwise required.
3. Terminations:
a. Terminate all field cables at a patch panel or RJ45 coupler before continuing to
equipment connection with jumper.
b. All shielded Cath cabling shall be terminated at a patch panel.
C. Provide CAT6 patch panel in each RIO cabinet so that field network cables are
terminated on patch panel,not directly on switches.
F. Open-Cable Installation:
1. Install cabling with horizontal and vertical cable guides in telecommunications spaces
with terminating hardware and interconnection equipment.
2. Suspend copper cable not in a wireway or pathway a minimum of 8 inches above ceilings
by cable supports not more than 30 inches apart.
3. Cable shall not be run through or on structural members or in contact with pipes,ducts,or
other potentially damaging items. Do not run cables between structural members and
corrugated panels.
G. Separation from EMI Sources:
1. Comply with BICSI TDMM and TIA-569-D recommendations for separating unshielded
copper voice and data communications cable from potential EMI sources including
electrical power lines and equipment.
2. Separation between open communications cables or cables in nonmetallic raceways and
unshielded power conductors and electrical equipment shall be as follows:
a. Electrical Equipment or Circuit Rating Less Than 2 kVA: A minimum of 5 inches.
b. Electrical Equipment or Circuit Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 12
inches.
c. Electrical Equipment or Circuit Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 24
inches.
3. Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and
unshielded power lines or electrical equipment shall be as follows:
a. Electrical Equipment or Circuit Rating Less Than 2 kVA: A minimum of 2-1/2
inches.
b. Electrical Equipment or Circuit Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 6
inches.
C. Electrical Equipment or Circuit Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 12
inches.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables
City of Round Pock 260523-6
(0 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263'948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
4. Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and power
lines and electrical equipment located in grounded metallic conduits or enclosures shall
be as follows:
a. Electrical Equipment or Circuit Rating Less Than 2 WA:No requirement.
b. Electrical Equipment or Circuit Rating between 2 and 5 kVA-. A minimum of 3
inches.
C. Electrical Equipment or Circuit Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 6
inches.
5. Separation between Communications Cables and Electrical Motors and Transfort-ners, 5
kVA or 5 HP and Larger: A minimum of'48 inches.
6. Separation between Communications Cables and Fluorescent Fixtures: A minimum of 5
inches.
3.4 REMOVAL OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. Remove abandoned conductors and cables. Abandoned conductors and cables are those
installed that are not terminated at equipment and are not identified with a tag for future use,
15 CONTROL-CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS
A. Minimum Conductor Sizes:
1. Class I remote-control and signal circuits; No 14 AWG.
1 Class 2 low-energy,remote-control,and signal circuits;No. 16 AWG.
1 Class 3 low-energy,remote-control,alarm,and signal circuits; No 12 AWG.
3.6 GROUNDING
A. For data communication wiring, comply with "CIA-607-B and with BICSI TDMM, "Bonding
and Grounding(Earthing)"Chapter,
3.7 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify data and communication►s system components, wiring, and cabling according to TIA-
606-B; label printers shall use label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks complying with
UL 969.
B. Identify each wire on each end and at each ter►ninal with a number-coded identification tag.
Each wire shall have a unique tag.
18 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
B, Perfor►ra tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative.
Water Treatment Plant PreSSUre Control Valves Control Voltage Electrical Power Cables
City of'Round Rock 260523- 7
C 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Tests and Inspections:
1. Visually inspect cable jacket materials for UL or third-party certification markings.
Inspect cabling terminations to confirm color-coding for pin assignments, and inspect
cabling connections to confirm compliance with TIA-568-C.1.
2. Visually inspect cable placement, cable termination, grounding and bonding, equipment
and patch cords,and labeling of all components.
3. Test cabling for direct-current loop resistance, shorts, opens, intermittent faults, and
polarity between conductors. Test operation of shorting bars in connection blocks. Test
cables after termination,but not after cross-connection.
a. Test instruments shall meet or exceed applicable requirements in TIA-568-C.2.
Perform tests with a tester that complies with performance requirements in its
"Test Instruments (Normative)" Annex, complying with measurement accuracy
specified in its"Measurement Accuracy(Informative)"Annex. Use only test cords
and adapters that are qualified by test equipment manufacturer for channel or link
test configuration.
D. Document data for each measurement. Print data for submittals in a summary report that is
formatted using Table 10.1 in BICSI TDMM as a guide,or transfer the data from the instrument
to the computer,save as text files,print,and submit.
E. End-to-end cabling will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
1j. Prepare test and inspection reports.
END OF SECTION 260523
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Control Noltage Electrical Power Cables
City of Round Rock 260523 8
I
v 2022 CDM Snaith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 260533 -RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PARTI -GENERAL
LI RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
I. Metal conduits and fittings.
1 Nonmetallic conduits and fittings.
3. Metal wireways and auxiliary gutters,
4. Nonmetal wireways and auxiliary gutters,
5. Surface raceways.
6. Boxes,enclosures,and cabinets,
7. Handholes,and boxes for exterior underground cabling.
B. Related Requirements:
L Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping at conduit and box entrances.
2. Section 260543 "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems" for exterior
ductbanks,manholes,and underground utility construction.
L3 DEFINITIONS
A. ARC: Aluminum rigid conduit.
B. GRC: Galvanized rigid steel conduit.
C. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit,
D. SSC: Stainless steel conduit,
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover
enclosures,and cabinets.
Water'Freaonesit Mant Pressure Control Viflves Raceways and Boxes fbr Electrical Sytenis
City of Round Rock 260533- 1
�O 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination Drawings: Conduit routing plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items
are shown and coordinated with each other,using input from installers of items involved:
1. Structural members in paths of conduit groups with common supports.
2. HVAC and plumbing items and architectural features in paths of conduit groups with
common supports.
B. Qualification Data: For professional engineer.
C. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates, for enclosures, cabinets, and conduit racks and their
mounting provisions,including those for internal components,from manufacturer.
I. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of
assembled components or on calculation.
2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate
and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.
3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based
and their installation requirements.
4. Detailed description of conduit support devices and interconnections on which the
certification is based and their installation requirements,
D. Source quality-control reports.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Raceway and boxes located as indicated on Drawings, and at other locations required for
splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and compliance with regulatory
requirements. Raceway and boxes are shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned.
Provide raceway to complete wiring system.
B. Underground More than 5 feet outside Foundation Wall: Provide Type EPC-40,-PVC conduit
encased in concrete. Provide cast metal boxes or nonmetallic handhole.
C. Underground Within 5 feet from Foundation Wall: Provide PVC Coated rigid steel conduit.
Provide cast metal or nonmetallic boxes.
D. Under Slab or Below Grade: Type EPC Schedule 40 PVC conduit encased in concrete. PVC
Coated rigid steel factory bends greater than 22,5 degrees and for stub-ups through concrete
slabs. Provide cast or nonmetallic metal boxes.
E. On Grade: Type EPC Schedule 40 PUC conduit encased in concrete. PVC Coated rigid steel
factory bends greater than 22.5 degrees and for stub-ups through concrete slabs. Provide cast or
nonmetallic metal boxes.
F. Outdoor Locations, Above Grade: Provide FVC coated rigid steel. Provide PVC coated cast
metal outlet,pull,and junction boxes.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valvas Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Syterms
City of Round Rock 260533 -2
%'a 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
G. In Slab Above Grade: Provide PVC coated rigid steel conduit. Provide cast boxes,
H. Wet and Damp Locations: Provide rigid steel. Provide cast metal or nonmetallic outlet,junction,
and pull boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas.
1. Concealed Dry Locations: Provide rigid steel. Provide sheet-metal boxes. Provide flush
mounting outlet box in finished areas. Provide hinged enclosure for large pull boxes.
J. Exposed Dry Locations: Provide PVC coated rigid steel. Provide PVC coated cast boxes.
Provide hinged enclosure for large pull boxes.
K. Corrosive Locations: Provide PVC Coated Rigid Steel Conduit. Provide PVC coated cast or
sheet metal boxes,
L. Hazardous/Explosion Proof Locations(Class 1, Group D, Division 1): Provide PVC Rigid Steel
Conduit. Provide PVC coated cast iron boxes.
M. Exposed Equipment Connection: Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit, plastic jacketed,
galvanized steel, Anaconda "Sealtite" Type EF for general service areas, Type HC for high
temperature when used under raised floor or in air plenurns,
2.2 METAL CONDUITS AND FITTINGS
A. Metal Conduit:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Allied Tube&Conduit;a part of Atkore International.
b. Anamet Electrical, Inc.
C. O-Z/Gedney;a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation,
d. Or Equal.
2. Listing and Labeling: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing
agency,and marked for intended location and application.
3. GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6.
4, ARC: Comply with ANSI 080.5 and UL 6A.
5, IMC: Comply with ANSI 080.6 and UL 1242.
6, PVC-Coated Steel Conduit: PVC-coated rigid steel conduit.
a. Comply with NEMA RN 1.
b. Coating Thickness: 0.040 inch,minimum.
7. EMT- Comply with ANSI 080.3 and UL 797.
8. FMC: Comply with UL 1; zinc-coated steel,
9. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 3%
10, SSC: Comply with ASTM A312 and UL 6A. Type 316,
Water'Freatment Mant Pressure Cwarot Valves Raceways and Boxes,for Electirwal Sytems
Oty of Round Rock 2641531-3
...............
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. Metal Fittings:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following:
a. Allied Tube&Conduit;a part of Atkore International.
b. Or Equal.
2. Comply with NEMA F13 I and UL 51413,
3. Listing and Labeling: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing
agency, and marked for intended location and application.
4, Fittings,General: Listed and labeled for type of conduit, location,and use.
5. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 1203 and
NFPA 70.
6. Fittings for EMT:
a. Material: Steel.
b. Type:compression.
7. Expansion Fittings: PVC or steel to match conduit type, complying with UL 651, rated
for environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding
jumper.
8. Coating for Fittings for PVC-Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness of 0.040 inch, with
overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints.
9. Couplings and Thread Protectors: Threaded conduit shall have coupling on one end and a
thread protector on the other to protect the threads during normal handling and storage.
10. Galvanized iron or galvanized steel with steel conduit. Minimum of five threads for
threaded conduit.
11. Liquid-Tight Flexible Conduit Fittings: Galvanized steel, T&B 53XX series insulated
throat connector.Die-cast malleable fittings are not acceptable.
11 PVC Coated Fittings: Fittings for use with PVC coated RGS shall be PVC coated and
shall be products of the same manufacturer as the conduit.
C. Joint Compound for IMC, GRC, or ARC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities
having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and
protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity.
D. All steel conduit, exposed to weather or in contact with earth, shall be re-galvanized after
Threading:
1. "Galvanizing Powder M-32 I" (American Solder and Flux Company).
2. "Zincilate 810" (industrial Metal Protective, Inc.).
3. "Zinc Rich"coating(ZRC Chemical Products Company).
4. Or approved equal.
2.3 NONMETALLIC CONDUITS AND FITTINGS
A. Nonmetallic Conduit:
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Syterns
City of Round Rock 260533 A
c)2022 CDM Sn)itli 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following:
a. Thomas& Betts Corporation; A Member of the ABB Group.
b. Or Equal,
2. Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic conduit shall be listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and
application.
3. Fiberglass:
a. Comply with NEMA TC 14.
b. Comply with UL 2515 for aboveground raceways.
c. Comply with Ul,2420 for belowground raceways.
4. ENT: Comply with NEMA TC 13 and UL 1653.
5. RNC: Type EPC-40-PVC, complying with NEMA TC 2 and UL 651 unless otherwise
indicated.
6. LFNC: Comply with UL 1660.
* Rigid HDPE:Comply with UL 651 A.
* Continuous HDPE: Comply with UL 651A.
9, Coilable HDPE: Preassernbled with conductors or cables and complying with
ASTM D 3485.
10. RTRC: Comply with UL 2515A and NEMA TC 14.
B. Nonmetallic Fittings:
I Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following:
a. Thomas &Betts Corporation; A Member of the ABB Group.
b. Or Equal.
2. Material /strength characteristics to match conduit. Solvent welded as recommended by
manufacturer. Non-metallic female "ten-ninal" adapter for transition from non-metallic to
metallic.
3. Fittings,General: Listed and labeled for(ype of conduit, location,and use.
4. Fittings for ENT and RNC: Comply with NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type
and material,
a. Fittings for LFNC: Comply with UL 5148,
5. Solvents and Adhesives: As recommended by conduit manufacturer.
C. Conduit Supports- Provide the following types of conduit supports.
1. Trapezes:
a. Provide galvanized steel beams, channels, struts, hangers, bracing, rods, beam
clamps,accessories and components,in dry indoor areas.
Water Treaumit Mmi Pressure Conw.0 Vahves Racewaysand Boxes for Eleokcal Sytons
C4y of Round Rf,)ck 260533 5
(f,"f 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
b. in areas designated "WET', "DAMP" and "CORROSIVE" where indicated and in
outdoor locations use PVC coated steel beams, channels, struts or fiberglass
beams, channels, struts with stainless steel hangers, bracing, rods, beam clamps,
accessories and components. Provide fiberglass channels resistant to the chemicals
present in the area in which it is used,
2. Flush Mounted Supports:
a. In dry indoor areas, channels, struts, accessories and components shall be
galvanized steel.
b. In areas designated "WET", "DAMP" and "CORROSIVE" where indicated and in
outdoor locations use PVC coated steel channels, struts or fiberglass channels,
struts with stainless, accessories and components. Provide fiberglass channels,
struts resistant to the chemicals present in the area in which it is used.
3. Conduit Racks:
a. Provide galvanized steel, conduit racks, accessories and components in dry indoor
areas.
b. In areas designated "WET", "DAMP" and "CORROSIVE" where indicated and in
outdoor locations use PVC coated steel conduit racks or fiberglass conduit racks
with stainless, accessories and components. Provide fiberglass channels resistant to
the chemicals present in the area in which it is used.
4. Conduit Hangers:
a. Provide galvanized steel conduit clamps, rods, beam clamps, bracing, accessories
and components,in dry indoor areas.
b. In areas designated "WET", "DAMP" and "CORROSIVE" where indicated and in
outdoor locations use stainless steel conduit clamps, rods, beam clamps, bracing,
accessories and components.
2.4 METAL WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
I. 13-line,an Eaton business.
2. Hoffman; a brand of nVent.
3. Square D.
4. Or Equal.
B. Description: Sheet metal, complying with UL 870 and NEMA 250, Type 4 unless otherwise
indicated,and sized according to NFPA 70.
1 Metal wireways installed outdoors shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,by a
qualified testing agency,and marked for intended location and application,
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Syterns
City of Round Rock 260533-6
Oc 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Fittings and Accessories: Include covers, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters,
hold-down straps, end caps,and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for
complete system.
D. Wireway Covers: Flanged-and-gasketed type unless otherwise indicated,
E. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish.
15 NONMETALLIC WIRE-WAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1, Allied Moulded Products,Inc.
2. floffinan;a brand of nVent.
3. Lamson &Sessions.
4, Or Equal.
B. Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic wireways and auxiliary gutters shall be listed and labeled as
defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and
application,
C. Description: PVC, extruded and fabricated to required size and shape, and having snap-on
cover, mechanically coupled connections,and plastic fasteners.
D. Fittings and Accessories: Couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down
straps,end caps,and other fittings shall match and mate with wireways as required for complete
system.
E, Solvents and Adhesives: As recommended by conduit manufacturer,
16 SURFACE RACEWAYS
A, Listing and Labeling- Surface raceways and tele-power poles shall be listed and labeled as
defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and
application.
B. Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap-on covers complying with UL 5.
Manufacturer's standard enamel finish in color selected by Engineer.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following:
a. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems,
b. Or Equal,
C. Surface Nonmetallic Raceways: Two- or three-piece construction, complying with UL 5A, and
manufactured of rigid PVC with texture and color selected by Engineer from manufacturer's
standard colors. Product shall comply with UL 94 V-0 requirements for self-extinguishing
characteristics.
WmerTreatment Martz Pressure,Controt Valves Raceways and Boxes for Mccuical Symns
Cay oaf Round Rock 260533 -7
2022 CDM smith 8077-263948
All Rights Deserved February 2022
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following:
a. Hubbell Incorporated.
b. Or Equal.
2.7 HAZARDOUS(CLASSIFIED)LOCATION BOXES
A. Design explosion-proof boxes for Class 1, Group D, Division I hazardous locations. Provide
cast iron with cadmium-zinc or hot-dipped galvanized finish, stainless steel or hot-dipped
galvanized bolts;
1. Manufacturer: Provide products by one of the following:
a. -Type EJB,"by the Crouse-Hinds Company.
b. Appleton Electric Co.
c. The Pyle-National Co.
d. Or equal.
B. Design explosion-proof boxes for Class 1, Group D, Division I hazardous locations, provided
with O-ring seals to meet NEMA 4 requirements.
1. Boxes and Covers: Aluminum,with stainless steel hinges and stainless-steel bolts.
2. Manufacturer: Provide products by one of the following:
a. "Type EJB-N4,"by the Crouse-Hinds Co.
b. Appleton Electric Co.
C. Adalet-PLM.
d. Or equal.
2.8 MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS
A. Flexible Couplings:
I. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:
a. "Type ECGJH,"by the Crouse-Hinds Co.
K Appleton Electric Co.
C. Killark Electric Manufacturing Co.
d. Or equal.
B. Conduit Hubs:
I. Grounding type.
2. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:
a. Myers Electric Products, Inc.
b. Or equal.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control valves Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Sytems
City of*Round Rock 260533-8
%''2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Conduit Wall Seats For New Concrete Walls Below Grade:
I Products: Provide one of the following:
a. O.Z_�Gedney Co.,Type WSK; Linkscal.
b. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co.,Type WDI).
C. Or equal.
D, Conduit Wall Seals For Cored Holes:
1. Products: Provide one of the following:
a. Type CSMC as manufactured by the O.Z./Gedney Co.
b. Or equal.
E. Conduit Wall And Floor Seals For Sleeved Openings:
1. Products: Provide one of the following:
a, Type CSMI as manufactured by the O.Z./Gedney Co.
b, Or equal.
F. Combination Expansion-Deflection Fittings Embedded In Concrete:
I Products: Provide one of the following:
a. Type XD as manufactured by the Crouse-l-linds Co.
b. Type DX as manufactured by O.Z./Gedney Co.
C. Type DF as manufactured by Appleton Electric Co.
d. Or equal.
G. Combination Expansion-Deflection Fittings Installed Exposed:
I Products: Provide one of the following:
a. Type XD as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds Co.
b. Type DX as manufactured by O.Z.Gedney Co.
C, Type DF as manufactured by Appleton Electric Co.
& Or equal.
11. Explosion Proof Fittings:
I Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:
a. Crouse-Hinds Co,
b. Appleton Electric Co,
c" O.Z./Gedney Co,
tl. Or equal.
2, Suitable for the area classification and environment.
Water'Treanuerit Plant Pressure Control valves Raceways arid Boxes for IEne ctrwal Sytems
City of Rourid Rock 260533-9
C',,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
L Conduit Scaling Bushings:
1. Products: Provide one of the following:
a. O.Z./Gedney,Type CSB.
b. Or equal.
J. Grounding Bushings: Malleable iron with integral insulated throat rated for 300 degrees F, with
solderless lugs.
1. Products: Provide one of the following:
a. Crouse Hinds/Cooper,Series HGLL.
b. Appleton,Series GIB.
C. O.Z./Gedney,Type HBLG.
d. Or equal.
2.9 HARDWARE
A. Conduit Mounting Equipment:
1. In dry indoor areas, provide hangers, rods, backplates, beam clamps, channel, etc.
fabricated from galvanized iron or steel.
2. In areas indicated "WET" or "CORROSIVE" on the Drawings and in outdoor locations
use PVC coated steel channel with stainless steel hardware. Provide fiberglass channel
resistant to the chemicals present in the area in which it is used.
B. Furnish all supports, brackets, conduit sleeves, racks and bracing required. Provide boxes and
hardware fabricated from galvanized zinc plated steel, except provide stainless steel in areas
indicated as"WET"or"CORROSIVE" on the Drawings.
2.10 BOXES,ENCLOSURES,AND CABINETS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
I. Hoffman;a brand of nVent.
2. Hubbell Incorporated;Wiring Device-Kellems.
3. Or Equal.
B. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets
installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet locations.
C. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A.
D. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy, Type FD, with
gasketed cover.
E. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 2 and UL 5140.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Syterns
City of Round Rock 260533-10
(9)2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic floor boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and
application.
F. Luminaire Outlet Boxes: Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of luminaire weighing 50 lb_
Outlet boxes designed for attachment of luminaires weighing more than 50 lb. shall be listed
and marked for the maximum allowable weight,
G. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes:NEMA OS I
H. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB I and UL 1773,
galvanized,cast iron with gasketed cover,
1. Box extensions used to accommodate new building finishes shall be of same material as
recessed box.
J. Device Box Dimensions:4 inches square by 2-1/8 inches deep.
K. Gangable boxes are prohibited.
L. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: Comply with UL 50 and NEMA 250,Type 4 with continuous-hinge
cover with flush latch unless otherwise indicated,
I, Metal Enclosures: Steel,finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel.
a. Minimum 16 gauge galvanized steel,
b. Finish:Wash and phosphate undercoat with ANSI 61 gray polyester power finish,
1 Nonmetallic Enclosures: Fiberglass.
1 Interior Panels: Steel;all sides finished with manufacturer's standard enamel.
4. Stainless steel hinged cover with neoprene gasket,
5. Door: Continuous, full length, piano type hinge and stainless-steel pin on one side and
captive screw on the other. Door shall be equipped with padlock hasp with sealing hole
provisions,
6. Ground Lug Kit: #10-32 tapped hole provisions.
2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL FOR UNDERGROUND ENCLOSURES
A. Flandhole and Pull-Box Prototype Test: Test prototypes of handholes and boxes for compliance
with SCTE 77. Strength tests shall be for specified tier ratings of products supplied.
I, Tests of materials shall be performed by an independent testing agency.
2, Strength tests of complete boxes and covers shall be by either an independent testing
agency or manufacturer. A qualified registered professional engineer shall certify tests by
manufacturer.
3, 'resting machine pressure gages shall have current calibration certification complying
with ISO 9000 and ISO 10012 and traceable to NIST standards.
Waterl`rcatinctil Mant Pressure Contro�VAves Raceways and Bor xes for Decirical Sytmis
Cay of'Rotir)d Rock 260533- i I
,'r 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
PART`3-EXECUTION
3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION
A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated:
I. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic,
Electric Solenoid,or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC.
2. Boxes and Enclosures,Aboveground:NEMA 250,Type 4XSS.
B. Indoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated:
I. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4 stainless
steel in damp or wet locations.
C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3 4-inch trade size.
D. Raceway Fittings:Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location.
I. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings unless
otherwise indicated.Comply with NEMA FB 2.10.
2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with this
type of conduit. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after
installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer and
apply in thickness and number of coats recommended by manufacturer.
3. Flexible Conduit: Use only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit. Comply with
NEMA FB 2.20,
E. Do not install aluminum conduits,boxes,or fittings in contact with concrete or earth.
F. Install surface raceways only where indicated on Drawings.
G. Do not install nonmetallic conduit where ambient temperature exceeds 120 deg F.
H. Bond raceway and boxes in accordance with the NEC.
3.2 IDENTIFICATION
1. Junction or Tenninal Box:
a. Engraved, laminated plastic, not less than t/16-in thick by 3d4-in by 2-1/2-in with
3,16-inch high white letters on a black background.
b. Label shall identify the name or number of the junction or terminal box.
2. Branch Circuits in Outlet Boxes: Wrap-around labels (T&B, BRADY or 3M) showing
circuit number.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Syterns
City of Round Rock 260533- 12
(0 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA I and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements
on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NECA 102 for aluminum conduits,
Comply with NFA 70 limitations for types of raceways allowed in specific occupancies and
number of floors,
B. Do not install raceways or electrical items on any "explosion-relief" walls or rotating
equipment.
C. Do not fasten conduits onto the bottom side of a metal deck roof,
D. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes.
Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.
E. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation.
F. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above finished slab,
G. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for
control wiring conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches of
changes in direction.
H. Make bends in raceway using large-radius preformed ells. Field bending shall be according to
NFPA 70 minimum radii requirements. Use only equipment specifically designed for material
and size involved.
1. Changes in direction of conduits shall be made with fittings or bends,meeting the requirements
of NEC and minimum bend radius of the cable.
J. Bends and offsets for non-metallic conduit or plastic-coated steel shall be factory approved.
K. Conceal conduit within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install
conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines,
L. Support conduit within 12 inches of enclosures to which attached.
M, Raceways Embedded in Slabs:
I Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size, parallel or at fight angles to main
reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab
support. Secure raceways to reinforcement at maximum 10-foot intervals.
1 Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion
fittings.
1 Arrange raceways to keep a minimum of 2 inches of concrete cover in all directions.
4, Do not embed threadless fittings in concrete unless specifically approved by Engineer for
each specific location,
N. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply
listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound
manufacturer's written instructions.
Waterl reaMent Mant Pressure Convot Valves Raceways and Boxes for Hectrwal Sytems
City of'Round R(Kk 260533 - 13
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
O. All steel conduit, exposed to weather or in contact with earth, shall be re-galvanized after
threading.
P. Coat field-cut threads on PVC-coated raceway with a corrosion-preventing conductive
compound prior to assembly.
Q. Raceway'Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings
to protect conductors including conductors smaller than No.4 AWG.
R. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes
or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to 1-1/4-inch trade size and insulated throat metal
bushings on 1-1,12-inch trade size and larger conduits terminated with locknuts. Install insulated
throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits.
S. Install raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at outdoor or in wet enclosures with
hubs.
T. Install raceways square to the enclosure and ten-ninate at enclosures with locknuts. Install
locknuts hand tight plus 1/4 turn more.
U. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in
the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to assure a continuous ground path.
V. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits 2-inch trade size and larger, use roll cutter
or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular to the length.
W. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not
less than 200-1b tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. Cap
underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use.
I. Jet Line,Cat.No.232,polyolefin,or approved equal.
X Surface Raceways:
I. Install surface raceway with a minimum 2-inch radius control at bend points.
2. Secure surface raceway with screws or other anchor-type devices at intervals not
exceeding 48 inches and with no less than two supports per straight raceway section.
Support surface raceway according to manufacturer's written instructions. Tape and glue
are not acceptable support methods.
Y. Install raceway sealing fittings at accessible locations according to NFPA 70 and fill them with
listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a
blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway
sealing fittings according to NFPA 70.
Z. Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or
boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all
raceways at the following points:
I. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated
spaces.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Sytems
City of Round Rock 260533 14
«2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2. Where an underground service raceway enters a building or structure.
3. Conduit extending from interior to exterior of building.
4. Conduit extending into pressurized duct and equipment.
5. Conduit extending into pressurized zones that are automatically controlled to maintain
different pressure set points.
6. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70,
7. Seat conduit entries with approved mastic sealant, listed by the manufacturer.
AA. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for solvent welding RNC and fittings.
1313. Expansion-Joint Fittings:
L Install in each run of aboveground RNC that is located where environmental temperature
change may exceed 30 deg F and that has straight-run length that exceeds 25 feet. Install
in each run of aboveground RMC conduit that is located where environmental
temperature change may exceed 100 deg F and that has straight-run length that exceeds
100 feet.
2. Install type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for each
of the following locations:
a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F temperature change.
b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F temperature change,
C. Indoor Spaces Connected with Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F
temperature change.
3. Install fitting(s)that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot
of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change for PVC conduits. Install
fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.000078 inch per foot of
length of straight run per deg F of temperature change for metal conduits.
4. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits cross building or structure
expansion joints.
5. Install each expansion joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected
according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time
of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement.
CC, Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 36 inches of
flexible conduit for recessed and semi-recessed luminaires,equipment subject to vibration,
noise transmission,or movement; and for transformers and motors.
I. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage,
1 Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage.
DD, Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not
individually indicated,give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to
center of box unless otherwise indicated.
EE. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw-cut opening for box in center ot'cell of masonry block
and install box flush with surface of wall. Prepare block surfaces to provide a flat surface for a
raintight connection between box and cover plate or supported equipment and box.
WaterTreatme"t Plaint Presiure Control Valves Raceways and Boxei for Electncal Sytenss
Cay of'Round R4wk 260533- l 5
0 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
FF. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls, so they are not in the same
vertical channel.
GG. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes.
HH. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing
members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for the purpose.
It. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by
conduits.
JJ. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface.
KK Set nonmetallic floor boxes level.Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor surface.
LL. In hazardous locations, seal conduits tenninating at boxes enclosing circuit opening equipment
at the entrance to the enclosure with approved compound filled scaling fittings to prevent
passage of explosive or combustible gases through the conduits. Similarly seal all conduits
leading from or entering hazardous locations at points of exit or entrance. Seal exposed conduits
passing through hazardous locations at both the entrance to and the exit from the hazardous
locations. A sealing compound installation schedule shall be presented to the Engineer for
approval. Sign off on each installation and present the compound installation schedule to the
Engineer for final sign-off. Each fitting shall be legibly marked with red paint to indicate that
the sealing compound has been installed.
MM. Install conduit sealing and drain fittings in all hazardous (classified) areas designated Class 1,
Division 1,and Class 1, Division 2.
NN. Install conduit sealing and drain fittings on all conduits entering and leaving any area containing
noxious gases to prevent contamination into clean areas via the conduit system. Areas requiring
this protection are: rooms where chlorine, ammonia, and ozone are stored, generated or heated.
A sealing compound installation schedule shall be presented to Engineer for approval. Sign off
on each installation and present the compound installation schedule to the Engineer for final
sign-off. Each fitting shall be legibly marked with red paint to indicate that the sealing
compound has been installed.
00. Use liquid-tight flexible metal conduit for all motor terminations, the primary and secondary of
transformers, generator terminations and other equipment where vibration is present or may
require removal. The length of liquid-fight flexible metal conduit shall not exceed 36
incheswhen used for vibration isolation and shall not exceed 72 inchesin length when attaching
to luminaires. Non-i-netallic flexible conduit shall only be allowed for use with rigid PVC
conduit systems.
PP. Flexible couplings shall be used in hazardous locations for all motor terminations and other
equipment where vibration is present.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT
A. Direct-Buried Conduit:
Water'freatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Syterns
City of Round Rock 260533 16
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 All steel conduit, exposed to weather or in contact with earth,shall be re-galvanized after
threading,
1 Steel conduit in contact with earth shall be PVC Coated rigid steel.
3. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. Prepare trench
bottom as specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for pipe less than 6 inches in
nominal diameter.
4. Install backfill as specified in Section 312000"Earth Moving."
5. After installing conduit, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end
of conduit run,leaving conduit at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction
as temperature changes during this process. Firmly hand tamp backfill around conduit to
provide maximum supporting strength. After placing controlled backfill to within 12
inches of finished grade, make final conduit connection at end of run and complete
backfilling with normal compaction as specified in Section 312000"Earth Moving,"
6. Install manufactured duct elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at building
entrances through floor unless otherwise indicated. Encase elbows for stub-tip ducts
throughout length of elbow.
a. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose and encase
coupling with 3 inches of concrete for a minimum of 12 inches on each side of the
coupling.
b. For stub-ups at equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases and where conduits
penetrate building foundations, extend steel conduit horizontally a minimum of
60 inches from edge of foundation or equipment base. Install insulated grounding
bushings on terminations at equipment.
7. Underground Warning Tape,
15 INSTALLATION OFUNDERGROUND HANDHOLES AND BOXES
A. Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with
connecting conduits to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances.
B. Unless otherwise indicated,support units on a level bed of crushed stone or gravel,graded from
1/2-inch sieve to No,4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth.
C. Elevation- In paved areas, set so cover surface will be flush with finished grade. Set covers of
other enclosures I inch above finished grade.
D. Install liandlioles with bottom below frost line,
E. Install removable hardware,including pulling eyes, cable stanchions, cable arms, and insulators,
as required for installation and support of cables and conductors and as indicated. Select arm
lengths to be long enough to provide spare space for future cables but short enough to preserve
adequate working clearances in enclosure.
F. Field-cut openings for conduits according to enclosure manufacturer's written instructions. Cut
wall of enclosure with a tool designed for material to be cut. Size holes for terminating fittings
to be used,and seal around penetrations after fittings are installed.
Water Treatment Plant Presswe Convol VaNes Raceways and Bexes for Fleemcal Sytems
Coy offkokind Rock 260533- q7
............
C 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3.6 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS
A. Install Osleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies.
33 FIRESTOPPING
A. Install firestopping at penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. Comply with
requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping."
3.8 PROTECTION
A. Protect coatings,finishes,and cabinets from damage and deterioration.
1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by
manufacturer.
1 Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating
recommended by manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 260533
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Sytems
City of Round Rock 260533- 18
#0 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 330519-DUCTILE-IRON UTILITY PIPE FOR WATER SERVICE
PART I -GENERAL
I'l RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Materials, equipment and incidentals required to install, disinfect, and test ductile iron
pipe and fittings for yard piping as shown on Drawings and as specified.
a. The word"pipe" is used to refer to pipe, fittings,or appurtenances unless otherwise
noted.
1 Yard Piping: Includes piping and fittings extending outward, upward and downward into
the ground frorn the outside face of all buildings. Unless otherwise noted, non-buried
pipe outside a building,including in utility tunnels,shall be specified in Division 40.
3. Locate piping as shown on the Drawings. The Engineer reserves the right to make
modifications in locations as may be found desirable to avoid interference between pipes
or for other reasons.
B. Related Requirements:
I. Section 312333'*Trenching and Backfilling,"
1 Section 312500"Erosion and Sedimentation Controls."
L3 ACTION SUBMI'17ALS
A. Shop Drawings and Product Data:
L Including piping layouts, design calculations, warranty infitinnation, test reports, in
accordance with Section 013300"Submittal Procedures"and referenced standards.
2. Design calculations in accordance with "Pipe Wall Thickness Analysis" Paragraph under
Part 2 Products, signed by a Professional Engineer, as noted in Section 013300
"Submittal Procedures",
1 Name of pipe and fitting suppliers and a list of materials to be furnished.
4. Anticipated production and delivery schedule.
IA INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Prior to Pipe Shipment:
Water Treament Hant Pressure Contro�Valves Dixtile-Iron Utdity Pipe for Water Service
City of Round Rock 330519 . 1
C 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 Certified copies of mill tests confirming type of materials used in pipe, and shop testing
of pipe to show compliance with requirements of applicable standards, along with a
sworn affidavit of compliance that pipe complies with referenced standards.
2. Certified affidavit of compliance from manufacturer stating that pipe, fittings, gaskets,
linings and exterior coatings for project have been manufactured and tested in accordance
with AWWA and ASTM standards and requirements specified herein.
B. Copies of shop tests,including hydrostatic tests.
C. Field Quality Control Submittals: Document results of required tests and inspections.
D. Qualifications Statements:
1. Manufacturer's approval of fabricator.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work according to standard specifications.
B. Pipe and Fitting Connections: Pipe to be supplied by a single manufacturer and fittings
supplied by multiple manufacturers.
C. Hydrostatically tested at point of manufacture to 500 psi for a duration of 10 seconds per
AWWA 0151.Testing may be performed prior to machining bell and spigot.
I. Test Failure: Defined as any leak or rupture of pipe wall.
2. Certified test results furnished in duplicate to Engineer 5 days prior to shipment.
D. Pipe and Fittings:
I. Tested at foundry as required by specified referenced standards.
1 Certified test results furnished in duplicate to Engineer 5 days prior to shipment.
E. Inspection of Pipe and Fittings After Delivery: By Engineer or representative of Owner.
1. Pipe and fittings subject to rejection if failing to meet specified requirements even though
pipe may have been accepted as satisfactory at the place of manufacture.
2. Pipe rejected after delivery (including defects from manufacturing or delivery/transport)
to be marked for identification and immediately removed from the job.
F. Pipe and fittings installed under this Contract may be inspected at the factory for compliance
with this Section by an independent testing laboratory selected by Owner at Owner's expense.
G. Manufacturer's Representative:
L Made available to Owner and owner's representative during the manufacturing,
furnishing, transporting, and unloading of pipe, as well as during installation and testing
of pipe to assist in insuring that pipe is properly fabricated, transported, unloaded, stored
in the field,joined and tested.
1 Manufacturer's responsibilities relate only to the proper care and treatment of pipe during
these procedures and not techniques or procedures used during installation and testing.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Ductile-iron Utility Pipe for Water Service
City of Round Rock 330519-2
K')2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3. Cost for services of the factory representative, including expenses, to be considered
incidental to the project and will not be paid separately.
1-1. Pipe and fittings marked in accordance with all applicable AWWA standards. Legibly and
permanently mark pipe, fittings, specials and appurtenances to be consistent with the laying
schedule and marking drawings(if required)with the following information:
1. Manufacturer.
2. Date of manufacture.
3. Size,type,class,or wall thickness.
4. AWWA Standard(s)produced to.
5. Pipe identified with sequential numbering consistent with the laying schedule and
marking drawings and each marked pipe will appear on the marking drawings in the
identified location for installation,
6. Special fittings, bends, and appurtenances requiring specific orientation will be
appropriately marked with words"TOP"in correct position and in a consistent location.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer shall meet the following criteria and furnish necessary project information, which
demonstrates required experience:
I Experience that includes successful fabrication (followed by installation, acceptance and
service) to AWWA 0151 standards of' at least 50,000 lineal feet of largest specified
diameter or larger ductile iron pipe with similar linings/coatings within the past 5 years.
2. Experience to include successful fabrication of at least 50 fittings it) compliance with
AWWA 0110 or 0153 of largest specified diameter or larger with similar lining/coatings
within the past 5 years.
3. Experience that includes successful fabrication (followed by installation, acceptance and
service) of at least 10,000 lineal feet of largest specified diameter or larger push-on style,
boldess restrained joint for ductile iron pipe within the last 5 years.
B, Pipe Origin: Manufactured in the United States. Ductile iron pipe to be supplied by a single
manufacturer.
C. Fittings Origin: Manufactured in or outside the United States, but supplied by one of the named
pipe fitting manufacturers in Part 2 or Engineer approved equal. Ductile iron fittings to be
supplied by a single manufacturer. Written certification fittings are compatible with the supplied
brand of pipe.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: Per AWWA 0600 and referenced AWWA Standards for shipping, handling arid
storage procedures,
1. Deliver materials in manufacturer's packaging including application instructions.
2. Handle to prevent injury to pipe,pipe linings and pipe coatings.
Water Treatineni Hant Pressure Control VMves Dueffle4roni Utday Npe for Water Service
City ofRound Rock 33050, 3
20 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
a. Examine pipe and fittings as noted in Division 01. Damage to linings or coatings
discovered during examination to be repaired to the satisfaction of Engineer before
proceeding with work.
3. Transport pipe to job site on padded bunks or oak timbers and secured with steel banding
or nylon tic down straps adequately protecting pipe and coating.
a. Handle pipe using slings, hooks, pipe tongs or other devices acceptable to
Engineer.
b. Do not use non-cushioned ropes, chairs, wedges, cables or levers when handling
finished pipe,fittings or couplings.
C. Do not drop pipe or fittings.
d. Do not skid pipe or fittings against each other.
e. Do not mar pipe or fitting coatings.
f. Utilize padded wooden pipe cradles, or chocks suitable for protecting coatings
between and beneath finished pipes when pipes are placed upon rough surfaces.
B. Storage:
I Do not store pipe on bare ground unless soft sand berms are used to support pipe and is
approved by Engineer.
2. Keep materials safe from damage if stored. Interior of pipe, fittings and other
appurtenances to be kept free from dirt,excessive corrosion or foreign matter.
3. Do not stack pipe higher than lit-nits recommended by manufacturer. Keep bottom tier
off ground using timbers, rails, or concrete. Stacking to conform to manufacturer's
recommendations and/or AWWA 0600.
4. Store gaskets for mechanical and push-on joints in a coot location out of direct sunlight;
not in contact with petroleum products. Use gaskets on a first-in, first-out basis.
C. Protection:
I Lined and coated pipe: Suitably protected from exposure and heating from sun. Follow
procedures recommended by coating and lining system manufacturer.
a. Exposure will not be allowed except for short periods such as installation,
assembly and repairs.
2. Metal tools or heavy objects are not permitted to come in contact unnecessarily with
finished coating.
a. Workers may walk on coated pipe only when necessary, and only when wearing
footwear with rubber or composition soles and heels sufficiently free of dirt and
mud so coating remains undamaged.
3. Prevent damage to linings and coatings caused by handling, onsite storage, and exposure
to low temperatures(due to embrittlement),high temperatures,or direct sunlight.
D. Inspection: Inspect for damage.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Ductile,Iron Utility Pipe for Water Service
City of Round Rock 330519-4
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.8 EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify field locations and sizes of connections to existing piping and
equipment prior to submitting pipe lay drawings.
I. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings,
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Furnish two year manufacturer's warranty for ductile iron pipe and fittings front date of
substantial completion.
13. Manufacturer warrants materials and workmanship from defects for ductile iron pipe and
fittings.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEMS
A. Assure compatibility between joints of all items supplied.
2.2 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
A. Manufacturers: Provide pipe and fittings supplied by:
I. American Cast Iron Pipe Co.
2. U,S. Pipe and Foundry.
3. Griffin Pipe Products.
B. Fitting Certification: From Fitting manufacturer, written certification that fittings are compatible
with supplied brand of pipe,
C. Ductile Iron Pipe: Per AWWA 0151. Provide in standard lengths as much as possible.
D. Thickness Design: Per AWWA C 150,except as follows:
I. Piping 12 inches(305 mm)and Smaller: Minimum Class 350,
1 Piping 14 inches(355 mm)to 20 inches(508 mm): Minimum Class 250.
1 Piping Larger than 24 inches(6 10 rnin): Minimum Class 200.
E. Pipe Wall Thickness Analysis:
I. Tensile strength: 60,000 psi.
2. Yield strength of'42,000 psi (per AWWA M-41).
3. Design and analyze external and internal pressures separately. Use the larger of two to
determine the net design thickness.
4. Design additional allowances for service allowance and casting tolerance per AWWA
C150.
WaiCer`t`reatrnenr Ma nt Pressure Control VaVves Duefile-Iron 1julay'P'pe for Water Servirce
Cay of Round Rock 330519-5
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
23 END TREATMENTS/JOfNTS
1. Unrestrained Pipe and Fitting Joints: Push-on rubber gasket type or rubber-gasket
mechanical joint per AWWA C 111.
2. Unless otherwise specifically noted,all piping shall be restrained,
3. Restrained Pipe and Fitting Joints: Push-on rubber gasket, locking ring type joints per
manufacturer'standard described below.
4. Gasket materials: Per Table 5-1 of AWWA M-41.
a. Rubber-Gasket Joints: Per AWWA CI 11. Styrene butadiene rubber(SBR).
5. Restraints for push-on joint pipe and fittings to be positive locking, utilizing restraints
independent of joint gasket.
a. Joint Test Pressure 150 psig.
b, Joint Fabrication: Heavy section ductile iron casting.
C. Bolts and Nuts: Low carbon steel conforming to ASTM At 93,Grade B7.
d. Restraint for mechanical joint pipe shall use retainer glands for restraining joint.
6. Provide restrained push on joints from one of the following manufacturers or an Engineer
approved equivalent.
a. US Pipe and Foundry Company: "TR Flex."
b. American Cast Iron Pipe Company: "Lok-Ring" or "Flex Ring (positive locking
style)."
C. Griffin Pipe Products Company: "Snap Lok."
d. Clow Water Systems Company: "Superlok."
7. Determine minimum number of restrained joints required for resisting forces at fittings
and changes in direction of pipe from length of restrained pipe on each side of fittings
and changes in direction necessary to develop adequate resistance friction with soil,
a. Required lengths of restrained joints shall be as shown on Drawings.
8. Restrained pipe joints incorporating cut out sections in pipe wall must have a minimum
wall thickness at cut out corresponding with minimum specified wall thickness for the
rest of pipe.
9. For up through 48-inch diameter ductile iron pipe only, the following may be used as an
alternative restraint system.
M Pipe manufacturer proprietary mechanical joint restraint systems that utilize a wedge-
style gripping system or a gland/ring positive restraint system will be considered
acceptable on a case-by-case basis as determined by Engineer.
a. Optional mechanical joint restraint shall be incorporated in the design of a follower
gland. Gland shall be manufactured of ductile iron per ASTM A536. Dimensions
of gland must be such that it can be used with standard mechanical joint bell and
tee-headed bolts,as specified with pipe.
b. Restraint Mechanism:
1) Individually activated gripping surfaces maximizing restraint capability.
2) Wedges designed to spread bearing surfaces on pipe.
3) Torque limiting twist-off nuts sized same as T bolts for mechanical joints.
When nut is sheared off,standard hex nut shall remain.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Ductile•tron Utility Pipe for Water Service
City of Round Rock 330519-6
.. ........ ........................_,__ ,
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Restraint Device for Ductile Iron Pipe: EBAA Iron Megalug Series 1100, or
approved equivalent,
1) Working Pressure: 250 psi and a safety factor of 2:1.
11. Couplings and Adapters Sleeve Type Couplings: Dresser Style 38, 138 or equivalent by:
a. Ford Meter Box Co.
b, Smith Blair
C. Romac Industries.
12, Buried Sleeve-Type Couplings: Protective wrapping of"Denso" material by DENSO Inc.
of Texas or equivalent.
a. Where "Dense" material is used, pack joint with "Densyl mastic" to give an even
contour for wrapping with "Densopol" tape,
b. Apply a 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) thick coating of "Denso" paste followed by 4 inch
(100 mm) or more wide "Densopol" tape wound spirally around joint with at least
50 percent overlap.
2.4 FI'T'"T"INGS
I Pipe Fittings: Ductile iron per AWWA 0110 or AWWA 0153 as applicable. Fittings to
have the same pressure rating,as a minimum,of the connecting pipe.
a. Piping 24 inch and smaller: minimum pressure rating of 200 psi,
2. Closures: Made with mechanical joint ductile iron solid sleeves. Locate in straight runs of
pipe at minimum cover outside the limits of restrained joint sections; subject to approval
of Engineer.
1 Weld-on Outlets: May be used as an alternative to ductile iron cast fittings. Limited to
branch outlets having a nominal diameter not greater than 30 percent of nominal diameter
of main pipe,or 14 inches diameter,whichever is smaller.
a. May be provided as radial tee outlet, tangential outlet,or lateral outlet fabricated at
a specific angle to main pipe (in I degree increments between 45 and 90 degrees
from axis of main pipe).
b. Welded onto pipe under supervision of a qualified welder at same facility where
pipe is manufactured. Pipe manufacturer to have 5 years' experience in fabrication
and testing of outlets of similar size and configuration. Field welding of outlets is
not acceptable.
c. Joints to be compatible with connecting pipe and meet where applicable,
requirements of ANSFAWWA CI I I/A2 1,11 and/or ANSI/'AWWA C I 151A2 1.1 5.
d. Welding Procedures: As determined by pipe manufacturer,
I Parent pipe and branch outlet candidate pipe shall be centrifugally cast
ductile iron pipe.
a) Designed per ANSFAWWA C 150/A21.50
b) Manufactured per ANSFAWWA CIS VA2 1.5 1.
c) Minimum class for sizes 4 through 54 inch;special thickness class 53,
e. Rated for working pressure indicated on Drawings and connecting pipe.
Water'rreannent Nant Pressure Convol Valves Mode Iron Uhh�y Npe For Water Service
C'uty of'Round Rock 3305N-7
t' 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
f. Prior to application of coating or lining in outlet area,weldments for branch outlets
supplied for this project will be subjected to a hydrostatic test of 500 psi. No
leakage is allowed on hydrostatic test. Hydrostatic test shall be done prior to
cutting out parent pipe. Rating, safety factor and testing must be certified and
contained in manufacturer's submittal package.
2.5 LININGS,COATINGS& CORROSION PROTECTION
A. Interior Lining:
1. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall have same type of lining.
2. Cement Mortar Lining: Per AWWA 0104 standard thickness. Cement type per ASTM
C150.
B. Exterior Coating
I. Buried pipe installed with bituminous coating per AWWA 0151 and CI 10 respectively.
2. Install buried pipe with polyethylene encasement.
a. Polyethylene Encasement: 8 mils thickness meeting standards per AWWA 0105.
I Three layers of co-extruded linear low-density polyethylene(LLDPE), fused
into a single thickness not less than eight mils. lnftise inside surface in
contact with pipe exterior with an antimicrobial compound and volatile
corrosion inhibitor blend, mitigating microbiologically influenced corrosion
galvanic corrosion.
2) Polyethylene encasement shall be V-Bio,as patented by DIPRA.
b. Manufacturers:
I) North Town Company.
2) AA Thread and Seal Tape,Inc.
3) Sigma Corp,
C. Size Requirements: Per TABLE 3, section 2.15 of DIPRA's Installation Guide for
Ductile Iron Pipe.
d, Test Results: Submitted to Engineer for approval prior to use.
1) Testing: Independent testing agency certifying polyethylene encasement
meets criteria established by AWWA 0105 associated with tensile strength,
elongation, dielectric strength, impact resistance, and propagation tear
resistance.
2) Samples: Include with test results,
C. Plastic Adhesive Tape: 2 inch (50 mm) for seating seams, cuts, or tears in
polyethylene encasement.Duct tape is not acceptable.
1) Calpico Vinyl.
2) Polyken.
3) U.P.C.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Ductile-Iron Utility Pipe for Water Service
City of Round Rock 330519-8
,c)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
PART - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Handle piping and fittings per "Delivery, Storage, and Handling" Article in Part I of this
specification.
B. Examine pipe and fittings before laying. Repair any damage to pipe, lining or coatings per
manufacturer's recommendations prior to installation.
C. Interior of all pipe, fittings and other appurtenances shall be kept free from dirt, excessive
corrosion or foreign matter at all times,
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Installed per requirements of A 0600,unless otherwise specified.
I Provide firm, even bearing length of pipe. Dig bell holes at each joint. Tamp backfill
materials on pipe sides to springline per details on Drawings,
2. Blocking is not permitted.
3, Replace with sound pipe or fitting, defective pipe or fitting discovered after having been
laid,
4. When laid, pipe and fittings shall perform to lines and grades required. When laying is
not in progress,close open ends of pipe with watertight plug or other approved means.
5. Place sufficient backfill to prevent flotation. Joint deflection not to exceed manufacturer's
recommendation.
6. Pipe Laid Underground: 4 feet cover unless Drawings show otherwise or otherwise
specified.
7. Lay pipe such that invert elevations shown on Drawings are not exceeded.
8. Provide fittings, in addition to those shown on Drawings, where required, in crossing
utilities which may be encountered upon opening trench. Install solid sleeve closures at
locations approved by Engineer.
9. Pipe Interior: Maintain dry and broom clean throughout construction period.
M Field Cutting Pipe: When required, smooth cut by machine perpendicular to pipe axis.
Bevel cut pipe ends per manufacturer's recommendations for spigot end,
a. Repair coating removed from cut per manufacturer's recommendation and/or
coating and lining paragraphs of Part 2 above(whichever method is more stringent
in opinion of Engineer),
b. Cement lining shall be undamaged.
c. Cutting of restrained joint pipe will not be allowed, unless approved at specific
joints in conjunction with use of restrainer glands by EB AA Iron or field adaptable
restrained joints.
d. "Where Field Cuts are Permitted"Pipe supplied by factory as "gauged full length".
I Gauged Full Length Pipe is Unavailable: Pipe to be field gauged at location
of new spigot using a measuring tape, or other means approved by
manufacturer, to verify that diameter is within tolerances permitted in Table
I of AWWA C151.
WarerTreaurient Maw Pressure Cowrol Valves Ducide tron Willay Pipe for Water Service
011y of Round Rock 3305 N-9
)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. Jointing Ductile-Iron Pipe:
I Push-On Joints: Install per manufacturer's instructions,AWWA 0600 and Appendix B of
AWWA 0111. If there is conflict,manufacturer's instructions take precedence.
a. Lay pipe with bell ends looking ahead.
b. Insert rubber gasket in groove of bell end of pipe.
C. Clean and lubricate joint surfaces
d. Align plain end of pipe with bell of pipe to which it is to be joined and pushed
home.
e. Metal feeler shall be used to make certain that rubber gasket is properly seated.
2. Mechanical Joints: Assembled per manufacturer's instructions, AWWA 0600 and
Appendix A of AWWA 0111. If there is conflict, manufacturer's instructions take
precedence.
a. Lay pipe with bell ends looking ahead.
K Clean and lubricate joint surfaces and rubber gasket.
C. Tighten bolts to specified torques.
d. Extension wrenches or pipe over handle of ordinary ratchet wrench are not allowed
to secure greater leverage.
e. Encapsulate bolts and nuts using wax sealing tape per AWWA Standard 0217.
f. Install polyethylene encasement as specified.
3. Bolts in Mechanical or Restrained Joints:Tightened alternately and evenly.
4. Restraint for Mechanical Joint Pipe:
a. Retainer glands for restraining joint.
b. Restrained mechanical joints to be suitable for specified test pressure.
C, Installed according to pipe manufacturer's instructions.
5. Flanged Joints: Assembled per manufacturer's instructions and Appendix C of AWWA
CI 11. If there is conflict, manufacturer's instructions take precedence.
a, Ensure there is no restraint on opposite ends of pipe or fitting, which would
prevent uniform gasket compression, cause unnecessary stress, bending or
torsional strains,or distortion of flanges or flanged fittings.
b. Adjoining push-on joints are not to be assembled until flanged joints have been
tightened.
C. Tighten flange bolts for uniform gasket compression and sealing.
1) Leave flange bolts with approximately 1/2 inch (13 mm) projection beyond
nut face after tightening.
d. Encapsulate bolts and nuts using wax sealing tape per AWWA Standard 0217.
6, Sleeve Couplings: Only installed for closure or as shown on Drawings. Do not assemble
couplings until adjoining joints have been assembled.
a. Encapsulate bolts and nuts using wax sealing tape per AWWA Standard 0217.
Water Treatment Plant pressure Control Valves Ductile.Iron Utility Pipe for Water Service
City of Round Rock 330519 ti 10
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
b. Install protective wrap recommended by manufacturer or as required herein.
Maintain insulating properties of insulating and dielectric couplings.
T Blowoffs, outlets, valves, fittings and other appurtenances to be set and jointed as
indicated on Drawings and per manufacturer's instructions,
C. Polyethylene Encasement:
I. Install polyethylene encasement around ductile iron pipe to limits shown on Drawings
and in accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendations,
a. Installed per ANSF AWWA C1051A21.5, Method 'A' in accordance with section
2.15 of DIPRA's Installation Guide for Ductile Iron Pipe,
1 Use a fabric type or padded sling when handling pipe to prevent damage to encasement.
3, Seal seams with approved 2 inch(50 mm)wide plastic adhesive tape.
4. Repair encasement rips or tears with tape and film per ANSI/AWWA C 105/A21.5.
5. When backfilling do not damage polyethylene encasement.
3.3 CONNECTIONS TO s,rRUCTURES
A. Utilize wall sleeves for pipes passing through walls designed to pass through wall via restrained
piping unless otherwise specified,
13. Encase piping underneath structures in reinforced concrete as shown in Drawings.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A, Replace with sound pipe or fitting,defective pipe or fitting discovered after having been laid.
B. Thoroughly clean pipe and fittings before laying. Keep clean until used in Work.
C. Pipe and fittings,when installed or laid,shall conform to lines and grades required.
15 FILLING AND TESTING
I. After Installation: Test pipe shall for compliance as specified.
a. Furnish necessary equipment and labor for hydrostatic pressure,testing pipelines.
b. Submit detailed test procedures and methods per AWWA 0600 for Engineer's
review and approval at least 10 days prior to testing
2. Pressure Pipelines: Subjected to hydrostatic pressure of 50 psig greater than the working
pressure at the highest point along the test segment, or as below, the greater of the two
shall apply.
a. Potable Water Service:Test at 125 prig minimum.
b. Maintained test pressure for 4 hours.
C, Hydrostatic testing allowances are not to exceed those indicated in AWWA C600.
Water 1"reatinoir Plaw Pressur�e,Conlroll Valves Ductile-lroii Mlity P")e for Water So-vice
City of Rokisid Rock 33015l9 V I
*)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
d. Provide suitable restrained bulkheads as required to complete specified hydrostatic
testing.
e. Make taps and furnish necessary caps,plugs,etc.,required to conduct testing.
3. Valves and Valve Boxes"Properly located,installed and operable prior to testing.
4. Owner will provide a source of supply from existing treated water distribution system for
use in filling lines. An air break shall be maintained at all times between the distribution
system and equipment to prevent cross-connection.
a. Fill pipeline at a rate of 1400 gpm or less. Maintain specified test pressure in pipe
for entire test period. Provide accurate means for measuring quantity of makeup
water required to maintain this pressure.
5. Pressure Test Duration:4 hours.
a. Correct visible deficiencies and continue testing at same test pressure for
additional four hours to determine leakage rate.
b. Maintain pressure within plus or minus 5 psi of test pressure.
C, Leakage is defined as quantity of water supplied to piping necessary to maintain
test pressure during period of test.
d. Compute maximum allowable leakage by following formula:
I) L— SD x sqrt(P)/C.
2) L testing allowance in gpli,
3) S length of pipe tested in feet.
4) D nominal diameter of pipe in inches.
5) P average test pressure during hydrostatic test in psig.
6) C 155,400.
7) If pipe under test contains sections of various diameters,calculate allowable
leakage from sum of computed leakage for each size.
e. If test of pipe indicates leakage greater than allowed, locate source of leakage,
make corrections,and retest until leakage is within allowable limits.
f. Correct visible leaks regardless of quantity of leakage.
g. Repair leaks evident at the surface regardless of total leakage as shown by test.
K Repair lines failing to meet tests. Retest as necessary until test requirements are
met.
i. Defective materials,pipes,valves,and accessories shall be removed and replaced.
3.6 CLEANING AND DISINFECTION
A. At conclusion of Work,thoroughly clean pipes by flushing with water or other means to remove
dirt, stones, pieces of wood, or other material which may have entered during construction
period. Remove all debris from pipeline. Lowest segment outlet shall be flushed last to assure
debris removal,
B. After pipes have been cleaned and if groundwater level is above pipes or water in pipe trench is
above pipe following a heavy rain,Engineer will examine pipe for leaks.
I. Repair and replace defective pipes,fittings or joints that are discovered.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Ductile-Cron Utility Pipe for Water Service
City of Round Rock 330519- 12
...................................
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Potable Water Service: Disinfect ductile iron pipe used for potable water service after cleaning.
Provide necessary equipment and labor.
1. Disinfection per AWWA 0651 standard,
1 Discharge chlorinated water in compliance with Federal, State and local standards,
Provide sodium bisulfite for de-chlorination prior to discharge.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Section 017300 "Execution" and Section 01770 "Closeout Procedures" for protecting finished
Work requirements.
END OF SECTION 330519
Wmei'Treatixwnt Mant Pressure Control Valves Ductile-hon Ufflity Pipe for Water Service
Oty of'Roand ltock 330519- 13
C�2022 CDM smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Ductile-Iron Utility Pipe for Water Service
City of Round hock 330519- Y 4
,A',`2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 330526-UTILITY IDENTIFICATION
PART I -GENERAL
LI SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
L Pipeline marker posts,
2, Plastic ribbon tape for placement above direct-buried utility.
3, Trace wire for placement above direct-buried utility,
B. Related Requirements'.
1. Section 312,333 "Trenching and Backfilling."
2. Section 312000"Eartliwork."
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's catalog information for each product required.
B, Manufacturer's Certificate:Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
C. Qualifications Statement.-
1, Submit qualifications for manufacturer.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of tagged valves.
IA QUALITY ASSURANCE
A, Conform to APWA Uniform Color Code, ANSI Z535.1,and ASME A13.I for color scheme for
identification of piping systems and accessories.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A, Manufacturer: Company specializing in tnanufacturing products specified in this Section with
minimum three years'documented experience.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
Water'rreunient Plant Pressure CmilrolVallves Unlay Identification
Oty of Round Rock 330526 SFL- 1
01022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2.1 PIPELINE MARKER POSTS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Berntsen International Inc.of Madison,Wisconsin,
2. William Frick&Company,of Libertyville, Illinois.
B. Description:
I. Material: High-density polypropylene.
1 Diameter: 3-1/2 inches.
1 Length: 72 inches.
4. Color: as requested by Owner.
5. Embedment:T-anchor,
2.2 RIBBON TAPE
A. Manufacturers:
1. Berntsen International Inc.
2. Pipernarker.com; Brimar Industries, Inc.
B. Description:
1. Material: Polyethylene.
1 Brightly colored,continuously printed.
3. Minimum Size: 3 inches wide by 4 mils thick,
4. Manufactured for direct burial service.
5. Imprint: "Caution Buried Waterline"in large letters.
2.3 TRACE WIRE
A. Manufacturers:
I. Northtown Company.
2. Priority Wire and Cable, Inc.
3. Tracerwire.
4. Description:
a. Conductor: Magnetically detectable.
b. Covering: Brightly colored plastic,imprinted with<"Waterline">in large letters.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Pipeline Marker Posts,Utility Markers,and Marking Flags:As recommended by manufacturer.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Utility Identification
City of Round Rock 330526 SFL=2
............
()6)2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. Ribbon Tape and Trace Wire:
L Continuous over top of pipe.
2. If multiple pipes occur in common trench,locate tape or wire above centerline of trench.
1 Place Ribbon Tape and Trace Wire in the correct orientation,and anchor as necessary to
prevent dislocation during placement of backfill.
4. Backfill above Ribbon Tape andTrace Wire taking care to avoid dislocation.Compaction
equipment shall not directly contact the Ribbon'rape or Trace Wire.
5. Coordinate with trench Work as specified in Section 312333 "Trenching and Backfilling"
Section 312000"Earthwork".
END OF SECTION 330526
Water Treatment Mant Pressure Control Valves ()t0ity Identification
City of Round Rock 330526 SFL-3
Q022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Utility Identification
City of Round Rock 330526_SFL-4
C 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 331300- DISINFECTING OF WATER unixrY DISTRIBUTION
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
I. Disinfection of potable water distribution system,
1 Testing and reporting of results.
B. Related Requirements:
I. Section 330519 "Ductile-Iron Utility Pipe"for product and execution requirements for
installation and testing of site domestic water distribution piping.
L3 UNIT PRICE-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Disinfection:
L Basis of Measurement: By linear foot,
1 Basis of Payment: Includes preparing,disinfecting,testing,and reporting.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Procedures,proposed chemicals,and treatment levels.
L5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Certificate: Products meet or exceed specified requirements.
B. Certify cleanliness of water distribution system meets or exceeds specified requirements.
C. Certify water conforms or fails to conform to bacteria]standards of authority having jurisdiction.
D. Certify water conforms to quality standards of authority having jurisdiction.
E. Test and Evaluation Reports: Testing results comparative to specified requirements,
F. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections.
G. Disinfection and Chlorination Water Disposal Plan: To be submitted by Contractor for review and
acceptance by Owner and Engineer.
Wager Treatment Plana Pressure Control Valves Disinfecting of Water Utflay Distribution
Cay ofRound Rock 33130,01, 1
(rz 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1-1. Qualifications Statements: Qualifications for water treatment firm and testing firm. Include
operator's license to perform the disinfection Work as required by Authorities Having Jurisdiction.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Disinfection Report:
I. Type and form of disinfectant used.
1 Date and time of disinfectant injection start and time of completion.
3. Test locations.
4. Special disinfecting procedures used for connections to existing pipes.
5. Name of person collecting samples.
6. Initial and 24-hour disinfectant residuals in treated water in ppm for each outlet tested.
7. Date and time of flushing start and completion.
8. Disinfectant residual after flushing in ppm for each outlet tested.
B. Bacteriological Report:
1. Date issued,project name,and testing laboratory name,address,and telephone number.
2. Time and date of water sample collection.
3. Name of person collecting samples.
4. Test locations.
5. Initial and 24-hour disinfectant residuals in ppm for each outlet tested.
6. Coliform bacteria test results for each outlet tested.
7. Submit bacteriologist's signature and authority associated with testing.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work according to AWWA 0651;continuous feed or AWWA 0651;slug method.
1.8 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Water Treatment Firm: Company specializing in disinfecting potable water systems specified in
this Section with minimum three years'documented experience,
B. Testing Finn: Company specializing in testing potable water systems,approved by State of Texas.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 DISINFECTION CHEMICALS
A. Chemicals: Hypochlorite:Comply with AWWA 8300.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution
City of Round Rock 331300-2
^A,)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that piping system has been cleaned,inspected,and pressure tested.
B. Perform scheduling and disinfecting activity with startup,water pressure testing,adjusting and
balancing,and demonstration procedures, including coordination with related systems.
3,2 INSTALLATION
A. Provide and attach required equipment to perform Work of this Section. Closely coordinate efforts
with Owner for maintenance of site operations and for testing services.
B. Perform disinfection of water distribution system and installation of system and pressure testing as
specified in Section 330519"Ductile-Iron Utility Pipe",
C. Introduce treatment into piping system.
D. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours,
E. Flush,circulate,and clean until required cleanliness is achieved using municipal domestic water.
R Replace permanent system devices that were removed for disinfection.
33 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Disinfection,Flushing,and Sampling:
I, Disinfect pipeline installation.
2. Use of liquid chlorine(gas)is permitted.
3. Upon completion of retention period required for disinfection, flush pipeline until chlorine
concentration in water leaving pipeline is no higher than that generally prevailing in existing
system or is acceptable for domestic use.
4. Disposal:
a. Legally dispose of chlorinated water.
b. When chlorinated discharge may cause damage to environment, apply neutralizing
chemical to chlorinated water to neutralize chlorine residual remaining in water.
5. After final flushing and before pipeline is connected to existing system or placed in service,
employ an approved independent testing laboratory to sample,test,and certify that water
quality meets quality standards of authority having jurisdiction.
END OF SECTION 331,300
Water Treatnient Plant Pressure Contgol Values Disinfeoing of Water thility Distribution
City of Round Rock 331300-3
r 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
THIS PAGE INTENTIONFiLLY LEFT BLANK.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution
City of Round Rock 331300.4
14�2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 406100-PROCESS CONTROL AND ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART I GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A, Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1,2 SUMMARY
,A,, Section includes procurement of the services of a Process Control System Supplier (PCSS) to
provide all materials, equipment, labor, and services required to achieve a fully integrated and
operational system as specified herein, in "Related Requirements" under this Article, and in
related drawings, except for those services and materials specifically noted,
B. Under this contract, the PCSS will also serve as the Applications Engineer System Supplier
(AESS).
CPCSS to wire signals from the new North Pressure Control Globe Valve controller to RIO
located in the High Service Pump 7-9 Electrical Building No.I. The signals must be terminated
at the existing spare 1/0 points in the RIO as indicated on drawing 1-3. RIO and the HMI to be
configured and programmed as per specification 406196.
D. PCS S to wire signals from the new South Pressure Control Globe Valve controller to PLC-D
located in the High Service Pump 1-6 Electrical Building. The signals must be terminated at the
existing spare FO points in PLC-D as indicated on drawing 1-3. PLC-D and the HMI to be
configured and programmed as per specification 406196.
E. Include auxiliary and accessory devices necessary for system operation or perfon-nance,such as
transducers, relays, signal amplifiers, intrinsic safety barriers, signal isolators, software, and
drivers to interface with existing equipment or equipment provided by others under other
Sections of these specifications,whether indicated on the Drawings or not.
F. All equipment and installations to satisfy applicable Federal, State and local codes. Refer to
Electrical drawings for area classifications for Class and/Division ratings,
G. Use the equipment, instrument, and loop numbering scheme indicated on the Drawings and in
the specifications in the development of the submittals. Do not deviate from or modify the
numbering scheme.
1-1, Related Requirements:
I. Section 406121.20"Process Control System Testing."
2. Section 406196"Process Control Description."
3, Section 407000"Instrumentation for Process Systems."
Water,rreatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Procss Control and Entertiwe Management Systems General Provisions
City of Round Rock 406100 1
(' 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
4. Section 407326"Gauge Pressure Transmitter."
5. Section 407856 "Isolators, Intrinsically Safe Barriers and Surge Suppressors."
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Process Control System Supplier (PCSS): The entity responsible for providing all materials,
equipment, labor, and services required to achieve a fully integrated and operational control
system.
B. Applications Engineering System Supplier(AESS): The entity who provides all programming,
configuration,and related services for the control system equipment provided by the PCSS.
C. Maintenance of Plant Operations(MOPO): A construction plan which prevents or limits process
disruptions during construction.
D. Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED): A green building certification
indicating that a building was designed and constructed to be environmentally responsible and
use resources efficiently.
E. Section 4062XX "Sections for Computer System Hardware": The XX in the number indicates
all spec sections starting with the first 4 numbers (indicating a category described in the
accompanying text) are included in the reference.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site for purpose of a preinstallation
meeting.
B. Conduct a project kickoff coordination meeting within two weeks after submitting the Project
Plan. The purpose of the meeting is to discuss the PCSS's Project Plan, to summarize the
PCSS's understanding of the project; discuss any proposed substitutions or alternatives;
schedule testing and delivery deadline dates; provide a forum to coordinate hardware and
software related issues; and request any additional information required from the Owner. The
meeting will last up to 4 hours.
C. Monthly on-site or conference call coordination meetings with Engineer, Contractor, Vendors,
and AESS as required prior to any field start-up or activity testing begins.
D. Schedule the mandatory coordination meetings as described herein. Hold the meetings at the
Owner's designated location and include attendance by the Owner,the Engineer,the Contractor,
the PCSS's Project Engineer, and the AESS Project Engineer, if applicable. Other Division 40
specifications may require additional meetings. Prepare and distribute an agenda for this
meeting a minimum of one week before the scheduled meeting date. Schedule the meeting for a
minimum of one week before the requested meeting date.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General Provisions
City of Round Rock 406100, 2
V5 2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components
and profiles,and finishes.
2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics,and furnished
specialties and accessories.
B. Shop Drawings:
I. Include plans,elevations, sections,mountings,and attachment details.
1 Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required
clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field
connection.
1 Detail fabrication and assembly of control equipment,control panels,and instrumentation
as specified herein.
4. Include diagrams for power, signal,and control wiring.
C. Project Plan, Deviation List,and Schedule Submittal:
I Submit, within 45 calendar days after Notice to Proceed, a Project plan. Submit for
approval the Project Plan before further submittals are accepted. The Project Plan to
contain the following:
a. Overview of the proposed control system describing the understanding of the
project work, a preliminary system architecture drawing, interfaces to other
systems, schedule, startup, and coordination. Include a general discussion of
startup, approach to testing and training, and other tasks as required by these
specifications.
K Project personnel and organization including the PCSS project manager, project
engineer,and lead project technicians, Include resumes of each of these individuals
and specify in writing their commitment to this project. These do not need to be
submitted again if already submitted in the Qualification submittal.
c. Sample formats of the shop drawings to be submitted and in conformance with the
requirements of the Specifications. At a ininimurn include samples of control
system architecture and UO wiring diagrams.
1 Define Exceptions to the Specifications or Drawings in a Deviation List consisting of a
paragraph-by-paragraph review at' the Specifications indicating acceptance or any
proposed deviations, the reason for exception, the exact nature of the exception and the
proposed substitution so that an evaluation may be made by the Engineer. Specifically,
state if no exceptions are taken to the specifications or drawings, If there is no statement
by the PCSS,then it is acknowledged that no exceptions are taken.
3. The PCSS must coordinate their work with the General Contractor's overall schedule.
PCSS schedule incorporates all PCSS milestones including but not limited to the
following:
a. Schedule for all subsequent project submittals. Include the time required for
Contractor's submittal preparation, Engineer's review time,and a minimum of two
complete review cycles,
b. Proposed dates for all project coordination meetings.
C. Installation of instrument and control system equipment.
d. Testing: Schedule for all testing.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General Provisions
City of Round Rock 406100, 3
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
e. Schedule for system cutover, startup, and/or going on-line for each major system.
At a minimum include the schedule for each process controller provided under this
Contract.
f. Schedule for all training including submittal and approval of O&M manuals,
factory training,and site training.
4. Component and Wiring Identification and Tagging Plan:
a. All components provided by PCSS require a tag, label, or nameplate. Review
specifications and provide a drawing indicating the tagging and labeling scheme
used by the PCSS.
b. Provide detailed information so Engineer can review the following characteristics
for each type of tag, label, or nameplate for the different types of components
provided above:
1) Size or range of size of the tag,label or nameplate.
2) Font style.
3) Material.
4) Color(s).
D. Input/Output(1/0)List Submittal:
1. Submit, within 60 days after Notice to Proceed, a complete system InputIoutput (1/0)
address list for equipment connected to the control system under this Contract.
2. Base the 1/0 list on the P&ID's, the Drawings, the design 1/0 list (if included), and
requirements in the Specifications.
3. Submit the 1/0 list in both a Microsoft Excel readable electronic file format and an 8.1/2
inch by I I-inch hard copy.
4. Arrange the I/O list so that each control panel has a dedicated worksheet,which includes
the following information:
a. 'FAG NUMBER(S): As indicated on the Drawings, the identifier assigned to a
device that performs a function in the control system. As part of this information,
break out the tag loop number to allow for sorting by loop.
b, DESCRIPTION: A description of the function of the device (text that includes
signal source, control function, etc.) Include the text "Spare Points" for all F0
module points that are not connected to equipment.
C. PHYSICAL LOCATION: The Control Panel designation of where the F0 point is
wired to.
d. PHYSICAL POINT ADDRESS: Rack, Slot, and Point (or Channel) assignment
for each F0 point.
e. ICO TYPE: use DO-Discrete Output,DI -Discrete Input,AO-Analog Output,Al
-Analog Input, PI-Pulse Input,or PO-Pulse Output.
f. RANGE/STATE: The range in engineering units corresponding to an analog 4-20
mA signal,or,the state at which the value of the discrete points is"1."
g. ENGINEERING UNITS:The engineering units associated with the Analog 1/0.
h. ALARM LIMITS: Include alarm limits based on the control descriptions and the
Drawings.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General Provisions
City of Round Rock 406100-4
.................
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
i, PI D - the P&ID or drawing where the 1/0 point appears on. Mark as "NA" (Not
Applicable) if the 1/0 point is derived from a specification requirement and is not
on the P&IDs.
j. LOGICAL POINT ADDRESS: FO address of each point,
5. Sort the 1/0 list in order by:
a. Physical location,
b, 1/0 Type.
C. Loop Number.
d. Device Tag..
6. Once the 1/0 list is approved, the PLC 1/0 addresses are not be modified without
approval by the Engineer,
E. Wiring Diagrams Submittal:
I Wiring Diagrams Submittal:
a. PCSS to provide complete wiring diagrams showing all wiring connections in the
1/0 system where direct hardwired interfaces exist between the PCSS control
panels and vendor provided control panels furnished under other Divisions. This
includes but is not limited to terminal block numbering, relay contact information,
instruments, equipment, and control panel names. Include drawings in Final O&M
submittal. Leaving this information blank on Final Documentation drawings is not
acceptable.
b. Panel wiring diagrams depicting wiring within and on the panel as well as
connections to external devices. If ISA Loop Wiring Diagrams are specified
below, equipment external to the control panel and related external connections do
not need to he shown on the Panel Wiring Diagrams. Panel wiring diagrams
include power and signal connections, UPS and normal power sources, all panel
ancillary equipment, protective devices, wiring and wire numbers, and ten-ninal
blocks and numbering. Field device wiring includes the device ISA-tag and a
unique numeric identifier. Diagrams identify all device tenninal points that the
system connects to, including terminal points where 1/0 wiring lands on equipment
not supplied by the PCSS, Wiring labeling used on the drawings match that shown
on the Contract Documents or as developed by the PCSS and approved by the
Engineer. 1/0 wiring numbered with rack number, slot number, and point number.
Two-wire and four-wire equipment to be clearly identified, and power sources
noted. Submit final wire numbering scheme. Provide panel drawings that are I I-
inch x 17-inch in size.
c. ISA Loop Wiring Diagrams: Not required.
F. Testing Plan Submittals:
I Refer to Section 406121.20 "Process Control System Testing" for specific testing
submittal requirements,
Waier Treatrnent Plant Pressure Cwurol VaNcs Process Control and Enterpnse Management Symerns General Provimons
City of'Round Rock 406WO-5
2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For any named PCSS, submit a statement on company letterhead indicating
that the requirements in the"Quality Assurance"paragraph below are met by the firm.
L7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For all PCSS supplied hardware to include in operation and
maintenance manuals.
1. Submit in accordance with Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data."
a. Provide the record documentation of the completed test forms with sign-offs as
specified in Section 406121.20"Process Control System Testing."
B. Operations and Maintenance Data-Operators' Manual:
I. Provide Operator's Manuals prior to final acceptance of the system.
2. Include in the manual all information necessary for the operator to monitor and control
the new components. Write the manuals in non-technical terms and organize for quick
access to each detailed description of the operator's procedure. Retain "Software and
Firmware Operational Documentation"Paragraph below for PC-based control systems.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: PCSS to hold a valid UL-508 certification for their panel
fabrication facility.
B, Responsible for the technical supervision of the installation by providing on-site supervision to
the installers of the various components.
C. The Process Control System Supplier(PCSS)to be a"systems integrator" regularly engaged in
the design and the installation of instrumentation systems and their associated subsystems as
they are applied to the municipal water and wastewater industry. For the purposes of this
Specification Section,a"systems integrator"means an organization that complies with all of the
following criteria:
I. Employs personnel on this project who have successfully completed ISA or
manufacturer's training courses on general process instrumentation and configuration and
implementation of the specific programmable controllers, computers, and software
proposed for this project, Key personnel to hold ISA CCST Level I certification or have
a minimum of 10 years of verifiable plant startup experience, Key personnel includes, as
a minimum,the lead field technician.
1 Has successfully completed work of similar or greater complexity on at least three
previous projects within the last five years. Successful completion is defined as a finished
project completed on time, without any outstanding claims or litigation involving the
PCSS. Potential references for projects where the PCSS's contract was of similar size to
this project.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General Provisions
City of Round Rock 406100-6
2022 CDM Smith 8077,263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3. Has been actively engaged in the type of work specified in this Section for a minimum of
five years.
D. Maintain a permanent, fully staffed and equipped service facility within 60 miles of the project
site with full-time employees capable of designing, fabricating, installing, calibrating, and
testing the systems specified herein. Respond to on-site problems within 12 hours of notice.
Provide an on-site response within four hours of notification starting at two months before
scheduled startup to two months after startup completion.
E, PCS S should be:
I. CP USA
I'. Being listed in this specification does not relieve any potential PCSS from meeting the
qualifications specified in this Section,
1.9 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND I IANDLING
A. Refer to Section 016000 "Product Requirements" for delivery, storage, and handling
requirements.
1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements: Refer to Electrical Drawings for specific environmental and
hazardous area classifications.
B. Elevation: Design equipment to operate at the project ground elevation,
C. Temperature:
1. Outdoor area equipment to operate between-4 to 122 degrees Fambient.
2. Equipment in indoor locations operate between 50 to 95 degrees Fdegrees ambient
minimum.
3. Storage temperatures range from 32 to 122 degrees Fdegrees ambient minimurn.
4. Furnish additional cooling or heating if required by the equipment specified herein.
5. Relative Humidity. Air-conditioned area equipment operate between 20 to 95 percent
relative, non-condensing humidity. All other equipment operates between 5 to 100
percent relative,condensing humidity,
D. Do not ship control system equipment located in the control room until the control room areas
comply with specified ambient temperature and humidity and free of dust and debris.
I'll WARRANTY
I. Warranty Period: 2 year(s)from date of Substantial Completion unless noted otherwise in
individual specification sections.
WaterTreatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Process Corarr.)l and Enterpnse Managerrient Systcins General Provtskons
City of Round Rock 406l 00-7
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Electrical Requirements for Control System:
1. Operate equipment on a 60 Hertz alternating current power source at a nominal 120 volts,
plus or minus 10 percent,except where specifically noted. Regulators and power supplies
required for compliance with the above to be provided between power supply and
interconnected instrument loop. Supply constant voltage transformers where equipment
requires voltage regulation.
2. With the exception for field device network connected devices, all electronic
instrumentation utilize linear transmission signals of isolated 4 to 20 mA DC
(milliampere direct current) capable of driving a load up to 750 ohms, unless specified
otherwise. However, signals between instruments within the same panel or cabinet may
be 1-5 VDC(volts direct current).
3. Outputs of equipment that are not of the standard signals as outlined, have the output
immediately raised and/or converted to compatible standard signals for remote
transmission.No zero-based signals will be allowed.
4. All switches have double-pole,double-throw(DPDT)contacts rated at a minimum of 600
VA,unless noted otherwise.
5. Switches and/or signals indicating an alarm, failure or upset condition wired in a fail-safe
manner. A fail-safe condition is when an open circuit generates an alarm state (i.e.
contact opens).
6. Materials and equipment UL approved whenever such approved equipment and materials
are available.
7. All equipment furnished designed and constructed so that in the event of power
interruption, the systems specified all go through an orderly shutdown with no loss of
memory and resume non-nal operation without manual resetting when power is restored,
unless otherwise noted.
Surge protection requirements for control system power,signal,and communication lines
are specified in Section 407856 "Isolators, Intrinsically Safe Barriers, and Surge
Suppressors."
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas with Installer present for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture
content,installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General Provisions
City of Round Rock 406100 8
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
12 GENERAL INSTALLATION
A. The shield on each process instrumentation cable to be continuous from source to destination
and be grounded at only one ground point for each shield.
B. Provide sunshades for equipment mounted outdoors in direct sunlight. Include sunshades
standoffs to allow air circulation around the cabinet. Orient equipment outdoors to face to the
North to minimize the impact of glare and ultraviolet exposure on digital readouts.
33 IDENTIFICATION
A. Provide identification system for all PCSS provided hardware, instrumentation, and
communication cabling,
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Refer to individual hardware and instrument specification sections.
15 STARTUP SERVICE
A, Refer to Section 406121.20"Process Control System Testing."
13, Weekly on-site coordination meetings with Contractor and Vendor as required during active
construction period.
END OF SECTION 406100
Water'Treaimcru Mann Pressure Control Valves Process ContrcA and Enterprise Management Systems General Provmons
Cuy oRound Rock 406100 9
eVl',2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
This page intentionally left blank.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General Provisions
City of Round Rock 406100- 10
...........
,0 2022 CDM Sauth 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 406121.20 - PROCESS CONTROL. SYSTEM TESTING [CONTRACTOR PERFORMS
PROGRAMMING]
PARTI - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes process control system testing, where the Applications Engineering services
are performed by the Contractor.
13. Related Requirements:
1. Section 406100 "Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General
Provisions,"
2. Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements."
C. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals, required to complete the testing of all
devices and systems furnished and installed as detailed on Drawings,and as specified herein.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Process Control System Supplier ( CS ): The entity responsible for providing all materials,
equipment, labor, and services required to achieve a fully integrated and operational control
system.
K Applications Engineering System Supplier (AESS): The entity who provides all programming,
configuration,and related services for the control system equipment provided by the PCSS.
C. Human Machine Interface (11MI): A software-based user interface with supervisory level
control and of machine level equipment.
D. Operator Interface Ten-ninal (OIT): A hardware component of the 14MI used for device level
control and monitoring,
E. Programmable Logic Controller (PLC): A ruggedized programmable computer used for
industrial automation.
F. Input/Output (1/0): Analog or digital field instrument signals to be received and interpreted by a
PLC.
G. Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS): A device capable of providing emergency battery power
when the main power source fails.
water Tircatinent Plant PressureControl Valves Proccss Control Srsternl'esiii*contractor Performs Prograrnmng]
City of Rowed Rock 406121.x;0- I
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.4 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Refer to Section 4061000 "Process Control and Enterprise
Management Systems General Provisions."
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 406100 "Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General
Provisions."
B. Testing Submittals- Submit,in one submittal,the following testing related documents:
1. Status signoff forms:
a. Develop and submit project specific 1/0 Status and Automatic Control Strategy
signoff forms to be used during field testing to organize and track each loop's
inspection, adjustment, calibration, configuration, and testing status and sign off.
Include sign-off forms for each testing phase showing all loops.
1) Example forms are shown in the Appendices.
2) Separate forms for factory and field testing can be used, or they can be
combined,at the discretion of the PCSS.
3) Submit testing forms prior to start of testing.
1. Testing Procedures:
a. Submit detailed procedures proposed to be followed for each of the tests specified
herein.The test procedures serve as the basis for the execution of the required tests
to demonstrate that the systern meets and functions as specified. At a mimmurn,
provide the following test procedures:
I) i/oTesting.
2) Control panel power, indictors,and hardwired logic tests.
b. Structure documents in an orderly and easy to follow manner to facilitate an
efficient and comprehensive test.
C. Indicate in test procedures all pre-testing setup requirements, all required test
equipment,and simulation techniques to be used.
d. Structure test procedures in a cause and effect manner where the inputs are
indicated,and the outputs are recorded.
C. Include in test procedures the demonstration and validation under normal operating
conditions and under various failure scenarios as specified in Contract Documents.
f. Do not start testing until all Testing Submittals have been approved.
C. 'rest Documentation:
I Upon completion of each required test, docurnent the test by submitting a copy of the
signed off Testing Status forms. Testing is not be considered complete until the signed-
off forms have been submitted and approved. Submittals of other test documentation,
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Process Control System Testing[comractor Performs Programming]
City of Pound Rock 406121.20-2
1,',2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
including "highlighted" wiring diagrams with field technician notes, are not acceptable
substitutes for the formal test documentation.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Evaluation Reports: ForTest Documentation of system:
1. Upon completion of each required test, document the test by submitting a copy of the
signed-off Testing Status forms. Testing is not considered complete until the signed-off
forms are submitted and approved. Submittal of other test documentation, including
"highlighted" wiring diagrams with field technician notes, are not acceptable substitutes
for the fon-nal test documentation.
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 406100 "Process Control and Enterprise Management System General
Provisions."
1.8 COST OF TRAVEL
A. Scheduled tests will only be attended once by Engineer /Owner. If test is not successful, all
subsequent tests will be performed at Contractor's expense. Reimburse Owner for all costs,
including labor and expenses, invoiced by Engineer and incurred by Owner for subsequent
retests.
PART 2- PRODUCTS(NOT USED)
PART - EXECUTION
3.1 TESTING -GENERAL
A. Refer to Section 406100 "Process Control and Enterprise Management System General
Provisions."
B. Track results of all testing on a project specific status sign-off form or similar document. The
PCSS is responsible for maintaining the sheet. Appendix of this Section has all example
template for this sheet,
C, Tests the PCSS is required to perform are as follows:
1. Field Testing:
a. Operational Readiness Test(ORT).
b. Functional Demonstration Test(FDT).
c. Site Acceptance Test (SAT).
water Treatment Mant Pressure Control Valves Process Control Syst=Testings contractor Perfix-ins 1'n)grainm01gJ
City of Round Rock 406121.20-3
C 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
D. Wherever possible, perform tests using actual process variables,equipment, and data. Where it
is not practical to test with real process variables, equipment, and data, provide all special
testing materials and equipment required for a suitable means of simulation.
E. PCSS to coordinate all required testing with Contractor, affected Subcontractors, Engineer, and
Owner,
F. Engineer reserves the right to test or re-test any functions.
G. Correction of Deficiencies:
I Correct deficiencies in workmanship and/or items not meeting specified testing
requirements to meet specification requirements at no additional cost to Owner.
2. Repeat testing,as specified herein, after correction of deficiencies is made until specified
requirements are met. Perform work at no additional cost to Owner.
3.2 FIELD TESTING -OPERATIONAL READINESS TEST(ORT)
A. Purpose of ORT is to check that process equipment, instrument installation, instrument
calibration, instrument configuration, field wiring, control panels, and all other related system
components are ready to monitor and control the processes. This test determines if equipment is
ready for operation.
B. This test to take place prior to FDT and startup. Prior to starting this test,install relevant process
equipment and mechanically test instruments installed,control panels installed,and field wiring
complete.
C. Required Documents for Test:
I. Master copy of the PCSS developed field testing sign-off forms.
2. Testing procedures.
3. Calibration farms.
D. These inspections, calibrations, and tests do not require witnessing. However, Engineer may
review and spot-check testing process periodically. All deficiencies found to be corrected by
PCSS prior to commencement of Functional Demonstration Test.
E. PCSS to maintain Sign-off forms and Calibration forms at job site and make them available to
Engineer/Owner at any time.
F. Perform the following tests as part of ORT:
I. Instrument calibration, configuration,and set-up.
2, Input/Output(FO)Testing to HMI and OlTs.
3. Testing of control strategies.
G 1/0 Testing:
I. Purpose of 1/0 testing is to check that process equipment, instrument installation,
calibration,configuration, field wiring,and control panels are set-up correctly to monitor
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Process Control systen,'resting[con tractor Performs Programming]
City of Round Rock 406121.20,4
............................
o(J 2022 CDM Stnith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
and control the processes. This test is commonly referred to as a "loop test" or an 1/0
checkout.
2. PCSS in conjunction with Contractor to test signals under process conditions. Preferred
test method will always be to execute test wherever possible to end elements. For
example,preferred test will prove valve open/close limit switches by operating valve, not
by installing a jumper on limit switch contacts. However, if equipment or process is not
available to test a signal over its entire calibrated range, PCSS may test using a
simulation method and make a note on sign-off form.
1 Perform the following 1/0 tests:
a. Discrete Input: At device or instrument, change signal condition from inactive to
active state. Observe results on all indicators within loop such as I-IMI screens,
OIT screens,pilot lights,horns,beacons,etc.
b. Analog Input: Test analog signal over entire engineering range at various intervals
including 0, 50%, and 100% as well as on increasing and decreasing range.
Observe results on all indicators within loop such as HM1 screens, OIT screens,
recorders,digital indicators,etc.
C. Test discrete output signals by switching equipment to manual control at the HMI
and OCT nodes and turning output on or using other means to turn output on. Then
verify equipment responds accordingly.
d. Test analog output signals by switching equipment to manual control at HMI and
OIT nodes and turning output on or other means to turn output on, Then verify
equipment responds accordingly.
1-1. Testing of Automatic Control Strategies:
I Verify all automatic control strategies using actual process equipment and instruments, or
other means, to verify logic performs as expected. Verify faults and logical failure
scenarios for control strategies such as instrument failures, equipment failures, loss of
communication between I-IMI Server and PLC, loss of peer-to-peer communication, out
of range testing for analog inputs, loss of power, and ail other strategies specified in
control strategy document.
1, For all panels with enclosures modified by this Contract, test internal control panel temperature
tinder full running conditions to ensure proper cooling/ventilation is being provided.
J. Upon successful completion of ORT, PCSS to submit a record copy of test results as specified
in PART I and request scheduling of FDT,
33 FIELD TESTING-FUNCTIONAL DEMON STPATI ON TEST`(F DT)
A. After facility is started-up and running treatment process in automatic control to extent possible,
perform a 1-unctional Demonstration Test. Purpose of FDT is to allow Engineer or Owner
representatives to witness actual functionality, performance, and stability of system while
connected to process equipment,
B. Required Documents for Test:
1. Set of panel drawings and wiring diagrarns from ORT with corrections noted.
2. Set of Contract Documents -all drawings and specifications.
Water'Freaanetit Plant Pressure Control Valves Process Control Systern Test ing[con tractor Perfonns Pro r=aring)
City of Round Rock 406121.20- 5
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3. All design-change related documentation.
4. Signcd-off master copy of the PCSS developed field testing signoff forms.
5. Testing procedures,
6. Copy of completed calibration forms.
7. One copy of all 0&M Manuals for PCSS supplied equipment.
C. Perform a witnessed FDT on each process area. To extent possible, repeat testing performed
during ORT.
D. Follow specified daily schedule during factory tests and FDT.
E. Document punch list items and resolutions noted during test on Punch list/Resolution form. In
event of rejection of any part or function test procedure, PCSS to perform repairs,replacement,
and/or retest within 10 days.
F. Upon successful completion of the FDT, PCSS to submit a record copy of test results as
specified in PART 1.
3.4 FIELD TESTING-SITE ACCEPTANCE TEST"(SAT)
A. After completion of FDT,and system is started-up and running treatment process in automatic
control to extent possible, perform a test on the system as defined in Section 019113 "General
Commissioning Requirements."
B. While this test is proceeding, Engineer and Owner have full use of system. Only allow plant
operating personnel to operate equipment associated with live plant processes. Plan( operations
remain the responsibility of Owner and decision of plant operators regarding plant operations
are final.
C. During this test, PCSS personnel to be present as required to address any potential issues that
would impact system operation. PCSS is expected to provide personnel for this test who have an
intimate knowledge of hardware and software of system, When PCSS personnel are not on-site,
PCSS to provide cell plione/pager numbers that Owner personnel can use to ensure that support
staff is available by phone and/or on-site within four hours of a request by operations staff,
D. PCSS to analyze and correct any malfunctions during test. In event of rejection of any part or
function, PCSS to perform repairs or replacement within 5 days.
E. Throughout duration of SAT, do not make software or hardware modifications to the system
without prior approval from Owner or Engineer.
END OF SECTION 406121.20
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Process Control Systern Testing[contractor Performs Programming]
City of Round Rock 406121.20 6
to 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
APPENDIX 40 612 I-A: EXAMPLE INPUT"OUTPUT(1/0)STATUS SIGN OFF FORM
An example template for I/O Status signoff f'()n-n to be used for documenting testing results to Owner is
attached, PCSS is required,prior to testing,to create a project specific 1/0 Status signoff form based on
attached template or approved equal. PCSS may obtain an electronic copy of template from Engineer or
develop it on their own.
APPENDIX 40 6121-F3: EXAMPLE AUTOMATIC CONTROL STRATEGIES SIGN OFF FORM
An example template for Automatic Control Strategies signoff form to be used for documenting testing
results to Owner is attached. PCSS is required, prior to testing,to create a project specific Automatic
Control Strategies signoff form based on attached template or approved equal. PCSS may obtain an
electronic copy of template from Engineer or develop it on their own.
water Trcaaiient If larst Pressure Control Valves Process Control Systern Testiiigicoatractor IReilbrrns Prograrnming)
City o,f Romid Rock 406M.20-7
Rf 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1
lip H11 1111,111
JIM
i
� «'N a"1 N w",. W,wm',mi+-.rev w1 W W5 F•ai ....�'�r•...
t5 u
.........
}
w sv ri av tM N ^x i"V my<W V M n n n Cry M Nb ..............wWwwwY`Www wW w Y
8 8 „!78 8181d81819 C38CY
6
�a1
w r(411:17
u, 4,141-1-fl-
,1 '". ^„ ,"#r ^'
w 3
6 4,
h
d
3 3
uas0UUl1 Ilii IIell
r
rr�ry 1$W � m tl.>>•• d
< < U <+K K K ary
a,r e
u&'
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control'Valves Process Control System Testing[contractor Performs Programming)
City of Round Rock 40&121.20-8
e
N
4- -1 [Project Name] Appendix€3-Automatic Control Strategies Sig Forth tj
All Sections glow are required to be by PCSS as part of Testing
? Auto.Control s.-L t bc as defined in Control Statesws
Ln
Auto.
Control Strategies Loop control _
If Control Strategy DescriptionP&ID Scat is I
LOOP 261-284 LOW FLOW PUMPS 8
LOOP 290 LOW Erb CHANNEL FLOW NO 6
LOOP 300 MICROFILTRATION AIR SUPPLY LOW PRESSI RE 70
LOOP 351 352 S=.E LIFT STATION PUMP NO,1 AND NO,2 12
'} LOOP 355 SITE LIFT STATION HGH AND LOW LEVEL CONTROL
< LOOP 371.372 SLUDGE HOLDING TANK NO I AND NO,2 LEVEL 14
LOOP 381,382 SLUDGE TRANSFER PUMPS
SLUDGE TRANSFER PUMPS REMOTE STARTISTOP
F'385 COMMAND 14
LOOP 700 EFFLUENT PUMPING STATION LEVEL 4
LOOP 701,70Z, 703 EFFLUENT PUMP NO.1
LOOP 840 T AERATION CHANNEL AIR FLOW N
LOOP 900 SLUDGE TRANSFER PUMPS DISCHARGE W 8
r L P 971 CENTRIFUGE SLUDGE FEE NOA
LOOP 1-001 CENTRIFUGE NO 1 SLUR FEED CON. L 8
LOOK 1411.1412 SODIUM HYPOCHLORME O T E 8
LOOP 1421,1422 SODWM HYP€3CH°QR.TE P 8
SODIUM HYP- RITE ST RA E
LOOP 1430 CONTAINfv1ENT HIGH L L ET 14
LOOP 2051,2052.2653 DIESEL ENGINEUENIERATOR AT 14
LOOP 2055 T E HTATUS k 14
LOOP 2060 G OR KILOWA ONI R 14
°-I TA DURA R LOSS WITH
APPENDIX ONE T GENERATO R' 14
O €P NT REs R W TH RESTORE
AP a A APPENDIX WER 14
WA SK F- °ING CA ITIES OF NETWORK N;A
f ED IDANT=ASERVERFAILOVERAND
N=A CO NIA
Page 1 of 1
s r_J
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
This page intentionally left blank.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Process Control System Testing[eontractor Perforins Programming]
City elf Round Rock 406121.20- 10
V 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 406196-PROCESS CONTROL DESCRIPTIONS
PART I -GENERAL
Ll RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Applications Engineer System Supplier(AESS) Programming Scope:
I. Develop the control system applications to implement the process control
descriptions for all new and existing systems,This Section is provided to define
control strategies to be used for PLC programming of the system.
2, The Contract Documents are a single integrated document, and as such, all
Drawings, Specifications Divisions and Specifications Sections apply. It is the
responsibility of the Contractor and Subcontractors to review all Sections to
ensure a complete and coordinated project.
3. The PCSS is cautioned to read this Section and all related Sections and their
entirety prior to starting any programming. Many general control strategies and
requirements are defined once in the body of this Section with the specific
requirement called out in the individual control strategy. Implement these
general strategies throughout this Contract unless specifically directed
otherwise in the individual loop process control descriptions.
4. Follow loop and device tagging criteria shown on the Drawings without
exception.
5, Establish programming approach and database/variable identification standards
prior to performing any programming work, Review the proposed standards and
conventions with the Owner during the coordination workshop,
B. Related Requirements:
I Section 406100"Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General
Provisions."
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Applications Engineering Systern Supplier (AESS): The entity who provides all
programming, configuration, and related services for the control system equipment
provided by the PCSS.
E. Human Machine Interface (I-IMI): A software-based user interface with supervisory
level control of machine level equipment.
Wmer Trealnwnt Ma nt Pressure Controt Vatves Process Control Descriptions
City of'Round Rock 40606.00 1
4',2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Input/Output (1/0): Analog or digital field instrument signals to be received and
interpreted by a PLC,
D. Operator Interface Terminal (OIT): A hardware component of the SCADA system
used for device level control and monitoring.
E. Operator Workstation(OWS):A hardware component of the SCADA system used for
supervisory level control and monitoring.
F. Process Control System Supplier (PCSS): The entity responsible for providing all
materials, equipment, labor, and services required to achieve a fully integrated and
operational control system.
G. Programmable Logic Controller(PLC): A ruggedized programmable computer used
for industrial automation.
H. Supervisor Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA): Hardware and software
components used for high-level supervisory monitoring of industrial processes.
Typical devices that are part of the SCADA network include computers(OW S),PLCs,
Ethernet switches,OITs,and HMIs.
PART -PRODUCTS(NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Control System Hierarchy:
I. The control descriptions are broken into a hierarchical layer concept.There may
be one layer or multiple layers per loop,depending upon that loop.An example
of multiple layered loop is shown in Figure 1.
-----1.....................................................................................................................................................
Operator Workstations/Interface Terminal SCADA/PLC Control
(OWS/OIT)
....... .............................
Plant PLC SCADA/PLC Control
....................
Vendor Supplied PLC IntermediateNendor
Control
Local C ontrol Panel Local Control
..................... ........
........................................*............................... ............................
Equipment Local Control
...................................................................................................
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Process Control Descriptions
City of Round Rock 406196.00-2
2022 CDM Srnith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
Figure 1.Control System Hierarchy
3.2 GENERAL CONTROLS AND MONITORING
A. Overview:
I. The hardware and/or software functions noted by this paragraph reference are
to be implemented in the PLC control system.
2. Setpoints, as defined by this section, refer to numerical values adjustable from
the HMI,
1 The PLC is responsible for resetting command bits sent from the I-IMI to the
PLC. Ifthe commanded state cannot be achieved for any reason, the PLC resets
the bit to allow the operator to set the command bit again. For example, when
pressing the AUTO button on the HMI, the PLC resets the AUTO command
frorn the HMI after the device is in the AUTO Mode. If the AUTO Mode is not
available for any reason, the PLC resets the bit, so the AUTO button can be
selected at the HMI once AUTO control is available.
B. lnterlocks:
I. Hardwired interlocks will interlock the controls locally,at the vendor PLC,and
at the plant PLC. If the interlock occurs,the shutdown will cause the equipment
to be inoperable at all levels of control.
2. Software interlocks are represented in a particular layer of the operation
description and interlock the controls in that layer and the layers above it,
However, the interlock does not interlock the commands in the layer before it.
For example, a software interlock implemented at the SCADA/PLC level will
not stop equipment from being controlled locally.
3. Interlocks that shutdown (stop a piece of equipment and prevent it from being
restarted or moved)are displayed on the faceplate pop-up graphic for that piece
of equipment,
C. Motors:
L Provide monitoring and control of the signals shown on the P&IDs,
2. Hardwired and software interlocks are defined in individual loop descriptions,
3. Motors can be started manually by the operator at the HMI,or automatically by
the control strategy,
4, Automatic control strategies are defined in individual loop descriptions.
5. The SCALA system stops a motor or drive, if it does not receive the AUTO or
REMOTE status or one of its software interlocks trips. If the drive or motor is
in HAND or LOCAL, it will continue to run but the SCADA start/stop output
will be open.
6. If a motor stops for any reason, it cannot be restarted automatically once the
problem with the motor has been resolved. A manual reset from the OWS or
OIT is required to resume operation,
T Motors that have a HAND-OFF-AUTO(HOA)selector, indicate to the operator
that the pump is being run in the HAND position,A motor is being run in HAND
when the AUTO position is not tnie and the run confirm status is true, If not in
Water Treatment Mani Pres2mre Control valves Procd�s("Onuioll IDescriptai ns
City of"Round Rock 40606.00 3
k"/2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
AUTO, the SCADA PLC output contact will open and stop (shutdown) the
pump.
D. Valves:
I. Provide monitoring and control of the signals shown on the P&IDs.
2. Hardwired and software interlocks are defined in individual loop descriptions.
3. Valves with only full travel capability can be opened or closed manually by the
operator at the HMI,or automatically by the control strategy.
4. Modulating valves with position feedback can be positioned between 0% and
100%open manually by the operator at the HMI,or automatically by the control
strategy.
5. Automatic control strategies are defined in individual loop descriptions with
their corresponding process variable used for control.
E. Analog Instruments:
1. Analog instruments refer to indicating devices capable of providing a
continuous output relative to time.
2. Provide monitoring of the analog signals shown on the P&IDs.
3. Analog signals may be a continuous voltage (-I OV to I OV, OV to 5V, OV to
I OV)or current(0 mA to 20mA,4mA to 20mA)as determined by the output of
the field instrument. The output range corresponds to the minimum and
maximum full-scale measurement.
4. The PLC will linearly scale the output range (voltage or current) to the
equivalent values in engineering units.
5. Provide cutoff deadbands for when the analog signal is approaching the
minimum or maximum full-scale measurement.
a. An analog signal measuring less than or equal to 2u,,u of full-scale will be
forced to zero after an adjustable time delay.
b. An analog signal measuring greater than 1000,,0 of full-scale will be
clamped at 100%.
6. Provide a CALIBRATION mode with an adjustable time setpoint(in hours),
a. When entering CALIBRATION mode,the last good value is held prior
to CALIBRATION mode being activated. The value is held until the
calibration time setpoint expires.
b. The Operator may enter a calibration value,which will be the value held
until the calibration time setpoint expires.
C. When active,clearly indicate the instrument is in CALIBRATION mode
on any local OlTs and in the HMI system.
F. Discrete Instruments:
I Discrete instruments refer to indicating devices with any Dumber of non-
continuous defined states(e.g., ON OFF,0 or 1)
2. Provide monitoring of the discrete signals shown on the P&IDs.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Process Control Descriptions
City of Round Rock 406196,00-4
C 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rigbts Reserved February 2022
a, When a contact or status from the instrument is true,the PLC will
receive power to its input channel. The PLC registers this as a binary bit
of L
b. When a contact or status from the instrument is false,the PLC will
receive no power(open circuit)to its input channel.The PLC registers
this as a binary bit of 0.
Cr. PLC Hardware:
I Monitor status and communication faults at the I.
a. Implement watchdog timers to monitor CPU and 1/0 module health,and
execution time for PLC routines,
b. Generate an alarm at the 14MI if any watchdog timer expires.
1 Program the system time for all PI-Cs to synchronize with a Network Time
Protocol(NTP) server once every 24 hours.
H. Input Validation:
I. Provide input validation for setpoints used in process control (e.g., chernical
dosage setpoints,pump flow setpoints).
1 The PLC will verify that the HMI setpoint is within an acceptable predefined
range.
3. Out of range values will be rejected by the PLC and the current value will be
retained.
3.3 ACCUMULATORS AND TOTALIZERS
A. Accumulators:
I Display accumulated run time for all equipment with a RUNNING status. Each
run time accumulation is resertable from the HMI with a reset push button.
1 The PLC will update the flow totals at 12:00 a.m. local time.
Runtime Display Format
Current Day: XXXX Hrs.
Yesterday: XX.XX Hrs.
Current Month: XXXX Hrs,
Previous Month: XXXX Hrs.
Accumulated Total: XXXXXX I Irs.
B. Flow Totalizers:
I. Totalize all flow indications.
a. If the flowmeter provided has a configurable pulse output for totalized
flow, perform flow totalization using the pulse output, The PLC
calculates totalized flow by multiplying the number ol'pulses by the
volume per pulse,
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Process Control Descriptions
City of'Round Rock 406196.00-5
C";2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
K If the flowmeter provided does not have a configurable pulse output for
totalized flow,perform flow totalization using the analog 4-20mA
signal.
1) Do not totalize if the analog signal is outside the 4-20 mA range.
2) Do not totalize if the value of the flow input is less than 2%of the
full range of the input.
3) Do not totalize if a discrete status exists that can be used to
determine if flow is present(for example,no flow can be present
unless a pump is running).
2. Each flow totalization is resettable from the HMI/OlT with a reset push button.
3. Display totalized flow in million gallons(MG),thousands of gallons(kGal),or
Gallons(Gal) in accordance with the following:
4. Use appropriate flow totalizer units for the total volume anticipated for the time
period. Unless requested by the Owner, water process flows are totalized in
million gallons (MG) and chemical flows are totalized in gallons (Gal).
Auxiliary flow(e.g.,backwash)units are determined based on the total flow for
the day.
S. Chemical systems which do not have flowmeters will calculate usage based on
the chemical tank volurne. The PLC will calculate tank volume based on the
measured level and the vessel geometry or the measured weight and the specific
weight of the chemical.
6. The PLC will update the flow totals at 12:00 a.m. local time.
3.4 ALARMING AND EQUIPMENT FAILURES
A. Analog Alarms:
I. Provide analog alarming capability for all analog signals monitored by the PLC.
2. Supervisor level users can set a common time setpoint(initially set to 5 seconds)
that is used to generate alarms. The following alarms(setpoints to be Supervisor
adjustable) are generated based on the analog feedback value. Each alarm
includes the ability for individual enabling and disabling.
a. High-l-ligh.
b. High.
C. Low.
d. Low-Low.
e. Loss of Signal,
3. LOSS OF SIGNAL alarm is generated when an analog signal goes outside the
420 rnA range due to a failure at the instrument or PLC card. The following
SCADA programming occurs:
a. If the analog signal is used in a control loop or ratio control loop,that
loop is placed into MANUAL.
b. If the analog signal is used in a calculation,that calculation uses the last
good analog signal. If the calculation is used in a control loop,that loop
is placed into MANUAL.
Water'freannent Plant Pressure Control Valves Process Control Descriptions
City of Round Rock 406196,00-6
r 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
4. SETPOINT REJECTED alarm is generated at the HMI when an analog setpoint
is out of range and rejected by the PLC.
B. Discrete Alarms:
I Program all discrete alarm signals wired to the PLC (float switches, pressure
switches,overload alarms)to alarm after an HMI adjustable time delay expires.
2. The maximum alarm delay for Safety related alarms(e.g.,E-stop)is 500ms. Set
each alarm timer during startup.
C. Motor Failure Alarms:
I Supervisor level users can set a common elapsed time setpoint for each scenario
below:
a. Motors being remotely controlled generate a FAIL-TO-START alarm
when the PLC sends the START command to the motor and it does not
receive a RUNNING status from the motor after a supervisor adjustable
time setpoint. When a FAIL-TO-START alarm is generated, the START
output command from the PLC is deenergized and the motor is
prevented from starting until a reset is issued from the HMI,
b. Motors being remotely controlled generate a FAIL-TO-STOP alarm
when the PLC sends the STOP command to the motor and it continues
to run after a supervisor adjustable time setpoint.
C. Motors with adjustable speed control generate a SPEED DEVIATION
alarm when the motor is running and the PLC sends a speed setpoint to
the motor and it does not reach the correct speed(within a deadband,
initially set to 10%)within a supervisor adjustable time setpoint. The
motor remains running if the SPEED DEVIATION alarm is activated.
D. Valve Failures:
I Supervisor level users can set a common time setpoint that is used to generate
the following alarms. When a valve position alarm is active, the PLC output is
maintained unless explicitly stated in the individual loop descriptions (e.g., a
fail to open alarm does not trigger the PLC to close the valve).
a. All discrete valves(OPEN-CLOSE)being remotely controlled generate
a FAIL-TO-OPEN alarm when the PLC sends the OPEN command to
the valve and it does not reach the OPENED limit within a supervisor
adjustable time setpoint.
b. All discrete valves(OPEN-CLOSE)being remotely controlled generate
a FAIL-TO-CLOSE alarm when the PLC sends the CLOSE command to
the valve and it does not reach the CLOSED limit within a supervisor
adjustable time setpoint.
C. All modulating valves(POSITIONING)being remotely controlled
generate a FAIL-TO-POSITION alarm when the valve feedback does
not match the PLC commanded position within a supervisor adjustable
time setpoint,
Water Trealinent Mant Pressure Control Valvo, Process Control I)Lscripiions
City of Round Rock 406 96.00-7
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3.5 AUTOMATIC CONTROLS
A. PID Control:
1. When individual control loops require PLD control, use the PLC manufacturer's
standard PID control functions. Provide a PID faceplate with the following
parameters:
a. Setpoint(SP): Reference to the setpoint. This is the setpoint entered
(either manually from the HMI or via program logic,as required by the
individual loop description)and is maintained by the PID controller.
b. Process Variable(PV): Reference to the process variable. The process
variable is the feedback from a field device or instrument for
comparison to the SP by the PID controller.
C. Output(CV): Reference to the controlled variable. This is the signal
varied by the PID controller in order to maintain the PV at the desired
SP,
2. PID controller accepts inputs for proportional (P), integral (1), and derivative
(D)setpoints used to tune the controller response. PID tuning parameters can be
entered manually by the Operator at the HMI or calculated automatically if the
PID controller supports autotuning functionality.
3. Operator can place the PID controller in MANUAL or AUTOMATIC mode.
a. In MANUAL, the Operator will enter the desired output(CV). The PID
controller will use setpoint tracking to write the process variable(PV)to
the controller setpoint(SP)to ensure bumpless transfer when the
controller is switched from MANUAL to AUTO.
b. In AUTO,the PID controller adjusts the output(CV)to hold the process
variable(PV)at the setpoint(SP).
4. Configure PID controller to prevent reset windup when operating in MANUAL
mode or when the output(CV)has reached maximum limit.
3.6 INDIVIDUAL CONTROL DESCRIPTIONS AND CONTROL SEQUENCES
LOOP 100 NORTH PRESSURE CONTROL GLOBE VALVE
A. Genera:
1. The North Pressure Control valve is a hydraulic valve which will be used as a
pressure sustaining pressure relief valve on the north side of the Round Rock
Water Treatment Plant. The valve will be used when the Burton Hill EST is
taken out of service for painting and maintenance. The valve will be installed
off the High Service Purnp Station 30"discharge line and will direct the water
back into the 2.0 MG Clearwell as needed. When the Burton Hill EST is taken
out of service, the valve will operate to maintain the required flow out of the
plant and will also maintain the discharge pressure,
Water Treannen(Plant Pressure Control Valves Process Control Descriptions
City(,)17 Round Rock 406196.00 8
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. Control:
I Local:
a. The valve will be provided with an electronic controller. A
Hand/Off'Auto switch will be provided on the controller to manually
operate the valve in the field.
2. Remote:
a. Auto:When the H/O/A switch on the valve controller is in Auto,the valve
will be controlled from SCADA. The valve is a pressure sustaining valve
and it will open and close to keep the upstream pressure within the preset
limit set at the valve, As the valve opens, it measures flow passing from
the upstream side to the Clearwell and sends the flow signal to the HMI.
The Plant PLC currently controls the pumps at the High Service Pump
Station 7- 11,based on the level at Barton Hill EST,When the North valve
is brought into service, the pump control will be based on flow through
the valve and the discharge pressure.
The existing pump controls will be adjusted as given below:
I The smallest adjustable speed pump will be the lead pump and run
continuously to maintain the pressure in the system. The pump
speed will change based on the distribution pressure as measured
by PIT-104. As the pressure in the system drops,the pump speed
will increase,The increase in pump speed will be inversely
proportional to the decrease in pressure.
2) If the lead pump is running at 100%speed for a preset amount of
time,the Lag I pump will be called to start by the PLC. The
operator will have the capability of assigning Lead, Lag 1,Lag 2,
Lag 3 and Lag 4 designation for all the pumps. If the Lag I pump
has an adjustable speed drive, the speed of the Lead and the Lag I
pump will drop down to a minimum,and speed of both pumps will
change based on the discharge pressure. If the pressure in the
system drops further,the PLC will then call the Lag 2, Lag 3 and
Lag 4 pumps as needed.
3) The water pumped by the High Service pump station is measured
by a flowmeter and the reading is recorded at the HMI, The PLC
will constantly compare the discharge flow with flow through the
valve. If the flow from the High Service pump station is greater
than the flow through the valve by an amount which is equivalent
to the capacity of a pump,the PLC shall command the pump to
turn off.
The capacity of each pump is listed below:
Pump 7 -4200 GPM
Pump 8-5200 GPM
Waw'freatineni Phw Pressure Cmirol Valves Process Control Descriptions
City of Round Rock 406l96,00-9
%�2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
Pump 9—5200 GPM
Pump 10—5200 GPM
Pump 11 —5200 GPM
4) When a pump is turned off based on the flow,the pressure in the
system will drop. A delay timer will be set in the PLC to prevent a
pump from starting right away.After the timer times out,and the
pressure in the system is below the preset setpoint,the PLC will
command a pump to turn on.
C. Alarins/Monitormg:
I. Flow(FIT-100).
2. Valve Position(Zl-100).
3. Line Pressure(PIT-100).
LOOP 200 SOUTH PRESSURE CONTROL GLOBE VALVE
A. General:
1. The South Pressure Control valve will be provided on the south side of the
Round Rock Water Treatment Plant.The valve will be installed to intercept the
water coming from 1431 EST and divert it to the Clearwells. The valve will be
used in the event that water needs to be supplemented to the east of 1-35.
B. Alarms/Monitoring:
I Local:
a. The valve will be provided with an electronic controller. A
Hand/Off/Auto switch will be provided on the controller to manually
operate the valve in the field.
2. Remote:
a. Manual: When the H/O/A switch on the valve controller is in Auto, the
valve will be controlled from SCADA. In the manual mode,the operator
will be able to send an open/close command to the valve and will be able
to enter the flow setpoint at the HMI. The valve will open based on the
flow setpoint while maintaining the upstream pressure set at the valve.
b. Auto: When the valve control is in automatic mode, the valve will open
and close based on the level in the clearwell. The operator shall enter a
flow setpoint at the HMI and the valve will open to match the flow
setpoint while maintaining the upstream pressure as set at the valve. The
valve controller calculates the flow based on valve position and sends the
signal to the HMI. The operator will manually select the clearwell (I M
or 2 MG) at the HMI to which the water will be diverted. The operator
will make the selection after manually adjusting the valves in the field.
Based on this selection,the PLC will close the valve when the level in the
selected clearwell is above a preset setpoint. When the level drops below
Water Treatinent Plant Pressure Control Valves Process Control Descriptions
City of Round Rock 406196.00- 10
v,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
a preset setpoint,the valve will open.The valve will continue to open and
close based on level until the control is in automatic mode.
C Alarms/Monitoring:
I. Flow(FIT-200).
2. Valve Position (ZI-200).
3. Line Pressure(PIT-200).
END OF SECTION 406196
WaterTircaiment Kim Pressure Control Valves Proc(zs Conqol Descripfions
City of Round Rock 406196.00- t I
C,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
This page intentionally left blank.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Process Control Descriptions
City of Round Rock 406196.00-12
t)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 407000- INSTRUMENTATION FOR PROCESS SYSTEMS
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1,2 SUMMARY
A, Section includes the general requirements to furnishing,installing,and servicing PCSS provided
instruments,
B. Related Requirements:
I Section 406100 "Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General
Provisions"for submittal requirements,
2. Section 407326"Sections for Gauge Pressure Transmitter."
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Process Control System Supplier (PCSS): The entity responsible for providing all materials,
equipment, labor, and services required to achieve a fully integrated and operational control
system.
B. Section 4071XX "Sections for flow measurement": The XX in the number indicates all spec
sections starting with the first 4 numbers (indicating a category described in the accompanying
text)are included in the reference.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Submit complete documentation for all field instruments in one comprehensive submittal. Use
ISA-TP,20.00.01-2007 data sheet for-mat as a cover sheet for each instrument prior to data
sheets, Submit a complete Bill of Materials (BOM) or Index that lists all instrumentation
equipment,sorted by Loop Number.
K Submit separate data sheets for each instrument type:
L Plant Equipment Number and ISA tag number per the Drawings.
2. Product(item)name used herein and on the Drawings,
3. Manufacturer's complete model number.
4. Location of the device.
S. Input -output characteristics,
6. Range,size,and graduations in engineering units.
C, Submit the following information for cacti instrument type:
Water Treatment Mant Pressure Control Valves Instrumentation for 11rocess Systems
City of Round Rock 407000• 1
C>2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components
and profiles.
2. Sizing calculations where applicable.
3. Indicate which instruments will be provided with certified calibration data (i.e., all flow
metering devices)as part of O&M manual.
4. Include rated capacities,operating characteristics, electrical characteristics and furnished
specialties and accessories.
5. Two-wire or four-wire device type as applicable.
6. Indicate which instruments will be provided with manufacturer's maintenance services if
specified.
D. Instrument Vendor Shop Drawings:
I. Include plans,elevations,sections,and mounting details.
2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required
clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field
connection.
3. Detail fabrication and assembly of instrument.
4. Include diagrams for power, signal,and control Wiring.
E. Submit catalog cuts for all instruments. Submit descriptive literature for each hardware
component,which fully describes the units being provided.
F. Submit index and data sheets <in electronic formal as well><as hard copies> on 8-1/2" x I I
formats. Submit electronic copies in Microsoft Excel or Word format on DVD disk or USB
thumb drive.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 406100 "Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General
Provisions."
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 406100 "Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General
Provisions."
1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to individual instrument specifications for spare parts requirements.
B, Refer to Section 406100 "Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General
Provisions"for PCSS requirements regarding submission of maintenance materials.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refer to individual instrument specifications for quality assurance requirements as well as
which specific instruments require manufacturer's start-up and training services,
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Instrumentation for Process Systems
City of Round Rock 407000-2
..............
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. Provide components compatible with functions required to form complete working system.
CRefer to Section 406100 "Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General
Provisions"for overall quality assurance requirements for PCSS scope of work.
1.9 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Refer to Section 016000 "Product Requirements" for delivery, storage, and handling
requirements.
1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Refer to Section 406100 "Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General
Provisions."
I'll WARRANTY
A. Refer to Section 406100 "Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General
Provisions."
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 rNSTRUMENT'FAGS
A. Permanent stainless steel or other non-corrosive material tag firmly attached and indelibly
marked with the instrument tag number, as indicated in the Drawings. Tag equipment before
shipping to the site.
B. Provide 1/'8-in by 3/8-in,Type 316 stainless-steel button head machine screws.
C. All supplied instrument transmitters and instrument transmitter elements require a stainless-steel
identification tag. Attach tag via stainless steel chain or stainless-steel wire(24-gauge min) to a
non-removable part of the device. Starnp,the ISA alphanumeric instrument number as indicated
on the P&ID, loop,or detail drawings into the tag. Minimum tag size is 1"14 x 3"W with 3/16"
high alphanumeric characters.
PART3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. See installation requirements in individual specification sections,
B. Mount instrumentation on instrumentation racks or stands, unless otherwise indicated. Provide
shutoff and drain valves on all instrumentation connections.
Watex Treatment Plant Presiure Control Valves, I nstruirrwntar ion for Process Systems
Cay of Round Rock 407000, 3
C',2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
END OF SECTION 407000
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Instrumentation for Process Systems
City of Round Rock 407000-4
1�)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 407326-GAUGE-PRESSURE'I'RANSMI'I-I'ERS
PARTI -GENERAL
Ll RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi-
tions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
L.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes gauge-pressure transmitters.
B. Related Requirements:
I. Section 406100 "Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General Provi-
sions."
2. Section 407000 "Instrumentation for Process Systems."
L3 DEFINITIONS
A. Not used.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product,
L Refer to Section 407000"Instrumentation for Process Systems."
B. Shop Drawings:
I. Refer to Section 407000"Instrumentation for Process Systems.,"
E5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A, Refer to Section 406100 "Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General Provi-
sions"for any PCSS requirements regarding informational submittals for instruments.
B. Product Test Reports: For each pressure transmitter, for tests performed by manufacturer and
witnessed by a qualified testing agency.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
X Refer to Section 406100 "Process Control and Enterprise Management System General Provi-
sions."
Water Treannent Pkint Pressure Contnfl Valves Gauge-Pressure Transmitters
City of Round Rock 407,326• 1
((,')2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. None Required.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide components compatible with functions required to form complete working system.
B. Ensure that materials of construction of wetted parts are compatible with process liquid.
C. Materials in Contact with Potable Water:Certified to NSF 61 and NSF 372.
1.9 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Refer to Section 016000 "Product Requirements" for delivery, storage, and handling require-
ments.
1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Refer to Section 406100"Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General Provi-
sions."
1.11 WARRANTY
A. Refer to Section 406100 "Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General
Provisions."
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 GAUGE PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS
A. Manufacturers:
1, Manufacturers and their products are subject to compliance with requirements. Provide
one of the following:
a. Rosemount 3051 CG.
b. Siemens Sitrans P DS Ill.
C. Or approved equal
A. Type:
I. Microprocessor based,intelligent type.
B. Function/Performance:
I. Measuring Range: 0-200 psi,
2. Accuracy: 0.075 percent of span.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Gauge-Pressure Transmitters
City of Round Rock 407326-2
%,)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3. Operating Temperature: -4 to 176 degrees F,
4. Temperature Effect: Combined temperature effects less than 0.2 percent of maximum
spat)per 82 degrees F temperature change.
5. Output Signal: 4 to 20 rnA DC linear with pressure,with HART protocol.
6. Output: Zero adjustable over the range of the instrument calibrated span is greater than
the minimum calibrated span.
T Stability: 0.05 percent of tipper range limit for I year,
S. Response Time: Less than I ms.
9. Display: Digital indicator displaying pressure in the engineering units indicated on the
Drawings or in the instrument device schedule.
10. Diagnostics:
a. Self-diagnostics with transmitter failure driving output to above or below out of
range limits,
b. Simulation capability for inputs and loop outputs.
c. Test terminals available to case connection for test equipment without opening the
loop.
d. Registers to record minimum and maximum pressure and temperatures transmitter
has been exposed to be available.
11. Over Range Protection: Provide positive over range protection to 150 percent of the
maximum pressure of the system being monitored.
C. Physical:
I. Power Supply: 24 VDC loop power.
2. Enclosure:
a. NEMA 4X(IP66),explosion proof.
b. Approved for,Class 1,Division 1,Groups C and D.
C, Instruments for hazardous locations have Factory Mutual(FM),Canadian Stand-
ards Association(CSA),and CENELEC approvals and certifications as specified
herein and as indicated on the Drawings or in the instrument device schedule.
3. Process Wetted Parts(except for ozone/oxygen service):
a. Isolating diaphragm and other wetted metal parts:Type 316L stainless-steel.
b. Gaskets and 0-rings:Teflon,
4. Sensor Fill Fluid(except for ozone/oxygen service): Silicone.
D. Required Accessories:
1. Shutoff Cocks: Furnished by gauge manufacturer.
2. Provide diaphragm seals as shown on the drawings,
2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Provide shop inspection and testing of completed assembly.
waoer'rreatrnem Plant Pressure Control Valves Gauge-Pressure Trimsminers
Oty of Round Rock 40b7326-3
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine walls, floors, roofs, and process area for suitable conditions where gauge pressure
transmitter will be installed.
B. Prepare written report,endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1.
B. Wiring Method: Conceal conductors and cables in accessible ceilings, walls, and floors where
possible.
C. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess
and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION
A. Refer to drawings for tagging designations
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A, Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and
inspect components,assemblies,and equipment installations,including connections.
C. Gauge-pressure transmitters will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and
inspections.
D. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.5 STARTUP SERVICE
A. Perform startup service.
I. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.
3.6 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Not Required.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Gauge-Pressure Transmitters
City of Round Rock 407326-4
----------
2.022 CDM Smith
8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3,7 DEMONSTRATION
A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate,and maintain units,
E. While starting up the instruments, the manufacturer to provide training to the Owner's
instrumentation technicians as follows:
I How to calibrate, install, troubleshoot, read the diagnostics, and maintain the sensor and
transmitter.
2. Provided I times and last up to 2 hours in the field.
END OF SECTION 407326
Water Treatmoit Plant Pressure Cmitrol Valves Gauge.PressureTransrm t ters
Cay cat Round Rock 407326 5
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
This page intentionally left blank.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Gauge-Pressure Transmitters
City of Round Rock 407326-6
'e 2022 CDM Sinith
8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 407856-ISOLATORS, INTRINSICALLY SAFE BARRIERS,AND SURGE
SUPPRESSORS
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes isolators, intrinsically safe barriers,and surge suppressors.
B. Related Requirements:
L Section 406100 "Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General
Provisions"for submittal requirements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Section 4072XX "Sections for level measurernent'% The XX in the number indicates all spec
sections starting with the first 4 numbers (indicating a category described in the accompanying
text)are included in the reference.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
I. Refer to Section 407000"Instrumentation for Process Systems,"
B. Shop Drawings:
I. Refer to Section 407000"Instrumentation for Process Systems,"
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 406100 "Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General
Provisions" for any PCS S requirements regarding informational submittals for instruments.
1.6 CLOSEOUTSUBMI'l-FALS
A. Refer to Section 406100 "Process Control and Enterprise Management System General
Provisions."
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves isolators,intrinsically Safe Barriers,and Surge Suppressors
City of Round Rock 407856. I
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. None Required.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide components compatible with functions required to form complete working system.
1.9 DELIVERY,STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Refer to Section 016000 "Product Requirements" for delivery, storage, and handling
requirements.
1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Refer to Section 406100 "Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General
Provisions."
LI I WARRANTY
A. Refer to Section 406 100"Process Control and Enterprise Management Systems General
Provisions."
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SIGNAL ISOLATORSIBOOSTERS/CONVERTERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Manufacturers and their products are subject to compliance with requirements. Provide
one of the following:
a. Acromag.
b. Action Instruments Shm Pak.
C. Or equal.
B. Type:
I. Solid state,ASIC technology;electronic type.
C. Function/Performance:
I. Accuracy: 0.15 percent.
2. Inputs: Current,voltage,frequency,temperature,or resistance as required.
3. Outputs: Current or voltage as required,
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Isolators,Intrinsically Safe Barriers,and Surge Suppressors
City of Round Rock 407856.2
..........
2022 CDM Smith
8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
4. Isolation: Complete isolation between input circuihy,output circuitry,and the power
supply.
S. Adjustments: Zero and span adjustment.
6. Protection: Provide RFI protection.
D. Physical:
1. Mounting: DIN Rail,
2.2 INTRINSIC SAFETY BARRIERS
A. Manufacturers:
I. Manufacturers and their products are subject to compliance with requirements. Provide
one of the following:
a. Gems 54800(4-20mA)and 65800(dry contacts),
b. R. Stahl -Intrinspak.
C. Siemens Water Tech-nologies.. IS I (4-20mA)and IS6(dry contacts).
& Or equal.
13. Type:
I. Solid state electronic type in which the energy level of the sensing or actuation circuit is
low enough to allow safe,usage in hazardous areas.
C. Function/Performance:
I Provide a barrier for instrumentation and equipment transmitting analog or digital signals
that originate in a hazardous area as indicated in the design documents.
2, Locate in non-hazardous,areas.
3, Match power supply provided,
D. Physical:
I. Mounting: DIN Rail.
2.3 INTRINSIC SAFETY BARRIERS(101K 2-WIRE TRANSMITTER SYSTEMS)
A. Manufacturers:
I. Manufacturers and their products are subject to compliance with requirements. Provide
one of the following:
a. Gems.
b. MR
C, Unitech.
d. Or equal.
e.
Water Treatment Plant flreswreCornroValves lsolalors,Intrinsically Safe Barrwrs,and Surge Suppressors
Oty of Rcwnd Rock 407856 3
Cl 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. Type:
1. Passive devices requiring no external voltage supply.
C. Function/Performance:
1. Supplied with series resistors,series fuse and shunt zener diodes to limit the transfer of
energy to levels required by intrinsically safe protection between safe and hazardous
locations.
2. Factory Mutual approved and certified for use in accordance With National Fire
Protection Association(NFPA 493).
D. Physical:
I. Mounting: DIN Rail.
2.4 SURGE PROTECTION FOR CONTROL SYSTEMS
A. Manufacturers:
I. Manufacturers and their products are subject to compliance with requirements. Provide
one of the following:
a. Citel DLA series.
b. MJ8 series.
C. MTL Surge Technologies(Telematic)NP Series.
d. Phoenix Contact PlugTrab Series.
e. Transtector FSP Series.
f. Or equal.
B. Function/Performance:
I. Provides surge protection of electronic instrumentation from induced surges propagated
along the signal and power supply lines from lightning,utility,or the plan electrical
systems.
1 Protection system lower than the instrument withstand level,while not interfering with
normal operation.
1 Maintenance free and self-restoring.
4. Response time: Less than 50 nanoseconds.
5. Discharge surge current: At least 8kA(at an 8x20ps impulse waveform)
C. Required Surge Protection:
1. Analog Signal(4-20mA)Circuits:
a. Provide surge protection where any part of the circuit is outside of the building
envelope.
b. Protect circuits at both the transmitter and the control system end of the circuit.
C. Mount transmitter surge protectors in separate NEMA 4X enclosure or conduit
mount.
d. Use of a single device to protect both 120VAC and 4-20mA wires is acceptable.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Isolators,Intrinsically Safe Barriers,and Surge Suppressors
City of Round Rock 407856-4
k 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
e. Provide surge protector from one of the following:
1) Phoenix Contact PTSeries.
2) MTL Surge'rechnologies(Telematic)TP48.
3) Citel DLA or CAD series.
4) Or equal.
2, Control Panel Power Feed(120VAC):
a. Provide protection of 120VAC power feed into control panels, instruments,and
control room equipment.
b. Provide surge protector from one of the following:
1) Citel DS40 series.
2) MCG Surge Protection 400 Series.
3) Phoenix Contact"Mains-PlugTrab".
4) Transtector ACP-I OOBW Series.
5) Or equal.
3. Non-Fiber Based Data Highway or Communications Circuits:
a. Provide protection on all communication and data highway circuits that leave a
building or are routed external to a building.
b. Provide circuit protection at both ends of the line.
c. Provide surge protector from one of the following:
I) Phoenix Contact PlugTrab Series
2) Transtector FSP Series,
3) MTL Surge Technologies(Telematic)NP Series.
4) Citel DLA series.
5) MJ8 series.
6) Or equal.
4. RF Coaxial Cable:
il. Provide protection on communication cables between radios and antennas,
mounted either inside the panel,or in the wall of the enclosure.
b. Protected in accordance with NEMA and UL 497E standards.
c. Provide surge protector from one of the following:
I) Citel P8AX series.
2) Polyphaser.
3) Or equal.
5. Inductive Loads:
a. Provide coil surge suppression devices,such as varistors or interposing relays,on
all process controller outputs or switches rated 120VA or less that drive solenoid,
coil,or motor loads.
6. Telephone Circuits:
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Isolators,Intrinsically Safe Barriers,and Surge Suppressors
City of Round Rock 407856,5
((,,;2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
a. Provide Telephone Company approved line protection units for all telephone lines
used for telemetry or SCADA system use under this Contract.
b. Provide surge protector from one of the following:
I) Citel DLA-170.
2) Or equal.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine walls, floors, roofs, and rooms for suitable conditions where -,computers> will be
installed.
B. Prepare written report,endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3,2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1.
B. Wiring Method: Conceal conductors and cables in accessible ceilings, walls, and floors where
possible,
C. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess
and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perforin tests and inspections.
B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and
inspect components,assemblies,and equipment installations,including connections.
C. Isolators, intrinsically safe barriers and surge suppressors will be considered defective if it does
not pass tests and inspections.
D. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.4 STARTUP SERVICE
A. Perform startup service.
1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Isolators,Intrinsically Safe barriers,and Surge Suppressors
City of Round Rock 407856.6
(0 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
15 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A, Not Required.
16 DEMONSTRATION
A. 'Frain Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust,operate, and maintain units.
END OF SECTION 407856
Water'freairnent Plant Pressure Control VaNcs Isolators,Intrinswally Safe Barriers,and Surge Suppressors
Oty ot'Round R(wk 407856-7
C)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
This page intentionally left blank.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Isolators,Intrinsically Safe Barriers,and Surge Suppressors
City of Round Rock 407856-8
2022 CDM Smith
8077 2394
All Rights Reserved February 2022
PART I -GENERAL
Ll RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 0l Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes;
1. Pipe penetrations.
2. Restrained joints.
I Flexible connections.
4. Expansion joints.
5. Expansion loops.
6. Sleeve-type couplings.
B. Related Requirements:
I Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for miscellaneous metalwork and fasteners as
required by this Section
2. Section 079200"Joint Sealants" for sleeve sealant for pipe penetrations
3. Section 099100 "Painting" for product and execution requirements for painting specified
by this Section
4. Section 330509"33—Thrust Restraint for Utility Piping" for pipe restraints
5. Section 331300 "Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution" for disinfection of potable
water piping
6. Section 400507 "Hangers and Supports for Process Piping" for hangers, anchors,sleeves,
and sealing of piping to adjacent structures
7. Section 400551 "Common Requirements for Process Valves" for common product
requirements for valves for placement by this Section
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Work of this Section with installation of piping, valves and equipment connections
specified in other Sections and indicated on Drawings.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
I Submit manufacturer catalog information for each specified product, including
installation instructions.
B. Shop Drawings:
Water Treatment Plarn Pressure Control Valves Couplings,Adapters,and Specials for Process Piping
City of Round Rock 400506- 1
�,v 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1 Identification:
a. Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for pipe
identification.
b. Comply with ASME A]3.L
2. Indicate restrained joint details and materials.
3. Submit layout drawings showing piece numbers and location, indicating restrained joint
locations.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
B. Welder Certificates: Certify welders and welding procedures employed on Work, verifying
AWS qualification within previous 12 months.
C. Manufacturer Instructions: Submit special procedures and setting dimensions.
D. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of factory tests and inspections.
E. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections.
1'-. Qualifications Statements:
1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer, installer,and licensed professional.
2. Submit manufacturer's approval of installer.
3. Welders: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS DI.I/DI.I M.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of piping appurtenances.
B. Identify and describe unexpected variations to pipe routing or discovery of uncharted utilities.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Materials in Contact with Potable Water: Certified to NSF Standards 61 and 372.
B. Perform Work according to ASME 831.9 for installation of piping systems and according to
AWS DLVDI.IM for welding materials and procedures.
C. Perform Work according to ASME 831.3 for installation of piping systems.
D. Perform Work according to City of Round Rock standards.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Couplings,Adapters,and Specials for Process Piping
City of Round Rock 400506-2
(45 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.8 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with
minirnurn five years documented experience.
B, Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with minimum five years
documented experience.
C. Welders: AWS qualified within previous 12 months for employed weld types.
1.9 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for
damage.
B. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions.
C. Protection:
I. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from
construction operations areas.
2. Furnish temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings and maintain in place
until installation,
3. Provide additional protection according to Manufacturer instructions,
LIO EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements:
I. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.
2. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings.
1.11 WARRANTY
A, Manufacturer's Warranty: Warrant against material and workmanship defects for products
included within this Section.
I, Warranty Period:Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
11 PIPE SLEEVES
A. All construction except new concrete walls:
L Material: Schedule 40 galvanized steel conforming to ASTM A53,
2. 2-irich minimum circumference water stop welded to exterior sleeve at midpoint
water Tycatment Plant Prcswure Control V'alves Couplings,Adapters,and SpeeWs for Proccis Pipng
C'ay of Round Rock 400506 3
oo 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3. Ends cut and ground to be:
a. Flush with ground.
b. Flush with ceiling.
C. 2 inches above finished floors.
d. Sealed with caulking.
e. Sized as required.
& New concrete walls with pipes up to 20 inches in diameter:
I. Material: non-metallic High-Density Polyethylene Sleeves(HDPE).
2. Integral hollow molded water stops.
a. 4 inches larger than the outside diameter of the sleeve,
1 End caps for forming and reinforcing ribs.
4. Domestically manufactured by:
a. Century-Line as manufactured by Pipeline Seal & Insulator, Inc., Houston, TX,or
equal.
C. New concrete with pipes 20 to 60 inches in diameter:
I. Material:molded HDPE modular interlocking discs to make the width of the wall
a. Corrugated.
b. Cell-Cast as manufactured by Pipeline Seal & Insulator, Inc,, Houston, TX, or
equal.
D. External wall penetrations:
I. 36-in diameter and less may be made by means of a ductile iron sleeve capable of being
bolted directly to the fonriwork:
2. Seal of the annular space between the carrier pipe and the sleeve made by means of a
confined rubber gasket and be capable of withstanding 350 psi.
3. Sleeve to have an integrally cast waterstop of 1/2-inch minimum thickness, 2-1/2-inch
minimum height.
4. Manufacturers: Omni-Sleeve,Maiden, MA or equal.
2.2 SEALING MATERIALS
A. Mechanical seals:
1. Of rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe and the
wall opening or sleeve.
1 Link pressure plates molded of glass reinforced nylon:
a. Colored throughout elastomer,
b. Permanent identification of the size and manufacturer's name molded into the
pressure plate and scaling element.
Water,rreatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Couplings,Adapters,and Specials for Process Piping
City of Round Rock 400506-4
c,2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3. Hardware:
a. Mild steel with a 60,000 psi minimum tensile strength.
K 2-part Zinc Dichromate coating per ASTM B-633.
cl Organic Coating, tested in accordance with ASTM B-117 to pass a 1,500-hour salt
spray test.
d. Use Type 316 Stainless Steel hardware:
I) In chemical areas,
2) For submerged service,
3) For penetrations in tanks containing sludge or wastewater.
4. Completed sealing system:
a. Duty pressure rated for 20 prig differential pressure.
b. EPDM for all services except fire rated assemblies.
1) Fire rated seals use silicone link material.
C. Manufacturer: PSI-Thunderfine/ Link-Seal as manufactured by Pipeline Seal &
Insulator, Inc., Houston,TX,or pre-approved equal.
B. Sealant:
I A two-part foamed silicone elastomer manufactured by:
a. Dow Coming Co., Product No. 3-6548 silicone R.T.V,
b, 3M brand fire barrier products caulk C.P.25 and 3M brand moldable putty MP+-,
c. Flame-Safe fire stop systems FS-900 by Rectorseal.
2, Sealant head configuration, depth and width in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
23 HARDWARE,APPURTENANCES,AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
A. Provide glands, bolts, nuts, stud bolts, and other required hardware, and all gaskets, for
connection of piping and appurtenances. Provide bolts, nuts,and washers of the same number
and size as the flange, or other joint, standard they are connected to with the strength rating as
noted for that connection. Proivde studs same as for bolts. Provide high strength bolts, nuts,
and nuts waders. If not otherwise indicated, provide bolts and nuts as noted above, ASTM
A193, Grade B7. After installation, coat any non-stainless uncoated, buried hardware as
indicated in 09910 "Pipeline Coatings and Linings". Provide all interior fen-ous metals not
intended to be coated or installed as stainless steel as hot dip galvanized in accordance with
ASTM A153, Where suitable,galvanizing may be used in lieu of coating systems at the option
of the System Engineer. Provide other hardware of the size, type, and number as required and
recommended by the piping or appurtenance manufacturer and as specified herein. Project bolts
a minimum of 1/4-inch beyond the nut when fully tightened. For buried applications, the
requirements of Division 33 also apply. When in conflict, the more conservative requirement,
in the opinion ofthe System Engineer,shall apply.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Couphngs,Adapters,and Specials fbr Process Riping
City or Round Rock 400506-5
1 2022 CDM Sm4h 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. Provide gaskets for flanges, minimum 1/8-inch thick and full face and suitable for 200 degrees
F operating temperature, unless higher temperature required on individual systems and the,
fluids carried. High pressure and large diameter flanges and ANSI 816.5 or custom flanges
may require ring gaskets. Gaskets for potable water systems shall be NSF 61 approved for
drinking water use.
C. Provide fabric reinforced petroleum special protective tape as manufactured by Denso, Inc., or
equal.
D. Teflon sheet to be bonded to concrete saddles and steel straps at pipe supports, low-friction,
virgin PTFE sheets etched on one side for bonding with epoxy adhesive. Thickness as noted on
Drawings.Adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer.
E. Teflon Faced Steel Bearing Plates: Fluorogold Slide Bearings as manufactured by Furon,
Structural Bearings Division,Athens,Texas, or equal.
2.4 FINISHES
A. Prepare piping appurtenances for field finishes as specified in Section 099 100"Painting."
15 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Provide shop inspection and testing of completed assemblies.
B. Certificate of Compliance:
1. If manufacturer is approved by authorities having jurisdiction, submit certificate of
compliance indicating Work performed at manufacturer's facility conforms to Contract
Documents.
2. Specified shop tests are not required for Work performed by approved manufacturer.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field dimensions are as indicated on Drawings.
B. Inspect existing flanges for nonstandard bolthole configurations or design and verify that new
pipe and flanges mate properly.
C. Verify that openings are ready to receive sleeves.
D. Verify that pipe plain ends to receive sleeve-type couplings are smooth and round for 12 inches
(305 mm) from pipe ends.
E. Verify that pipe outside diameter conforms to sleeve manufacturer's requirements.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Couplings,Adapters,and Specials for Process Piping
City of Round Rock 400506-6
K` 2022 CDM smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3.2 PREPAR-ATION
A. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean end connections before installation.
B. Close pipe and equipment openings with caps or plugs during installation.
C. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to remove foreign substances.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. According to ASME 1331 A
B. Coating: Finish piping appurtenances as specified in Section 099100 "Painting" for service
conditions.
C. Restrained Joints: As specified in Section 330519 "Ductile Iron Utility Pipe" and 330509.33
"Thrust Restraint for Utility Piping".
D. Flexible Connections- Install flexible couplings at connections to equipment and where
indicated on Shop Drawings.
E, Air Release and Vacuum Breakers: Provide vacuum breakers as indicated on Drawings.
F. Disinfection: Disinfect potable water piping as specified in Section 331300 - Disinfecting of
Water Utility Distribution.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. After installation,inspect for proper supports and interferences.
B, Repair damaged coatings with material equal to original coating.
3.5 CLEANING
X Keep equipment interior clean as installation progresses,
END OF SECTION 400506
Water"t-reatment Mani Pressure Coustrol Valves Cokiphngs,Adapters,and Spemls for Process Pipiing
City of Round Rock 400506-7
C�2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
This page intentionally left blank.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Couplings,Adapters,and Specials for Process Piping
City of Round Rock 400506-9
K)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 400507-HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING
PART I GENERAL
Ll RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A, Section includes:
B. Related Requirements:
L Section 030110 "Concrete and Reinforcing": Execution requirements for placement of
concrete housekeeping pads specified by this Section.
2. Section 055000"Metal Fabrications'% Miscellaneous metalwork and fasteners as required
by this Section
3. Section 0990tO "Shop Priming" and 099100 "Painting: Product and execution
requirements for painting specified by this Section.
4. Section 400506"Couplings,Adapters,and Specials for Process Piping"
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Ferrous Metal: Iron,steel,stainless steel, and alloys with iron as principal component.
B. Wetted or submerged: Submerged, less than 1-foot above liquid surface, below top of channel
or tank wall,under cover or slab of channel or tank,or in other damp locations.
C. "Pipe" or "piping": Piping, piping system(s), hose, tube, fittings, joints, valves, and similar
appurtenances.
D. Supports: wherever the word "supports" or "pipe supports" are used, they shall mean pipe
supports, hangers, structural connection,,, concrete inserts (if allowed), anchors, guides, bolts,
expansion units,restraints and all restraint, hanging,supporting, allowing controlled expansion,
or other means of attaching piping along with the necessary appurtenances.
1,4 COORDINATION
X Coordinate Work of this Section with piping and equipment connections specified ill other
Sections and indicated on Drawings.
B. When in conflict with details shown oil Drawings,the more stringent requirement shall apply.
Water Treatiment Plant Pressure Controt valves Hangers and Supp(orts for Process Nping
City of'Rourid Rock 400507- 1
(e,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's catalog data including load capacity.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit scaled piping layouts for each system. Indicate flow stream, pipe
size(s) material(s), schedule(s), lining(s), critical dimensions between pipes, equipment and
building features. Indicate by schedule pipe hanger/support type and locations. Provide detail of
each type of hangers,supports,anchors,and guides.
1.6 DELEGATED DESIGN SUBMITTALS
A. Support System Design
1. Engage the services of an independent registered professional engineer licensed in the
State of Texas ordinarily engaged in the business of pipe support systems analysis and
design, to analyze system piping and service conditions,and to develop a detailed support
system design, specific to the piping material, pipe joints, valves, and piping
appurtenances proposed for use.
a. The proposed support system engineer shall have at least 5 years of experience in
the analysis and design of similar systems, including the use of commercial and
custom pipe supports and in the use of commercial pipe stress software programs.
b. Support system engineering groups include the following:
1) J. Blanco Associates,Inc.Hawthorne,NJ.
2) Fenny Engineering Company,Venice, FL.
3) LCI Engineering,Ottawa,Ontario,Canada.
2. The support system design shall include:
a. Criteria by piping system.
b. Summary of Contractor-selected related components including joints,class,valves,
appurtenances, etc., and commercial supports and especially including pipe
materials.
C, Dead weight and dynamic analysis, including system thermal effects and pressure
thrusts. Computer-based software system equivalent to Bentley Systems AutoPIPE
or SST Systems CAEPIPE.
1) Present each system in an isometric graphic and show the resolved and
resultant force and moment systems, as well as all recommended hangers,
supports,anchors,restraints,and expansion/flexible joints.
d. Submit support system design to the Engineer for review. The submittal needs to
be stamped by a professional engineer registered in the State of Texas.
e. All aspects of the analysis and design to comply with the provisions of ANSI
B31.3 and the referenced standards.
f. Coordinate support arrangements to eliminate interference with similar systems to
be installed under HVAC, Plumbing, and Electrical; to account for structural
expansion joints and to maintain access for both personnel and for the removal of
equipment.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Hangers and Supports for Process Piping
City of Round Rock 400507-2
2022 CDM Srnith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. Manufacturers' Instructions: Submit special procedures and assembly of components.
L7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Certificate:Certify that products rneet or exceed specified requirements.
B. Welders' Certificate: Submit welders' certification of compliance with ASME Section IX AWS
D I.1,verifying qualification within previous 12 months,
C. Qualifications Statements:
L Submit qualifications for manufacturer and licensed professional.
L8 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. All supports and hangers shall be crated, delivered and uncrated so as to protect against any
damage.
B. All parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration shall occur during a
prolonged delay from the time of'shipment until installation is completed.
C. Finished metal surfaces not galvanized, that are not of stainless-steel construction, or that are
not coated,shall be grease coated,to prevent rust and corrosion.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
X Perforin Work according to AWS D1.1 for welding hanger and support attachments to building
structure.
1.10 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this Section with
minitnum three years'documented experience,
B. Licensed Professional: Professional engineer experienced in design of specified Work and
licensed in State of Texas.
1.11 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Inspection: Accept materials on-Site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's
identification.
B. protect products from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and damage by
storing in original packaging.
Water Treatunent Plant Pressure Controt Valves Hangers and Supports for Process Piping
City of Round Rock 44 0505 -3
C,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1.12 EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. Indicate field
measurements on Shop Drawings,
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Support pipe and appurtenances connected to equipment to prevent any strain being imposed on
the equipment. Comply with manufacturer's requirements regarding piping loads being or not
being transmitted to their equipment. Submit certification stating that such requirements have
been met.
B. Support and secure all pipe and tubing in the intended position and alignment to prevent
significant stresses in the pipe or tubing material, valves, fittings,and other pipe appurtenances.
Design all supports to adequately secure the pipe against excessive dislocation due to thermal
expansion and contraction, internal flow forces, and all probable external forces such as
equipment, pipe, and personnel contact. Any structural steel members required to brace any
piping from excessive dislocation shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section
055000"Metal Fabrications"and shall be furnished and installed under this Section.
C. Contractor may propose minor adjustments to the piping arrangements in order to simplify the
supports, or in order to resolve minor conflicts in the work. Such an adjustment might involve
minor change to a pipe centerline elevation so that a single trapeze support may be used.
D. Where flexible sleeve, split ring,vibration, or other couplings are required at equipment, tanks,
etc., the end opposite to the piece of equipment, tank,etc., shall be rigidly supported to prevent
transfer of force systems to the equipment.Do not install fixed or restraining supports between a
flexible coupling and the piece of equipment.
E. Pipe Supports:
1. Shall not induce point loadings but shall distribute pipe loads evenly along the pipe
circumference.
2. Provide supports at changes in direction and elsewhere as shown in the Drawings or as
specified herein.
3. No piping shall be supported from other piping or from metal stairs, ladders, and
walkways,unless specifically directed or authorized by the Engineer.
4. Provide pipe supports to minimize lateral forces through valves, both sides of flexible
split ring type couplings and sleeve type couplings, and to minimize all pipe forces on
pump housings. Pump housings shall not be utilized to support connecting pipes.
5. Effects of thermal expansion and contraction of the pipe to be accounted for in the pipe
support selection and installation.
F. Insofar as is possible, floor supports shall be given preference. Where specifically indicated,
concrete supports, as shown on the Drawings, may be used. Base elbow and base tees shall be
supported on concrete pedestals.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Hangers and Supports for Process Piping
City of Round Rock 400507-4
�',,�2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS/DESIGN CRITERIA
A. All supports and appurtenances shall be standard products from approved manufacturers
wherever possible and shall be adequate to maintain the supported load in proper position under
all operating conditions. Any reference to a specific figure number of a specific manufacturer is
for the purpose of establishing a type and quality of product and shall not be considered as
proprietary. Note that different materials required, as specified in Part 2 MATERIALS, may
require different figures or model numbers than those shown.
I. The minimum working factor of safety for all items, with the exception of springs, shall
be five times the ultimate tensile strength of the material, assuming 10 feet (3 in) of
water-filled pipe being supported and normal test pressures.
2. Design for all loads using a safety factor of 5.
& Piping schedule is included in the contract drawings.
C. All items shall be designed with strength and stiffness to support, restrain, and allow expansion
of the respective pipes under the maximum combination of peak loading conditions to include
pipe weight, liquid weight, liquid movement and pressure forces, thennal expansion and
contraction,vibrations,and all probable externally applied forces.
D. Complete design details of the pipe system components shall be submitted for review and
approval as specified in Part 1, No support shall be installed without approved support system
Drawings.
E. The pipe support system shall not impose loads on the supporting structures in excess of the
loads for which the supporting structure is designed.
F. Coordinate loads detennined by the Contractor's pipe support design engineer with the
Contractor's pre-engineered structure manufacturer to ensure the pre-engineered structure is
designed to support and accommodate loads from the pipe support system.
G.
G. Seismic Design and restraint requirements,in accordance with the Structural Design criteria,
23 MATERIALS
A. For support of metallic pipe:
I Submerged, buried, or within outdoor structures (vaults, etc.): "Type 316 stainless steel
(SS).
2. Within chemical areas: Vinyl ester fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) for pipe size up to
2 inch (51 rnm),epoxy coated steel for 2-112 inches(64 mm)size and larger.
3. Other locations: steel with galvanizing where noted, or if not otherwise noted, coating as
required in Division 09 Finished Painting.
4. Additional requirements(including dielectric insulation): see following paragraphs,
B. For support of non-metallic pipe:
I. Submerged,buried,or within vaults, Type 316 stainless steel or FRP,
'Arater,rreatment Plant Pressure Controi Wvcs Hangers wid Supporls for Process Piping
City of Round Rock 4001.507 -5
(V 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2. Within chemical areas: vinyl ester FRP.
3. Other locations: steel with galvanizing where noted,or if not otherwise noted,coating as
required in Division 09 Finished Painting;all with local stress protection shields.
4. Additional requirements(including stress protection shields): see following paragraphs
C. Wherever stainless steel is noted,it shall be Type 316 unless noted otherwise.
2.4 SUPPORT AND RE,STPLAINT SYSTEMS
A. Steel or Ductile Iron Piping
I. Cast iron and ductile iron, steel, and stainless- steel piping shall be supported at a
maximum support spacing of 10 feet (3 m) with a minimum of one support per pipe
section at the joints.
2. Support spacing for ductile iron, steel, and stainless-steel piping 2-in and smaller
diameter shall not exceed 5 feet(1.5 m).
B. Copper Piping
1. Supports for copper pipe shall be copper plated or shall have a 1/16 inch(1.6 mm)plastic
coating.
2. Support spacing for copper piping and tubing 2 inch (51 mm)and smaller diameter shall
not exceed 5 feet (1.5 m) and greater than 2 inch (51 nurt) diameter shall not exceed 8
feet(2.4 in).
3. Where pipe supports come in contact with copper piping, provide protection from
galvanic corrosion by: wrapping pipe with 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick neoprene sheet
material and galvanized protection shield; isolators similar to Cooper B-Line B3195CT;
or copper-plated or PVC-coated hangers and supports,
C. Non-Metallic Piping
I. All uninsulated non-metallic piping such as PVC, CPUC, HDPE, PVDF, etc., shall be
protected from local stress concentrations at each support point. Protection shall be
provided by non-metallic protection shields or other method as approved by the Engineer,
a. Where pipes are bottom supported 180 degrees, arc shields shall be furnished.
Where 360-degree arc support is required, such as U-bolts, protection shields shall
be provided for the entire pipe circumference. All U-bolts or clamps for non-
metallic pipes shall be plastic coated.
b. Protection shields shall have an 18-gauge minimum thickness, not be less than 12
inches (305 mm)in length and be securely fastened to pipe with Type 316 stainless
steel straps not less than 1/2 inch(13 mm)wide.
2. Individually supported PVC pipes shall be supported as recornmended by the pipe
manufacturer except that support-spacing shall be manufacturers recommendation minus
2-ft. down to 5 ft spacing recommendation,then spacing shall be 3 feet.
3. Supports for horizontal multiple PVC plastic piping:
a. Shall be continuous wherever possible.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Hangers and Supports for Process Piping
City of Round Rock 400507-6
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
b. Multiple, suspended, horizontal plastic PVC pipe runs, where possible, shall be
supported by ladder type cable trays such as: Husky Ladder Flange Out by
MPHusky-1 or equal.
C. Rung spacing shall be 12 inches (305 min). Tray width shall be approximately 6
inch(152 mrn) for single runs and 12 inches(305 mrn) for double runs.
d. I-adder type cable trays shall be furnished complete with all hanger rods, rod
couplings, concrete inserts, hanger clips, etc,, required for a complete support
system. Individual plastic pipes shall be secured to the rungs of the cable tray by
strap clamps or fasteners similar to: Globe, Series 600; Unistrut Piper'Conduit
Clamps and Hangers;or equal.
e. Spacing between clamps shall not exceed 9 feet (2.7 rn). The cable trays shall
provide continuous support along the length of the pipe. Individual clamps,
hangers, and supports in contact with plastic PVC pipe shall provide firm support
but not so firm as to prevent longitudinal movement due to thermal expansion and
contraction,
D. Frarning Support System
I. See Part 2 MATERIALS for materials of construction.
1 Beams: Size such that beam stress does not exceed 25,000 psi (172 MPa) and maximurn
deflection does riot exceed 1/240 of span,
1 Column Members: Size in accordance with manufacturer's recommended method.
4. Support Loads: Calculate using weight of pipes filled with water,
5. Maximum Spans:
a. Steel and ductile iron pipe 3 inch (75 nim) diameter and larger: 10 feet (3 m)
centers,unless otherwise shown,
b. Other pipelines and special situations: Sarre as noted in previous paragraphs,
Supplementary hangers and supports may be required.
E, All vertical pipes shall be supported at each floor or at intervals of not more than 12 feet (6.4 m)
by approved pipe collars, clamps, brackets, or wall rests and at all points necessary to ensure
rigid construction. All vertical pipes passing through pipe sleeves shall be secured using a pipe
collar.
2.5 ANCHOR SYSTEMS
A, Anchoring Devices: Design, size, and space support anchoring devices, including anchor bolts,
inserts,and other devices used to anchor support, to withstand shear, and pullout loads imposed
by loading and spacing on each particular support, DO NOTE USE ADHESIVE ANCHOR
BOLTS ON ANY PIPE SUPPORT HUNG FROM A ROOF OR CEILING, unless specifically
noted otherwise,
B. All post-installed anchors in concrete shall have current published ICC-ES Evaluation Report
indicating the anchor is approved for installation in cracked concrete.
C. The latest edition of the following specification and recommended practices shall becorne part
of this specification as if written herein. Wberever requirements conflict, the more stringent
shall govern.
I. ACI 318, Appendix D.
Wa(er Trcarnreiit Phint Pressure Control Valves I laingers,and Supix)ns for Process Nping
City of Round Rock 4010507 7
(`P 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2. ACI 355.2, Mechanical Anchors "Qualification of Post-Installed Mechanical Anchors in
Concrete"
3. Anchor manufacturer's published installation requirements.
D. Expansion anchors:
I. The length of expansion bolts shall be sufficient to place the wedge portion of the bolt a
minimum of I inch(25 mm)behind the steel reinforcement.
1 Manufacturers:
a. Power-Studs SD4 and Power-Stud+ SD6 by Powers Fasteners,Brewster,NY,
b. Kwik Bolt as manufactured by Hilti USA,Tulsa,Oklahoma;or
C. Wej-it by Wej-it Expansion Products, Inc.,Broomfield,Colorado.
E. Unless otherwise noted: use Type 304 stainless steel anchoring parts/bolts and hardware for
non-submerged supports,Type 316 stainless steel for submerged anchors.
F. Size of anchor bolts as designed by manufacturer, 1/2 inch(13 min) minimum diameter, or as
shown on the Drawings.
G. Anchors to concrete in chemical areas shall be epoxy secured vinyl ester FRP all thread,
insertion depth and size as required by the manufacturer for the design loads. Nuts, bolts and
hardware shall all be vinyl ester FRP construction.
2.6 HANGER RODS
A. Where use of steel is allowed, hanger rods shall be hot-rolled steel, machine-threaded, and,
except for stainless steel,galvanized after fabrication. The strength of the rod shall be based on
its root diameter.
1. Hanger rods shall be attached to concrete structures using single or continuous concrete
inserts by the named support manufacturers above. Where use of steel is allowed, inserts
shall be malleable iron or steel with galvanized finish.
2. Beata-clamps, C-clamps, or welded-beam attachments shall be used for attaching hanger
rods to structural steel members.
B. Minimum rod size for metallic rod hangers: (* For pipe diameters less than 14 inch(356 nu-n),if
using. ... ......roller,use 2 iapggy with minimum diameter noted below fiqr_pipe,'s diameter............................ .......................
Nominal tjpejjube Diameter Minirnurn.Hari er Rod Diameter
Less than 2-1/2 inch(64 nun) V4 inch
.......................... ..........
2 3 to g inches 75 to 203 mm) 1/2 inch 13 mm)
—------------------------
3 10 to 14 inches(254 to 356 min) 3/4 inch 19 rnm)
.......... ..............
4 16 to 20 inches C406 to 508 m 2 at 1_.inch(25 mm
......................... ....................................................................................... .......................................
524 inches(610 min) 2 at I-1/'4 inch 3
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Hangers and Supports for Process Piping
City of Round Rock 400507 .8
rx2022 CDM Snaith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
it 1-1/2 inch(38 mun)
10 inches(?A')
23 SINGLE PIPE HANGERS
A. Unless otherwise indicated,pipe hangers and supports shall be standard catalogued components,
conforming to the requirements of MSS-41, 58, or 69 and shall be of the following type:
1. Anvil International
2. Equal models by: Carpenter& Patterson, Inc.,Woburn, MA; Cooper B-Line; Gulf State
Manufacturing;or Unistrut Northeast,Cambridge, Massachusetts.
B. Single pipes shall be supported by hangers suspended by hanger rods from structural steel
members,concrete ceilings,bottom of trapeze hangers,and wall-mounted steel angle brackets.
C. Where pipes are near walls, beams, columns, etc., and located an excessive distance from
ceilings or underside of beams, welded steel wall brackets similar to Carpenter and Patterson,
Figure Nos. 68, 79,84,or 139 shall be used for hanging pipe. Where single pipes rest on top of
bracket pipe supports, attachments shall meet requirements as specified under multiple pipe
hangers.
18 MULTIPLE PIPE HANGERS
A, Suspended multiple pipes,running parallel in the same horizontal plane that are adjacent to each
other, shall be suspended by trapeze type hangers or wall brackets. Where use of steel is
allowed, trapeze hangers shall consist of galvanized structural steel channel supported from
galvanized threaded rod or attached to concrete walls, columns, or structural steel support
members. See previous paragraphs about multiple PVC pipe supports.
B. Except as otherwise specified herein, pipe anchors used for attaching pipe to trapeze or multiple
pipe wall brackets shall be anchor or pipe chairs similar to:
I, Anvil Fig. 175.
I Cooper B-Line B3147A or B3147B.
3. Where use of steel is allowed, material of construction shall be galvanized steel, Chair U
bolts shall be tightened to allow freedom of movement for normal expansion and
contraction except where pipe must be anchored to control direction of movement or act
as a thrust anchor.
2,9 SINGLE PIPE SUPPORTS FROM BELOW
A. Single pipes located in a horizontal plane close to the floor shall be Pedestal type- Schedule 40
pipe stanchion,saddle,and anchoring flange.
I Nonadjustable Saddle: MSS SP 58,Type 37 with U-Bolt,
a, Anvil, Figure 259,
b. Cooper B-Line, Figure B3090.
water Treatnient Mant Pressure Curwol Valves Hangers and Supports for Process Piping
Cay of Rmnd Rock 4010507, 9
f 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2. Adjustable Saddle: MSS SP 58,Type 38 without clamp:
a. Anvil,Figure 264.
b. Cooper B-Line,Figure B3093.
B. Pipes less than 3 inch(75 mm) in diameter:
I. Hold in position by supports fabricated from steel C channel, welded post base similar to
Unistrut, Figure P2072A, where use of steel is allowed; and pipe clamps similar to
Unistrut, Figures P 1109 through 26.
2. Where required to assure adequate support, fabricate supports using two vertical
members and post bases connected by horizontal member of sufficient load capacity to
support pipe.
3. Fasten supports to nearby walls or other structural member to provide horizontal rigidity.
4. More than one pipe may be supported from a common fabricated support.
C. Pipes 3 inch(75 mm)in diameter and larger:
I. Support by adjustable stanchions.
2. Provide at least 4 inch(102 mm)adjustment.
3. Flange mount to floor.
D. Use yoked saddles for piping whose centerline elevation is 18 inch (458 mm) or greater above
the floor and for all exterior installations.
E. Pipe roller type supports shall be used where required to accommodate thermal movement in
conjunction with axial supports.
2.10 WALL SUPPORTED SINGLE AND MULTIPLE PIPES
A. Single or multiple pipes located adjacent to walls,columns,or other structural members shall be
supported using welded steel wall brackets, where use of steel is allowed, as manufactured by
Carpenter and Patterson,Figure No.69,84,or 139.
B. Where noted, multiple pipes may be supported on C-channel with steel brackets similar to
Unistrut pipe clamps;with pipe anchor chairs;or equal.
C. Individual pipes, up to 8-in diameter, where noted, may use MSS Type 8 pipe clamps as noted
on the Drawings.
D. Securely fasten all members to wall, column, etc., using double-expansion shields or other
method as approved by the Engineer. Provide additional wall bearing plates as required.
2.11 BASE ANCHOR SUPPORT
A. Bend Support: Where pipes change direction from horizontal to vertical via a bend, install a
welded or cast base bend support to carry the load. Fasten to the floor, pipe stanchion, or
concrete pedestal using expansion anchors or other method as approved by the Engineer.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Hangers and Supports for Process Piping
City of Round Rock 400507- 10
2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
B. Concrete Supports: Where indicated, securely fasten pipe bends to concrete supports with
suitable metal bands as required and approved by the Frigineer, Isolate piping from poured
concrete with a neoprene insert.
2.12 VERTICAL PIPE SUPPORTS
A. Where vertical pipes are not supported by a Unistrut type system as specified, they shall be
supported in one of the following methods.
I. For pipes 1/4 to 2 inch(6A to 51 min)in diameter,
a. Provide extension hanger ring with an extension rod and hanger flange.
b. The rod diameter shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the type of
pipe to be supported,
C. Where use of steel is allowed, the hanger ring shall be steel- or PVC-clad
depending on the supported pipe material of construction. The hanger ring shall be
equal to Carpenter& Patterson,Figure Nos, 8 1.
& Where use of steel is allowed,the anchor flange shall be galvanized malleable iron
similar to Carpenter and Patterson, Figure No.85,
1 For pipes equal to or greater than 2 inch(51 min)in diameter,
a. extended pipe clamps similar to Carpenter & Patterson, Figure No, 267 may be
used.
b. Attach hanger to concrete structures using double expansion shields,
c. Attach hanger to metal support members using welding lugs similar to Carpenter
& Patterson, Figure No. 114.
13. Pipe supports shall be provided for closely spaced vertical piping systems required to provide a
rigid installation. The interval of vertical support spacing shall be as specified, but in no case
shall vertical interval exceed 12 feet(3,66 m), The support system shall consist of a framework
suitably anchored to floors,ceilings,or roofs.
C. Unless otherwise specified, shown, or specifically approved by the Engineer, vertical runs
exceeding 12 feet (3.7 m) shall be supported by base elbows/tees, clamps, brackets, wall rests,
and pipe collars,all located as required to ensure a rigid installation.
D. Pipe riser clamps, per MSS SP58, shall be used to support all vertical pipes extending through
floor slabs. Where use of steel is allowed, riser clamps shall be galvanized steel manufactured
by:
I. Carpenter& Patterson,Figure No. 12&
1 Anvil, Figure 261.
3. Cooper B-Line, Figure 133373.
E. Copper-clad or PVC-coated clamps shall be used on copper pipes. Insulation shall be rernoved
from insulated pipes prior to installing riser clamps. Insulation shall not be damaged by clamp
installation.
Witer'Fremment Mame Pressure C'ontro➢VaNes Haingers,and Supports for Process I'trong
City of Round Rock 400507- I I
ki 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2,13 SPECIAL SUPPORTS
A. Frame work supports
1. Vertical and horizontal supporting members shall be U-shaped channels similar to
Unistrut, Series P1000. Vertical piping shall be secured to the horizontal members by
pipe clamps or pipe straps.See pipe clamp and strap requirements.
2. For piping 3 inch(75 mm)and smaller,framework shall be as manufactured by:
a. Unistrut Corporation;
b, Power-Strut(or Ackinstrut where fiberglass systems are specified);
C. Multi-Strut by Carpenter-Paterson
d. or equal.
3. For piping larger than 3 inch (75 nim), the support frame shall be fabricated from
structural stainless steel or steel shapes,depending upon the support location, and secured
through the use of drop in,adhesive or expansion anchors.
4. The assemblies shall be furnished complete with all nuts,bolts,and fittings required for a
complete assembly including end caps for all Unistrut members.
5. Electrical Conduit Support: Under Division 26.
6. The design of each individual framing system shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor. Submit shop drawings, and show all details of the installation, including
dimensions and types of supports. In all instances the completed frame shall be
adequately braced to provide a complete rigid structure when all the piping has been
attached. See also Article SUPPORT AND RESTRAINT.
B. Supports not otherwise described in this Section shall be fabricated or constructed from
standard structural stainless steel or steel shapes in accordance with applicable provisions of
Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications," or Unistrut-type frame; have anchor hardware similar to
items previously specified herein; shall meet the minimum requirements listed below; and be
subject to the approval of the Engineer.
C. Additional Pipe Support Situations:
1. Supporting Multiple Chemical and Related Piping:
a. Location: indicated on Drawings or otherwise required, especially adjacent to
chemical pumps.
b. Use: framework support.
C. Materials: FRP,with proper local stress protection.
2.14 SHOP FACTORY FINISHING
A. Prepare and prime metallic(except stainless steel)supports in accordance with Division 09.
2.15 ACCESSORIES
A. Insulation Shield: Install on insulated non-steel piping. Oversize the rollers and supports, as
required. Manufacturers:
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Hangers and Supports for Process Piping
City of Round Rock 400507- 12
4','�2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1. Anvil, Figure 167.
2. Cooper B-Line, Series 133151.
B. Welding Insulation Saddle: Install on insulated metal pipe. Oversize the rollers and supports,
as required. Manufacturers:
I. Anvil, Figure 160.
1 Cooper B-Line, Series 83160.
C. Vibration Isolation Pad: Install under base flange of pedestal type pipe supports adjacent to
equipment,and where required to isolate vibration.
I. Isolation pads to be neoprene,waffle type.
2. Manufacturers:
a. Mason Industries,Type W.
lb. Korfund,
D. Dielectric Barrier
I. Install between carbon steel members and copper or stainless-steel pipe,
1 Install between stainless steel supports and non-stainless steel ferrous metal piping.
3. All stainless steel piping shall be isolated from all ferrous materials, including galvanized
steel by use of neoprene sheet material and protection shields.
E. Electrical Isolation: Install 1/4 by 3 inch (6.4 by 75 min) neoprene rubber wrap between
submerged metal pipe and oversized clamps.
PART 3- EXECUTION
11 EXAMINATION
A. Verify field dimensions as indicated on Drawings.
12 INSTALLATION
A. Obtain permission from Engineer before using powder-actuated anchors.
B. Obtain permission from Engineer before drilling or cutting structural members.
C. Inserts:
I Install inserts for placement in concrete forms. Before setting inserts, all drawings and
figures shall be checked that have a direct bearing on the pipe location, Responsibility for
the proper location of pipe supports is included under this Section.
1 Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete stabs and sides of
reinforced concrete beams.
3. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe 4 in (100
mm)and larger.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Hangers and Supports for Process Piping
City of Round Rock 400507- 13
k"i 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling,locate inserts flush with slab surface.
5. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-
bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut above or flush with top of slab.
D. Pipe Hangers and Supports:
I. Install according to: MSS SP 58.
2. Support horizontal piping as indicated on Shop Drawings,depending upon pipe size.
3. Install hangers with minimum 1/2 in (13 nun) space between finished covering and
adjacent Work.
4. Place hangers within 12 in(300 mm)of each horizontal elbow.
5. Use hangers with 1-1/2 in(38 mm)minimum vertical adjustment.
6. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub, with 5 ft (1.5 in) maximum
spacing between hangers.
7, Support vertical piping at every floor. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each floor at hub.
8. Where piping is installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple pipe or
trapeze hangers.
9. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping.
10, Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe.
11. Support piping independently so that equipment is not stressed by piping weight or
expansion in piping system.
12. Support large or heavy valves, fittings, and appurtenances independently of connected
piping.
13. Provide welded steel brackets where piping is to be run adjacent to building walls or
columns.
14. Use beam clamps where piping is to be suspended from building steel.
15. Insulated Piping: Provide two bolted clamps designed to accommodate insulated piping.
16. Use offset clamps where pipes are indicated as offset from wall surfaces,
17. Proceed with installation of piping and supports only after any building structural work
has been completed and new concrete has reached its 28-day compressive strength.
18. The installation of pipe support systems shall not interfere with the operation of any
overhead bridge cranes,monorails,access hatches,etc.No piping shall be supported from
stairs,other pipes, ladders,and walkways unless authorized by the Engineer,
19. Repair mounting surfaces to original condition after attaclunents are made.
20. Brace horizontal pipe movements by both longitudinal and lateral sway bracing.
21. Where supports are required in areas to receive chemical resistant seamless flooring,
install supports prior to application of flooring system.
E. Equipment Bases and Supports:
I Provide housekeeping pads of concrete, minimum 3-1/2 in (87 nun) thick and extending
6 in(150 mm)beyond supported equipment.
2. Using templates furnished with equipment, install anchor bolts and accessories for
mounting and anchoring equipment.
F. Prime Coat:
I. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports.
2. Conform to Section 099100"Painting."
3. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces
are not considered exposed.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Hangers and Supports for Process Piping
City of Round Rock 400507-14
.......................
4")2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
33 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. All pipe support systems shall be tested after installation in conjunction with the respective
piping pressure tests. If any part of the pipe support system proves to be defective or inadequate,
it shall be repaired,augmented or replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
B. After the work is installed, but before it is filled for start-up and testing, the Support System
Design Engineer shall inspect the work and shall certify its complete adequacy, Each system
shall be inspected and certified in the same way.
C. Submit a report,including all field modifications and including all certificates.
I. Insert state where project is located
1 The report shall bear the stamp of a professional engineer registered in the State of Texas
and shall be subject to the review of the Engineer.
3.4 ATTACHMENT SCHEDULE
A. Pipe Hanger Spacing:
I Pipe Material: ABS.
a. Maximum Hanger Spacing:4 feet(11 in).
b. Hanger Rod Diameter:3/8 inch (9 mm).
1 Pipe Material: Aluminum.
a. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 10 feet(3.0 m).
b. Hanger Rod Diameter:1/2 inch(13 mm).
1 Pipe Material: Cast iron.
a. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 5 feet(1.5 m).
K Hanger Rod Diameter:5/8 inch(15 mm),
4, Pipe Material: Cast Iron,with 10-foot(3-m)length of pipe,
a. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 10 feet(3.0 rn).
b. Hanger Rod Diameter-5/8 inch(15 mm),
5. Pipe Material: CPVC.
a. Size: I inch(25 mm)and smaller.
b. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 3 feet(0.9 m).
C, Hanger Rod Diameter:1/2 inch (13 nim).
& Pipe Material: CPVC,
a. Size: I-1/4 inches(32 mm)and larger.
b, Maximum Hanger Spacing:4 feet(11 in),
c. Hanger Rod Diameter:1/2 inch (13 turn).
WaterTireatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Rangers and Supports for Process Pipirig
Cay of Round Rock 400507. 15
�2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
7. Pipe Material:Copper tube.
a. Size: 1-114 inches(32 mm)and smaller.
b. Maximum Hanger Spacing:6 feet(1.8 in).
C. Hanger Rod Diameter:1/2 inch(13 mm).
8. Pipe Material: Copper tube.
a. Size: I-1/2 inches(39 mm)and larger.
b. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 10 feet(3.0 m).
C, Hanger Rod Diameter:1/2 inch(13 mm).
9. Pipe Material: Fiberglass:
a. Maximum Hanger Spacing:4 feet(1.2 m).
b. Hanger Rod Diameter:1/2 inch(13 trim).
10. Pipe Material: Glass.
a. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 8 feet(2.4 m).
b. Hanger Rod Diameter:1/2 inch(13 mm).
11. Pipe Material: Polybutylene.
a. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 2.7 feet(0.8 m).
b. Hanger Rod Diameter:3/8 inch(9 mm).
12. Pipe Material: Polypropylene.
a. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 4 feet(1.2 m).
b. Hanger Rad Diameter:3/8 inch(9 mm).
13. Pipe Material PVC.
a. Maximum Hanger Spacing:4 fect(1.2 m).
b. Hanger Rod Diameter:3/8 inch(9 mm).
14. Pipe Material: Steel.
a. Size: 3 inches(75 mm)and smaller.
b. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 12 feet(3.7 m).
C. Hanger Rod Diameter:1/2 inch(13 mm).
15. Pipe Material: Steel.
a. Size:4 inches(100 nun)and larger.
b. Maximum Hanger Spacing: 12 feet(3.7 m).
C. Hanger Rod Diameter:518 inch(15 mm).
END OF SECTION 400507
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Hangers and Supports for Process Piping
City of Round Rock 400507- 16
1,)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 400551 -COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS VALVES
PART I GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Common requirements for valves.
B. Related Requirements;
I Section 030110 "Concrete and Reinforcing Steel" for execution requirements for
placement of concrete and reinforcing steel as required by this Section.
1 Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for miscellaneous metalwork and fasteners
specified by this Section.
3. Section 099100"Painting" for product and execution requirements for painting specified
by this Section.
4. Section 330110.58 "Disinfection of Water Utility Piping Systems,"
5, Section 400507 "Hangers and Supports for Process Piping" for product and execution
requirements for valve supports specified by this Section.
13 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Work of this Section with individual process valve specifications.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Valve Schedule:
I. Submit valve schedule populated with all Division 40 process valves specified for this
project. Include all infonriation shown on the Sample Valve Schedule included in this
project.
2. Approval of' valve schedule submittal to precede all individual valve submittals. All
subsequent individual valve submittals to include the approved valve tag number or
group on the submittal cover sheet.
B. Valve Tags;
I Materials, dimensions and thickness of tags, materials and gauge of cable and splicing
hardware.
Water Treatment 111ant Pressure Control VaWes Common Rcquvenients for Process Valvas
City of Round Rock 400551 I.
,, 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2. Color palate for Owner selection.
3. Full scale drawing of sample with lettering dimensions and scribe depth.
4. Valve tag lettering provided with Valve Schedule above.
C. Shop Drawings:
I. Certified shop and erection drawings showing parts arrangement,details and materials of
construction and dimensions.
2. Valve and actuator model number and size, valve parts list, materials of each part
including material standard designation (ASTM or other), position indicators, limit
switches,actuator mounting.
D. Provide certified hydrostatic test data,per manufacturer's standard procedure or MSS-SP-61 for
all valves.
1.5 DELEGATED DESIGN SUBMITTALS
A. If required per individual valve specifications, submit signed and sealed Shop Drawings with
design calculations and assumptions for sizing of control valves.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer Instructions: Submit installation and operation instructions for each component
including valve,actuator,gearbox,and any included instrumentation.
B. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of integrators facility tests and
manufacturers factory tests and inspections.
C. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections.
D. Manufacturer Certification of Installation: Certify that equipment has been installed according
to manufacturer instructions.
E. Qualifications Statement:
1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer and licensed professional.
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Record actual locations of valves.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Maintain clearances as indicated on Drawings.
B. Ensure that materials of construction of wetted parts are compatible with process liquid.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Common Requirements for Process Valves
City of Round Rock 400551 -2
2022 CDM Smith
8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
C. Mate valves to actuators at manufacturer's or integrator's facility. Fully test assembled product
and certify ready for installation prior to shipment to the job site.
I Only in special cases for extremely large assemblies where installation requires
disassembly,may actuators be mounted to the valves in the field.
D. Materials in Contact with Potable Water: Certified to NSF 61 and NSF 371
E. Submit affidavit of compliance with testing and manufacturing standards referred in this
specification and the individual valve specifications.
F. Provide the services of a qualified and factory-trained service representative of the manufacturer
to provide installation inspection and check out, and operational and maintenance instruction,
for each type of the following equipment for the following durations:
Equipment -Valve Installation 0 and M Instruction
Sizes !!Is�ectiou_.
Pressure regulating valves 12-in and I day, 8 hr. I day,8 hr,
Surge relief valves 12-in and I day,8 hr, I day,8 hr.
--LIP-
Blow Off valves I-in and I day,8 fir. I day, 8 In-.
__________---�Llp---------------------------------------
G. Obtain Manufacturer's Certification of Proper Installation for Specified valves and valve
assemblies,
1.9 QUALIFICKrIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing valves and actuators with minimum ten
years'experience.
B. Licensed Professional: Professional engineer experienced in design of specified Work and
licensed in the State of Texas.
L10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for
damage.
B. Deliver factory mated power actuated valves on rigid wooden skids, fully braced and strapped
to prevent damage to valve,actuator or coupling system.
C. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions.
D. Protection:
I Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from
construction operations areas.
WaterTrealment Plant Pressure Control Valves Common Requirements fear Process Valves
Cty of'Round Rock 400551 3
t,)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
2, Protect valve ends from entry of foreign materials by providing temporary covers and
plugs,
1 Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions.
1.11 EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements:
I. Verify field measurements prior to materials ordering or any fabrication.
2. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings.
1.12 WARRANTY
A. Furnish five-year manufacturer's warranty for valves and actuators.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1 VALVES
A. Description: Valves, operator, actuator, handwheel, chainwheel, extension stem, floor stand,
worm and gear operator,operating nut,chain,wrench,and other accessories as required.
B. Provide all valves of the same type by same manufacturer
C. Valve Materials: Can withstand continuous chloramine concentration of up to 4 mg/L for
potable water service.
D. Valve Ends: Compatible with adjacent piping system and as indicated as shown on the
Drawings.
E. Operation:
1. Close by turning clockwise.
2. Cast directional arrow on valve or actuator with OPEN and CLOSE cast on valve in
appropriate location.
F. Valve Marking and Labeling:
I. Marking:Comply with MSS SP-25.
2. Labeling(valve tags):
a. Fiberglass reinforced plastic, ASTM D709, 70 mil thick, 2 1/2-inch diameter or 2
1/2-inch by I r�-inch.
b. Lettering 1/16-inch thick of silk screening or other permanent embedment of
subsurface printed graphics,permanently sealed.
C. Colors of lettering and backing as selected by Owner.
d. Two, 1/4-inch clear opening 316 stainless steel grommets at each end, center of
hole 3/8-inch from tag edge.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Common Requirements for Process Valves
City of Round Rock 400551 -4
fc 2022 CDM Sinith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
e, 3/32-inch 316 SS cable and splice hardware.
G. Valve Construction:As Specified in Valve Sections.
H, Do not use Van Stone flanges with pinch valves, industrial butterfly valves; elastomer bellows
style expansion joints or other piping system components having an elastomer liner (rubber
seat)that is used as a gasket.
2.2 FINISHES
A. Valve Coating: Comply with AWWA 0550.
B. Factory finishes are included in individual valve sections,
C. Exposed Valves: As specified in Section 099100"Painting."
D. Stainless Body Valves: Do not coat.
E. Do not coat flange faces of'valves unless otherwise specified.
23 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A, 'resting: Test valves according to manufacturer's standard testing protocol, including
hydrostatic, seal,and performance testing.
B. Certificate of Compliance:
t. If manufacturer is approved by authorities having jurisdiction, submit certificate of
compliance indicating Work performed at manufacturer's facility conforms to Contract
Documents.
2. Specified shop tests are not required for Work performed by approved manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that piping system is ready for valve installation.
B. Fully examine valves for debris, damage and interior finish blemishes prior to installation. Do
not install valves with soiled interior or any visible damage to seats, discs or interior finish.
C. Identify any piping,plant or equipment clearance issues prior to installation, bring to Engineer's
attention via job meetings,submittal process or request for information process,
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control VaNes Conuiron ReApreinenu.;for Process Valves
Crty of'Round Rock 400551 -5
%�,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install valves, actuators, extensions, valve boxes, and accessories according to manufacturer
instructions.
B. Inspect valve interiors before line closure for the presence of debris. At the option of the
Engineer, internal inspection of valve and appurtenances may be required any time that the
likelihood of debris is a possibility. Clean connecting pipes prior to installation, testing,
disinfection and final acceptance.
C. Disinfect valves installed in potable water lines with approved pipeline disinfection process.
D. Rigidly support valves to avoid stresses on piping.
E. Coat studs,bolts and nuts with anti-seizing lubricant.
F. Dielectric Fittings: Provide between dissimilar metals.
G. Clean field welds of slag and splatter to provide a smooth surface.
H. Mate, adjust and fully test gearboxes, electric, hydraulic and pneumatic actuators to valves at
manufacturer's or integrator's facility.
1. Only in special cases for extremely large assemblies where installation requires
disassembly may actuators be mounted to the valves in the field. These circumstances
require preinstallation meetings.
I. Do not install stems vertically downward.
J. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings:
I. Install Gate,Globe, Ball valves with stem vertical in the 12 o'clock position.
2. Install Plug valves with stem horizontal and plug opening to the top of the body unless
position will not allow proper actuator access, in which case stem may be vertical in the
12 o'clock position.
3. Install Butterfly valves 12 inch and smaller with stem horizontal or vertical in the 12
o'clock position,
4. Install Butterfly valves 14 inch and larger with the stem horizontal unless position will
not allow proper actuator access, in which case stem may be vertical in the 12 o'clock
position.
5. Install Control valves in horizontal pipelines with top works vertically upward.
K. Install all brackets, extension rods, guides, the various types of operators and appurtenances as
indicated. Before properly setting these items, check all drawings and figures which have a
direct bearing on their location.
L. Inspect all materials for defects in construction and materials. Clean debris and foreign material
out of openings, etc. Verify valve flange covers remain in place until connected piping is in
place. Verify operability of all operating mechanisms for proper functioning. Check all nuts and
bolts for tightness. Repaired or replace valves and other equipment Which do not operate easily
or are otherwise defective.
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves, Common Requirements for Process Valves
City of Round Rock 400551 -6
C,2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
M. Where installation is covered by a referenced standard, install and certify in accordance with
that standard,except as herein modified. Also note additional requirements in other parts of this
Section.
N. Unless otherwise noted, provide joints for valves and appurtenances utilizing the same
procedures as specified under the applicable type connecting pipe joint. Install valves and other
items as recommended by the manufacturer. Verify manufacturers' torqueing requirements for
all valves.
0. Coordinate direction of flow through offset type and shaped butterfly valve discs with the mated
actuator torque capacity.
P. Rotate valve operators and indicator-, to display toward no al operation locations. Consult
with Engineer prior to installing valves with handwheels to confirm final position of handwheel.
Q, Vertically center floor boxes, valve boxes, extension stems, and low floor stands over the
operating nut, with couplings as required.
1. Adjust elevation of the box top to conform to the elevation of the finished floor surface or
grade at the completion of the Contract.
2. Support boxes and stem guides during concrete placernent to maintain vertical alignment,
R. Install brass rnale adapters on each side of valves in copper-piped system and solder adapters to
pipe.
S. Install 1-inch (24-mm) gate and ball valves with cap for drains at main shutoff' valves, low
points of piping,bases of vertical risers,and equipment.
T. Install valves with clearance for installation of insulation and to allow access,
U. Provide access where valves and fittings are not accessible.
V. Pipe Hangers and Supports: As specified in Section 400507 - Hangers and Supports for Process
Piping.
W. Comply with Division 40 - Process Interconnections for piping materials applying to various
system types.
13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Obtain Manufacturer's Certification of proper Installation for specified valves and valve
assemblies.
B, Valve Field Testing:
1. Test for proper alignment.
2. If specified by valve Section, field test equipment to demonstrate operation without
undue noise,vibration,or overheating.
3. Engineer will witness field testing.
4. Functional Test:
Water'Freavrient Mani Pressure Cowrof Valves Common Rquirements for Process Valves
Cay of Round Rock 400551 ,-7
2022 CDM Smith 80177-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
a, Prior to system startup, inspect valves and actuators for proper alignment, quiet
operation,proper connection and satisfactory performance.
b. After installation,open and close all manual valves in the presence of the Engineer
to show the valve operates smoothly from full open to full close and without
leakage,
C. Cycle valves equipped with electric,pneumatic or hydraulic actuators 5 times from
full open to full closed in the presence of the Engineer to exhibit operation without
vibration,jamming,leakage,or overheating.
d. Operate pressure control and pressure relief valves in the presence of the Engineer
to show they perform their specified function at some time prior to placing the
piping system in operation and as agreed during construction coordination
meetings.
5. Field test pipe lines in which the valves and appurtenances are to be installed, During
these tests, adjust, remove or replace defective valve or appurtenance,or otherwise make
acceptable to the Engineer. Test regulating valves, strainers, or other appurtenances to
demonstrate conformance with the specified operational capabilities. Correct
deficiencies,replace device or otherwise made acceptable to the Engineer.
3.4 ATTACHMENTS
END OF SECTION 400551
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Common Requirements for Process Valves
City of Round Rock 400551 -8
4112022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
SECTION 400561 -GATE VALVES
PART I GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section.
L2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
L Solid wedge,resilient-seated gate valves
2. Tapping valves and sleeves
B. Related Requirements:
I. Section 400551 "Common Requirements for Process Valves" for basic materials and
methods related to valves commonly used for process systems.
13 DEFINITIONS
X, Outside screw and yoke (os&y) valve: A valve in which the operating screw is driven by a
threaded nut that is built into the handle.
1A SUBMITTALS
A. As specified in Section 400551 — Common Requirements for Process Valves: Submittal
requirements for compliance with this section.
L5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Test valves in accordance with AWWA 0500,0509,05 15..
B. Provide testing and inspection certificates,
PART2- PRODUCTS
2.1 SOLID WEDGE, RESILIENT-SEATED GATE VALVES TAG TYPE GV4
A. Mari ufacturers:
WaterTneavnent Plant Pressure Convol Valves Gate V,,,flves
Cay of'Round Rock 400561 - I
((�2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
1. M&H Valve.
2. J&S Valve, American R/D Valve.
3. Stockham Valve,Walworth,
B. Description:
I. Wastewater service.
2. As specified in Section 400551 -Common Requirements for Process Valves.
3. Comply with AWWA 0509 or AWWA 0515.
4. Working Pressure: 100 psig at 70 deg. F.
5. Maximum Process Fluid Temperature: 100 deg. F
6. End Connections: ASME 816.1, ASME B16,5, and ASME 816.42, flanged, or
Mechanical joint.
7. Gear Actuators for Manual Valves: Comply with AWWA 0509.
8. Body: no recesses in valve body
C. Operation:
I. As specified in Section 400551 "Common Requirements for Process Valves."
2. Stem: Nonrising.
3. 2-inch AWWA top nut.
4. Furnish gear operators for valves 8 inches and larger,and chainwheel operators for valves
mounted over 8 feet above operating floor.
D. Materials:
1. Wedge: Resilient ASTM A126, cast iron, fully encapsulated with chloramine resistant
Buna-N.
2. Body and Disc: AWWA 0509 all-metal cast iron valves shall be manufactured of ASTM
A126, cast iron. AWWA 0515 all-metal ductile iron valves shall be manufactured of
ASTM A536,ductile iron.
3. Stein,Stem Nuts,Glands,and Bushings: ASTM 8584,bronze.
4. Connecting Hardware: Type 316 stainless steel.
E. Finishes:
1. As specified in Section 400551 "Common Requirements for Process Valves."
2. Body, internal and external, including bonnet: AWWA 0550, Epoxy, 4-mil minimum
thickness;Gate: ASTM D2000 EPDM encapsulated,ASTM D429 Method B Bonded and
vulcanized.
2.2 TAPPING VALVES AND SLEEVES Tag Type TPGV
A. Manufacturers:
1. Furnish materials according to City of Round Rock standards and standard products list.
B, Description:
1. Water service.
2. As specified in Section 400551 "Common Requirements for Process Valves."
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Gate Valves
City of Round Rock 400561 2
�K)2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
3. As specified above depending on valve type.
4. Gate Guide: Plugged,bottom flush port.
5. Include tap for pressure/leak testing.
6. Pass full,normal sized cutter.
C. Connection:
1. ASME B16.1,ASME B 16.5,and ASME B 16.42, flanged, MSS-SP-60, Mechanical joint.
2. Tapping service port.
D. Materials:
I. Wedge Disc: Styrene butadiene rubber.
2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. As specified in Section 400551 "Common Requirements for Process Valves."
B. Testing:Test gate valves according to A 0509.
C. UL and FM approved.
PART 3-EXECUTION
A. As specified in Section 400551 "Common Requirements for Process Valves" for submittal
requirements for compliance with this Section.
12 INSTALLATION
A. According to AWWA CSOO or C509.
END OF SECTION 400561
Wmcr'Trealmem Kmt Pressure Control Valves Gate Valves
(-ity of Round Rock 400561 -3
(1 2022 CDM Smith 8077-263948
All Rights Reserved February 2022
This page intentionally left blank,
Water Treatment Plant Pressure Control Valves Gate Valves
City of Round Rook 400561 -4
02000 PLANS, DETAILS AND NOTES
No Text
If applicable, insert refcrcnce(s)to project plans; details; and notes
..........
Included as a separate document.
No Text